As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2007
Registration No. 333-                     
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. (IN ORGANIZATION) AND NORTHFIELD BANK EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
         
United States   6712   To be applied for 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)   Classification Code Number)   Identification Number)
1731 Victory Boulevard
Staten Island, New York 10314
(718) 448-1000

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
John W. Alexander
1731 Victory Boulevard
Staten Island, New York 10314
(718) 448-1000

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Agent for Service)
Copies to:
Ned Quint, Esq.
Eric Luse Esq.
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 400
Washington, D.C. 20015
(202) 274-2000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: þ
If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
                             
 
              Proposed maximum     Proposed maximum        
  Title of each class of     Amount to be     offering price     aggregate     Amount of  
  securities to be registered     registered     per share     offering price     registration fee  
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
    22,405,265 shares (1)     $10.00     $224,052,650 (2)     $6,878  
 
Participation Interests
    984,805 interests                 (3)  
 
(1)   Includes shares to be issued to Northfield Bank Foundation, a private foundation.
 
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
 
(3)   The securities of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. to be purchased by the Northfield Bank Employee Savings Plan are included in the amount shown for common stock. However, pursuant to Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, no separate fee is required for the participation interests. Pursuant to such rule, the amount being registered has been calculated on the basis of the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased with the current assets of such plan.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 

 


 

      Prospectus Supplement
Interests in
NORTHFIELD BANK
EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN
Offering of Up to 984,805 Shares of
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
Common Stock
     In connection with the charter conversions of NSB Holding Corp., Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank from New York corporations to federal corporations and the adoption of a stock issuance plan, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is allowing participants in the Northfield Bank Employee Savings Plan (the “Plan”) to invest all or a portion of their accounts in stock units representing an ownership interest in the common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Common Stock”). Based upon the value of the Plan assets at March 31, 2007, the trustee of the Plan could purchase up to 984,805 shares of the Common Stock, at the purchase price of $10.00 per share. This prospectus supplement relates to the initial election of Plan participants to direct the trustee of the Plan to invest all or a portion of their Plan accounts in stock units representing an ownership interest in the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund at the time of the stock offering.
     Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s prospectus, dated                      , 2007, is attached to this prospectus supplement. It contains detailed information regarding the charter conversion and stock offering of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock and the financial condition, results of operations and business of Northfield Bank. This prospectus supplement provides information regarding the Plan. You should read this prospectus supplement together with the prospectus and keep both for future reference.
 
      For a discussion of risks that you should consider, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page ___ of the prospectus.
      The interests in the Plan and the offering of the Common Stock have not been approved or disapproved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state agency. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
      The securities offered in this prospectus supplement and in the prospectus are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 


 

     This prospectus supplement may be used only in connection with offers and sales by Northfield Bancorp, Inc., in the stock offering, of stock units representing an interest in shares of Common Stock in the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund of the Plan. No one may use this prospectus supplement to reoffer or resell interests in shares of Common Stock acquired through the Plan.
     You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the attached prospectus. Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bank and the Plan have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.
     This prospectus supplement does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or solicitation in that jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus supplement and the prospectus nor any sale of Common Stock or stock units representing an ownership interest in Common Stock shall under any circumstances imply that there has been no change in the affairs of Northfield Bank or the Plan since the date of this prospectus supplement, or that the information contained in this prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference is correct as of any time after the date of this prospectus supplement.
     The date of this prospectus supplement is                      , 2007.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
THE OFFERING
    1  
Securities Offered
    1  
Purchase Priorities
    1  
Allocation of Units
    2  
Composition of and Purpose of Stock Units
    3  
Value of Plan Assets
    3  
Election to Purchase Stock Units in the Stock Offering
    3  
How to Order Stock in the Offering
    4  
Order Deadline
    4  
Irrevocability of Transfer Direction
    4  
Future Direction to Purchase Common Stock
    5  
Voting Rights of Common Stock
    5  
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN
    6  
Introduction
    6  
Eligibility and Participation
    6  
Contributions Under the Plan
    7  
Elective Deferral Contributions
    7  
After-Tax Contributions
    7  
Matching Contributions
    7  
Discretionary Employer Contributions
    8  
Prior Pension Plan Contributions
    8  
Prior Employer Matching Contributions
    8  
Rollover Contributions
    8  
Limitations on Contributions
    8  
Loans under the Plan
    9  
Vesting
    9  
Non-Hardship Withdrawals from the Plan
    9  
Hardship Withdrawals
    10  
Distribution upon Retirement, Disability, or upon Termination of Employment
    10  
Forms of Distributions
    11  
Investment of Contributions and Account Balances
    12  
Investment Funds and Performance History
    14  
Investment in Common Stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
    18  
Administration of the Plan
    18  
Amendment and Termination
    19  
Merger, Consolidation or Transfer
    19  
Federal Income Tax Consequences
    19  
Additional ERISA Considerations
    21  
Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability
    22  
Financial Information Regarding Plan Assets
    22  
LEGAL OPINION
    23  

 


 

THE OFFERING
     
Securities Offered
  Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is offering stock units in the Northfield Bank Employee Savings Plan (the “Plan”). The stock units represent indirect ownership of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock through the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund being established under the Plan in connection with the stock offering. Given the purchase price of $10 per share in the stock offering, the Plan may acquire up to 984,805 shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock in the stock offering. Only employees of Northfield Bank may become participants in the Plan and only participants may purchase stock units in the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. Your investment in stock units in connection with the stock offering through the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund is subject to the purchase priorities contained in the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Issuance Plan (the “Stock Issuance Plan”).
 
   
 
  Information with regard to the Plan is contained in this prospectus supplement and information with regard to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is contained in the accompanying prospectus. The address of the principal executive office of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank is 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York 10314-3598.
 
   
Purchase Priorities
  In connection with the stock offering, you may elect to transfer all or part of your account balances in the Plan to the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund, to be used to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in the Common Stock issued in the stock offering. All Plan participants are eligible to direct a transfer of funds to the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. However, such directions are subject to the purchase priorities in the Stock Issuance Plan, which contemplates a subscription offering and a community offering. Subscription offering categories are as follows: (1) eligible account holders; (2) tax-qualified employee benefit plans of Northfield Bank, including this Plan and the employee stock ownership plan which we intend to adopt; (3) supplemental eligible account holders; and (4) other members. An eligible account holder is a depositor whose deposit account(s) totaled $50.00 or more on March 31, 2006. A supplemental eligible account holder is a depositor whose deposit account(s) totaled $50.00 or more on June 30, 2007. Other members are depositors of the Bank whose deposit account(s) totaled $50.00 or more on July 31, 2007. If you fall into subscription offering categories (1), (3) or (4), you have subscription

1


 

     
 
  rights to subscribe for stock units representing an ownership interest in shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the subscription offering and you may use funds in the Plan to pay for the stock units. You may also be able to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the subscription offering even though you are ineligible to purchase through subscription offering categories (1), (3) or (4). If you are ineligible to purchase Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock in any category (1), however, you may be able to purchase stock through subscription offering category (2), reserved for Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s tax-qualified employee plans.
 
   
Allocation of Units
  The trustee of the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund will purchase Common Stock in the stock offering in accordance with your directions. No later than the end of the subscription and community offering period,                      ___, 2007, the amount that you elect to transfer from your existing account balances for the purchase of stock units in the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund in connection with the stock offering will be removed from your existing accounts and transferred to a money market account, the Fiserv Money Market Fund, pending the closing of the stock offering. After                      ___, 2007, we will determine whether all or any portion of your order will be filled (if the offering is oversubscribed you may not receive any or all of your order, depending on your purchase priority, as described above, and whether the Plan will purchase through category 2). The amount that can be used toward your order will be applied to the purchase of stock units.
 
   
 
  In the event the offering is oversubscribed, i.e. , there are more orders for Common Stock than shares available for sale in the offering, and the trustee is unable to use the full amount allocated by you to purchase interests in Common Stock in the offering, the amount that cannot be invested in Common Stock, and any interest earned on such amount, will be transferred from the Fiserv Money Market Fund and reinvested in the existing funds of the Plan, in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions). The prospectus describes the allocation procedures in the event of an oversubscription. If you choose not to direct the investment of your account balances towards the purchase of any stock units representing an ownership interest in Common Stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. through the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund in connection with the offering, your account balances will remain in the investment funds of the Plan as previously directed by you.

2


 

     
Composition of and Purpose of Stock Units
  The Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund, which is being established in the Plan in connection with the stock offering, will invest in the Common Stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. In addition, following the stock offering, the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund will maintain a cash component for liquidity purposes. Liquidity is required in order to facilitate daily transactions such as investment transfers or distributions from the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. For purchases in the offering, there will be no cash component. A stock unit will be valued at $10. After the offering, newly issued units will consist of a percentage interest in both the Common Stock and cash held in the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. Unit values (similar to the stock’s share price) and the number of units (similar to number of shares) are used to communicate the dollar value of a participant’s account. Following the stock offering, each day, the stock unit value of the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund will be determined by dividing the total market value of the fund at the end of the day by the total number of units held in the fund by all participants as of the previous day’s end. The change in stock unit value reflects the day’s change in stock price, any cash dividends accrued and the interest earned on the cash component of the fund, less any investment management fees. The market value and unit holdings of your account in the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund will be reported to you on your quarterly statements.
 
   
Value of Plan Assets
  As of March 31, 2007, the market value of the assets of the Plan was approximately $10,184,141, of which approximately $9,848,050 is eligible to purchase Common Stock in the offering. The Plan administrator informed each participant of the value of his or her account balance under the Plan as of March 31, 2007.
 
   
Election to Purchase Stock Units in the Stock Offering
  In connection with the stock offering, the Plan will permit you to direct the trustee to transfer all or part of the funds which represent your current beneficial interest in the assets of the Plan to the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund.
 
   
 
  The trustee of the Plan will subscribe for Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock offered for sale in connection with the stock offering, in accordance with each participant’s direction. In order to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in Common Stock in the stock offering through the Plan, you must purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in at least 25 shares in the offering through the Plan. The prospectus describes maximum purchase limits for investors in the stock offering. The trustee will pay $10.00 per stock unit representing an ownership interest in a share, which will be the same price paid by all other persons who purchase shares in the subscription and community offerings.

3


 

     
How to Order Stock in the Offering
  Enclosed is a Special Election Form on which you can elect to transfer all or a portion of your account balance in the Plan to the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund for the purchase of stock units in connection with the stock offering, provided that you purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in at least 25 shares through the Plan. If you wish to use all or part of your account balance in the Plan to purchase Common Stock issued in the stock offering, you should indicate that decision on the Special Election Form. If you do not wish to make an election, you should check the box at the bottom of the Special Election Form and return the form to Madeline G. Frank, Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary, Northfield Bank, 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York 10314-3598, no later than 4:00 p.m., New York Time, on                      , 2007.
 
   
Order Deadline
  If you wish to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in Common Stock with your Plan account balances, you must return your Special Election Form to Madeline Frank, Senior Vice President/Human Resources, at Northfield Bank, 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York 10314-3598, no later than 4:00 p.m., New York Time, on                      , 2007 . Please note that this is earlier than the date that persons who hold subscription rights outside of the 401(k) Plan must return their Stock Order Form to the Stock Information Center in order to purchase shares in the offering outside the 401(k) Plan. The reason for this is to allow the 401(k) Plan Trustee time to transfer the amounts you elect to use to purchase stock in the offering out of your existing investment funds and into the Fiserv Money Market Fund and then to submit a Stock Order Form to the Stock Information Center for the aggregate purchases by the 401(k) Plan participants by the deadline for persons who hold subscription rights.
 
   
 
  You may return your Special Election Form by hand delivery, mail or by faxing it to (___)                      , so long as it is returned by the time specified.
 
   
Irrevocability of Transfer Direction
  You may not change your election to transfer amounts to the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund in connection with the stock offering . Your election is irrevocable until after the stock offering has concluded. You will, however, continue to have the ability to transfer amounts not directed towards the purchase of stock units among all of the other investment funds on a daily basis.

4


 

     
Future Direction to Purchase Common Stock
  You will be able to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in stock after the offering through your investment in the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. You may direct that your future contributions or your account balance in the Plan be transferred to the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. After the offering, to the extent that shares are available, the trustee of the Plan will acquire Common Stock at your election in open market transactions at the prevailing price. You may change your investment allocation on a daily basis. Special restrictions may apply to transfers directed to and from the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund by the participants who are subject to the provisions of section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, relating to the purchase and sale of securities by officers, directors and principal shareholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
   
Voting Rights of Common Stock
  The Plan provides that you may direct the trustee how to vote any shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock held by the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund, and the interest in such shares that is credited to your account. If the trustee does not receive your voting instructions, the Plan administrator will exercise these rights as it determines in its discretion and will direct the trustee accordingly. All voting instructions will be kept confidential.

5


 

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN
Introduction
     Northfield Bank originally adopted the Northfield Savings Bank Employee Savings Plan (the “Plan”) effective as of January 1, 1980, and amended and restated it most recently effective as of January 1, 2006. The Plan is a tax-qualified plan with a cash or deferred compensation feature established in accordance with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
     Northfield Bank intends that the Plan, in operation, will comply with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Code. Northfield Bank will adopt any amendments to the Plan that may be necessary to ensure the continuing qualified status of the Plan under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.
      Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). The Plan is an “individual account plan” other than a “money purchase pension plan” within the meaning of ERISA. As such, the Plan is subject to all of the provisions of Title I (Protection of Employee Benefit Rights) and Title II (Amendments to the Code Relating to Retirement Plans) of ERISA, except to the funding requirements contained in Part 3 of Title I of ERISA which by their terms do not apply to an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan). The Plan is not subject to Title IV (Plan Termination Insurance) of ERISA. The funding requirements contained in Title IV of ERISA are not applicable to participants or beneficiaries under the Plan .
      Reference to Full Text of Plan. The following portions of this prospectus supplement summarize certain provisions of the Plan. They are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text of the Plan. Copies of the Plan are available to all employees by filing a request with the Plan administrator c/o Northfield Bank, 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York 10314-3598.
Eligibility and Participation
     If you are a salaried employee of Northfield Bank, you are eligible to participate in the Plan upon completion of a period of 365 days of employment, counted from your date of hire. Employees compensated on an hourly or exclusively on a commission basis, leased employees, and employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement are not eligible to participate in the Plan. If you were a participant in the Liberty Bank 401(k) Savings Plan on December 31, 2002, and became an employee of Northfield Bank on January 1, 2003, you became eligible to participate in the Plan on January 1, 2003.
     As of March 31, 2007, there were 182 employees, former employees and beneficiaries eligible to participate in the Plan and 134 employees participating by making elective deferral contributions.

6


 

Contributions Under the Plan
     The Plan provides for several kinds of contributions, including elective deferral contributions, matching contributions made on behalf of employees who make elective deferral contributions, and discretionary employer contributions. Each type is summarized below. In determining contribution amounts under the Plan, an employee’s annual compensation in excess of $225,000 is disregarded, as are certain other amounts of employee compensation.
Elective Deferral Contributions
     As an eligible employee, you may elect to make an elective deferral contribution by authorizing a reduction in the compensation you would otherwise receive by a specified amount. This amount is then deposited in your Plan account. You may elect to contribute between 2% and 15% of your salary (as defined in the Plan). You may change the amount of your elective deferral contributions, including discontinuing or resuming them, by filing a form with the Plan Administrator. In addition, if you are over age 50 before the close of the plan year and have made the maximum elective deferral set forth above, you may also make “catch-up” contributions, in accordance with the tax laws and subject to the tax law limits (for 2007, the limit on catch-up contributions is $5,000).
After-Tax Contributions
     Prior to January 1, 1993, the Plan permitted you to save on an after-tax basis. The amount, if any, of after-tax contributions previously made on your behalf is held in a separate account. After-tax contributions are invested in the same investment funds as elective deferral contributions and earnings on after-tax contributions are tax-deferred until they are actually paid to you. The Plan does not currently permit you to make after-tax contributions.
Matching Contributions
     Northfield Bank will match a portion of your elective deferral contributions. Prior to July 9, 2007, if you had been making elective deferral contributions for less than 36 months, Northfield Bank made a matching contribution equal to 50% of your contribution, on up to the first 6% of your base salary you contributed (e.g., the maximum matching contribution would be 3% of your base salary). If you had been making elective deferral contributions for 36 months or more, Northfield Bank made a matching contribution equal to 100% of your contribution, on up to the first 6% of your base salary contributed (e.g., the maximum matching contribution would be 6% of your base salary).
     In anticipation of implementing an employee stock ownership plan and making a contribution to the employee stock ownership plan for the 2007 plan year, Northfield Bank has amended the Plan to reduce the matching contribution. Accordingly, effective with the payroll period commencing July 9, 2007, Northfield Bank will make a matching contribution equal to 25% of your contribution, on up to the first 6% of your base salary contributed if you have been making elective deferral contributions for less than 36 months (e.g., your maximum matching contribution will be 1.5% of your base salary). If you have been making elective deferral contributions for 36 months or more, Northfield Bank will make a matching

7


 

contribution equal to 50% of your contribution, up to the first 6% of your base salary contributed (e.g., your maximum matching contribution will be 3% of your base salary).
Discretionary Employer Contributions
     Discretionary employer contributions may be made for each plan year in an amount determined by Northfield Bank. Discretionary employer contributions will be allocated to your account based on the ratio of your salary during the plan year for which the contribution is made to the total salaries of all employees eligible for a discretionary employer contribution for that year.
Prior Pension Plan Contributions
     If you were a participant in The Retirement Plan of Northfield Savings Bank in RSI Retirement Trust on March 31, 1996, and you elected to have amounts transferred from the pension plan to the Plan in connection with the termination of the pension plan, those amounts were deposited in the Prior Pension Plan Contribution account set up on your behalf.
Prior Employer Matching Contributions
     If you were a participant in the Liberty 401(k) Savings Plan, the “matching contributions” made on your behalf (including earnings and appreciation, less any distributions and any losses, depreciation of expenses) were deposited into the Prior Employer Matching Contribution account set up on your behalf.
Rollover Contributions
     You may elect to roll over qualified distributions from another plan or a rollover IRA into the Plan. IRS rules govern whether a distribution from another plan or an IRA qualifies for rollover into the Plan, and you may be required to provide information to show that the distribution you wish to roll over qualifies under IRS rules.
Limitations on Contributions
      Limitations on Elective Deferral Contributions. For the plan year beginning January 1, 2007, the amount of your elective deferral contributions may not exceed $15,500 per calendar year. This amount may be adjusted periodically by law, based on changes in the cost of living. Contributions in excess of this limit are known as excess deferrals. If you defer amounts in excess of this limitation, your gross income for federal income tax purposes will include the excess in the year of the deferral. In addition, unless the excess deferral is distributed before April 15 of the following year, it will be taxed again in the year distributed. Income on the excess deferral distributed by April 15 of the immediately succeeding year will be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as earned and received by you in the tax year in which the contribution is made.

8


 

      Catch-up Contributions . If you have made the maximum amount of regular elective deferral contributions allowed by the Plan or other legal limits and you have attained at least age 50 (or will reach age 50 prior to the end of the plan year), you are also eligible to make an additional catch-up contribution. You may authorize your employer to withhold a specified dollar amount of your compensation for this purposes. For 2007, the maximum catch-up contribution is $5,000.
Loans under the Plan
     You may apply for a loan under the Plan, subject to the rules and limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and the Plan document. The amount of any loan is limited to the lesser of $50,000 or 50 percent of your vested account balance under the Plan. The minimum amount of loan and the term of the loan is determined in accordance with the guidelines of the Northfield Bank Loan Policy.
Vesting
     Your vested interest in your elective deferral contributions, after-tax contributions, rollover contributions, discretionary employer contributions, prior pension plan contributions, and prior employer matching contributions is always 100%.
     Matching contributions become vested according to the following schedule:
         
Years of Service   Vested Interest
Less than 1 year
    0 %
1 year but less than 2
    20 %
2 years but less than 3
    40 %
3 years but less than 4
    60 %
4 years but less than 5
    80 %
5 years or more
    100 %
     You are credited with a year of service for each 365-day period of employment, measured from your date of hire.
     You will become immediately 100% vested in your matching contributions upon attainment of your normal retirement age, if you become permanently disabled or terminate employment as a result of your death.
Non-Hardship Withdrawals from the Plan
     A substantial federal tax penalty may be imposed on withdrawals made prior to your attainment of age 59 1 / 2 , regardless of whether such a withdrawal occurs during your employment with Northfield Bank or after termination of employment. If you have not yet reached age 59 1 / 2 , you may request a withdrawal from some of your Plan accounts for any reason. Withdrawals will be made in the following order: first, from your after-tax contribution account; second, from your rollover contribution account; third, from the vested portion of your matching contribution account, provided you have completed 60 or more consecutive months of participation in the

9


 

Plan or prior plan or in the former Liberty Bank 401(k) Savings Plan, and, fourth, from the vested portion of your prior employer matching contribution account, provided you have completed 60 or more consecutive months of participation in the Plan or in the former Liberty Bank 401(k) Saving Plan. You may not make more than one withdrawal in any calendar year.
     Upon attainment of age 59 1 / 2 , you may withdraw from your Plan accounts for any reason. Withdrawals will be made in the following order: first, from your after-tax contribution account; second, from your rollover contribution account; third, from your elective deferral contribution account; fourth, from the vested portion of your matching contribution account; fifth, from your prior employer matching contribution account; sixth, from your discretionary employer contribution account, and seventh, from your prior pension plan contribution account. You may not make more than one withdrawal in any calendar year.
Hardship Withdrawals
     You may be eligible for a hardship withdrawal if you have an immediate and substantial financial need to meet certain expenses and you have no other reasonably available resources to meet your need. Among other requirements, you must first withdraw all amounts available to you under the non-hardship provisions of the Plan before you may apply for a hardship withdrawal. Your hardship withdrawal may include amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties expected to result from the withdrawal. The financial needs for which you can receive a hardship withdrawal are:
    Purchase of your principal residence (not including mortgage payments);
 
    Payment of post-secondary school education for the next 12 months for you, your spouse or dependents;
 
    Unreimbursed medical expenses which were previously incurred, or expenses which are necessary to obtain medical care for you, your spouse or dependents;
 
    Prevention of eviction from your principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of your principal residence;
 
    Payment of funeral expenses for your parent, spouse, child, or dependent;
 
    Expenses for the repair of damage to your principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under the Internal Revenue Code.
     You must show that the amount does not exceed the amount you need to meet your financial need, you must have obtained all other distributions and non-taxable loans available to you under any employer plan, and you may not have any elective deferral contributions or matching contributions made on your behalf for at least 6 months.
Distribution upon Retirement, Disability, or upon Termination of Employment
     You may choose to have retirement benefits begin on or after your normal retirement date (age 65) or your early retirement date (the first day of any month coincident with or following the date you terminate employment after you attain age 55). If you continue working after your normal retirement date, your distribution will generally be deferred at least until your actual retirement date (your postponed retirement date). You are also eligible for a benefit distribution if you become disabled while you are an active employee of Northfield Bank. In addition, if you

10


 

terminate your employment before you are eligible to retire, for any reason other than disability or death, you will be entitled to the vested value of your Plan accounts.
Forms of Distributions
     Plan distributions at retirement, upon disability or upon termination of employment for reasons other than death will be made in the following standard forms of payment, unless you choose an optional form of payment. If you terminate employment at your normal, early or postponed retirement date, or upon becoming permanently disabled, and the value of your Plan accounts is $1,000 or less, your benefits will be paid to you in a single cash payment as soon as administratively possible following your termination of employment. If the value of your Plan accounts exceeds $5,000, you benefits will be paid to you at the time you would have reached your normal retirement date or postponed retirement date, in a single cash payment. If the value of your Plan accounts is at least $1,000 but does not exceed $5,000, and you have not elected to receive your benefit under an available optional form of payment, the value of your Plan account will be transferred to an individual retirement account (IRA) established on your behalf by the Plan administrator.
     If you terminate employment for reasons other than retirement or disability and the value of your vested Plan accounts is $1,000 or less, your benefits will be paid to you in a single cash payment as soon as administratively possible after your termination of employment. If you terminate employment for reasons other than retirement or disability and the value of your vested Plan accounts is greater than $5,000, your benefits will be paid in a single cash payment at the time you would have reached your normal retirement date. If you terminate employment for reasons other than retirement or disability and your Plan accounts is greater than $1,000 but does not exceed $5,000 and you have not elected to receive your benefits under an available optional form of payment, the value of your Plan accounts will be transferred to a rollover individual retirement account (IRA) established on your behalf by the Plan administrator.
     Optional forms of payment include a single cash payment, deferred payment and rollovers. A single cash payment is available if you terminate employment at any time on or after your early retirement date and prior to your normal retirement date or due to disability, and the value of your vested Plan accounts exceeds $1,000. You may also elect to receive the value of your vested Plan accounts in a single cash payment if you terminate employment for reasons other than retirement or disability and the value of your vested accounts exceeds $5,000.
     You may elect to defer receipt of your vested Plan accounts until after your normal retirement date or after your actual retirement date (if you retire after your normal retirement date), provided you receive at least a portion of your account balance no later than the first day of April following the calendar year in which you retire (or terminate employment due to disability) or, if later, you attain age 70 1 / 2 .
     Regardless of the reason for which you terminate employment or the value of your Plan accounts, you may request that the value of your Plan accounts be transferred to a rollover individual retirement account (IRA), another employer’s qualified plan, a Section 403(b) annuity

11


 

contract or a Section 457(b) governmental plan maintained by a state or agency of the state, if the other plan or contract permits it.
     If you die and have not made a valid election as to how payments are to be made, the value of your vested Plan account will be paid to your beneficiary in a single cash payment. If your designated beneficiary is your spouse and you die before attaining age 70 1 / 2 , payment to your spouse will be made no later than the date you would have attained age 70 1 / 2 . If your designated beneficiary is your spouse and you die on or after attaining age 70 1 / 2 , payment to your spouse will be made as soon as administratively possible. If your designated beneficiary is not your spouse, payment to your designated beneficiary will be made within one year of the date of your death.
Investment of Contributions and Account Balances
     All amounts credited to your accounts under the Plan are held in the Plan trust (the “Trust”), which is administered by the trustee appointed by Northfield Bank’s Board of Directors.
     Prior to the effective date of the stock offering, you were provided the opportunity to direct the investment of your account into one of the following funds:
    RSI Retirement Trust Value Equity Fund
 
    RSI Retirement Trust Actively Managed Bond Fund
 
    Wells Fargo Galliard Stable Return Fund J
 
    Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Balanced Equity Fund
 
    Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Balanced Fund
 
    Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Diversified Income Fund
 
    Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Diversified Equity Fund
 
    Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Diversified Equity Income Fund
 
    Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Income Fund
 
    Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Capital Preservation Fund
 
    Alger MidCap Growth Institutional Fund I
 
    SSgA S&P 500 Index Fund
 
    PIMCO Total Return Fund Admin
 
    Neuberger Berman Genesis Fund Trust
 
    Federated Kaufmann Fund A
 
    Evergreen International Equity Fund A
 
    AIM Capital Development Fund A
 
    T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund R
     Once in any calendar quarter, you may submit a request form (including an electronic form) to a Plan representative to increase, decrease, suspend or resume your Elective Deferral Contributions. If you increase or decrease your contribution percentage, the change will go into effect as of the first payroll period following 10 days after you submit your written request or as soon as possible thereafter.

12


 

     You may change your investment direction of future contributions at any time by telephone through the Retirement System Group Information Center at 888-401-3539 or through the Internet (which can be reached via www.rsgroup.com ). For further information regarding changes to your investment directions, please contact your Plan Administrator at 718-448-1000. In addition, if permitted by the Plan Committee, you may submit a written request to a Plan representative at least 10 days prior to the date the change is to take effect. If your change in investment direction is made in this manner, it will become effective as of the first payroll period following your written notice to the Plan representative, or as soon as possible thereafter.
     You can transfer existing investment account balances from one fund to another at any time, by telephone though the Retirement System Group Information Center or through the Internet.
     In connection with the stock offering, the Plan now provides that in addition to the funds specified above, you may direct the trustee, or its representative, to invest all or a portion of your account in the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund.
     Pending investment in shares of common stock, amounts allocated towards the purchase of shares in the stock offering will be held in the Fiserv Money Market Fund. The returns of the Fiserv Money Market Fund were as follows: first quarter 2007: 3.45%; 2006 yields: 3.06%; 2005 yields: 1.51%; 2004 yields: 0.97%; 2003 yields: 1.05%. In the event of an oversubscription that prevents you from purchasing all of the shares of common stock that you ordered in the stock offering, the amounts that you elected to invest but were unable to invest, plus any earnings on those amounts, will be reinvested among the other funds of the Plan in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions).
     Following the stock offering, you may elect to have both past contributions and earnings, as well as future contributions to your account invested among the funds listed above and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund.

13


 

Investment Funds and Performance History
     The following table provides performance data with respect to the investment funds available under the Plan through March 31, 2007:
AVERAGE ANNUALIZED RETURNS AS OF MARCH 31, 2007 1
                                                 
Investment Option   Quarter   1-Year   3-Year   5-Year   10-Year        
RSI Retirement Trust Value Equity Fund
    1.08 %     15.18 %     11.34 %     7.04 %     10.50 %        
RSI Retirement Trust Actively Managed Bond Fund
    1.71 %     6.30 %     3.18 %     4.36 %     6.05 %        
Wells Fargo Galliard Stable Return Fund J
    1.00 %     4.03 %     3.71 %     3.93 %     4.76 %        
Alger MidCap Growth Institutional Fund I
    6.08 %     7.20 %     11.20 %     8.75 %     15.10 %        
SSgA S&P 500 Index Fund
    0.60 %     11.62 %     9.88 %     6.08 %     8.03 %        
PIMCO Total Return Fund Admin
    1.64 %     6.06 %     3.41 %     5.48 %     6.81 %        
Neuberger Berman Genesis Fund Trust
    4.94 %     5.70 %     13.89 %     12.98 %     14.61 %        
Federated Kaufmann Fund A
    3.71 %     8.37 %     12.89 %     11.72 %     11.37 %     *  
Evergreen International Equity Fund A
    3.12 %     15.95 %     18.14 %     14.01 %     9.31 %     *  
AIM Capital Development Fund A
    5.43 %     9.90 %     13.69 %     9.31 %     11.84 %        
T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund R
    0.64 %     10.01 %     9.43 %     N/A       15.02 %     *  
 
*   If no ten-year record is available, return is since inception.
     The following is a brief description of each of the Plan’s investment funds. For more complete information with respect to a particular fund, you should request a prospectus for that fund. You may request a prospectus for a particular fund by contacting Madeline Frank at 718-448-1000.
 
1   No performance history is shown for the following funds: Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Balanced Equity Fund, Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Balanced Fund, Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Diversified Income Fund, Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Diversified Equity Fund, Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Diversified Equity Income Fund, Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Income Fund, and Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Capital Preservation Fund. The Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Funds (the “Funds”), collective investment funds for which Fiserv Trust will act as Trustee, will commence operation in April of 2007. RSGroup Trust Company will act as sub-adviser to each fund, providing Fiserv Trust with asset allocation models currently in use by RSGroup Trust Company. Because the Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Funds have not yet commenced operation, no performance data for those Funds is yet available. Performance for each Fund will be affected by, among other things, fees charged by Fiserv Trust for acting as Trustee of the Funds.

14


 

RSI Retirement Trust Value Equity Fund . The fund seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund invests in stocks of a broadly diversified group of financially strong, medium-to-large sized companies with below market price-to-earnings ratios, and considered by the manager to be undervalued. Retirement System Investors Inc. is the investment adviser, while the fund is sub-advised by Shay Assets Management, Inc.
RSI Retirement Trust Actively Managed Bond Fund . The fund seeks principal appreciation and income return over time by investing in high quality fixed-income securities, without limit as to maturity. The fund must invest at least 65% of assets in securities of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. The balance of the assets may be invested in high quality corporate debt. At least 75% of the fund’s holdings must have a quality rating of AA or better, with a minimum quality rating of A, at the time of purchase. Retirement System Investors Inc. is the investment adviser, while the fund is sub-advised by Shay Assets Management, Inc.
Wells Fargo Galliard Stable Return Fund J . The fund seeks safety of principal and consistency of returns with minimal volatility. The fund is intended for conservative investors seeking more income than money market funds without the price fluctuation of stock or bond funds. The fund invests in financial instruments issued by highly rated companies. These include guaranteed investment contracts (GICs), security backed contracts (synthetic GICs) and cash equivalents. The weighted average quality of the portfolio is maintained at “AA” or better.
Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Balanced Equity Fund . This fund seeks to be 70% invested in a diversified mix of equity mutual funds and 30% in fixed-income mutual funds. The equity allocation includes mutual funds that invest in U.S. large-cap, mid-cap and small-cap equity securities as well as non-U.S. equity securities. The fixed-income exposure will be invested in intermediate-term fixed-income and money market mutual funds. Under normal circumstances, this fund’s strategic asset class targets include: 35% U.S. large-cap equity, 22% U.S. mid/small-cap equity, 13% non-U.S. equity, 27% fixed-income, and 3% cash equivalents. RSGroup Trust Company is the sub-adviser of the fund.
Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Balanced Fund . This fund seeks to be 55% invested in a diversified mix of equity mutual funds and 45% in fixed-income mutual funds. The equity allocation includes mutual funds that invest in U.S. large-cap, mid-cap and small-cap equity securities, as well as non-U.S. equity securities. The fixed-income exposure will be invested in intermediate-term fixed-income and money market mutual funds. Under normal circumstances, this fund’s strategic asset class targets include: 30% U.S. large-cap equity, 15% U.S. mid/small-cap equity, 10% non-U.S. equity, 42% fixed-income, and 3% cash equivalents. RSGroup Trust Company is the sub-adviser of the fund.
Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Diversified Income Fund . This fund seeks to be 40% invested in a diversified mix of equity mutual funds and 60% in fixed-income mutual funds. The equity allocation includes mutual funds that invest in U.S. large-cap, mid-cap and small-cap equity securities, as well as non-U.S. equity securities. The fixed-income exposure will be invested in intermediate-term fixed-income and money market mutual funds. Under normal circumstances, this fund’s strategic asset class targets include: 25% U.S. large-cap equity, 10%

15


 

U.S. mid/small-cap equity, 5% non-U.S. equity, 57% fixed-income, and 3% cash equivalents. RSGroup Trust Company is the sub-adviser of the fund.
Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Diversified Equity Fund . This fund is the most aggressive asset allocation portfolio among the Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Funds. The fund seeks to be 97% invested in a diversified mix of equity mutual funds, including mutual funds that invest in U.S. large-cap, mid-cap and small-cap equity securities, as well as non-U.S. equity securities. The balance will be invested in a money market portfolio. Under normal circumstances, this fund’s strategic asset class targets include: 42% U.S. large-cap equity, 35% U.S. mid/small-cap equity, 20% non-U.S. equity, and 3% cash equivalents. RSGroup Trust Company is the sub-adviser of the fund.
Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Diversified Equity Income Fund . This fund seeks to be 85% invested in a diversified mix of equity mutual funds and 15% in fixed-income mutual funds. The equity allocation includes mutual funds that invest in U.S. large-cap, mid-cap and small-cap equity securities, as well as non-U.S. equity securities. The fixed-income exposure will be invested in intermediate-term fixed-income and money market mutual funds. Under normal circumstances, this fund’s strategic asset class targets include: 40% U.S. large-cap equity, 28% U.S. mid/small-cap equity, 17% non-U.S. equity, 12% fixed-income, and 3% cash equivalents. RSGroup Trust Company is the sub-adviser of the fund.
Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Income Fund . This fund seeks to be 25% invested in a diversified mix of equity mutual funds and 75% in fixed-income mutual funds. The equity allocation includes mutual funds that invest in U.S. large-cap and small-cap equity securities. The fixed-income exposure will be invested in intermediate and short-term fixed-income, as well as money market, mutual funds. Under normal circumstances, this fund’s strategic asset class targets include: 20% U.S. large-cap equity, 5% U.S. small-cap equity, 72% fixed-income, and 3% cash equivalents. RSGroup Trust Company is the sub-adviser of the fund.
Fiserv Trust Sunrise Retirement Capital Preservation Fund . This fund seeks to be 10% invested in a diversified mix of equity mutual funds and 90% in fixed-income mutual funds. The equity allocation includes mutual funds that invest in U.S. large-cap equity securities. The fixed-income exposure will be invested in intermediate and short-term fixed-income, as well as money market, mutual funds. Under normal circumstances, this fund’s strategic asset class targets include: 10% U.S. large-cap equity, 87% fixed-income, and 3% cash equivalents. RSGroup Trust Company is the sub-adviser of the fund.
Alger MidCap Growth Institutional Fund I . The fund seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund focuses on mid-sized companies with promising growth potential. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests primarily in the equity securities of medium-capitalization companies. A medium-capitalization company has a market capitalization within the range of companies in the Russell Midcap Growth Index or the S&P MidCap 400 Index.
SSgA S&P 500 Index Fund . The fund seeks to replicate the total return of the S&P 500 Index. The fund intends to invest in all 500 stocks in the S&P 500 Index in proportion to the weighting in the Index. If it is not able to purchase all 500 stocks, due to monetary constraints, it may

16


 

purchase a representative sample. The fund hopes to achieve a correlation with the Index of at least 0.95, before deduction of fund expenses.
PIMCO Total Return Fund Admin . The fund seeks total return consistent with preservation of capital. The fund normally invests at least 65% of assets in debt securities, including U.S. government securities, corporate bonds, and mortgage-related securities. It may invest up to 20% of assets in securities denominated in foreign currencies. The fund may invest up to 10% of assets in high yield securities rated B or higher. The portfolio duration generally ranges from three to six years.
Neuberger Berman Genesis Fund Trust . The fund seeks growth of capital. The fund invests primarily in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations of $1.5 billion or less at the time of purchase. The fund’s management seeks securities it believes to be undervalued and that are issued by companies that have above-average returns, an established market niche, the ability to finance their own growth and sound future business prospects.
Federated Kaufman Fund A . The fund seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund invests primarily in common stocks of small and medium-sized companies that are reasonably priced and exhibit positive growth characteristics. To select investments, the advisor evaluates a company’s growth prospects and new product development; the economic outlook for its industry; management; security price and estimated fundamental value and financial characteristics. It may invest up to 25% of assets in foreign securities.
Evergreen International Equity Fund A . The fund seeks to achieve long-term growth of capital and secondarily, modest income. The fund normally invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities issued by established, quality non-U.S. companies located in countries with developed markets.
AIM Capital Development Fund A . The fund seeks long-term growth of capital. The fund invests in securities, including common stocks, convertible securities and bonds, of small and medium-sized companies. It may also invest up to 25% of assets in foreign securities and may hold a portion of assets in cash or cash equivalents.
T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund R . This is an actively managed large-cap growth fund that seeks investments in companies that have the ability to pay increasing dividends through strong cash flow. This fund provides long-term capital appreciation potential by focusing on established growth companies with proven performance records. These companies are typically financially sound and represent a wide variety of industries. T. Rowe Price employs bottom-up fundamental research in its research process that focuses on industry and company dynamics, management team quality, and financial statement analysis.
      An investment in any of the funds listed above is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. As with any mutual fund investment, there is always a risk that you may lose money on your investment in any of the funds listed above.

17


 

Investment in Common Stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
     In connection with the stock offering, the Plan now offers the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund as an additional choice to the investment options described above. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund invests primarily in the shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. In connection with the stock offering, you may, in the manner described earlier, direct the trustee to invest up to 100% of your plan account in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund as a one-time special election. Subsequent to the stock offering, you may elect to invest all or a portion of your elective deferral contributions or matching contributions in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund; you may also elect to transfer into Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund all or a portion of your accounts currently invested in other funds under the Plan.
     Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund consists primarily of investments in the shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. After the stock offering, the trustee of the Plan will use all amounts held by it in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund to purchase additional shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
     As of the date of this prospectus supplement, shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock have been issued only to NSB Holding Corp. There is no established market for Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Accordingly, there is no record of the historical performance of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. Performance of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund depends on a number of factors, including the financial condition and profitability of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank and market conditions for shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock generally.
     Investments in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund involve special risks common to investments in the shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
      For a discussion of material risks you should consider, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page ___ of the attached prospectus.
Administration of the Plan
      The Trustee and Custodian . RSGroup Trust Company serves as trustee for all of the investment funds under the Plan.
      Plan Administrator . Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Plan is administered by Northfield Bank, the Plan administrator. The address of the Plan administrator is Northfield Bank, Attention: Madeline Frank, Senior Vice President/Human Resources, 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York 10314-3598, telephone (718) 448-1000. The Plan administrator is responsible for the administration of the Plan, interpretation of the provisions of the Plan, prescribing procedures for filing applications for benefits, preparation and distribution of information explaining the Plan, maintenance of Plan records, books of account and all other data necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, preparation and filing of all returns and reports relating to the Plan which are required to be filed with the U.S. Department of Labor and

18


 

the Internal Revenue Service, and for all disclosures required to be made to participants, beneficiaries and others under Sections 104 and 105 of ERISA.
      Reports to Plan Participants . The Plan administrator will furnish you a statement at least quarterly showing the balance in your account as of the end of that period, the amount of contributions allocated to your account for that period, any withdrawal or distribution activity and any adjustments to your account to reflect earnings or losses (if any).
Amendment and Termination
     It is the intention of Northfield Bank to continue the Plan indefinitely. Nevertheless, Northfield Bank may terminate the Plan at any time. If the Plan is terminated in whole or in part, then regardless of other provisions in the Plan, you will have a fully vested interest in your accounts, including all employer matching contributions and discretionary contributions. Northfield Bank reserves the right to make any amendment or amendments to the Plan which do not cause any part of the trust to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of participants or their beneficiaries; provided, however, that Northfield Bank may make any amendment it determines necessary or desirable, with or without retroactive effect, to comply with ERISA.
Merger, Consolidation or Transfer
     In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Plan with another plan, or the transfer of the trust assets to another plan, the Plan requires that you would, if either the Plan or the other plan terminates, receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit you would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer, if the Plan had then terminated.
Federal Income Tax Consequences
     The following is a brief summary of the material federal income tax aspects of the Plan. You should not rely on this summary as a complete or definitive description of the material federal income tax consequences relating to the Plan. Statutory provisions change, as do their interpretations, and their application may vary in individual circumstances. Finally, the consequences under applicable state and local income tax laws may not be the same as under the federal income tax laws. Please consult your tax advisor with respect to any distribution from the Plan and transactions involving the Plan.
     As a “tax-qualified retirement plan,” the Plan is granted special tax treatment, including:
     (1) the sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate tax deduction for the amount contributed to the Plan each year;
     (2) participants pay no current income tax on amounts contributed by the employer (e.g., employee elective deferrals, including catch-up contributions, and employer matching contributions and discretionary contributions) on their behalf; and

19


 

     (3) earnings of the Plan are tax-deferred, thereby permitting the tax-free accumulation of income and gains on investments.
     Northfield Bank will administer the Plan to comply with the requirements of the Code as of the applicable effective date of any change in the law.
      Lump-Sum Distribution . A distribution from the Plan to a participant or the beneficiary of a participant will qualify as a lump-sum distribution if it is made within one taxable year, on account of the participant’s death, disability or separation from service, or after the participant attains age 59 1 / 2 , and consists of the balance credited to participants under the Plan and all other profit sharing plans (and in some cases all other stock bonus plans), if any, maintained by Northfield Bank. The portion of any lump-sum distribution required to be included in your taxable income for federal income tax purposes consists of the entire amount of the lump-sum distribution, less the amount of after-tax contributions, if any, you have made to this Plan and any other profit sharing plans maintained by Northfield Bank, which is included in the distribution.
      Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock Included in Lump-Sum Distribution . If a lump-sum distribution includes Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock, the distribution generally will be taxed in the manner described above, except that the total taxable amount may be reduced by the amount of any net unrealized appreciation with respect to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock, that is, the excess of the value of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the time of the distribution over its cost or other basis of the securities to the trust. The tax basis of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock, for purposes of computing gain or loss on its subsequent sale, equals the value of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the time of distribution, less the amount of net unrealized appreciation. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock, to the extent of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will constitute long-term capital gain, regardless of the holding period of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock, in excess of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will be considered long-term capital gain. The recipient of a distribution may elect to include the amount of any net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of the distribution, to the extent allowed by regulations to be issued by the Internal Revenue Service.
      Distributions: Rollovers and Direct Transfers to Another Qualified Plan or to an IRA . You may roll over virtually all distributions from the Plan to another qualified plan or to an individual retirement account in accordance with the terms of the other plan or account.
      Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities. There has been an important change in federal law that provides specific rights concerning investments in employer securities, such as Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Because you may in the future have investments in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund under the Plan, you should take the time to read the following information carefully.

20


 

      Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities . Beginning in 2007, the Plan must allow you to elect to move any portion of your account that is invested in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund from that investment into other investment alternatives under the Plan. You may contact the Plan administrator shown above for specific information regarding this new right, including how to make this election. In deciding whether to exercise this right, you will want to give careful consideration to the information below that describes the importance of diversification. All of the investment options under the Plan are available to you if you decide to diversify out of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund.
      The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings . To help achieve long-term retirement security, you should give careful consideration to the benefits of a well-balanced and diversified investment portfolio. Spreading your assets among different types of investments can help you achieve a favorable rate of return, while minimizing your overall risk of losing money. This is because market or other economic conditions that cause one category of assets, or one particular security, to perform very well often cause another asset category, or another particular security, to perform poorly. If you invest more than 20% of your retirement savings in any one company or industry, your savings may not be properly diversified. Although diversification is not a guarantee against loss, it is an effective strategy to help you manage investment risk.
     In deciding how to invest your retirement savings, you should take into account all of your assets, including any retirement savings outside of the Plan. No single approach is right for everyone because, among other factors, individuals have different financial goals, different time horizons for meeting their goals, and different tolerance for risk. Therefore, you should carefully consider the rights described here and how these rights affect the amount of money that you invest in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock through the Plan.
     It is also important to periodically review your investment portfolio, your investment objectives, and the investment options under the Plan to help ensure that your retirement savings will meet your retirement goals.
Additional ERISA Considerations
     As noted above, the Plan is subject to certain provisions of ERISA, including special provisions relating to control over the Plan’s assets by participants and beneficiaries. The Plan’s feature that allows you to direct the investment of your account balances is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 404(c) of ERISA relating to control over plan assets by a participant or beneficiary. The effect of this is two-fold. First, you will not be deemed a “fiduciary” because of your exercise of investment discretion. Second, no person who otherwise is a fiduciary, such as Northfield Bank, the Plan administrator, or the Plan’s trustee is liable under the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA for any loss which results from your exercise of control over the assets in your Plan account.
     Because you will be entitled to invest all or a portion of your account balance in the Plan in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock, the regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA require that the Plan establish procedures that ensure the confidentiality of your decision to purchase, hold, or sell employer securities, except to the extent that disclosure of such

21


 

information is necessary to comply with federal or state laws not preempted by ERISA. These regulations also require that your exercise of voting and similar rights with respect to the common stock be conducted in a way that ensures the confidentiality of your exercise of these rights.
Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability
     Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, imposes reporting and liability requirements on officers, directors, and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of public companies such as Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the filing of reports of beneficial ownership. Within 10 days of becoming an officer, director or person beneficially owning more than 10% of the shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the individual must file a Form 3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission reporting initial beneficial ownership. Changes in beneficial ownership, such as purchases, sales and gifts generally must be reported periodically, either on a Form 4, within two business days after the change occurs, or annually on a Form 5, within 45 days after the close of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s fiscal year. Discretionary transactions in and beneficial ownership of the common stock through Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund of the Plan by officers, directors and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of the common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. generally must be reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission by such individuals.
     In addition to the reporting requirements described above, Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provides for the recovery by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. of profits realized by an officer, director or any person beneficially owning more than 10% of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock resulting from non-exempt purchases and sales of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock within any six-month period.
     The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that provide exemptions from the profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) for all transactions in employer securities within an employee benefit plan, provided certain requirements are met. These requirements generally involve restrictions upon the timing of elections to acquire or dispose of employer securities for the accounts of Section 16(b) persons.
     Except for distributions of common stock due to death, disability, retirement, termination of employment or under a qualified domestic relations order, persons affected by Section 16(b) are required to hold shares of common stock distributed from the Plan for six months following such distribution and are prohibited from directing additional purchases within Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund for six months after receiving such a distribution.
Financial Information Regarding Plan Assets
     Audited financial information representing the assets available for plan benefits at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, and changes in net assets available for benefits for the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, are available upon written request to the Plan Administrator at the address shown above.

22


 

LEGAL OPINION
     The validity of the issuance of the common stock has been passed upon by Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, A Professional Corporation, Washington, D.C., which firm acted as special counsel to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. in connection with Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s stock offering.

23


 

PROSPECTUS
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Holding Company for Northfield Bank
18,616,936 Shares of Common Stock
 
     Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federally chartered corporation, is offering for sale 18,616,936 shares of its common stock, $0.01 par value, on a best efforts basis. The shares being offered represent 43% of our shares of common stock that will be outstanding upon completion of the stock offering. Upon completion of the stock offering, 55% of our outstanding shares of common stock will be owned by Northfield Bancorp, MHC, our federally chartered mutual holding company parent. In addition, we intend to contribute $3.0 million in cash and 2% of our outstanding shares of common stock to a charitable foundation we will establish in connection with the stock offering. The contribution of cash and shares of common stock will total $9.4 million at the minimum of the offering range, up to a maximum contribution of $13.0 million.
     We must sell a minimum of 13,760,344 shares in order to complete the stock offering, and we will terminate the stock offering if we do not sell the minimum number of shares. We may sell up to 21,409,476 shares because of changes in market conditions without resoliciting subscribers. The stock offering is scheduled to terminate at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline]. We may extend the termination date without notice to you, until [Extension date], unless the Office of Thrift Supervision approves a later date, which may not be beyond [Final date].
     Depositors of Northfield Bank with aggregate deposit account balances of $50 or more as of March 31, 2006 will have first priority rights to subscribe for our shares of common stock. The minimum purchase is 25 shares of common stock. Generally, the maximum purchase that an individual may make in the subscription offering is 25,000 shares, and no person by himself, or with an associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 50,000 shares in the entire stock offering. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the stock offering is terminated or extended beyond [Extension date]. If the stock offering is extended beyond [Extension date], subscribers will have the right to modify or rescind their purchase orders. Funds received prior to the completion of the stock offering up to the minimum of the offering range will be held by Northfield Bank. Funds received in excess of the minimum of the offering range may be maintained at Northfield Bank or, at our discretion, at another federally insured depository institution. However, in no event will we maintain more than one escrow account. All subscriptions received will bear interest at Northfield Bank’s passbook savings rate, which is currently 0.60% per annum. If the stock offering is terminated, subscribers will have their funds returned promptly, with interest.
     Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will use its best efforts to assist us in selling our shares of common stock, but is not obligated to purchase any of the shares of common stock that are being offered for sale. Subscribers will not pay any commissions to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering. There is currently no public market for the shares of common stock. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our shares of common stock, but is under no obligation to do so. We expect that our shares of common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NFBK.”
This investment involves risk, including the possible loss of principal.
Please read the “Risk Factors” beginning on page 20.
 
OFFERING SUMMARY
Price: $10.00 per share
                                 
                            Adjusted
    Minimum   Midpoint   Maximum   Maximum
Number of shares
    13,760,344       16,188,640       18,616,936       21,409,476  
Estimated stock offering expenses excluding selling agent commissions and expenses
  $ 1,625,000     $ 1,625,000     $ 1,625,000     $ 1,625,000  
Estimated selling agent commissions and expenses (1)
  $ 967,000     $ 1,143,000     $ 1,320,000     $ 1,523,000  
Net proceeds
  $ 135,011,440     $ 159,118,400     $ 183,224,360     $ 210,946,760  
Net proceeds per share
  $ 9.81     $ 9.83     $ 9.84     $ 9.85  
 
(1)   Based on 0.80% of the aggregate dollar amount of the shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings, excluding shares sold to the employee stock ownership plan, the 401(k) plan, the charitable foundation and to our officers, employees and directors and members of their immediate families. For a description of the calculation of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.’s compensation for the stock offering, please see “The Stock Offering—Marketing Arrangements.”
 
      These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
      Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved these securities or has determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.
 
The date of this prospectus is [Prospectus Date]

 


 

[MAP OF NORTHFIELD BANK BRANCH NETWORK
APPEARS ON INSIDE FRONT COVER]

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
SUMMARY
    1  
RISK FACTORS
    20  
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
    29  
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
    31  
HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE STOCK OFFERING
    32  
OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS
    34  
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK
    35  
REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE
    36  
CAPITALIZATION
    38  
PRO FORMA DATA
    40  
COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION
    49  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
    50  
BUSINESS OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
    76  
BUSINESS OF NORTHFIELD BANK
    76  
FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION
    101  
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
    103  
MANAGEMENT
    114  
THE STOCK OFFERING
    145  
NORTHFIELD BANK FOUNDATION
    164  
RESTRICTIONS ON THE ACQUISITION OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND NORTHFIELD BANK
    168  
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
    170  
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
    172  
LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS
    172  
EXPERTS
    172  
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
    172  
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
    173  
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    F-1  

i


 

SUMMARY
      The following summarizes material information regarding the offering of shares of common stock by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and the business of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank. However, this summary may not contain all the information that may be important to you. For additional information, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Our Organization
     In 1995 Northfield Bank (then named Northfield Savings Bank) reorganized into the mutual holding company structure. As part of the reorganization, Northfield Bank formed NSB Holding Corp., a New York mutual holding company. As a result of the reorganization, Northfield Bank became a New York-chartered capital stock savings bank regulated by the New York State Banking Department, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of NSB Holding Corp. In 2002, Northfield Bank organized Northfield Bancorp, Inc. as its New York mid-tier stock holding company and the wholly-owned subsidiary of NSB Holding Corp. The same directors and certain officers who manage Northfield Bank manage Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and NSB Holding Corp. In connection with the stock offering, Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and NSB Holding Corp. are converting their charters from New York State charters to federal charters, and will be regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision. In addition, NSB Holding Corp. will be renamed Northfield Bancorp, MHC.
The Stock Offering
     Federal regulations require that as long as Northfield Bancorp, MHC exists, it must own a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock. Accordingly, the shares that we are permitted to sell in the stock offering and contribute to a charitable foundation must represent a minority of our outstanding shares of common stock. Based on these restrictions, our board of directors has decided to offer 43% of our shares of common stock for sale in the stock offering. In addition, we intend to contribute cash of $3.0 million and 2% of our outstanding shares of common stock to a charitable foundation we will establish. The contribution of cash and shares of common stock will total $9.4 million at the minimum of the offering range, up to a maximum contribution of $13.0 million. Our remaining outstanding shares of common stock will be held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC.
     The following chart shows our ownership structure following the stock offering:
(FLOW CHART)

1


 

The Companies
      Northfield Bancorp, MHC
     Upon completion of the charter conversion, Northfield Bancorp, MHC will be a federally chartered mutual holding company that will succeed NSB Holding Corp., a New York mutual holding company. NSB Holding Corp. currently owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. NSB Holding Corp. does not engage in any significant business activity other than owning the common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC does not intend to expand its business activities after the stock offering. Upon completion of the stock offering, Northfield Bancorp, MHC is expected to own 55% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. So long as Northfield Bancorp, MHC exists, it is required to own a majority of the voting stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. The executive office of Northfield Bancorp, MHC is located at 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York, and its telephone number is (718) 448-1000.
      Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
     Upon completion of the charter conversion, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will be a federally chartered mid-tier stock holding company. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. currently owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of Northfield Bank. At March 31, 2007, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. had consolidated assets of $1.3 billion, consolidated loans of $422.2 million, consolidated deposits of $966.5 million and consolidated stockholder’s equity of $171.0 million. Its net income for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $10.8 million. The executive office of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is located at 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York, and its telephone number is (718) 448-1000.
      Northfield Bank
     Northfield Bank was organized in 1887 and is currently a New York-chartered savings bank headquartered in Staten Island, New York. Upon completion of the charter conversion, Northfield Bank will be a federally chartered savings bank. All of the rights, obligations, assets and liabilities of Northfield Bank, as a New York-chartered savings bank, will be assumed by Northfield Bank under its federal charter. Northfield Bank conducts business from its main office located at 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York and its 17 additional branch offices located in New York and New Jersey. The branch offices are located in the New York counties of Richmond and Kings and the New Jersey counties of Union and Middlesex. The telephone number at Northfield Bank’s main office is (718) 448-1000.
     Northfield Bank’s principal business consists of originating commercial real estate loans, as well as investing in mortgage-backed securities. Northfield Bank also offers construction and land loans, multifamily residential real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. Northfield Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts, including certificates of deposit, passbook and money market savings accounts and demand deposit accounts (NOW accounts and non-interest bearing checking accounts). Deposits are Northfield Bank’s primary source of funds for its lending and investing activities. Northfield Bank also uses borrowed funds as a source of funds, principally from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. In addition to traditional banking services, Northfield Bank offers insurance products through NSB Insurance Agency. Northfield Bank owns NSB Services Corp. and, through NSB Services Corp., Northfield Bank is the indirect owner of a real estate investment trust, NSB Realty Trust, which holds mortgage loans and other investments.

2


 

Business Strategy
     Highlights of our business strategy are:
    Remaining a community-oriented financial institution;
 
    Continuing our recent focus on commercial real estate lending and construction and land lending;
 
    Expanding our branch network;
 
    Increasing our origination of home equity loans and lines of credit;
 
    Maintaining high asset quality; and
 
    Purchasing investment securities.
     See “Business of Northfield Bank” for a full description of our products and services. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Strategy” for a discussion of our business strategy.
Reasons for the Stock Offering
     The primary reasons for our decision to conduct the stock offering and raise capital are to:
    support our internal growth through lending in communities we serve or may serve in the future;
 
    support the expansion of our branch network;
 
    enhance our existing products and services and to support the development of new products and services;
 
    enable us to compete more effectively in the financial services marketplace;
 
    offer our depositors, employees, management and directors an equity ownership interest in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and thereby obtain an economic interest in any future success that we may have; and
 
    support our local communities through the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.
Terms of the Stock Offering
     We are offering between 13,760,344 and 18,616,936 shares of common stock to qualified depositors, tax-qualified employee plans, and to the public to the extent shares remain available. The maximum number of shares that we sell in the stock offering may increase up to 21,409,476 shares as a result of positive changes in financial markets in general and with respect to financial institution stocks in particular. Unless our estimated pro forma market value decreases below $320.0 million or increases above $497.9 million, you will not have the opportunity to change or cancel your stock order. The

3


 

offering price of the shares of common stock is $10.00 per share. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will use its best efforts to assist us in selling our shares of common stock, but it is not obligated to purchase any shares in the stock offering.
We also intend to contribute $3.0 million in cash and 2% of our outstanding shares to a charitable foundation we will establish. The contribution of cash and shares of common stock will total $9.4 million at the minimum of the offering range, up to a maximum contribution of $13.0 million.
Persons Who May Order Stock in the Stock Offering
     We are offering the shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:
  (1)   Depositors who had accounts at Northfield Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 as of the close of business on March 31, 2006;
 
  (2)   The tax-qualified employee benefit plans of Northfield Bank (our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) savings plan);
 
  (3)   Depositors who had accounts at Northfield Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 as of the close of business on June 30, 2007; and
 
  (4)   Depositors who had accounts at Northfield Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 as of the close of business on July 31, 2007.
     If any shares of our common stock remain unsold in the subscription offering, we will offer such shares for sale in a community offering. Natural persons residing in the States of New York and New Jersey, and Pike County, Pennsylvania, will have a purchase preference in any community offering. Shares of common stock also may be offered to the general public. The community offering, if any, may commence concurrently with, during or promptly after, the subscription offering. We also may offer shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering through a syndicate of brokers in what is referred to as a syndicated community offering. The syndicated community offering, if necessary, would be managed by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, any orders received in the community offering or the syndicated community offering.
     To ensure a proper allocation of stock, each eligible account holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at March 31, 2006, June 30, 2007 or July 31, 2007, as applicable. Failure to list an account, or providing incorrect information, could result in the loss of all or part of a subscriber’s stock allocation. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the stock issuance plan and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.
How We Determined to Offer Between 13,760,344 Shares and 18,616,936 Shares and the $10.00 Price Per Share
     The decision to offer between 13,760,344 shares and 18,616,936 shares, subject to adjustment, which is our offering range, is based on an independent appraisal of our pro forma market value prepared by FinPro, Inc., a firm experienced in appraisals of financial institutions. FinPro, Inc. is of the opinion that as of May 29, 2007, the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. on a fully-converted basis was between $320.0 million and $433.0 million, with

4


 

a midpoint of $376.5 million. The term “fully converted” assumes that 100% of our common stock had been sold to the public, as opposed to the 43% that will be sold in the stock offering.
     In preparing its appraisal, FinPro, Inc. considered the information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements. FinPro, Inc. also considered the following factors, among others:
    our present and projected operating results and financial condition and the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market areas;
 
    historical, financial and other information relating to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank;
 
    a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial statistics with those of other similarly situated publicly traded thrifts and mutual holding companies;
 
    the impact of the stock offering on our stockholders’ equity and earnings potential;
 
    our proposed dividend policy; and
 
    the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.
     FinPro, Inc. also considered the contribution of cash and issuance of shares of common stock to Northfield Bank Foundation, a charitable foundation we will establish. The contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation will have the effect of reducing our estimated pro forma value. See “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information with and without the Charitable Foundation.”
     In reviewing the appraisal prepared by FinPro, Inc., the board of directors considered the methodologies and the appropriateness of the assumptions used by FinPro, Inc. in addition to the factors listed above, and the board of directors believes that these assumptions are reasonable.
     The board of directors determined that the common stock should be sold at $10.00 per share, that 43% of the shares of common stock should be offered for sale in the stock offering and 55% should be held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock to Northfield Bank Foundation. Based on the estimated valuation range and the purchase price, the number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding upon completion of the stock offering will range from 32,000,800 to 43,295,200 (subject to adjustment to 49,789,479), and the number of shares of common stock that will be sold in the stock offering will range from 13,760,344 shares to 18,616,936 shares (subject to adjustment up to 21,409,476), with a midpoint of 16,188,640 shares. The number of shares that Northfield Bancorp, MHC will own after the stock offering will range from 17,600,440 to 23,812,360 (subject to adjustment to 27,384,214). The number of shares of common stock that Northfield Bank Foundation will own after the stock offering will range from 640,016 to 865,904, subject to adjustment to 995,789. The estimated valuation range may be amended with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, or if necessitated by subsequent developments in the financial condition or results of operations of Northfield Bank or market conditions generally.

5


 

     The appraisal will be updated before we complete the stock offering. If the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock at that time is either below $320.0 million or above $497.9 million, then we may, after consulting with the Office of Thrift Supervision:
    terminate the stock offering and return all funds promptly with interest;
 
    extend the stock offering or hold a new subscription or community offering, or both;
 
    establish a new offering range and commence a resolicitation of subscribers; or
 
    take such other actions as may be permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
Under such circumstances, we will notify you, and you will have the opportunity to change or cancel your order within a specified time period. In any event, the stock offering must be completed by no later than [Final date].
     Two measures investors commonly use to evaluate an issuer’s stock are the ratio of the offering price to the pro forma tangible book value and the ratio of the offering price to the issuer’s pro forma net income. FinPro, Inc. considered these ratios, among other factors, in preparing its appraisal. The following table presents the ratio of the offering price to our pro forma tangible book value and earnings per share at or for the period indicated. See “Pro Forma Data” for a description of the assumptions used in making these calculations.
                                 
    At Or For the Twelve Months Ended March 31, 2007
    13,760,344   16,188,640   18,616,936   21,409,476
    Shares Sold   Shares Sold   Shares Sold   Shares Sold
    at $10.00   at $10.00   at $10.00   at $10.00
    Per Share   Per Share   Per Share   Per Share
Pro forma price-to-tangible book value ratio
    118.20 %     129.03 %     138.31 %     147.49 %
Pro forma price-to-core earnings ratio
    25.64 x     29.41 x     33.33 x     37.04 x
     The following table compares our pricing ratios to the pricing ratios of our peer group companies on a non-fully converted basis, each at or for the twelve months ended March 31, 2007. Compared to the median pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, indicated a discount of 29.98% on a price-to-core earnings basis and a discount of 22.64% on a price-to-tangible book basis.
                 
    Non-Fully Converted   Non-Fully Converted
    Pro Forma   Pro Forma
    Price-to-Core   Price-to-Tangible Book
    Earnings Multiple   Value Ratio
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
               
Adjusted Maximum
    37.04x       147.49 %
Minimum
    25.64x       118.20 %
 
               
Valuation of peer group companies as of May 29, 2007
               
Averages
    58.40x       207.60 %
Medians
    52.90x       190.65 %

6


 

     The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies and for us, each at or for the twelve months ended March 31, 2007, with the ratios adjusted to the hypothetical case of our being a fully converted stock holding company. Compared to the median fully converted pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma fully converted pricing ratios at the adjusted maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 21.21% on a price-to-core earnings basis and a discount of 11.67% on a price-to-tangible book basis.
                 
    Fully Converted   Fully Converted
    Equivalent Pro Forma   Equivalent Pro Forma
    Price-to-Core   Price-to-Tangible Book
    Earnings Multiple   Value Ratio
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
               
Adjusted Maximum
    27.78x       85.98 %
Minimum
    20.41x       75.19 %
 
               
Valuation of peer group companies as of May 29, 2007
               
Averages
    38.54x       99.88 %
Medians
    35.26x       97.34 %
     As shown in the above tables, our pro forma fully converted and non-fully converted price-to-book value ratios are discounted compared to the average trading price-to-book value of the peer group companies.
     The pro forma fully-converted calculations for the peer group companies include the following assumptions:
    8% of the shares sold in a second-step stock offering would be purchased by an employee stock ownership plan, with the expense to be amortized over 30 years;
 
    4% of the shares sold in a second-step stock offering would be purchased by a stock-based benefit plan, with the expense to be amortized over five years;
 
    Options equal to 10% of the shares sold in a second-step stock offering would be granted under a stock-based benefit plan, with option expense of $3.20 per option, and with the expense to be amortized over five years; and
 
    stock offering expenses would equal 2% of the stock offering amount.
     With respect to Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the pro forma fully-converted calculations use the same assumptions as applied to the peer group companies, but also assume: the effect of the establishment and funding of our charitable foundation; the expense of the employee stock ownership plan would be amortized over 30 years; and that we would recognize expense with respect to stock options granted under a stock-based benefit plan over a five-year period. See “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information with and without the Charitable Foundation” for a discussion of the impact of our charitable foundation on our appraised value.
      The independent appraisal does not indicate after-market trading value. Do not assume or expect that the valuation as indicated above means that our shares of common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 purchase price after the stock offering.

7


 

After-Market Performance Information
     The following table presents short-term stock price performance information for all mutual holding company initial public offerings completed between January 1, 2006 and May 29, 2007. The offerings are presented in reverse chronological order, which means that the most recent offerings appear first.
                         
    Price Performance from Initial Trading Date
    One Day   One Week   One Month
    Percentage   Percentage   Percentage
Corporation   Change   Change   Change
TFS Financial Corporation
    17.90 %     18.00 %     23.40 %
Sugar Creek Financial Corp.
                6.00  
Delanco Bancorp, Inc.
                (5.00 )
Oritani Financial Corp.
    59.70       54.30       23.40  
Polonia Bancorp
    1.00       1.50       6.00  
MSB Financial Corp.
    23.00       21.20       (5.00 )
MainStreet Financial Corporation
    10.00       10.00       (2.50 )
Ben Franklin Financial, Inc.
    7.00       6.50       6.50  
ViewPoint Financial Group
    49.90       52.50       53.90  
Fox Chase Bancorp, Inc.
    29.50       27.90       30.10  
Roma Financial Corporation
    41.00       45.00       46.60  
Seneca-Cayuga Bancorp, Inc.
          (1.50 )     (7.00 )
Northeast Community Bancorp, Inc.
    10.00       12.00       12.00  
Mutual Federal Bancorp, Inc.
    11.30       10.00       14.00  
Lake Shore Bancorp, Inc.
    7.00       5.50       2.90  
United Community Bancorp
    8.00       8.40       5.50  
Magyar Bancorp, Inc.
    6.50       5.00       6.00  
Greenville Federal Financial Corporation
    2.50       2.50        
                         
Average
    15.74 %     15.51 %     14.87 %
Median
    9.00 %     9.20 %     6.25 %
                         
     The table above presents only short-term historical information on stock price performance, which may not be indicative of the longer-term performance of such stock prices. The data presented in the table are not intended to predict how our shares of common stock may perform following the stock offering. The historical information in the table may not be meaningful to you because the data were calculated using a small sample.
     The market price of any particular company’s stock is subject to various factors, including the amount of proceeds a company raises and management’s ability to deploy proceeds (such as through investments, the acquisition of other financial institutions or other businesses, the payment of dividends and common stock repurchases). In addition, stock prices may be affected by general market conditions, market interest rates, the market for financial institutions, merger or takeover transactions, the presence of professional and other investors who purchase stock on speculation, as well as other unforeseeable events not necessarily within the control of management or the board of directors.
     FinPro, Inc. advised the board of directors that the appraisal was prepared in conformance with the appraisal methodology set forth in Office of Thrift Supervision regulatory guidelines and policy. That methodology requires a valuation based on an analysis of the trading prices of comparable public companies whose stocks have traded for at least one year prior to the valuation date. FinPro, Inc. also advised the board of directors that the aftermarket trading experience of recent transactions was

8


 

considered in the appraisal as a general indicator of current market conditions, but was not relied upon as a primary valuation methodology.
     Our board of directors carefully reviewed the information provided by FinPro, Inc. in its appraisal, but did not make any determination regarding whether prior mutual holding company stock offerings have been valued fairly, nor did the board draw any conclusions regarding how the historical data reflected above may affect the appraisal. Instead, we engaged FinPro, Inc. to assist us with the regulatory process as it applies to the appraisal and to advise us how much capital would need to be raised under the regulatory guidelines.
      There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share. As noted in the above table, four of the 18 initial public mutual holding company stock offerings since January 1, 2006 referenced in the table have traded below their initial offering price at the dates indicated. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to read carefully this prospectus, including the section entitled “Risk Factors.”
Our Officers, Directors and Employees Will Receive Additional Compensation Through Participation in Benefit Plans After the Stock Offering
     Northfield Bank will establish an employee stock ownership plan, and we intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans that will provide for grants of stock options and shares of common stock. Our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and our 401(k) savings plan, may purchase in the stock offering up to 4.9% of our outstanding shares of common stock (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation). However, it is expected that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase in the stock offering 3.92% of our outstanding shares of common stock (including shares issued to Northfield Bancorp, MHC and to Northfield Bank Foundation).
     In addition to shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, we intend to grant options and stock awards under one or more stock-based benefit plans that we intend to implement no sooner than six months after the completion of the stock offering, subject to the approval of our stockholders. Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, the number of options granted or shares of common stock awarded under our stock-based benefit plans may not exceed 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares (including shares issued to Northfield Bancorp, MHC and to Northfield Bank Foundation), exclusive of shares acquired in the secondary market to fund such plans in excess of the foregoing amounts. The number of options granted or shares awarded under one or more stock-based benefit plans that we may implement following the stock offering, when aggregated with any subsequently adopted stock-based benefit plans (exclusive of any shares held by our employee stock ownership plan), may not exceed 25% of the shares of common stock held by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC.
     The employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plans will increase our future compensation costs, thereby reducing our earnings. Public companies are required to expense the grant-date fair value of stock options and other stock awards granted to officers, directors and employees. In addition, if such awards or options are considered variable in nature, public companies must revalue their estimated compensation costs at each subsequent reporting date and may be required to recognize additional compensation expense at those dates. Any additional compensation expense due to variances in actual vesting or stock price experience compared to assumptions in the table below would increase our compensation costs over the vesting period of the options and other stock awards. Additionally, stockholders will experience dilution in their ownership interest if newly issued shares of common stock are used to fund stock options and stock awards. See “Risk Factors—Our Stock-Based Benefit Plans Will

9


 

Increase Our Costs, Which Will Reduce Our Income. Our Directors, Officers and Employees are Eligible to Participate in These Stock-Based Benefit Plans,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Anticipated Increase in Non-Interest Expense” and “Management—Stock Benefit Plans.”
     The following three tables summarize the stock benefits that our officers, directors and employees may receive following the stock offering at the maximum of the offering range, assuming that we initially implement the employee stock ownership plan as well as one or more stock-based benefit plans granting options to purchase 4.90% of the shares outstanding at the completion of the stock offering (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation) and awarding shares of common stock equal to 1.96% of the shares outstanding at the completion of the stock offering (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation). Proposed Office of Thrift Supervision regulations would clarify that the amount of stock options and stock awards available for grant under stock-based benefit plans may be greater than the amounts set forth in the following three tables, provided shares used to fund the stock-based benefit plan in excess of these amounts are obtained through stock repurchases.
     In the table below, it is assumed that, at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, a total of 21,409,476 shares will be sold to the public, and a total of 22,405,265 shares will be issued and outstanding to the public and the charitable foundation. This table assumes that Northfield Bank’s tangible capital ratio is 10% or more following the stock offering.
                                     
                                Value of Benefits  
                                Based on Adjusted  
    Individuals           Percent of     Percent of     Maximum of  
    Eligible to Receive   Number of     Outstanding     Shares     Offering Range  
Plan/Awards   Awards   Shares     Shares (1)     Sold     (2)(3)  
Employee stock ownership plan
  All officers and employees     1,951,747       3.92 %     9.12 %   $ 19,517,470  
 
                                   
Stock awards
  Directors, officers and employees     975,873       1.96       4.56 %     9,758,730  
 
                                   
Stock options
  Directors, officers and employees     2,439,684       4.90       11.40 %     7,806,989  
 
                           
 
        5,367,304       10.78 %     25.08 %   $ 37,083,189  
 
                           
 
(1)   Amounts are based on current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and policy, exclusive of shares acquired in the secondary market to fund stock awards and stock options. Proposed Office of Thrift Supervision regulations would clarify that the amount of stock options and stock awards available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans may be greater than the amounts set forth in the table, provided shares used to fund the stock-based benefit plans in excess of these amounts are obtained through stock repurchases.
 
(2)   The actual value of the stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date the grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the offering price of $10.00 per share.
 
(3)   For purposes of this table, the value of an option is assumed to equal the fair value of each option (and the expense to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. using the Black-Scholes pricing model) under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.20 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; dividend yield of 0%; expected option life of 7.5 years; risk-free interest rate of 4.54% (based on the seven-year Treasury Note rate); and a volatility rate of 13.73% based on an index of publicly traded mutual holding companies. The grant-date fair value using the Black-Scholes pricing model set forth in the table may not reflect the actual value of a stock option to a recipient at any point in time, which would be the difference between the exercise price of the stock option and the trading price of the underlying shares of common stock at the time of exercise.
     The value of stock awards will be based on the price per share of our common stock at the time those shares are granted, which, subject to stockholder approval, cannot occur until at least six months after the stock offering. The following table presents the total value of all shares of common stock to be available for award and issuance under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the stock-based benefit plans award shares of common stock equal to 1.96% of the outstanding shares after the stock offering and

10


 

the shares for the plans are purchased or issued in a range of market prices from $8.00 per share to $16.00 per share.
                                 
    627,215 Shares Awarded   737,900 Shares Awarded   848,585 Shares Awarded   975,873 Shares Awarded
    at Minimum of Offering   at Midpoint of Offering   at Maximum of Offering   at Maximum of Offering
Share Price   Range   Range   Range   Range, As Adjusted
$  8.00
  $ 5,017,720     $ 5,903,200     $ 6,788,680     $ 7,806,984  
$10.00
  $ 6,272,150     $ 7,379,000     $ 8,485,850     $ 9,758,730  
$12.00
  $ 7,526,580     $ 8,854,800     $ 10,183,020     $ 11,710,476  
$14.00
  $ 8,781,010     $ 10,330,600     $ 11,880,190     $ 13,662,222  
$16.00
  $ 10,035,440     $ 11,806,400     $ 13,577,360     $ 15,613,968  
     Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) require that we expense the grant-date fair value of stock options that we grant to our officers, directors and employees. The grant-date fair value of the options awarded under the stock-based benefit plans, for financial statement purposes, will be based, in part, on the price per share of our common stock at the time the options are awarded, which, subject to stockholder approval, cannot occur until at least six months after the stock offering. The value will also depend on the various assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the stock options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans using Black-Scholes pricing model assumptions, assuming the stock-based benefit plans award stock options equal to 4.9% of the outstanding shares of common stock after the stock offering, the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares are $8.00 per share to $16.00 per share. The grant-date fair value using the Black-Scholes pricing model set forth in the table may not reflect the actual value of a stock option to a recipient at any point in time, which would be the difference between the exercise price of the stock option and the trading price of the underlying shares of common stock at the time of exercise.
                                         
                                    2,439,684 Options
            1,568,039 Options   1,844,752 Options   2,121,464 Options   at Maximum of
Market/Exercise   Grant-Date Fair   at Minimum of   at Midpoint of   at Maximum of   Offering Range, As
Price   Value Per Option   Offering Range   Offering Range   Offering Range   Adjusted
$  8.00
  $ 2.56     $ 4,014,180     $ 4,722,565     $ 5,430,948     $ 6,245,591  
$10.00
  $ 3.20     $ 5,017,725     $ 5,903,206     $ 6,788,685     $ 7,806,989  
$12.00
  $ 3.84     $ 6,021,270     $ 7,083,848     $ 8,146,422     $ 9,368,387  
$14.00
  $ 4.48     $ 7,024,815     $ 8,264,489     $ 9,504,159     $ 10,929,784  
$16.00
  $ 5.12     $ 8,028,360     $ 9,445,130     $ 10,861,896     $ 12,491,182  
     The stock-based benefit plans will comply with all applicable regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision in effect at the time such plans are adopted. Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations the stock-based benefit plans cannot be established sooner than six months after the stock offering, and would require the approval of a majority of votes cast by our stockholders (under Nasdaq rules) and by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast (excluding votes eligible to be cast by Northfield Bancorp, MHC), unless we obtain a waiver from the Office of Thrift Supervision that would allow the stock-based benefit plans to be approved by a majority of votes cast by our stockholders (excluding shares voted by Northfield Bancorp, MHC). We currently intend to request such a waiver from the Office of Thrift Supervision.

11


 

     Unless a waiver is obtained from the Office of Thrift Supervision, the following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plans under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations:
    non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and stock awards authorized under the plans;
 
    any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and stock awards authorized under the plans;
 
    any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options or stock awards authorized under the plans;
 
    the options and stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plans; and
 
    accelerated vesting of awards is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
     We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.
     The Office of Thrift Supervision has proposed amendments to its existing regulations regarding stock-based benefit plans that are intended to clarify and simplify such regulations. Specifically, the amendments would clarify that we may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering, provided shares used to fund the plans in excess of these amounts are obtained through stock repurchases. The proposed amendments would also require that, if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted less than one year following the stock offering, the stock-based benefit plan must be approved by a majority of the votes of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders cast at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, excluding votes eligible to be cast by Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Under the proposed amendments, there would be no separate vote required of minority stockholders if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. The proposed amendments would further clarify that the current regulatory restrictions set forth above regarding the amount of individual and group awards, and restrictions on accelerated vesting of awards, would not apply if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.
      In the event the Office of Thrift Supervision adopts these regulations as proposed, or otherwise changes its existing regulations or policies, we may implement stock-based benefit plans that exceed the current limits applicable to the overall size of such plans and individual awards thereunder, and otherwise grant awards with terms that are different than those required by current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and policy. Moreover, to the extent that any new regulations or policies contain a more flexible voting standard for stockholder approval than that currently required, we intend to use the more flexible voting standard, which could result in the vote of Northfield Bancorp, MHC controlling the outcome of a stockholder vote on stock-based benefit plans.

12


 

Our Policy Regarding Dividends
     Following completion of the stock offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, or timing of any dividend payments. The amount of any dividend payments will depend upon a number of factors, including the following:
    regulatory capital requirements;
 
    our financial condition and results of operations;
 
    strategic business investment opportunities;
 
    tax considerations;
 
    statutory and regulatory limitations; and
 
    general economic conditions.
     If we pay dividends to our stockholders, we also will be required to pay dividends to Northfield Bancorp, MHC, unless Northfield Bancorp, MHC elects to waive the receipt of dividends. We anticipate that Northfield Bancorp, MHC will waive any dividends we declare. Any decision to waive the receipt of dividends will be subject to the non-objection of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
Market for the Shares of Common Stock
     We anticipate that the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering will be quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NFBK.” Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. currently intends to make a market in the shares of common stock, but it is under no obligation to do so.
How We Intend to Use the Proceeds We Raise from the Stock Offering
     Assuming we sell 21,409,476 shares of common stock in the stock offering, and we have net proceeds of $210.9 million, we intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:
    $105.5 million (50.0% of the net proceeds) will be contributed to Northfield Bank;
 
    $19.5 million (9.3% of the net proceeds) will be loaned to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of our shares of common stock;
 
    $3.0 million (1.4% of the net proceeds) will be contributed to the charitable foundation; and
 
    $83.0 million (39.3% of the net proceeds) will be retained by us.
     We may use the net proceeds of the stock offering to invest in securities, to deposit funds in Northfield Bank, to finance the possible acquisition of other financial institutions or financial service businesses, to pay dividends or for other general corporate purposes, including repurchasing shares of our common stock. Northfield Bank may use the proceeds it receives to originate or purchase loans, to purchase securities, to expand its banking franchise through branching or through acquisitions, and for

13


 

general corporate purposes. To the extent that Northfield Bank uses the proceeds to fund loans, we have not allocated specific dollar amounts to any particular portion of our loan portfolio. The amount of time it will take to deploy the proceeds from the stock offering into loans will depend primarily on the level of loan demand. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Stock Offering.” Neither Northfield Bank nor Northfield Bancorp, Inc. has plans to conduct any specific material acquisition transaction at this time.
Limits on Your Purchase of Shares of Common Stock
     The minimum purchase is 25 shares of common stock. Generally, no individual may purchase more than $250,000 (25,000 shares) of common stock through one or more individual and/or joint deposit accounts, and no individuals acting through a single account or similarly titled joint accounts may purchase more than $250,000 (25,000 shares) of common stock. If any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed $500,000 (50,000 shares) of common stock:
    your spouse, or relatives of you or your spouse, living in your house;
 
    companies or other entities in which you have a 10% or greater equity or substantial beneficial interest or in which you serve as a senior officer or partner;
 
    a trust or other estate if you have a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or you are a trustee or fiduciary for the trust or estate; or
 
    other persons who may be acting together with you (including, but not limited to, persons who file jointly a Schedule 13G or Schedule 13D Beneficial Ownership Report with the Securities and Exchange Commission).
     A detailed discussion of the limitations on purchases of common stock by an individual and persons acting together is set forth under the caption “The Stock Offering—Limitations on Purchase of Shares.”
     Subject to Office of Thrift Supervision approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase limitations in the stock offering at any time. Our tax-qualified benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, are authorized to purchase up to 4.9% of the shares to be outstanding immediately following the stock offering (including shares issued to Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bank Foundation) without regard to these purchase limitations. The employee stock ownership plan may purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, in the open market following consummation of the stock offering, from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, or from treasury shares following consummation of the stock offering.
Our Issuance of Shares of Common Stock to the Charitable Foundation
     To further our commitment to the communities we serve, we intend to establish and fund a charitable foundation as part of the stock offering. We intend to contribute $3.0 million in cash and 2% of our outstanding shares of common stock to the charitable foundation, ranging from 640,016 shares at the minimum of the valuation range to 865,904 shares at the maximum of the valuation range, subject to adjustment to 995,789. These shares will have a value of $6.4 million at the minimum of the valuation range and $8.7 million at the maximum of the valuation range, subject to adjustment to $10.0 million, based on the $10.00 per share offering price, up to a maximum contribution of $13.0 million of cash and

14


 

shares of common stock. As a result of the issuance of shares to the charitable foundation and the cash contribution, we expect to record after-tax expense of approximately $5.6 million at the minimum of the valuation range and of approximately $7.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the valuation range, during the quarter in which the stock offering is completed.
     Under the Internal Revenue Code, an entity is permitted to deduct up to 10% of its taxable income (income before income taxes) in any one year for charitable contributions. Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may be deducted for federal income tax purposes over each of the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution was made. Accordingly, a charitable contribution by an entity to a charitable foundation could, if necessary, be deducted over a six-year period. Based on $17.0 million of income before income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2006, and assuming that our income before income tax expense remained at that level in future years following the stock offering, we estimate that we would only be able to deduct for federal income tax purposes $10.2 million of the contribution to the charitable foundation. This would result in after-tax expense of $8.9 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, and not $7.8 million as we currently estimate.
     The charitable foundation will be governed by a board of directors, initially consisting of three of our current directors and at least one individual who is not affiliated with us. None of these individuals will receive compensation for their service as a director of the charitable foundation. In addition, some of our employees will serve as executive officers of the charitable foundation. None of these individuals will receive compensation for their service as an executive officer of the charitable foundation.
     The charitable foundation will be dedicated to supporting charitable causes and community development activities in the communities in which we operate or may operate. In addition to traditional community contributions and community reinvestment initiatives, the charitable foundation is expected to emphasize grants or donations to support housing assistance, local education and other types of organizations or civic-minded projects. During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, we made charitable contributions of $377,000 and $420,000, respectively. The charitable foundation is expected to make contributions totaling approximately $650,000 in its first year of operation, assuming we sell our shares of common stock at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. However, the charitable foundation is not expected to limit the size of its contributions to any one program or aggregate amount in any one year.
     Issuing shares of common stock to the charitable foundation will:
    dilute the voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the stock offering; and
 
    result in an expense, and a reduction in our earnings during the quarter in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit.
     The establishment and funding of the charitable foundation has been approved by the boards of directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC.
     See “Risk Factors—The Contribution of Shares to the Charitable Foundation Will Dilute Your Ownership Interests and Adversely Affect Net Income in 2007,” “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation” and “Northfield Bank Foundation.”

15


 

How You May Pay for Your Shares
     In the subscription offering and the community offering you may pay for your shares by:
  (1)   personal check, bank check or money order; or
 
  (2)   authorizing us to withdraw money from your deposit account(s) maintained with Northfield Bank.
     Cash will not be accepted. If you wish to use your Northfield Bank individual retirement account to pay for your shares, please be aware that federal law requires that such funds first be transferred to a self-directed retirement account with a trustee other than Northfield Bank. The transfer of such funds to a new trustee takes time, so please make arrangements as soon as possible or contact the Stock Information Center for further information. Also, please be aware that Northfield Bank is not permitted to lend funds to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering. For example, you cannot use your Northfield Bank home equity line of credit to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering.
     You can subscribe for shares of common stock in the stock offering by delivering to the Stock Information Center a signed and completed original stock order form and certification form, together with full payment, provided we receive the stock order form and certification form before the end of the stock offering. Funds received prior to the completion of the stock offering up to the minimum of the offering range will be held by Northfield Bank. Funds received in excess of the minimum of the offering range may be maintained at Northfield Bank, or, at our discretion, at another federally insured depository institution. However, in no event will we maintain more than one escrow account. We will pay interest on funds we receive at our passbook savings rate, which is currently 0.60% per annum, from the date funds are received until completion or termination of the stock offering. Withdrawals from certificates of deposit at Northfield Bank for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering may be made without incurring an early withdrawal penalty. All funds authorized for withdrawal from deposit accounts with Northfield Bank must be in the deposit accounts at the time the stock order form is received. However, funds will not be withdrawn from the accounts until the stock offering is completed and will continue to earn interest at the applicable deposit account rate until the completion of the stock offering. A hold will be placed on those funds when your stock order is received, making the designated funds unavailable to you. After we receive an order, the order cannot be revoked or changed, except with our consent. We will not be required to accept copies or facsimiles of order forms.
     For a further discussion regarding the stock ordering procedures, see “The Stock Offering—Prospectus Delivery and Procedure for Purchasing Shares.”
You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights
     Federal law prohibits the transfer of subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to certify that you are purchasing the shares of common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe sells or in any way transfers his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your stock order if we have reason to believe that you sold or transferred your subscription rights. With the exception of an individual person ordering shares both with funds from and in the name of individual retirement accounts, Keogh accounts and 401(k) plan accounts, shares purchased in the subscription offering must be registered in the names of all depositors on the qualifying account(s).

16


 

Deleting names of depositors or adding non-depositors or otherwise altering the form of beneficial ownership of a qualifying account will result in the loss of your subscription rights.
Deadline for Orders of Common Stock
     If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, we must receive at the Stock Information Center (not simply have post-marked) your properly completed stock order form, together with payment for the shares, no later than 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline], unless we extend this deadline. You may submit your stock order form by mail using the return envelope provided, by overnight courier to the indicated address on the stock order form, or by bringing your stock order form to our Stock Information Center located at                                  . A postmark prior to [offering deadline] will not entitle you to purchase shares of common stock unless we receive the envelope by [offering deadline].
     Although we will make reasonable efforts to provide a prospectus and stock offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline], regardless of whether we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.
Termination of the Stock Offering
     The subscription offering will terminate at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline]. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you, until [Extension date], unless the Office of Thrift Supervision approves a later date. If the subscription offering and/or community offerings extend beyond [Extension date], we will be required to resolicit subscriptions before proceeding with the stock offering. In such event, if you choose not to subscribe for the shares of common stock, your funds will be returned promptly to you with interest. All further extensions, in the aggregate, may not last beyond [Final date].
Steps We May Take If We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares
     If we do not receive orders for at least 13,760,344 shares of common stock, we may take several steps in order to sell the minimum number of shares of common stock in the stock offering range. Specifically, we may:
  (i)   increase the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any subscriber or group of subscribers (including our subscribing directors and officers); and/or
 
  (ii)   seek regulatory approval to extend the stock offering beyond the [Extension date] expiration date, provided that any such extension will require us to resolicit subscriptions received in the stock offering.
Tax Consequences of the Stock Offering
     The stock offering will result in no taxable gain or loss to Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank, or to depositors who have a priority right to subscribe for shares of common stock in the stock offering, or to our employees, officers or directors, except to the extent that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering may be determined to have value. Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. has opined as to federal law that it is more likely than not that the fair market value of such subscription rights is zero. In that case, no taxable gain or loss will need to be recognized by depositors or borrowers who receive nontransferable subscription rights. See “The Stock Offering—Tax Effects of the Stock Offering.”

17


 

Once Submitted, Your Purchase Order May Not Be Revoked Unless the Stock Offering is Terminated or Extended Beyond [Extension date].
     Funds that you use to purchase shares of our common stock in the stock offering will be held in an interest-bearing account until the termination or completion of the stock offering, including any extension of the expiration date. The Office of Thrift Supervision approved the stock offering on [Prospectus Date]; however, because completion of the stock offering will be subject to an update of the independent appraisal, among other factors, there may be one or more delays in the completion of the stock offering. Any orders that you submit to purchase shares of our common stock in the stock offering are irrevocable, and you will not have access to subscription funds unless the stock offering is terminated, or extended beyond [Extension date].
Restrictions on the Acquisition of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank
     Federal regulations, as well as provisions contained in the charter and bylaws of Northfield Bank and Northfield Bancorp, Inc., restrict the ability of any person, firm or entity to acquire Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bank, or their respective capital stock. These restrictions include the requirement that a potential acquirer obtain the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision before acquiring in excess of 10% of the stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank. Because a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. must be owned by Northfield Bancorp, MHC, any acquisition of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. must be approved by Northfield Bancorp, MHC, and Northfield Bancorp, MHC would not be required to pursue or approve a sale of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. even if such a sale were favored by a majority of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s public stockholders.
Possible Conversion of Northfield Bancorp, MHC to Stock Form
     In the future, Northfield Bancorp, MHC may convert from the mutual to capital stock form of organization in a transaction commonly known as a “second-step conversion.” In a second-step conversion, depositors of Northfield Bank would have subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s successor, and our public stockholders would be entitled to exchange their shares of common stock for an equal percentage of shares of the stock holding company resulting from the conversion. This percentage may be adjusted to reflect any assets owned by Northfield Bancorp, MHC.
     Our board of directors has no current plan to undertake a second-step conversion transaction. Any second-step conversion transaction would require the approval of our stockholders, including, under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, stockholders other than Northfield Bancorp, Inc., as well as depositors of Northfield Bank.
Proposed Stock Orders by Management
     Our directors and executive officers and their associates are expected to subscribe for approximately ___ shares of common stock in the stock offering, which represents ___% of the shares to be sold to the public and ___% of the total shares to be outstanding after the stock offering at the midpoint of the offering range. Directors and executive officers will pay the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares in the stock offering. These shares will be counted in determining whether the minimum of the range of the stock offering is reached.

18


 

How You May Obtain Additional Information Regarding the Stock Offering
     If you have any questions regarding the stock offering, please call the Stock Information Center at (___) ___-___, Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center is located at                                                                .

19


 

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our shares of
common stock.
Risks Related to Our Business
We Are Party to an Agreement With the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New York State Department of Banking, and We Will be Subject to the Conditions of That Agreement Following the Stock Offering. The Agreement may Restrict our Ability to Acquire Other Financial Institutions or Branch Offices or Otherwise Conduct our Business.
     Effective June 27, 2005, Northfield Bank entered into an informal agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New York State Department of Banking, relating to supervisory issues in connection with the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act and related anti-money laundering laws. We expect to be subject to the conditions of this agreement with the Office of Thrift Supervision following the completion of the stock offering and our conversion to a federal charter. The existence of this agreement could restrict our ability to receive regulatory approvals to consummate acquisitions of other financial institutions or branch offices. In addition, the failure to comply with the provisions of the agreement could subject us to additional supervisory actions, including penalties or restrictions on the way we conduct our business. For a further discussion of the agreement, see “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Agreement.”
Future Changes in Interest Rates Could Reduce Our Net Income.
     Our net income largely depends on our net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is the difference between:
    the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities; and
 
    the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.
     Although interest rates were at historically low levels prior to June 30, 2004, from that date to September 30, 2006 the Federal Reserve Board increased its target for the federal funds rate from 1.0% to 5.25%. While these short-term market interest rates (which we use as a guide to price our deposits) have increased, longer-term market interest rates (which we use as a guide to price our longer-term loans) have not increased to the same degree. This “flattening” of the yield curve has had a negative effect on our interest rate spread and net interest margin. Our interest rate spread decreased to 2.40% for the year ended December 31, 2006 from 2.67% for the year ended December 31, 2005, and our net interest margin decreased to 2.81% for the year ended December 31, 2006 from 2.94% for the year ended December 31, 2005. Based upon contractual rates, our interest rate spread was 2.29% at March 31, 2007. If short-term interest rates continue to rise, and if rates on our deposits and borrowings continue to reprice upwards faster than the rates on our long-term loans and investments, we would continue to experience compression of our interest rate spread and net interest margin, which would have a negative effect on our profitability.
     In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. A reduction in interest rates normally results in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed securities, as borrowers refinance their debt in order to reduce their borrowing costs.

20


 

This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest the proceeds of loan and securities prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans or securities. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and/or make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans.
     Changes in interest rates also affect the current market value of our interest-earning securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities changes inversely with changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2006, the fair value of our available-for-sale securities totaled $713.5 million. Unrealized net losses on these available-for-sale securities totaled $23.5 million ($14.1 million after tax) at December 31, 2006 and are reported as a separate component of stockholder’s equity. Further decreases in the fair value of securities available-for-sale in future periods would further reduce stockholder’s equity.
     As of December 31, 2006, we were servicing $83.1 million of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans sold to third parties, and the mortgage servicing rights associated with such loans had an estimated fair value, at such date, of $504,000. Generally, the value of mortgage servicing rights increases as interest rates increase and decreases as interest rates decrease, because the estimated life and estimated income from servicing the underlying loans increase with rising interest rates and decrease with falling interest rates.
     Our interest rate model estimates the change in Northfield Bank’s net portfolio value over a range of interest rate scenarios. Net portfolio value is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. At March 31, 2007, in the event of an immediate and sustained 200 basis point increase in interest rates, our model projects that we would experience a $36.0 million, or 16.3%, decrease in net portfolio value. Our internal calculations further project that, at March 31, 2007, in the event of an immediate and sustained 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would expect our projected net interest income for the twelve months ended March 31, 2008 to decrease by 9.5%. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management of Market Risk.”
Our Continued Emphasis On Commercial Real Estate Loans and Construction and Land Lending Could Expose Us To Increased Lending Risks .
     Our business strategy centers on continuing our emphasis on commercial real estate and construction and land lending. We have grown our loan portfolio in recent years with respect to these types of loans and intend to continue to emphasize these types of lending. At March 31, 2007, $281.7 million, or 65.9%, of our total loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans and construction and land loans. As a result, our credit risk profile may be higher than traditional thrift institutions that have higher concentrations of one- to four-family residential loans. In addition, at March 31, 2007, our largest concentration of commercial real estate loans were hotel and motel loans, which totaled $23.5 million, or 10.3% of commercial loans at that date. Loans secured by commercial real estates generally expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful operation of the property and the income stream of the underlying property. Additionally, such loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Accordingly, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan. Construction financing generally involves greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. If the estimate of construction cost on a construction loan proves to be inaccurate, we may be required to advance additional funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Moreover, if the estimated value of the

21


 

completed project proves to be inaccurate, the borrower may hold a property with a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the construction loan upon the sale of the property. In the event we make a land acquisition loan on property that is not yet approved for the planned development, there is the risk that approvals will not be granted or will be delayed. Construction loans also expose us to the risk that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs. In addition, the ultimate sale or rental of the property may not occur as anticipated. There is no assurance that our underwriting policies will protect us from credit-related losses.
A Significant Portion of Our Loan Portfolio is Unseasoned
     Our loan portfolio has grown to $427.4 million at March 31, 2007 from $282.6 million at December 31, 2003. Specifically, commercial real estate loans have grown to $229.2 million at March 31, 2007 from $81.5 million at December 31, 2003. In addition, construction and land loans have grown to $52.5 million at March 31, 2007 from $6.1 million at December 31, 2003. It is difficult to assess the future performance of these recently originated loans because of our relatively limited experience in commercial and construction lending. We cannot assure you that these loans will not have delinquency or charge-off levels above our historical experience, which could adversely affect our future performance.
Because Most of Our Borrowers are Located in the New York Metropolitan Area, a Downturn in the Local Economy or a Decline in Local Real Estate Values Could Cause an Increase in Nonperforming Loans, Which Could Reduce our Profits.
     Substantially all of the loans in our loan portfolio are secured by real estate located in our primary market area. Negative conditions in the real estate markets where collateral for our mortgage loans are located could adversely affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans and the value of the collateral securing the loans. Real estate values are affected by various other factors, including supply and demand, changes in general or regional economic conditions, interest rates, governmental rules or policies, natural disasters and terrorist attacks.
Strong Competition Within Our Market Areas May Limit Our Growth and Profitability.
     Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market areas, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, money market funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market areas. For additional information see “Business of Northfield Bank—Competition.”
If Our Allowance for Loan Losses is Not Sufficient to Cover Actual Loan Losses, Our Earnings Could Decrease.
     We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate other factors including, among other things, current economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. Material additions to our allowance could materially decrease our net income.

22


 

     In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may, based upon information available to them at the time of their review, require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. An increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to the Stock Offering
The Future Price of the Shares of Our Common Stock May Be Less Than the Purchase Price in the Stock Offering.
     We cannot assure you that if you purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering you will later be able to sell them at or above the purchase price. The purchase price in the stock offering is determined by an independent, third-party appraisal, pursuant to federal banking regulations and subject to review and approval by the Office of Thrift Supervision as part of their review and approval of our application to conduct the stock offering. The appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. In recent years, the final independent valuation as approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision typically has been at the adjusted maximum of the offering range as long as total subscriptions exceed the adjusted maximum of the offering range. However, the adjusted maximum of the offering range is approximately 32% higher than the fair market value of a company’s stock as determined by the independent appraisal. Accordingly, our aggregate pro forma market value as reflected in the final, approved independent appraisal may exceed the market price of our shares of common stock after the completion of the offering, which may result in our stock trading below the initial offering price of $10.00 per share.
     Based on market trading data in “Summary—After-Market Performance Information,” four of the 18 mutual holding company initial public offerings that initiated trading between January 1, 2006 and May 29, 2007 have traded below their initial offering price at the dates indicated.
We May Need to Implement Additional Finance and Accounting Systems, Procedures and Controls in Order to Satisfy Our New Public Company Reporting Requirements, Which Will Increase Our Operating Expenses.
     Upon completion of the stock offering, we will become a public reporting company. Federal securities laws and regulations require that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission and that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. In addition, compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission will require us to certify as to the adequacy of our internal controls and procedures, which may require us to upgrade our accounting systems, which would also increase our operating costs.
The Contribution of Shares to the Charitable Foundation Will Dilute Your Ownership Interests and Adversely Affect Net Income in 2007.
     We intend to establish a charitable foundation in connection with the stock offering. We will make a contribution to the charitable foundation in the form of shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock and $3.0 million in cash. The contribution of cash and shares of common stock will total $9.4 million at the minimum of the offering range, up to a maximum contribution of $13.0 million. The

23


 

aggregate contribution will have an adverse effect on our net income for the quarter and year in which we make the issuance and contribution to the charitable foundation. The after-tax expense of the contribution will reduce net income in 2007 by approximately $7.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We had net income of $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Persons purchasing shares in the stock offering will have their ownership and voting interests in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. diluted by 2% due to the issuance of shares of common stock to the charitable foundation.
Our Contribution to the Charitable Foundation May Not Be Tax Deductible, Which Could Reduce Our Profits.
     We believe that the contribution to Northfield Bank Foundation will be deductible for federal income tax purposes. However, we cannot assure you that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. If the contribution is not deductible, we would not receive any tax benefit from the contribution. In addition, even if the contribution is tax deductible, we may not have sufficient profits to be able to use the deduction fully. The value of the contribution would be $13.0 million in cash and shares of common stock at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, which would result in after-tax expense of approximately $7.8 million during the year ending December 31, 2007. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service does not grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation or the contribution to the charitable foundation is otherwise not tax deductible, we would recognize an after-tax expense up to the value of the entire contribution, or $13.0 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.
     In addition, under the Internal Revenue Code, an entity is permitted to deduct up to 10% of its taxable income (income before income taxes) in any one year for charitable contributions. Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may be deducted for federal income tax purposes over each of the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution was made. Accordingly, a charitable contribution by an entity to a charitable foundation could, if necessary, be deducted over a six-year period. Based on $17.0 million of income before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2006, and assuming that our income before income tax expense remained at that level in future years following the stock offering, we estimate that we would only be able to deduct for federal income tax purposes $10.2 million of the contribution to the charitable foundation. This would result in after-tax expense of $8.9 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, and not $7.8 million as we currently estimate.
Our Stock-Based Benefit Plans Will Increase Our Costs, Which Will Reduce Our Income. Our Directors, Officers and Employees are Eligible to Participate in These Stock-Based Benefit Plans.
     We will establish an employee stock ownership plan in connection with the stock offering, and we intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans that will provide for grants of stock options and shares of common stock. As discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and based on certain assumptions discussed therein, we estimate the annual expense associated with the employee stock ownership plan will be $651,000 on a pre-tax basis. In addition, as discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and based on certain assumptions discussed therein, we estimate the annual expense associated with the grant of shares of common stock and stock options under our stock-based benefit plans would be approximately $2.0 million and $1.6 million, respectively, on a pre-tax basis, assuming the adjusted maximum number of shares is sold in the stock offering.
     We anticipate that our employee stock ownership plan will borrow funds from Northfield Bancorp, Inc. to purchase in the stock offering 3.92% of our outstanding shares of common stock (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation). Only employees, including our officers, are

24


 

eligible to participate in the employee stock ownership plan. The cost of acquiring the shares of common stock for the employee stock ownership plan will be between $12.5 million at the minimum of the offering range and $19.5 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We will record an annual employee stock ownership plan expense in an amount equal to the fair value of shares of common stock committed to be released to employees as a result of repayment of the loan. As a result, if our common stock appreciates in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan also will increase.
     We also intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans after the stock offering under which plans participants would be awarded shares of our common stock (at no cost to them) or options to purchase shares of our common stock. Our directors, officers and employees would be eligible to receive awards under the stock-based benefit plans. Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, we may grant shares of common stock or stock options under our stock-based benefit plans for up to 1.96% and 4.90%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation and to Northfield Bancorp, MHC), exclusive of shares acquired in the secondary market to fund such plans, provided such grants do not exceed 25% of the shares held by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Proposed Office of Thrift Supervision regulations would clarify that the amount of stock awards and stock options available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans may be greater than 1.96% and 4.90%, respectively, of our outstanding shares, provided shares used to fund the stock-based benefit plans in excess of these amounts are obtained through stock repurchases, which would further increase our costs. We anticipate that stock awards and stock options will vest over time, and not be performance-based.
     Public companies must expense the grant-date fair value of stock options. In addition, if such awards or options are considered variable in nature, public companies must revalue their estimated compensation costs at each subsequent reporting period and may be required to recognize additional compensation expense at these dates. When we record an expense for the grant of stock options and other stock awards using the fair value method as described in the applicable accounting rules, we will incur significant compensation and benefits expense.
Proposed Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations May Permit Us to Adopt Stock-Based Benefit Plans that Exceed Limits Applicable Under Current Regulations, and May Permit Us to Approve Stock Benefit Plans Without a Separate Vote of Minority Stockholders.
     The Office of Thrift Supervision has proposed amendments to its existing regulations regarding stock-based benefit plans that are intended to clarify and simplify such regulations. Specifically, the amendments would clarify that we may grant options and award shares of common stock under our stock-based benefit plans in excess of 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering, provided shares used to fund the plans in excess of these amounts are obtained through stock repurchases. The proposed amendments would also require that if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted less than one year following the stock offering, the stock-based benefit plans must be approved by a majority of the votes of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders cast at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, excluding votes eligible to be cast by Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Under the proposed amendments, there would be no separate vote required of minority stockholders if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. The proposed amendments would further clarify that the restrictions set forth above regarding the maximum amount of individual and group awards and restrictions on accelerated vesting of awards, would not apply if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.

25


 

      In the event the Office of Thrift Supervision adopts these regulations as proposed, or otherwise changes its existing regulations or policies, we may implement stock-based benefit plans that exceed the current limits applicable to the overall size of such plans, the relative amount of stock options and stock awards and individual awards thereunder, and otherwise grant awards with terms that are different than those required by current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and policy. Implementing stock-based benefit plans that exceed current limits could result in expense that exceeds the amounts estimated in “—Our Stock-Based Benefit Plans Will Increase Our Costs, Which Will Reduce Our Income. Our Directors, Officers and Employees are Eligible to Participate in These Stock-Based Benefit Plans.” However, until we implement our stock-based benefit plans, and until the proposed Office of Thrift Supervision regulations are adopted in final form, we cannot estimate the costs of stock-based benefit plans that we may adopt in the future.
      Moreover, to the extent that any new regulations or policies contain a more flexible voting standard for stockholder approval than that currently required, we intend to use the more flexible voting standard, which could result in the vote of Northfield Bancorp, MHC controlling the outcome of a stockholder vote on stock-based benefit plans.
The Implementation of Stock-Based Benefit Plans May Dilute Your Ownership Interest.
     We intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans following the stock offering. The stock-based benefit plans will be funded through either open market purchases of common stock or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Stockholders would experience a reduction in ownership interest (including shares held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC) totaling 6.4% in the event newly issued shares are used to fund stock options or awards of common stock under the plans in an amount equal to 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares, including shares held by Northfield Bank Foundation and to Northfield Bancorp, MHC.
     The Office of Thrift Supervision has proposed amendments to its existing regulations regarding stock-based benefit plans that would permit us to grant options and award shares of common stock under stock-based benefit plans in excess of 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering, provided shares used to fund the plans in excess of these amounts are obtained through stock repurchases.
We Have Broad Discretion in Using the Proceeds of the Stock Offering. Our Failure to Effectively Use Such Proceeds May Reduce Our Net Income.
     We will use a portion of the net proceeds to finance the purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering by the employee stock ownership plan and fund the charitable foundation, and may use the remaining net proceeds to pay dividends to stockholders, repurchase shares of common stock, purchase investment securities, deposit funds in Northfield Bank, acquire other financial services companies and financial institutions or for other general corporate purposes. Northfield Bank may use the proceeds it receives to fund new loans, establish or acquire new branches, purchase investment securities, or for general corporate purposes. In addition, we intend to expand our presence within and outside our primary market area through acquisitions and de novo branching, which may have a negative effect on our earnings until these branches achieve profitability. We have not, however, identified specific amounts of proceeds for any of these purposes and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. Our failure to utilize these funds effectively could reduce our profitability. We have not established a timetable for the effective

26


 

deployment of the proceeds and we cannot predict how long it will take to effectively deploy the proceeds.
Persons Who Purchase Stock in the Stock Offering Will Own a Minority of Our Shares of Common Stock and Will Not Be Able to Exercise Voting Control Over Most Matters Put to a Vote of Stockholders.
     Public stockholders will own a minority of the outstanding shares of our common stock. As a result of its ownership of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock after the stock offering, Northfield Bancorp, MHC, through its board of directors, will be able to exercise voting control over most matters put to a vote of stockholders. Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, public stockholders must approve by a separate vote certain stock benefit plans and a “second-step conversion.” If a rule currently proposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision is adopted in its current form, the voting control of Northfield Bancorp, MHC will extend to stock-based benefit plans presented to stockholders for approval more than one year following completion of the stock offering. The same directors and certain officers who manage Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank also manage Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Further, these same directors and officers are expected to purchase an aggregate of ___% of the shares sold at the midpoint of the offering range, thereby further reducing the voting control of public stockholders who own a minority of the outstanding shares. In addition, Northfield Bancorp, MHC may exercise its voting control to prevent a sale or merger transaction in which stockholders could receive a premium for their shares.
There May Be a Limited Trading Market in Our Shares of Common Stock, Which Will Hinder Your Ability to Sell Our Shares of Common Stock and May Adversely Affect the Market Price of the Stock.
     We cannot assure you that an active and liquid trading market in shares of our common stock will develop. Persons purchasing shares may not be able to sell their shares when they desire if a liquid trading market does not develop or sell them at a price equal to or above the initial purchase price of $10.00 per share even if a liquid trading market develops. A limited trading market for our common stock may reduce the market value of our shares of common stock and make it difficult to buy or sell our shares on short notice.
Our Stock Value May be Affected Negatively by Federal Regulations Restricting Takeovers and By Our Mutual Holding Company Structure.
      The Mutual Holding Company Structure Will Impede Takeovers. Northfield Bancorp, MHC, as our majority stockholder, will be able to control the outcome of virtually all matters presented to our stockholders for their approval, including any proposal to acquire us. Accordingly, Northfield Bancorp, MHC may prevent the sale of control or merger of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or its subsidiaries even if such a transaction were favored by a majority of the public stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
      Federal Regulations Restricting Takeovers. For three years following the stock offering, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit any person from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our common stock without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Moreover, current Office of Thrift Supervision policy prohibits the acquisition of a mutual holding company subsidiary by any person or entity other than a mutual holding company or a mutual institution. See “Restrictions on the Acquisition of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank” for a discussion of applicable Office of Thrift Supervision regulations regarding acquisitions.

27


 

The Corporate Governance Provisions in Our Federal Charter and Bylaws May Prevent or Impede the Holders of a Minority of Our Common Stock From Obtaining Representation on Our Board of Directors.
     Provisions in our federal charter and bylaws also may prevent or impede holders of a minority of our shares of common stock from obtaining representation on our board of directors. For example, our charter provides that there will not be cumulative voting by stockholders for the election of our directors. This means that Northfield Bancorp, MHC, as the holder of a majority of the shares eligible to be voted at a meeting of stockholders, may elect all of the directors to be elected at that meeting. In addition, our board of directors is divided into three staggered classes. A classified board makes it more difficult for stockholders to change a majority of the directors because it generally takes at least two annual elections of directors for this to occur. Our bylaws contain procedures and timetables for stockholders that wish to make nominations for the election of directors or propose new business at a meeting of stockholders, the effect of which may be to give our management time to solicit their own proxies to defeat any dissident slate of nominees. All of these provisions may prevent the sale of, control of, or merger of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., even if such transaction is favored by a majority of our public stockholders.
Office of Thrift Supervision Policy on Remutualization Transactions Could Prohibit the Acquisition of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Which May Lower Our Stock Price.
     Current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations permit a mutual holding company subsidiary to be acquired by a mutual institution or a mutual holding company in a so-called “remutualization” transaction. The possibility of a remutualization transaction and the successful completion of a small number of remutualization transactions where significant premiums have been paid to minority stockholders has resulted in some takeover speculation for mutual holding companies, which may be reflected in the per share price of mutual holding companies’ common stock. However, the Office of Thrift Supervision has issued a policy statement indicating that it views remutualization transactions as raising significant issues concerning disparate treatment of minority stockholders and the mutual interests of the mutual holding company and the effect on the mutual interests of the acquiring entity. Under certain circumstances, the Office of Thrift Supervision intends to give these issues special scrutiny and to reject applications to complete remutualization transactions unless the applicant clearly demonstrates that the Office of Thrift Supervision’s concerns are not warranted in the particular case. Should the Office of Thrift Supervision prohibit or otherwise restrict these transactions in the future, our stock price may be adversely affected.
The Stock Offering Will Reduce Our Return on Average Equity.
     Following the stock offering, we expect our consolidated equity to increase from $171.0 million at March 31, 2007 to between $287.9 million at the minimum of the offering range and $354.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Our return on equity will be further reduced by higher reporting and compliance expenses of a public company and added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plans we intend to adopt. As a result, we expect our return on equity to remain below the industry average following the stock offering, which may reduce the value of our common stock.

28


 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
     The summary information presented below at or for each of the periods presented is derived in part from our consolidated financial statements. The following information is only a summary, and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2006 and 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements that appear in this prospectus. The operating data for the three-months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the financial condition data at March 31, 2007 and at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were not audited. However, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for the unaudited periods have been made. The selected operating data presented below for the three months ended March 31, 2007, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2007.
                                                 
    At    
    March 31,   At December 31,
    2007   2006   2005   2004   2003   2002
    (Unaudited)                   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
    (In thousands)
Selected Financial Condition Data:
                                               
 
                                               
Total assets
  $ 1,292,906     $ 1,294,747     $ 1,408,562     $ 1,566,564     $ 1,466,755     $ 1,307,918  
Cash and cash equivalents
    48,793       60,624       38,368       94,297       65,855       83,092  
Securities available-for-sale, at estimated market value
    681,155       713,498       863,464       1,012,767       939,649       610,739  
Securities held-to-maturity
    24,498       26,169       34,841       56,148       88,365       236,169  
Trading securities
    2,899       2,667       2,360       2,087       1,208        
Loans held-for-sale
    340       125             99       1,539       3,752  
Net loans held-for-investment
    421,835       404,159       382,672       317,525       279,830       300,188  
Bank owned life insurance
    40,255       32,866       31,635       30,425       29,227       23,548  
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost
    6,781       7,186       11,529       15,675       13,930       11,027  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    117,000       106,000       206,000       310,500       261,379       151,419  
Other borrowings
    22,507       22,534       27,629       51,208       22,500        
Deposits
    966,491       989,789       1,010,146       1,041,533       1,021,689       1,000,738  
Total stockholder’s equity
    170,990       163,994       151,759       151,984       137,887       127,761  
                                                         
    Three Months Ended        
    March 31,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (Unaudited)     (In thousands)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
Selected Operating Data:
                                                       
 
                                                       
Interest income
  $ 15,502     $ 16,105     $ 64,867     $ 66,302     $ 58,851     $ 59,345     $ 72,028  
Interest expense
    7,244       6,409       28,406       24,234       18,272       21,949       32,695  
 
                                         
Net interest income before provision for loan losses
    8,258       9,696       36,461       42,068       40,579       37,396       39,333  
Provision for loan losses
    440       150       235       1,629       410             (170 )
 
                                         
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    7,818       9,546       36,226       40,439       40,169       37,396       39,503  
Non-interest income
    5,602       1,129       4,600       4,354       5,401       5,316       5,195  
Non-interest expense
    6,026       5,645       23,818       21,258       19,536       18,869       26,818  
 
                                         
Income before income tax expense
    7,394       5,030       17,008       23,535       26,034       23,843       17,880  
Income tax expense
    2,701       1,850       6,166       10,376       9,668       8,830       6,478  
 
                                         
Net income
  $ 4,693     $ 3,180     $ 10,842     $ 13,159     $ 16,366     $ 15,013     $ 11,402  
 
                                         

29


 

                                                         
    At or For the Three        
    Months Ended        
    March 31,     At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
                                                       
 
                                                       
Performance Ratios:
                                                       
Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) (1)
    1.48 %     0.93 %     0.80 %     0.88 %     1.13 %     1.05 %     0.92 %
Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) (1)
    11.53 %     8.48 %     7.01 %     8.63 %     11.34 %     11.27 %     8.98 %
Interest rate spread (1) (2)
    2.21 %     2.60 %     2.40 %     2.67 %     2.71 %     2.57 %     2.93 %
Net interest margin (1)(3)
    2.72 %     2.95 %     2.81 %     2.94 %     2.91 %     2.76 %     3.36 %
Efficiency ratio (4)
    43.48 %     52.15 %     58.01 %     45.79 %     42.49 %     44.18 %     60.23 %
Non-interest expense to average total assets (1)
    1.90 %     1.65 %     1.77 %     1.42 %     1.35 %     1.32 %     2.16 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    121.46 %     118.00 %     118.89 %     115.69 %     115.25 %     111.90 %     114.96 %
Average equity to average total assets
    12.84 %     10.99 %     11.47 %     10.21 %     9.97 %     9.30 %     10.24 %
 
                                                       
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                                       
Non-performing assets to total assets
    0.69 %     0.25 %     0.55 %     0.15 %     0.15 %     0.27 %     0.15 %
Non-performing loans to total loans
    2.07 %     0.84 %     1.74 %     0.53 %     0.72 %     1.40 %     0.66 %
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
    61.57 %     146.30 %     70.70 %     232.88 %     136.58 %     69.50 %     138.73 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    1.28 %     1.23 %     1.23 %     1.24 %     0.99 %     0.98 %     0.91 %
 
                                                       
Capital Ratios:
                                                       
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    25.60 %     23.58 %     25.03 %     23.72 %     23.81 %     22.69 %     16.56 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    24.76 %     22.83 %     24.25 %     22.97 %     23.27 %     22.18 %     15.81 %
Tier I capital (to average assets)
    12.85 %     11.20 %     12.38 %     10.62 %     9.15 %     8.34 %     7.31 %
 
                                                       
Other Data:
                                                       
Number of full service offices
    17       19       19       19       19       19       19  
Full time equivalent employees
    203       205       208       201       199       196       187  
 
(1)   Ratios for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 are annualized.
 
(2)   The average interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted- average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
 
(3)   The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.
 
(4)   The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.

30


 

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of such words as estimate, project, believe, intend, anticipate, plan, seek, expect and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements include:
    statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;
 
    statements regarding our business plans and prospects and growth and operating strategies;
 
    statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and
 
    estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.
     These forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks, assumptions and uncertainties, including, among other things, the following important factors that could affect the actual outcome of future events:
    significantly increased competition among depository and other financial institutions;
 
    inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our interest margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;
 
    general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;
 
    adverse changes in the securities markets;
 
    legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business;
 
    our ability to enter new markets successfully and take advantage of growth opportunities, and the possible short-term dilutive effect of potential acquisitions or de novo branches, if any;
 
    changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;
 
    changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by bank regulatory agencies and the Financial Accounting Standards Board;
 
    inability of third-party providers to perform their obligations to us; and
 
    changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans.
     Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. We discuss these and other uncertainties in “Risk Factors.”

31


 

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE STOCK OFFERING
     Although we will not be able to determine the amount of actual net proceeds we will receive from the sale of shares of common stock until the stock offering is completed, based upon the sale of our shares at $10.00 per share, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $135.0 million and $183.2 million, or $210.9 million if the stock offering is increased.
     We intend to distribute the net proceeds from the stock offering as follows:
                                                                 
    13,760,344 Shares     16,188,640 Shares at     18,616,936 Shares at     21,409,476 Shares  
    at Minimum of     Midpoint of     Maximum of     at Adjusted Maximum  
    Offering Range     Offering Range     Offering Range     of Offering Range (1)  
            Percent of             Percent of             Percent of             Percent of  
            Net             Net             Net             Net  
    Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds  
                            (Dollars in Thousands)                          
Stock offering proceeds
  $ 137,603             $ 161,886             $ 186,169             $ 214,095          
Less:
                                                               
Stock offering expenses, excluding sales agent commissions and expenses
    1,625               1,625               1,625               1,625          
Sales agent commissions and expenses
    967               1,143               1,320               1,523          
 
                                                       
Net stock offering proceeds
    135,011       100.00 %     159,118       100.00 %     183,224       100.00 %     210,947       100.00 %
Less:
                                                               
Proceeds contributed to Northfield Bank
    (67,506 )     (50.00 )     (79,559 )     (50.00 )     (91,612 )     (50.00 )     (105,474 )     (50.00 )
Proceeds used for loan to employee stock ownership plan
    (12,544 )     (9.29 )     (14,758 )     (9.27 )     (16,972 )     (9.26 )     (19,517 )     (9.25 )
Proceeds contributed to charitable foundation
    (3,000 )     (2.22 )     (3,000 )     (1.89 )     (3,000 )     (1.64 )     (3,000 )     (1.42 )
 
                                               
Proceeds retained by Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
  $ 51,961       38.49 %   $ 61,801       38.84 %   $ 71,640       39.10 %   $ 82,956       39.33 %
 
                                               
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock outstanding after the stock offering which could occur due to an increase in the maximum of the independent valuation as a result of regulatory considerations, demand for the shares, or changes in market conditions or general economic conditions following the commencement of the stock offering.
     The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the stock offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and any community offering. Payments for shares made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Northfield Bank’s deposits. In all instances, Northfield Bank will receive at least 50% of the net proceeds of the stock offering.
     We are undertaking the stock offering at this time in order to increase our capital and have the capital resources available to expand our business. For further information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Strategy.” The stock offering proceeds will increase our capital resources and the amount of funds available to us for lending and other investment purposes. The proceeds will also give us greater flexibility to expand our branch network and expand the products and services we offer to our customers.

32


 

     Northfield Bancorp, Inc. may use the net proceeds it retains from the stock offering:
    to finance the purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering by the employee stock ownership plan;
 
    to contribute $3.0 million to the charitable foundation;
 
    to invest in securities;
 
    to deposit funds in Northfield Bank;
 
    to repurchase its shares of common stock;
 
    to pay dividends to our stockholders;
 
    to finance acquisitions of financial institutions or branches and other financial services businesses, although no material transactions are being considered at this time; and
 
    for general corporate purposes.
     Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the stock offering, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval. The loan that will be used to fund the purchases by the employee stock ownership plan will accrue interest.
     Northfield Bank intends to invest the net proceeds it receives from the stock offering initially in short-term, liquid investments. Over time, Northfield Bank may use the proceeds that it receives from the stock offering as follows:
    to expand its retail banking franchise by establishing de novo branches, by acquiring existing branches, or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, although no material acquisitions are specifically being considered at this time;
 
    to fund new loans;
 
    to support new products and services;
 
    to invest in securities; and
 
    for general corporate purposes.
     The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, our relative position in the financial services industry, the attractiveness of potential acquisitions to expand our operations, and overall market conditions. We expect our return on equity to decrease as compared to our performance in recent years until we are able to utilize effectively the additional capital raised in the stock offering. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income, we expect our return on equity to remain

33


 

below the industry average, which may negatively affect the value of our common stock. See “Risk Factors.”
OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS
     Following completion of the stock offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, or timing of any dividend payments. The amount of any dividend payments will depend upon a number of factors, including capital requirements, our consolidated financial condition and results of operations, strategic business investment opportunities, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by Office of Thrift Supervision policy and regulations, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends.
     Pursuant to our federal charter, we are authorized to issue preferred stock. If we issue preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of our shares of common stock with respect to the payment of dividends. For a further discussion concerning the payment of dividends on our shares of common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.—Common Stock—Distributions.” Dividends we can declare and pay will depend, in large part, upon the net proceeds of the stock offering we retain and, to a lesser extent, on the receipt of dividends from Northfield Bank. Initially, we will have no additional sources of income to support dividend payments, other than earnings from the investment of proceeds from the stock offering, and interest payments received on our loan to the employee stock ownership plan. A regulation of the Office of Thrift Supervision imposes limitations on “capital distributions” by savings institutions. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Distributions.”
     Pursuant to Internal Revenue Service regulations, any payment of dividends by Northfield Bank to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. that would be deemed to be drawn from Northfield Bank’s bad debt reserves would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by Northfield Bank on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the reserves for such distribution. Northfield Bank does not intend to make any distribution to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. that would create such a federal tax liability. See “Federal and State Taxation.”
     Additionally, pursuant to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, during the three-year period following the stock offering, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes. We will file a consolidated tax return with Northfield Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. to its stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal and state tax purposes.
     If we pay dividends to our stockholders, we also will be required to pay dividends to Northfield Bancorp, MHC unless Northfield Bancorp, MHC elects to waive the receipt of dividends. We anticipate that Northfield Bancorp, MHC will waive any dividends we declare. Any decision to waive dividends will be subject to regulatory approval. Under Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, public stockholders would not be diluted for any dividends waived by Northfield Bancorp, MHC in the event Northfield Bancorp, MHC converts to stock form. See “Supervision and Regulation—Holding Company Regulation.”

34


 

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK
     We have never issued capital stock (except for the 100 shares issued to NSB Holding Corp. in connection with our organization in 2002). We anticipate that our shares of common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NFBK.” We will try to have at least four market makers to make a market in our common stock. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the stock offering, but it is under no obligation to do so. While we will attempt before completion of the stock offering to obtain commitments from at least three other broker-dealers to make a market in our common stock, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such commitments and qualify to trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.
     The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of our common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice and, therefore, you should not view the purchase of our common stock as a short-term investment. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue. Nor can we assure you that if you purchase shares of our common stock, you will be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share.

35


 

REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE
     At March 31, 2007, Northfield Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements. The following table sets forth our compliance, as of March 31, 2007, with regulatory capital standards, on a historical and pro forma basis, assuming that the indicated number of shares of common stock were sold as of such date at $10.00 per share, Northfield Bank received 50% of the estimated net proceeds, and approximately 50% of the net proceeds were retained by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Accordingly, proceeds received by Northfield Bank have been assumed to equal $67.5 million, $79.6 million, $91.6 million and $105.5 million at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. For a discussion of the applicable capital requirements, see “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements.”
                                                                                 
                    Pro Forma at March 31, 2007, Based Upon the Sale of  
                    13,760,344 Shares     16,188,640 Shares at     18,616,936 Shares at     21,409,476 Shares  
    Historical at     at Minimum of     Midpoint of     Maximum of     at Adjusted Maximum  
    March 31, 2007     Offering Range     Offering Range     Offering Range     of Offering Range (1)  
            Percent             Percent             Percent             Percent             Percent  
            of             of             of             of             of  
    Amount     Assets (2)     Amount     Assets (2)     Amount     Assets (2)     Amount     Assets (2)     Amount     Assets (2)  
                                    (Dollars in Thousands)                                  
GAAP capital
  $ 170,990       13.23 %   $ 219,680       16.37 %   $ 228,412       16.92 %   $ 237,144       17.45 %   $ 247,188       18.05 %
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Tangible capital:
                                                                               
Tangible capital (3)(4)
  $ 165,552       12.85 %   $ 214,242       16.02 %   $ 222,974       16.57 %   $ 231,706       17.10 %   $ 241,750       17.71 %
Requirement
    19,327       1.50       20,058       1.50       20,189       1.50       20,320       1.50       20,470       1.50  
 
                                                           
Excess
  $ 146,225       11.35 %   $ 194,184       14.52 %   $ 202,785       15.07 %   $ 211,386       15.60 %   $ 221,280       16.21 %
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Core capital:
                                                                               
Core capital (3)(4)
  $ 165,552       12.85 %   $ 214,242       16.02 %   $ 222,974       16.57 %   $ 231,706       17.10 %   $ 241,750       17.71 %
Requirement (5)
    51,539       4.00       53,487       4.00       53,836       4.00       54,186       4.00       54,587       4.00  
 
                                                           
Excess
  $ 114,013       8.85 %   $ 160,755       12.02 %   $ 169,138       12.57 %   $ 177,520       13.10 %   $ 187,163       13.71 %
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Tier I risk based capital:
                                                                               
Tier I risk based capital (3)(4)
  $ 165,552       24.76 %   $ 214,242       31.58 %   $ 222,974       32.78 %   $ 231,706       33.98 %   $ 241,750       35.35 %
Requirement (5)
    26,747       4.00       27,136       4.00       27,206       4.00       27,276       4.00       27,356       4.00  
 
                                                           
Excess
  $ 138,805       20.76 %   $ 187,106       27.58 %   $ 195,768       28.78 %   $ 204,430       29.98 %   $ 214,394       31.35 %
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Risk-based capital:
                                                                               
Risk-based capital (4)(6)
  $ 171,189       25.60 %   $ 219,879       32.41 %   $ 228,611       33.61 %   $ 237,343       34.81 %   $ 247,387       36.17 %
Requirement
    53,494       8.00       54,273       8.00       54,413       8.00       54,552       8.00       54,713       8.00  
 
                                                           
Excess
  $ 117,695       17.60 %   $ 165,606       24.41 %   $ 174,198       25.61 %   $ 182,791       26.81 %   $ 192,674       28.17 %
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Reconciliation of capital infused into Northfield Bank:
                                                                               
Net proceeds
                  $ 67,506             $ 79,559             $ 91,612             $ 105,474          
Less:
                                                                               
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan
                    (12,544 )             (14,758 )             (16,972 )             (19,517 )        
Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans
                    (6,272 )             (7,379 )             (8,486 )             (9,759 )        
 
                                                                       
Pro forma increase in GAAP and regulatory capital
                  $ 48,690             $ 57,422             $ 66,154             $ 76,198          
 
                                                                       
( footnotes on following page )

36


 

( footnotes from previous page )
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock outstanding after the stock offering which could occur due to an increase in the maximum of the independent valuation as a result of changes in market conditions following the commencement of the stock offering.
 
(2)   Based on pre-stock offering adjusted total assets of $1.3 billion for purposes of the tangible and core capital requirements, and risk-weighted assets of $668.7 million for purposes of the risk-based capital requirement.
 
(3)   Tangible capital levels are shown as a percentage of tangible assets. Core capital levels are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
 
(4)   Pro forma capital levels assume that we fund the stock-based benefit plans with purchases in the open market of 1.96% of the outstanding shares of common stock following the stock offering (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation and to Northfield Bancorp, MHC) at a price equal to the price for which the shares of common stock are sold in the stock offering, and that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 3.92% of the shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately following the stock offering (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation) with funds we lend. Northfield Bank’s pro forma regulatory capital and capital under GAAP have been reduced by the amount required to fund both of these plans and the cash contribution to Northfield Bank Foundation. See “Management” for a discussion of the stock-based benefit plans and employee stock ownership plan. The Office of Thrift Supervision has proposed amendments to its existing regulations regarding stock-based benefit plans that would clarify that we may award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 1.96% of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering, provided shares used to fund the plans in excess of this amount are obtained through stock repurchases. In the event the Office of Thrift Supervision adopts these regulations as proposed, or otherwise changes its regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the aggregate amount of awards, we may increase the awards beyond current regulatory restrictions and beyond the amounts reflected in this table.
 
(5)   The current core capital requirement for savings banks that receive the highest supervisory rating for safety and soundness is 3% of total adjusted assets and 4% to 5% of total adjusted assets for all other savings banks. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Standards for Safety and Soundness” and “Capital Requirements,” respectively.
 
(6)   Assumes net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk-weighting.

37


 

CAPITALIZATION
     The following table presents our historical consolidated capitalization at March 31, 2007, and our pro forma consolidated capitalization after giving effect to the stock offering, based upon the sale of the number of shares of common stock indicated in the table. The shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan and the shares of common stock expected to be acquired by the stock-based benefit plan (which cannot be adopted earlier than six months following the completion of the stock offering) are reflected as reductions to pro forma stockholders’ equity. Additionally, pro forma stockholders’ equity has been reduced by estimated stock offering expenses.
                                         
            Pro Forma Consolidated Capitalization at March 31, 2007  
            Based Upon the Sale for $10.00 Per Share of  
                                    21,409,476  
            13,760,344     16,188,640     18,616,936     Shares at  
            Shares at     Shares at     Shares at     Adjusted  
    Historical     Minimum of     Midpoint of     Maximum of     Maximum of  
    Consolidated     Offering     Offering     Offering     Offering  
    Capitalization     Range     Range     Range     Range (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Deposits (2)
  $ 966,491     $ 966,491     $ 966,491     $ 966,491     $ 966,491  
Borrowings (3)
    139,507       139,507       139,507       139,507       139,507  
 
                             
Total deposits and borrowings
  $ 1,105,998     $ 1,105,998     $ 1,105,998     $ 1,105,998     $ 1,105,998  
 
                             
Stockholders’ equity:
                                       
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized; none to be issued
  $     $     $     $     $  
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 90,000,000 shares authorized; shares to be issued as reflected `
          320       376       433       498  
Additional paid-in capital (4)
    510       135,201       159,252       183,301       210,959  
Retained earnings
    182,424       182,424       182,424       182,424       182,424  
Plus:
                                       
Contribution to charitable foundation
          6,400       7,530       8,659       9,958  
Less:
                                       
After-tax expense of contribution to charitable foundation (5)
          (5,640 )     (6,318 )     (6,995 )     (7,775 )
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (6)
          (12,544 )     (14,758 )     (16,972 )     (19,517 )
Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (7)
          (6,272 )     (7,379 )     (8,486 )     (9,759 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (11,944 )     (11,944 )     (11,944 )     (11,944 )     (11,944 )
 
                             
Total stockholders’ equity (8)
  $ 170,990     $ 287,945     $ 309,183     $ 330,420     $ 354,844  
 
                             
 
                                       
Pro forma shares outstanding:
                                       
Total shares outstanding (9)
            32,000,800       37,648,000       43,295,200       49,789,479  
Shares issued to Northfield Bancorp, MHC (9)
            17,600,440       20,706,400       23,812,360       27,384,214  
Shares offered for sale
            13,760,344       16,188,640       18,616,936       21,409,476  
Shares issued to charitable foundation
            640,016       752,960       865,904       995,789  
 
                                       
Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of pro forma total assets
    13.23 %     20.42 %     21.60 %     22.75 %     24.03 %
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock outstanding after the stock offering which could occur due to an increase in the maximum of the independent valuation as a result of changes in market conditions following the commencement of the stock offering.
 
(2)   Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering. Such withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits by the amount of such withdrawals.
 
(3)   Includes securities sold under agreements to repurchase. See “Business of Northfield Bank—Sources of Funds—Borrowings.”
(footnotes continued on following page)

38


 

(continued from previous page)
 
(4)   The sum of the par value of the total shares outstanding and additional paid-in capital equals the net stock offering proceeds plus the market value of the shares issued to the charitable foundation at the offering price of $10.00 per share. No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of common stock pursuant to stock options granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans that we intend to adopt. The stock issuance plan permits us to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans, subject to stockholder approval, that may award stock or stock options in an aggregate amount up to 25% of the number of shares of common stock held by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC. The stock-based benefit plans will not be implemented for at least six months after the stock offering and until they have been approved by our stockholders.
 
(5)   Represents the expense of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on a 40.0% tax rate. The realization of the deferred tax benefit is limited annually to a maximum deduction for charitable foundations equal to 10% of our annual taxable income, subject to our ability to carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.
 
(6)   Assumes that 3.92% of the shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately following the stock offering (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation) will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan with funds that we will lend. The shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. Northfield Bank will provide the funds to repay the employee stock ownership plan loan. See “Management—Benefit Plans.”
 
(7)   Assumes that subsequent to the stock offering, 1.96% of the outstanding shares of common stock (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation and to Northfield Bancorp, MHC) are purchased (with funds we provide) by the stock-based benefit plans in the open market at a price equal to the price for which the shares are sold in the stock offering. The shares of common stock to be purchased by the stock-based benefit plan are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. See “Pro Forma Data” and “Management.” The stock issuance plan permits us to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans that award stock or stock options, in an aggregate amount up to 25% of the number of shares of common stock held by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC. The stock-based benefit plans will not be implemented for at least six months after the stock offering and until they have been approved by stockholders. See “Pro Forma Data” for a discussion of the potential dilutive impact of the award of shares under these plans. The Office of Thrift Supervision has proposed amendments to its existing regulations regarding stock-based benefit plans that would clarify that we may award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 1.96% of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering, and the shares used to fund the plans in excess of this amount are obtained through stock repurchases. In the event the Office of Thrift Supervision adopts these regulations as proposed, or otherwise changes its regulations or policies to permit larger stock-based benefit plans, greater amounts of stock awards as compared to stock options or faster acceleration of vesting of benefits, we may increase the awards beyond current regulatory restrictions and beyond the amounts reflected in this table.
 
(8)   Historical total stockholders’ equity at March 31, 2007 equals GAAP capital.
 
(9)   We issued 100 shares of our common stock in connection with our organization in 2002. These shares will continue to be outstanding following the stock offering.

39


 

PRO FORMA DATA
     We cannot determine the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock until the stock offering is completed. However, based upon the following assumptions, we estimate that net proceeds will be between $135.0 million and $183.2 million, or $210.9 million if the offering range is increased.
    we will sell all shares of common stock in the subscription offering;
 
    our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 3.92% of the shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the completion of the stock offering (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation) with a loan from Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Northfield Bank’s total annual payment of the employee stock ownership plan debt is based upon equal annual installments of principal and interest;
 
    we will contribute $3.0 million in cash to the Northfield Bank Foundation;
 
    expenses of the stock offering, other than fees to be paid to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., are estimated to be $1.6 million;
 
    420,000 shares of common stock will be purchased by our executive officers and directors, and their immediate families; and
 
    Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will receive a fee equal to 0.80% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares sold in the stock offering, excluding any shares purchased by any employee benefit plans, the charitable foundation and any of our directors, officers or employees or members of their immediate families.
     We calculated our pro forma consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006 as if the shares of common stock had been sold at the beginning of the relevant period and the net proceeds had been invested at 4.90% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006, which assumes reinvestment of the net proceeds at a rate equal to the one year United States Treasury yield at March 30, 2007. We believe this rate reflects more accurately a pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average method, which assumes reinvestment of the net proceeds at a rate equal to the average of the yield on our interest-earning assets and the cost of deposits for these periods. We assumed a combined tax rate of 40.0% for each of the three months ended March 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006. This results in an annualized after-tax yield of 2.94% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006, respectively.
     We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. We adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.
     The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire an amount of shares of common stock equal to 1.96% of our outstanding shares of common stock (including

40


 

shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation and to Northfield Bancorp, MHC) at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering. We assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plans in awards that vest over a five-year period. The stock issuance plan provides that we may grant awards of stock or options under one or more stock-based benefit plans in an aggregate amount up to 25% of the number of shares of common stock held by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC. However, any awards of stock in excess of 1.96% of the outstanding shares (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation and to Northfield Bancorp, MHC) exclusive of shares acquired in the secondary market to fund such stock-based benefit plans, currently would require prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
     We have also assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 4.90% of our outstanding shares of common stock (including shares of common stock issued to Northfield Bancorp, MHC and to Northfield Bank Foundation). In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $3.20 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model incorporated an estimated volatility rate of 13.73% for the shares of common stock based on an index of publicly traded mutual holding companies, a dividend yield of 0%, an expected option life of 7.5 years and a risk-free interest rate of 4.54%. The stock issuance plan provides that we may grant awards of stock options under one or more stock-based benefit plans in an amount up to 25% of the number of shares of common stock held by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC. However, any awards of options in excess of 4.90% of our outstanding shares (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation and to Northfield Bancorp, MHC) exclusive of shares acquired in the secondary market to fund such stock-based benefit plans, would require prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. It is expected that Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will fund the cost of any proposed stock-based benefit plans.
     The Office of Thrift Supervision has proposed amendments to its existing regulations regarding stock-based benefit plans that are intended to clarify and simplify such regulations. Specifically, the amendments would clarify that we may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering and shares used to fund the plans in excess of the foregoing are obtained through stock repurchases. In the event the Office of Thrift Supervision adopts these regulations as proposed, or otherwise changes its existing regulations or policies to permit larger stock-based benefit plans, greater amounts of stock awards as compared to stock options, or faster acceleration of vesting of benefits, the restrictions described above may not apply to any stock-based benefit plans that we may adopt, and we may exceed the current limits applicable to the overall size of such plans and individual awards thereunder, and otherwise grant awards with terms that are different than those required by current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and policy.
     As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Stock Offering,” we intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Northfield Bank, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering. We will use a portion of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan , and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.

41


 

     The pro forma table does not give effect to:
    withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering;
 
    our results of operations after the stock offering; or
 
    changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.
     The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the stock offering at the date on which the stock offering actually occurs and you should not use the table to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with GAAP. We did not increase or decrease stockholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value. Pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Pro forma stockholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of intangible assets or tax bad debt reserves in the event we are liquidated.

42


 

                                 
    At or For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007  
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
                            21,409,476 Shares  
    13,760,344     16,188,640     18,616,936     at Adjusted  
    Shares at     Shares at     Shares at     Maximum of  
    Minimum of     Midpoint of     Maximum of     Offering  
    Offering Range     Offering Range     Offering Range     Range (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)  
Gross proceeds of stock offering
  $ 137,603     $ 161,886     $ 186,169     $ 214,095  
Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation
    6,400       7,530       8,659       9,958  
 
                       
Market value of stock offering and charitable foundation shares
  $ 144,003     $ 169,416     $ 194,828     $ 224,053  
 
                       
Gross proceeds of stock offering
  $ 137,603     $ 161,886     $ 186,169     $ 214,095  
Less: expenses
    (2,592 )     (2,768 )     (2,945 )     (3,148 )
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds
    135,011       159,118       183,224       210,947  
Less: cash contribution to charitable foundation
    (3,000 )     (3,000 )     (3,000 )     (3,000 )
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (12,544 )     (14,758 )     (16,972 )     (19,517 )
Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)
    (6,272 )     (7,379 )     (8,486 )     (9,759 )
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds after adjustment for charitable foundation and stock benefit plans
  $ 113,195     $ 133,981     $ 154,766     $ 178,671  
 
                       
 
                               
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007:
                               
Net income:
                               
Historical
  $ 4,693     $ 4,693     $ 4,693     $ 4,693  
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    832       985       1,138       1,313  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (63 )     (74 )     (85 )     (98 )
Options awarded under stock-based benefit plans (5)
    (251 )     (295 )     (339 )     (390 )
Shares awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)
    (188 )     (221 )     (255 )     (293 )
 
                       
Pro forma net income (6)
  $ 5,023     $ 5,088     $ 5,152     $ 5,225  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income per share:
                               
Historical
  $ 0.15     $ 0.13     $ 0.11     $ 0.10  
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    0.03       0.03       0.03       0.03  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)
                       
Options awarded under stock-based benefit plans (5)
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Shares awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
 
                       
Pro forma net income per share (2)(3)(4)(5)(6)
  $ 0.16     $ 0.14     $ 0.12     $ 0.11  
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price to pro forma net income per share
    15.63 x     17.86 x     20.83 x     22.73 x
Shares considered outstanding in calculating historical and pro forma net income per share (7)
    30,756,823       36,184,497       41,612,172       47,853,997  
 
                               
At March 31, 2007:
                               
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Historical
  $ 170,990     $ 170,990     $ 170,990     $ 170,990  
Estimated net proceeds
    135,011       159,118       183,224       210,947  
Contribution to charitable foundation
    6,400       7,530       8,659       9,958  
Less:
                               
After-tax effect of contribution to charitable foundation
    (5,640 )     (6,318 )     (6,995 )     (7,775 )
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (12,544 )     (14,758 )     (16,972 )     (19,517 )
Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)
    (6,272 )     (7,379 )     (8,486 )     (9,759 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity (8)
  $ 287,945     $ 309,183     $ 330,420     $ 354,844  
 
                       
(Footnotes begin on second following page)

43


 

                                 
    At or For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007  
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
                            21,409,476 Shares  
    13,760,344                     at Adjusted  
    Shares at     16,188,640 Shares     18,616,936 Shares     Maximum of  
    Minimum of     at Midpoint of     at Maximum of     Offering  
    Offering Range     Offering Range     Offering Range     Range (1)  
        (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)  
Stockholders’ equity per share:
                               
Historical
  $ 5.35     $ 4.54     $ 3.95     $ 3.44  
Estimated net proceeds
    4.22       4.23       4.23       4.24  
Contributions issued to charitable foundation
    0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20  
Less:
                               
After-tax effect of contribution to charitable foundation
    (0.18 )     (0.17 )     (0.16 )     (0.16 )
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (0.39 )     (0.39 )     (0.39 )     (0.39 )
Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)
    (0.20 )     (0.20 )     (0.20 )     (0.20 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (3)(4)(5)(6)(8)
  $ 9.00     $ 8.21     $ 7.63     $ 7.13  
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    111.11 %     121.80 %     131.06 %     140.25 %
Shares considered outstanding in calculating offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    32,000,800       37,648,000       43,295,200       49,789,479  
Charitable foundation ownership
    2.00 %     2.00 %     2.00 %     2.00 %
Public ownership
    43.00 %     43.00 %     43.00 %     43.00 %
Mutual holding company ownership
    55.00 %     55.00 %     55.00 %     55.00 %
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares outstanding after the stock offering, which could occur due to an increase in the maximum of the independent valuation as a result of changes in market conditions following the commencement of the stock offering.
 
(2)   It is assumed that 3.92% of the shares to be outstanding upon completion of the stock offering (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation) will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, funds used to acquire such shares are assumed to have been borrowed from us by the employee stock ownership plan with a loan with a 30-year term. The amount to be borrowed is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. Northfield Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the principal and interest requirement of the debt. Northfield Bank’s total annual payment of the employee stock ownership plan debt is based upon equal annual installments of principal and interest. The pro forma net income information makes the following assumptions:
   
  (i)   Northfield Bank’s contribution to the employee stock ownership plan was made at the end of the period;
 
  (ii)   10,454, 12,298, 14,143 and 16,265 shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively were committed to be released during the three months ended March 31, 2007, at an average fair value equal to the price for which the shares are sold in the stock offering in accordance with Statement of Position (“SOP”) 93-6; and
 
  (iii)   only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released were considered outstanding for purposes of the net income per share calculations.
 
(3)   Gives effect to one or more stock-based benefit plans expected to be adopted following the stock offering. We have assumed that the plans acquire a number of shares of common stock equal to 1.96% of the outstanding shares, including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation and to Northfield Bancorp, MHC, through open market purchases at the beginning of the period presented for a purchase price equal to the price for which the shares are sold in the stock offering, and that 5% of the amount contributed was an amortized expense (based upon a five-year vesting period) during the three months ended March 31, 2007. It is expected that Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will contribute the funds used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares. There can be no assurance that the actual purchase price of the shares granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be equal to the $10.00 subscription price. If shares are acquired from authorized but unissued shares of common stock or from treasury shares, our stockholders’ ownership interest would be diluted by approximately 1.92%. The effect on pro forma net income per share is not material.
 
    The following table shows pro forma stockholders’ equity per share, assuming all the shares to fund the stock awards are obtained from authorized but unissued shares.
                                 
                            21,409,476
                            Shares at
    13,760,344   16,188,640   18,616,936   Adjusted
    Shares at   Shares at   Shares at   Maximum of
    Minimum of   Midpoint of   Maximum of   Offering
At March 31, 2007   Offering Range   Offering Range   Offering Range   Range
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 9.02     $ 8.25     $ 7.68     $ 7.18  
(footnotes continued on following page)

44


 

(continued from previous page)
 
(4)   The Office of Thrift Supervision has proposed amendments to its existing regulations regarding stock-based benefit plans that would clarify that we may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering, and shares used to fund the plans in excess of the foregoing amounts are obtained through stock repurchases. In the event the Office of Thrift Supervision adopts these regulations as proposed, or otherwise changes its regulations or policies to permit larger stock-based benefit plans, greater amounts of stock awards as compared to stock options or faster acceleration of vesting of benefits, we may increase the awards beyond current regulatory restrictions and beyond the amounts reflected in this table.
 
(5)   Gives effect to the granting of options pursuant to one or more stock-based benefit plans, which are expected to be adopted by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. following the stock offering and presented to stockholders for approval not earlier than six months after the completion of the stock offering. We have assumed that options will be granted to acquire shares of common stock equal to 4.90% of outstanding shares (including shares issued to Northfield Bancorp, MHC and to Northfield Bank Foundation). In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value pursuant to the application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.20 for each option and the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares of common stock used to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans are obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our stockholders’ ownership interest would be diluted by up to 4.7%.
 
(6)   Does not give effect to the non-recurring expense that will be recognized during 2007 as a result of the contribution to the charitable foundation. The following table shows the estimated after-tax expense associated with the contribution to the charitable foundation, as well as pro forma net income and pro forma net income per share assuming the contribution to the charitable foundation had been expensed during the three months ended March 31, 2007.
                                 
                            21,409,476
                            Shares at
    13,760,344   16,188,640   18,616,936   Adjusted
    Shares at   Shares at   Shares at   Maximum of
For the Three Months   Minimum of   Midpoint of   Maximum of   Offering
Ended March 31, 2007   Offering Range   Offering Range   Offering Range   Range
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
After-tax expense of contribution to charitable foundation
  $ (5,640 )   $ (6,318 )   $ (6,995 )   $ (7,775 )
Pro forma net income
    (617 )     (1,230 )     (1,843 )     (2,550 )
Pro forma net income per share
    (0.02 )     (0.03 )     (0.04 )     (0.05 )
 
    The pro forma data assume that we will realize 100.0% of the income tax benefit as a result of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on a 40.0% tax rate. The realization of the tax benefit is limited annually to 10.0% of our annual taxable income. However, for federal and state tax purposes, we can carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.
 
(7)   Shares considered outstanding in calculating historical and pro forma net income per share is calculated by taking total shares outstanding at each level of the offering range excluding shares held by the employee stock ownership plan and, in accordance with SOP 93-6, adding back employee stock ownership plan shares that are committed to be released, as follows:
                                 
                            21,409,476
                            Shares at
    13,760,344   16,188,640   18,616,936   Adjusted
    Shares at   Shares at   Shares at   Maximum of
For the Three Months   Minimum of   Midpoint of   Maximum of   Offering
Ended March 31, 2007   Offering Range   Offering Range   Offering Range   Range
Total shares outstanding
    32,000,800       37,648,000       43,295,200       49,789,479  
Total shares held by employee stock ownership plan
    (1,254,431 )     (1,475,801 )     (1,697,171 )     (1,951,747 )
Employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released
    10,454       12,298       14,143       16,265  
 
                               
Shares considered outstanding in calculating historical and pro forma net income per share
    30,756,823       36,184,497       41,612,172       47,853,997  
 
                               
 
(8)   The retained earnings of Northfield Bank will continue to be substantially restricted after the stock offering. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation.”

45


 

                                 
    At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2006  
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
                            21,409,476 Shares  
    13,760,344     16,188,640     18,616,936     at Adjusted  
    Shares at     Shares at     Shares at     Maximum of  
    Minimum of     Midpoint of     Maximum of     Offering  
    Offering Range     Offering Range     Offering Range     Range (1)  
          (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)  
Gross proceeds of stock offering
  $ 137,603     $ 161,886     $ 186,169     $ 214,095  
Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation
    6,400       7,530       8,659       9,958  
 
                       
Market value of stock offering and charitable foundation shares
  $ 144,003     $ 169,416     $ 194,828     $ 224,053  
 
                       
Gross proceeds of stock offering
  $ 137,603     $ 161,886     $ 186,169     $ 214,095  
Less: expenses
    (2,592 )     (2,768 )     (2,945 )     (3,148 )
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds
    135,011       159,118       183,224       210,947  
Less: cash contribution to charitable foundation
    (3,000 )     (3,000 )     (3,000 )     (3,000 )
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (12,544 )     (14,758 )     (16,972 )     (19,517 )
Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)
    (6,272 )     (7,379 )     (8,486 )     (9,759 )
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds after adjustment for charitable foundation and stock benefit plans
  $ 113,195     $ 133,981     $ 154,766     $ 178,671  
 
                       
 
                               
For the Year Ended December 31, 2006:
                               
Net income:
                               
Historical
  $ 10,842     $ 10,842     $ 10,842     $ 10,842  
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    3,328       3,939       4,550       5,253  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (251 )     (295 )     (339 )     (390 )
Options awarded under stock-based benefit plans (5)
    (1,004 )     (1,181 )     (1,358 )     (1,561 )
Shares awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)
    (753 )     (885 )     (1,018 )     (1,171 )
 
                       
Pro forma net income (6)
  $ 12,162     $ 12,420     $ 12,677     $ 12,973  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income per share:
                               
Historical
  $ 0.35     $ 0.29     $ 0.25     $ 0.22  
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    0.11       0.11       0.11       0.11  
Employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Options awarded under stock-based benefit plans (5)
    (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )
Shares awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)
    (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
 
                       
Pro forma net income per share (2)(3)(4)(5)(6)
  $ 0.40     $ 0.34     $ 0.30     $ 0.27  
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price to pro forma net income per share
    25.00 x     29.41 x     33.33 x     37.04 x
Shares considered outstanding in calculating historical and pro forma net income per share (7)
    30,788,183       36,221,392       41,654,601       47,902,790  
 
                               
At December 31, 2006:
                               
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Historical
  $ 163,994     $ 163,994     $ 163,994     $ 163,994  
Estimated net proceeds
    135,011       159,118       183,224       210,947  
Contribution to charitable foundation
    6,400       7,530       8,659       9,958  
Less:
                               
After-tax effect of contribution to charitable foundation
    (5,640 )     (6,318 )     (6,995 )     (7,775 )
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (12,544 )     (14,758 )     (16,972 )     (19,517 )
Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)
    (6,272 )     (7,379 )     (8,486 )     (9,759 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity (8)
  $ 280,949     $ 302,187     $ 323,424     $ 347,848  
 
                       
(Footnotes begin on second following page)

46


 

                                 
    At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2006  
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
                            21,409,476 Shares  
    13,760,344                     at Adjusted  
    Shares at     16,188,640 Shares     18,616,936 Shares     Maximum of  
    Minimum of     at Midpoint of     at Maximum of     Offering  
    Offering Range     Offering Range     Offering Range     Range (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)  
Stockholders’ equity per share:
                               
Historical
  $ 5.13     $ 4.36     $ 3.79     $ 3.30  
Estimated net proceeds
    4.22       4.23       4.23       4.24  
Contributions issued to charitable foundation
    0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20  
Less:
                               
After-tax effect of contribution to charitable foundation
    (0.18 )     (0.17 )     (0.16 )     (0.16 )
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (0.39 )     (0.39 )     (0.39 )     (0.39 )
Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)
    (0.20 )     (0.20 )     (0.20 )     (0.20 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (3)(4)(5)(6)(8)
  $ 8.78     $ 8.03     $ 7.47     $ 6.99  
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    113.90 %     124.53 %     133.87 %     143.06 %
Shares considered outstanding in calculating offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    32,000,800       37,648,000       43,295,200       49,789,479  
Charitable foundation ownership
    2.00 %     2.00 %     2.00 %     2.00 %
Public ownership
    43.00 %     43.00 %     43.00 %     43.00 %
Mutual holding company ownership
    55.00 %     55.00 %     55.00 %     55.00 %
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares outstanding after the stock offering, which could occur due to an increase in the maximum of the independent valuation as a result of changes in market conditions following the commencement of the stock offering.
 
(2)   It is assumed that 3.92% of the shares to be outstanding upon completion of the stock offering (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation) will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, funds used to acquire such are assumed to have been borrowed from us by the employee stock ownership plan with a loan with a 30-year term. The amount to be borrowed is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. Northfield Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the principal and interest requirement of the debt. Northfield Bank’s total annual payment of the employee stock ownership plan debt is based upon equal annual installments of principal and interest. The pro forma net income information makes the following assumptions:
 
  (i)   Northfield Bank’s contribution to the employee stock ownership plan was made at the end of the period;
 
  (ii)   41,814, 49,193, 56,572 and 65,058 shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively were committed to be released during the year ended December 31, 2006, at an average fair value equal to the price for which the shares are sold in the stock offering in accordance with Statement of Position (“SOP”) 93-6; and
 
  (iii)   only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released were considered outstanding for purposes of the net income per share calculations.
 
(3)   Gives effect to one or more stock-based benefit plans expected to be adopted following the stock offering. We have assumed that the plans acquire a number of shares of common stock equal to 1.96% of the outstanding shares, including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation and to Northfield Bancorp, MHC, through open market purchases at the beginning of the period presented for a purchase price equal to the price for which the shares are sold in the stock offering, and that 20% of the amount contributed was an amortized expense (based upon a five-year vesting period) during the year ended December 31, 2006. It is expected that Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will contribute the funds used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares. There can be no assurance that the actual purchase price of the shares granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be equal to the $10.00 subscription price. If shares are acquired from authorized but unissued shares of common stock or from treasury shares, our stockholders’ ownership interest would be diluted by approximately 1.92%. The effect on pro forma net income per share is not material.
 
    The following table shows pro forma stockholders’ equity per share, assuming all the shares to fund the stock awards are obtained from authorized but unissued shares.
                                 
                            21,409,476
                            Shares at
    13,760,344   16,188,640   18,616,936   Adjusted
    Shares at   Shares at   Shares at   Maximum of
    Minimum of   Midpoint of   Maximum of   Offering
At December 31, 2006   Offering Range   Offering Range   Offering Range   Range
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 8.80     $ 8.06     $ 7.52     $ 7.04  
(footnotes continued on following page)

47


 

    (continued from previous page)
(4)   The Office of Thrift Supervision has proposed amendments to its existing regulations regarding stock-based benefit plans that would clarify that we may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering, and shares used to fund the plans in excess of the foregoing amounts are obtained through stock repurchases. In the event the Office of Thrift Supervision adopts these regulations as proposed, or otherwise changes its regulations or policies to permit larger stock-based benefit plans, greater amounts of stock awards as compared to stock options or faster acceleration of vesting of benefits, we may increase the awards beyond current regulatory restrictions and beyond the amounts reflected in this table.
 
(5)   Gives effect to the granting of options pursuant to one or more stock-based benefit plans, which are expected to be adopted by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. following the stock offering and presented to stockholders for approval not earlier than six months after the completion of the stock offering. We have assumed that options will be granted to acquire shares of common stock equal to 4.90% of outstanding shares (including shares issued to Northfield Bancorp, MHC and to Northfield Bank Foundation). In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value pursuant to the application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.20 for each option and the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares of common stock used to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans are obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our stockholders’ ownership interest would be diluted by up to 4.7%.
 
(6)   Does not give effect to the non-recurring expense that will be recognized during 2007 as a result of the contribution to the charitable foundation. The following table shows the estimated after-tax expense associated with the contribution to the charitable foundation, as well as pro forma net income and pro forma net income per share assuming the contribution to the charitable foundation had been expensed during the year ended December 31, 2006.
                                 
                            21,409,476
                            Shares at
    13,760,344   16,188,640   18,616,936   Adjusted
    Shares at   Shares at   Shares at   Maximum of
For the Year   Minimum of   Midpoint of   Maximum of   Offering
Ended December 31, 2006   Offering Range   Offering Range   Offering Range   Range
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
After-tax expense of contribution to charitable foundation
  $ (5,640 )   $ (6,318 )   $ (6,995 )   $ (7,775 )
Pro forma net income
    6,522       6,102       5,682       5,198  
Pro forma net income per share
    0.21       0.17       0.14       0.11  
    The pro forma data assume that we will realize 100.0% of the income tax benefit as a result of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on a 40.0% tax rate. The realization of the tax benefit is limited annually to 10.0% of our annual taxable income. However, for federal and state tax purposes, we can carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.
(7)   Shares considered outstanding in calculating historical and pro forma net income per share is calculated by taking total shares outstanding at each level of the offering range excluding shares held by the employee stock ownership plan and, in accordance with SOP 93-6, adding back employee stock ownership plan shares that are committed to be released, as follows:
                                 
                            21,409,476
                            Shares at
    13,760,344   16,188,640   18,616,936   Adjusted
    Shares at   Shares at   Shares at   Maximum of
For the Year   Minimum of   Midpoint of   Maximum of   Offering
Ended December 31, 2006   Offering Range   Offering Range   Offering Range   Range
Total shares outstanding
    32,000,800       37,648,000       43,295,200       49,789,479  
Total shares held by employee stock ownership plan
    (1,254,431 )     (1,475,801 )     (1,697,171 )     (1,951,747 )
Employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released
    41,814       49,193       56,572       65,058  
 
                               
Shares considered outstanding in calculating historical and pro forma net income per share
    30,788,183       36,221,392       41,654,601       47,902,790  
 
                               
(8)   The retained earnings of Northfield Bank will continue to be substantially restricted after the stock offering. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation.”

48


 

COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION
     As reflected in the table below, if the charitable foundation is not established and funded as part of the stock offering, FinPro, Inc. estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the stock offering. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, our pro forma valuation is $320.0 million, $376.5 million, $433.0 million and $497.9 million with the charitable foundation, as compared to $334.1 million, $393.0 million, $452.0 million and $519.7 million, respectively, without the charitable foundation. There is no assurance that in the event the charitable foundation were not formed, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our pro forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below. Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions.
     For comparative purposes only, set forth below are certain pricing ratios and financial data and ratios at and for the year ended December 31, 2006 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the stock offering was completed at December 31, 2006, with and without the charitable foundation.
 
    Minimum of Offering Range   Midpoint of Offering Range   Maximum of Offering Range   Adjusted Maximum of Offering Range
    With   Without   With   Without   With   Without   With   Without
    Foundation   Foundation   Foundation   Foundation   Foundation   Foundation   Foundation   Foundation
                    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)                        
Estimated stock offering amount
  $ 137,603     $ 150,323       161,886     $ 176,850     $ 186,169     $ 203,378     $ 214,095     $ 233,884  
Pro forma market capitalization of stock offering and charitable foundation
    144,003       150,323       169,416       176,850       194,828       203,378       224,053       233,884  
Estimated full value
    320,008       334,050       376,480       393,000       432,952       451,950       497,895       519,743  
Total assets
    1,409,861       1,420,898       1,431,099       1,443,764       1,452,336       1,466,633       1,476,760       1,492,930  
Total liabilities
    1,121,916       1,121,916       1,121,916       1,121,916       1,121,916       1,121,916       1,121,916       1,121,916  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
    287,945       298,982       309,183       321,848       330,420       344,717       354,844       371,014  
Pro forma net income
    5,023       5,111       5,088       5,186       5,152       5,561       5,225       5,348  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    9.00       8.95       8.21       8.19       7.63       7.63       7.13       7.14  
Pro forma net income per share
    0.16       0.16       0.14       0.14       0.12       0.12       0.11       0.11  
Pro forma pricing ratios:
                                                               
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    111.11 %     111.73 %     121.80 %     122.10 %     131.06 %     131.06 %     140.25 %     140.06 %
Offering price to pro forma net income per share
    15.63 x     15.63 x     17.86 x     17.86 x     20.83 x     20.83 x     22.73 x     22.73 x
Pro forma financial ratios:
                                                               
Return on assets
    1.43 %     1.44 %     1.42 %     1.44 %     1.42 %     1.43 %     1.42 %     1.43 %
Return on equity
    6.98       6.84       6.58       6.45       6.24       6.10       5.89       5.77  
Equity to assets
    20.42       21.04       21.60       22.29       22.75       23.50       24.03       24.85  

49


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
     This section is intended to help potential investors understand our financial performance through a discussion of the factors affecting our financial condition at March 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and 2005 and our consolidated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. This section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes to the financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
     Prior to 2002, we focused primarily on generating lower-cost deposits and investing such funds in investment securities, mainly mortgage-backed securities. In addition, to a lesser extent, we borrowed funds and invested such borrowings in investment securities. At December 31, 2002, the carrying value of our securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity was $846.9 million, or 64.8% of total assets. In 2002, we began to emphasize originating higher yielding commercial real estate loans. Total loans were $302.7 million, or 23.1% of total assets, at December 31, 2002, with $185.8 million, or 61.4% of the portfolio, consisting of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. At March 31, 2007, total loans were $427.4 million, or 33.1% of total assets, with $229.2 million or 53.6% of the portfolio consisting of commercial real estate loans. Our loan portfolio has continued to grow but at slower rates than we experienced in 2004 and 2005. Non-interest expenses have increased substantially since 2003 to support our lending initiatives, to enhance our operating infrastructure, and to address increasing regulatory mandates related to the Bank Secrecy Act and other compliance-related laws and regulations.
     Beginning in 2004 and continuing through 2006, the yield curve (which is the graphic depiction of interest rate yields of different maturity bonds of the same credit quality and type) continued to flatten. Interest rates on shorter-term instruments increased faster than interest rates on longer-term bonds. Eventually the yield curve inverted, with the interest rates on shorter-term instruments exceeding those of longer-term bonds. Due to the leveling and eventual inversion of the yield curve, we have focused on using excess cash flows to repay borrowings instead of continuing leveraging programs that, under current market interest rates, would be only marginally profitable and would subject us to significant interest rate risk. Since 2005, our investment securities have continued to either mature or prepay and such amounts have been utilized to fund higher yielding loan demand, maturing borrowings and higher cost deposit outflows, primarily certificates of deposits. To the extent cash flows from investment securities exceed these needs, we have invested such funds into higher yielding, short-term investments, including federal funds sold, deposits in other financial institutions and to a lesser extent, mortgage-backed securities and investment-grade corporate bonds.
     To more clearly communicate our emphasis on servicing the needs of our commercial customers, while maintaining a retail banking focus, we changed our name to Northfield Bank from Northfield Savings Bank, effective January 1, 2007.
Anticipated Increase in Non-Interest Expense
     Following the completion of the stock offering, we anticipate that our non-interest expense will increase as a result of the increased costs associated with operating as a public company, increased compensation expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan, and the adoption of one or more stock-based benefit plans, if approved by our stockholders.

50


 

     Assuming that 21,409,476 shares of common stock are sold in the stock offering (the adjusted maximum of the offering range):
    The employee stock ownership plan will acquire 1,951,747 shares of common stock with a $19.5 million loan that is expected to be repaid over 30 years, resulting in an average annual pre-tax expense of approximately $651,000 (assuming that the common stock maintains a value of $10.00 per share).
 
    The stock-based benefit plans would grant options to purchase shares equal to 4.90% of the total outstanding shares (including shares issued to Northfield Bancorp, MHC and to Northfield Bank Foundation), or 2,439,684 shares, to eligible participants, which would result in compensation expense over the vesting period of the options. Assuming the market price of the common stock is $10.00 per share; the options are granted with an exercise price of $10.00 per share; the dividend yield on the stock is 0%; the expected option life is 7.5 years; the risk free interest rate is 4.54% (based on the seven-year Treasury rate) and the volatility rate on the shares of common stock is 13.73% (based on an index of publicly traded mutual holding companies), the estimated grant-date fair value of the options (and corresponding pre-tax expense to us) using a Black-Scholes option pricing analysis is $3.20 per option granted. Assuming this value is amortized over the five-year vesting period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with the stock options would be approximately $1.6 million.
 
    The stock-based benefit plans would award a number of shares of common stock equal to 1.96% of the outstanding shares (including shares issued to Northfield Bancorp, MHC and to Northfield Bank Foundation), or 975,873 shares, to eligible participants, which would be expensed as the awards vest. Assuming that all shares are awarded under the stock-based benefit plans at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a five-year period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with shares awarded under the stock-based benefit plans would be approximately $2.0 million.
     The actual expense that will be recorded for the employee stock ownership plan will be determined by the market value of our common stock as shares are released to employees over the term of the loan, and whether the loan is repaid faster than its contractual term. Accordingly, any increases in our stock price above $10.00 per share will increase the total employee stock ownership plan expense, and any accelerated repayment of the loan will increase the annual employee stock ownership plan expense. Further, the actual expense of the stock awards under the stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date, which may be greater than $10.00 per share, and the actual expense of stock options under the stock-based benefit plans will be based on the grant-date fair value of the options, which will be affected by a number of factors, including the market value of our common stock, the term and vesting period of the stock options, our dividend yield and other valuation assumptions contained in the option pricing model that we ultimately use.
      The Office of Thrift Supervision has proposed amendments to its existing regulations regarding stock-based benefit plans that are intended to clarify and simplify such regulations. Specifically, the amendments would clarify that we may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering, provided shares of common stock used to fund the plans in excess of these amounts are obtained through stock repurchases. In the event the Office of Thrift

51


 

Supervision adopts these regulations as proposed, or otherwise changes its existing regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, we may implement stock-based benefit plans that exceed the current limits applicable to the overall size of such plans, the relative amounts of stock options and stock awards and the individual awards thereunder, which would further increase our expenses associated with stock-based benefit plans.
Critical Accounting Policies
     Critical accounting policies are defined as those that involve significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that the most critical accounting policies upon which our financial condition and results of operation depend, and which involve the most complex subjective decisions or assessments, are the following:
      Allowance for Loan Losses . The allowance for loan losses is the estimated amount considered necessary to cover probable and reasonably estimatable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses that is charged against income. In determining the allowance for loan losses, we make significant estimates and, therefore, have identified the allowance as a critical accounting policy. The methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting policy by management because of the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the economic environment that could result in changes to the amount of the recorded allowance for loan losses.
     The allowance for loan losses has been determined in accordance with GAAP. We are responsible for the timely and periodic determination of the amount of the allowance required. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover specifically identifiable losses, as well as estimated losses inherent in our portfolio for which certain losses are probable but not specifically identifiable.
Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The analysis of the allowance for loan losses has two components: specific and general allocations. Specific allocations are made for loans that are deemed impaired. Management has defined an impaired loan to be a loan for which it is probable, based on current information, that the company will not collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Homogeneous loans collectively evaluated for impairment, such as smaller balance loans, are excluded from the impaired loan definition. We have defined the population of impaired loans to be all non-accrual loans with an outstanding balance of $500,000 or greater. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the estimated fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent, or the present value of the expected future cash flows, if the loan is not collateral dependent. Management performs a detailed evaluation of each impaired loan and adjusts estimated fair values to appropriately consider existing market conditions and costs to dispose of any supporting collateral.
     The second component of the allowance for loan losses is the general allocation. This assessment is performed on a portfolio basis, excluding impaired loans, with loans being grouped into similar risk characteristics, primarily loan type, loan-to-value (if collateral dependent) and delinquency status. We apply an estimated loss rate to each loan group. The loss rates applied are based upon our loss experience as adjusted for our qualitative assessment of relevant changes related to: underwriting standards; delinquency trends; collection, charge-off and recovery practices; the nature or volume of the loan

52


 

portfolio; lending staff; concentration of loan type; current economic conditions; and other relevant factors considered appropriate by management for consideration. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based upon changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowance for loan losses we have established, which could have a material negative effect on our financial results.
     On a quarterly basis, management reviews the current status of various loan assets in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. As part of this evaluation process, impaired loans are analyzed to determine their potential risk of loss. Any shortfall results in a recommendation of a specific allowance if the likelihood of loss is evaluated as probable. To determine the adequacy of collateral on a particular loan, an estimate of the fair market value of the collateral is based on the most current appraised value. This appraised value is then adjusted to reflect current market- and property-specific conditions, and includes estimated liquidation expenses.
     This quarterly process is performed by credit administration and approved by the Chief Lending Officer. The Chief Financial Officer performs a final review of the calculation. All supporting documentation with regard to the evaluation process is maintained by credit administration. A summary of the allowance for loan losses is presented by the Chief Lending Officer to the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.
     We have a concentration of loans secured by real property located in New York and New Jersey. As a substantial amount of our loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, appraisals of the underlying value of property securing loans are critical in determining the amount of the allowance required for specific loans. Assumptions for appraisal valuations are instrumental in determining the value of properties. Overly optimistic assumptions or negative changes to assumptions could significantly impact the valuation of a property securing a loan and the related allowance determined. The assumptions supporting such appraisals are reviewed by management to determine that the resulting values reasonably reflect amounts realizable on the collateral. Based on the composition of our loan portfolio, we believe the primary risks are increases in interest rates, a decline in the economy generally, and a decline in real estate market values in New York or New Jersey. Any one or combination of these events may adversely affect our loan portfolio resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of loan loss provisions.
     Although we believe we have established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels, additions may be necessary if future economic or other conditions differ substantially from the current operating environment. Although management uses the best information available, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate that is subject to significant judgment and short-term change. In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision, as an integral part of their examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agency may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on its judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
     We also maintain an allowance for estimated losses on off-balance sheet credit risks related to loan commitments and standby letters of credit. Management utilizes a methodology similar to its allowance for loan loss methodology to estimate losses on these commitments. The allowance for estimated credit losses on these commitments is included in other liabilities and any changes to the allowance are recorded as a component of other non-interest expense.

53


 

      Intangible Assets . Acquisitions accounted for under purchase accounting must follow SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS No. 141 requires us to record as assets on our financial statements goodwill, an unidentifiable intangible asset which is equal to the excess of the purchase price which we pay for another company over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired. Net assets acquired include identifiable intangible assets such as core deposit intangibles and non-compete agreements. Under SFAS No. 142, we evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis (December 31) and more often if circumstances warrant, and we will reduce its carrying value through a charge to earnings if impairment exists. Core deposit and other identifiable intangible assets are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The valuation techniques used by us to determine the carrying value of tangible and intangible assets acquired in acquisitions and the estimated lives of identifiable intangible assets involve estimates for discount rates, projected future cash flows and time period calculations, all of which are susceptible to change based on changes in economic conditions and other factors. Future events or changes in the estimates that we used to determine the carrying value of our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets or which otherwise adversely affect their value or estimated lives could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. As of March 31, 2007, our intangible assets consisted of goodwill and core deposit intangibles of $16.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively.
      Securities Impairment . We periodically perform analyses to determine whether there has been an other-than-temporary decline in the value of one or more of our securities. Our available-for-sale securities portfolio is carried at estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains or losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in stockholder’s equity. Our trading securities portfolio is reported at estimated fair value. Our held-to-maturity securities portfolio, consisting of debt securities for which we have a positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, is carried at amortized cost. We conduct a quarterly review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its cost or amortized cost, and whether such decline is other-than-temporary. If such decline is deemed other-than-temporary, we would adjust the cost basis of the security by writing down the security to estimated fair market value through a charge to current period operations. The market values of our securities are affected by changes in interest rates.
      Deferred Income Taxes. We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. If currently available information raises doubt as to the realization of the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is established. We consider the determination of this valuation allowance to be a critical accounting policy because of the need to exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets, including projections of future taxable income. These judgments and estimates are reviewed on a quarterly basis as regulatory and business factors change. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets may be required if the amounts of taxes recoverable through loss carry backs decline, or if we project lower levels of future taxable income. Such a valuation allowance would be established through a charge to income tax expense that would adversely affect our operating results.

54


 

Business Strategy
     Our business strategy is to operate as a profitable community-oriented financial institution dedicated to providing personal service to our individual and business customers. Over the past several years, we have emphasized the origination of commercial real estate loans, real estate construction and land development loans, and commercial and industrial loans, and we intend to increase our origination of these loans in the future. In addition, we intend to expand our branch network through acquisitions and de novo branching. We cannot assure you that we will successfully implement our business strategy.
     Highlights of our business strategy are as follows:
    Remaining a Community-Oriented Financial Institution . We were established in 1887 and have been operating continuously since that time, growing through internal growth and acquisitions, the latest being our acquisition of Liberty Bancorp, Inc., which occurred in 2002. We are committed to meeting the financial needs of the communities in which we operate, and we are dedicated to providing quality personal service to our customers. We provide a broad range of consumer and business financial services from our main office and 17 additional branch offices.
 
    Continuing our Recent Focus on Commercial Real Estate Lending and Construction and Land Lending. We intend to continue to increase our origination of higher-yielding commercial real estate loans and construction and land development loans. These loans generally are originated with adjustable interest rates and/or shorter terms, which assists us in managing our interest rate risk. To support this initiative we have hired four commercial lending officers since 2005, increased our commercial lending profile through marketing, and more actively pursued commercial deposit relationships. We originated $81.1 million of commercial real estate loans and $23.2 million of construction and land loans during the year ended December 31, 2006. At March 31, 2007 our commercial real estate loans totaled $229.2 million, or 53.6% of total loans, compared to $207.7 million, or 50.8% of total loans at December 31, 2006, and $165.7 million, or 42.7% of total loans at December 31, 2005. Our construction and land loans totaled $52.5 million at March 31, 2007, and $52.1 million and $52.9 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The additional capital raised in the stock offering will increase our commercial lending capacity by enabling us to originate more loans and loans with larger balances. Originating more commercial real estate loans and construction and land loans exposes us to increased risks, as discussed in the Risk Factors section of this prospectus.
 
    Expanding our Branch Network. We currently operate from 18 full-service banking offices. We intend to evaluate new branch expansion opportunities, through acquisitions and de novo branching, to expand our presence within and outside our primary market area, including Brooklyn, New York and the State of New Jersey. In addition, we intend to evaluate acquisitions of other financial institutions, as opportunities present themselves. In conjunction with this expansion strategy, we may dispose of underperforming or overlapping branches if appropriate.
 
    Increasing our Origination of Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit. The competition for conventional first mortgage loans in our market area is intense. In the current inverted yield curve environment where short-term interest rates exceed long-term rates, we intend to increase our emphasis on the origination of home equity loans

55


 

      and lines of credit, which typically have adjustable rates and shorter terms than conventional first mortgage loans. Pricing of such loans remains competitive, but the product type allows for greater flexibility in developing a pricing strategy.
 
    Maintaining High Asset Quality. We have emphasized maintaining strong asset quality by following conservative underwriting guidelines, and primarily originating loans secured by real estate. We will continue to emphasize high quality assets as we expand our lending. Our non-performing assets at March 31, 2007 were $8.9 million, or 0.69% of total assets, compared to $7.1 million or 0.55% of total assets at December 31, 2006, and $2.1 million or 0.15% of total assets at December 31, 2005.
 
    Purchasing Investment Securities. We invest in securities versus mortgage loans depending on the relative returns available for each type of investment. The additional capital raised in the offering will increase our ability to purchase investment securities and, if opportunities exist, to borrow against our capital and purchase additional investment securities, commonly referred to as leveraging, in an effort to increase our return on equity. Leveraging can expose a company to greater interest rate risk in a rising interest rate environment, and there can be no assurances that a leveraging strategy would be successful in increasing our return on equity.
Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006
     Total assets decreased $1.8 million to $1.293 billion at March 31, 2007 from $1.295 billion at December 31, 2006. The decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in securities available for sale, partially offset by an increase in loans held for investment.
     Cash and cash equivalents (cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions and federal funds sold) decreased $11.8 million, or 19.5%, to $48.8 million at March 31, 2007 from $60.6 million at December 31, 2006. This decrease was primarily attributable to our selling two branch offices (including related deposit relationships) in March 2007, and our using cash and cash equivalents to fund loan growth. These cash needs were partially offset by an increase in borrowings and principal repayments of securities available for sale.
     Securities available for sale decreased $32.3 million, or 4.5%, to $681.2 million at March 31, 2007 from $713.5 million at December 31, 2006. During the quarter ended March 31, 2007, we used the proceeds from principal repayments and maturities of securities available for sale primarily to fund our loan originations and deposit outflows.
     Loans held for investment increased $18.1 million, or 4.4%, to $427.3 million at March 31, 2007 from $409.2 million at December 31, 2006. Commercial real estate loans increased $21.6 million, or 10.4%, to $229.2 million at March 31, 2007 from $207.7 million at December 31, 2006. We continue to focus on originating commercial real estate loans to the extent such loan demand exists while meeting our underwriting standards and analysis. Home equity loans and lines of credit decreased $1.2 million, or 8.4%, to $12.8 million at March 31, 2007 from $13.9 million at December 31, 2006. Historically, we have not focused on originating home equity loans and lines of credit. However, we recently hired an experienced loan officer in an effort to increase our originations of these loan products.
     Deposits decreased $23.3 million, or 2.4%, to $966.5 million at March 31, 2007 from $989.8 million at December 31, 2006. Savings accounts decreased $18.1 million, or 5.1%, to $339.1 million at

56


 

March 31, 2007 from $357.2 million at December 31, 2006. This decrease was primarily attributable to our selling two branch offices in March 2007. These offices held $26.6 million in deposits at the time of sale.
     Total borrowings increased $11.0 million, or 8.5%, to $139.5 million at March 31, 2007 from $128.5 million at December 31, 2006. During the quarter ended March 31, 2007, we increased borrowings partially to fund the sale of two branch locations in March 2007.
     Stockholder’s equity increased $7.0 million, or 4.3%, to $171.0 million at March 31, 2007 from $164.0 million at December 31, 2006. The increase resulted from net income of $4.7 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2007, as well as a $2.3 million decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss, to $11.9 million at March 31, 2007 from $14.2 million at December 31, 2006.
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2006 and 2005
     Total assets decreased $113.8 million, or 8.1%, to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2006 from $1.4 billion at December 31, 2005. The decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in securities available for sale, partially offset by increases in loans and cash and cash equivalents. We used the proceeds from principal repayments and maturities of securities available for sale to fund loan originations and deposit withdrawals and to repay maturing borrowings. Due to the flattened and eventually inverted yield curve in 2006, we are not borrowing (or leveraging) to purchase investment securities.
     Cash and cash equivalents increased $22.3 million, or 58.0%, to $60.6 million at December 31, 2006 from $38.4 million at December 31, 2005. The securities repayments, described above, provided funds in excess of our primary funding needs for loans and deposit outflows. We maintained the excess funds in liquid assets. In 2006, due to the flattened and eventually inverted yield curve, and slowing loan demand, the yield on short-term cash equivalents was deemed preferable to longer-term but with significantly greater interest rate risk.
     Securities available for sale decreased $150.0 million, or 17.4%, to $713.5 million at December 31, 2006 from $863.5 million at December 31, 2005. As discussed above, we used the proceeds from principal repayments and maturities of securities available for sale to fund our operations and to repay borrowings. We purchased $40.5 million of securities during the year ended December 31, 2006, while principal payments and maturities of these securities totaled $171.8 million. Purchases of investment securities in 2006 were primarily shorter-term investment grade corporate bonds with maturities up to two years, and to a lesser extent medium-term mortgage-backed securities, with average remaining lives of less than five years.
     Loans held for investment increased $21.7 million, or 5.6%, to $409.2 million at December 31, 2006 from $387.5 million at December 31, 2005. Commercial real estate loans increased $42.0 million, or 25.4%, to $207.7 million at December 31, 2006 from $165.7 million at December 31, 2005. We continued our focus on originating commercial real estate loans. Commercial and industrial loans increased $3.0 million, or 36.6%, to $11.0 million at December 31, 2006 from $8.1 million at December 31, 2005.
     Deposits decreased $20.4 million, or 2.0%, to $989.8 million at December 31, 2006 from $1.0 billion at December 31, 2005. Certificates of deposit increased $65.4 million, or 15.2%, to $496.4 million at December 31, 2006 from $431.0 million at December 31, 2005. Savings accounts decreased $86.1 million, or 19.4%, to $357.2 million at December 31, 2006 from $443.2 million at December 31, 2005.

57


 

The shift from savings accounts to certificates of deposit reflected our customers seeking higher interest-paying deposit products during a period of rising market interest rates. Competition to attract deposits in our markets of Staten Island and Brooklyn, New York and Union and Middlesex counties in New Jersey is very strong. Based on this competition, our available opportunities to invest such deposits, and the overall customer relationship with Northfield Bank, we may choose not to compete for certain types of deposits, including certificates of deposits.
     Total borrowings decreased $105.1 million, or 45.0%, to $128.5 million at December 31, 2006 from $233.6 million at December 31, 2005. As discussed above, we used the proceeds from principal repayments and maturities of securities available for sale to fund our operations and to repay borrowings.
     Stockholder’s equity increased $12.2 million, or 8.1%, to $164.0 million at December 31, 2006 from $151.8 million at December 31, 2005. The increase resulted from net income of $10.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2006, as well as a $1.4 million decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss, to $14.2 million at December 31, 2006 from $15.6 million at December 31, 2005.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006
      General. Net income increased $1.5 million, or 47.6%, to $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $3.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase was caused primarily by an increase in non-interest income resulting from a $4.3 million gain on our sale of two branch offices in March 2007.
      Interest Income. Interest income decreased $603,000, or 3.7%, to $15.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $16.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The decrease resulted from a $102.9 million, or 7.7%, decrease in the average balance of interest earning assets, to $1.23 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $1.33 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2006, which was partially offset by a 21 basis point increase in the average yield on interest earning assets to 5.11% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 4.90% for three months ended March 31, 2006. The average rate on interest earning assets increased as we continued to reinvest our interest earning assets into higher yielding loans and shorter-term investment securities and cash equivalents, including federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions.
     Interest income on mortgage-backed securities decreased $1.7 million, or 18.9%, to $7.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $8.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The decrease resulted from a decrease in average balance of mortgage-backed securities, which decreased $166.3 million, or 19.2%, to $700.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $867.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. During the three months ended March 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, we used the proceeds from principal repayments and maturities of securities available for sale to fund loan originations and deposit withdrawals and to repay borrowings, resulting in a lower average balance between the two periods. The yield on mortgage-backed securities was 4.17% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to 4.15% for the three months ended March 31, 2006.
     Interest income on loans increased $472,000, or 7.3%, to $6.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $6.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The average balance of loans increased $24.0 million, or 6.1%, to $416.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $392.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, reflecting our continued efforts to grow our loan portfolio, primarily commercial real estate loans. The average yield on our loan portfolio

58


 

increased eight basis points, to 6.73% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 6.65% for the three months ended March 31, 2006, primarily as a result of increases in interest rates on our adjustable-rate loans and higher rates earned on newly-originated loans. We raised our rates on loan products concurrently with similar increases by our competitors during a period of rising market interest rates.
      Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $835,000, or 13.0%, to $7.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $6.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in interest expense resulted from an increase in interest expense on certificates of deposit, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on borrowings. Although the average balance of total interest-bearing deposits decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to the same prior-year period, the composition of these deposits shifted to higher-cost certificates of deposit.
     Interest expense on certificates of deposit increased $1.6 million, or 43.0%, to $5.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase was caused by both an increase in the average balance of and the average rate we paid on certificates of deposit. The average balance of certificates of deposit increased $56.2 million, or 12.8%, to $496.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $439.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Our customers transferred funds from savings accounts (a decrease in average balance of $79.5 million, or 18.4%, between the periods) to higher interest-paying certificates of deposit during a period of rising market interest rates. In addition, the average rate we paid on certificates of deposit increased 92 basis points to 4.35% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 3.43% for the three months ended March 31, 2006. We increased rates on our certificates of deposit in response to our competitors’ increases in rates offered.
     Interest expense on borrowings (repurchase agreements and other borrowings) decreased $723,000, or 38.0%, to $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The average balance of borrowings decreased $95.2 million, or 43.2%, to $125.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $220.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. We used the proceeds from principal repayments and maturities of securities available for sale during the three months ended March 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006 to fund loan originations and deposit withdrawals and to repay maturing borrowings during the three months ended March 31, 2007. The decrease in the average balance was partially offset by a 32 basis point increase in the average rate we paid on borrowings, to 3.82% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 3.50% for the three months ended March 31, 2006, reflecting higher market interest rates.
      Net Interest Income. Net interest income decreased $1.4 million, or 14.8%, to $8.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $9.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Decreases in our net interest rate spread and net interest margin offset an increase in net interest-earning assets. Our net interest rate spread decreased 39 basis points to 2.21% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 2.60% for the three months ended March 31, 2006, and our net interest margin decreased 23 basis points to 2.72% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 2.95% for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The decrease in our net interest rate spread and net interest margin were consistent with the changes in the yield curve. From June 30, 2004 to September 30, 2006, the Federal Reserve Board increased its target for the federal funds rate from 1.0% to 5.25%. While these short-term market interest rates (which we use as a guide to price our deposits) have increased, longer-term market interest rates (which we use as a guide to price our longer-term loans) have not increased to the same degree. If rates on our deposits and borrowings continue to reprice upwards faster than the rates on our long-term loans and investments, we would experience further compression of our interest rate spread and

59


 

net interest margin, which would have a negative effect on our profitability. Our average net interest-earning assets increased $14.0 million to $217.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $203.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006.
      Provision for Loan Losses. We establish provisions for loan losses, which are charged to operations in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level we consider necessary to absorb credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the balance sheet date. In determining the level of the allowance for loan losses, we consider, among other things, past and current loss experience, evaluations of real estate collateral, current economic conditions, volume and type of lending, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay a loan and the levels of delinquent loans. The amount of the allowance is based on estimates and the ultimate losses may vary from such estimates as more information becomes available or conditions change. We assess the allowance for loan losses and make provisions for loan losses on a quarterly basis.
     Based on our evaluation of the above factors, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $440,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and a provision for loan losses of $150,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2006. We recorded net charge-offs of $14,000 and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The allowance for loans losses was $5.5 million, or 1.28% of total loans receivable at March 31, 2007, compared to $4.9 million, or 1.23% of total loans receivable at March 31, 2006. The provision for loan losses increased between the two periods primarily due to loan growth, the continuing shift of the portfolio to higher-risk commercial real estate loans as compared to one- to-four family residential loans, and an increase in non-performing loans.
     Total loans at March 31, 2007 amounted to $427.4 million as compared to total loans of $409.2 million at December 31, 2006. Total loans amounted to $400.5 million at March 31, 2006 as compared to $387.8 million at December 31, 2005. Commercial real estate loans comprised 53.64% of the portfolio at March 31, 2007 as compared to 44.6% at March 31, 2006. Non-performing loans totaled $8.9 million at March 31, 2007, as compared to $7.1 million at December 31, 2006. Non-performing loans totaled $3.4 million at March 31, 2006 as compared to $2.1 million at December 31, 2005. Approximately $7.7 million, or 86.6% of nonperforming loans at March 31, 2007, were secured by real property, compared to $2.5 million, or 73.8% of nonperforming loans at March 31, 2006. To the best of our knowledge, we have provided for all losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006. The provision for loan losses increased for the three months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to the same prior-year period due to an increase in nonperforming loans as well as an increase in the overall loan portfolio, coupled with a continued shift in the composition of the portfolio to higher risk commercial real estate loans.
      Non-interest Income. Non-interest income increased $4.5 million to $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to the gain on sale of two branch offices during March 2007, which resulted in our recognizing a gain of approximately $4.3 million.
      Non-interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased $381,000, or 6.7%, to $6.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in the following: compensation and benefits increased by $182,000, or 5.8%, as a result of annual merit and cost of living adjustments and, increases in benefit costs (primarily health-care related); occupancy expenses increased by $46,000 as a result of costs associated with our name change which went into effect on January 1, 2007; and an increase in other expenses of $92,000 primarily related to allowances provided for estimated off-balance sheet credit losses

60


 

associated with issued and outstanding loan commitments. As these commitments are fulfilled or expire, such amounts will result in a reduction of other non-interest expense.
      Income Tax Expense. The provision for income taxes was $2.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, reflecting an increase in pre-tax income. Our effective tax rate was 36.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 compared to 36.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2007. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily a result of an increase in tax-exempt income, specifically income on bank owned life insurance, as a percentage of total income.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
      General. Net income decreased $2.3 million, or 17.6%, to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was caused by a decrease in our net interest income, due primarily to higher interest expense and the flattening of the yield curve, and increased non-interest expense, primarily compensation and employee benefits. The decrease in net interest income and increase in non-interest expense were partially offset by higher non-interest income related primarily to increases in fees and services charges for customer services, a decrease in the provision for loan losses due primarily to reduced growth in the loan portfolio for 2006 compared to 2005, and a reduction in income tax expense related to reduced levels of taxable income offset by the recognition of a deferred tax liability in 2005 pertaining to New York state and city tax bad debt reserves.
      Interest Income. Interest income decreased $1.4 million, or 2.2%, to $64.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $66.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease resulted from a decrease in the average balance of interest earning assets, which decreased $134.6 million, or 9.4%, to $1.30 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $1.43 billion for the year ended December 31, 2005, which was partially offset by an increase of 37 basis points in the average yield on interest earning assets to 5.00% for the year ended December 31, 2006 from 4.63% for the year ended December 31, 2005. The average rate earned on interest earning assets increased as we continued to reinvest our interest earning assets into higher yielding loans and shorter-term investment securities and cash equivalents, including federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions.
     Interest income on mortgage-backed securities decreased $8.0 million, or 19.6%, to $32.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $40.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease resulted from a decrease in the average balance of mortgage-backed securities of $194.0 million, or 19.5%, to $799.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $993.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. We used the proceeds from principal repayments and maturities of securities available for sale to fund loan originations and deposit withdrawals and to repay borrowings. The yield we earned on mortgage-backed securities was 4.10% during each of the years.
     Interest income on loans increased $4.6 million, or 20.0%, to $27.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The average balance of loans increased $40.4 million, or 11.0%, to $407.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $366.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, reflecting our continued efforts to grow our loan portfolio. The average yield on our loan portfolio increased 51 basis points, to 6.76% for the year ended December 31, 2006 from 6.25% for the year ended December 31, 2005, primarily as a result of increases in interest rates on our adjustable-rate loans and the higher rates we earned on our newly-originated loans.

61


 

We raised our rates on loan products concurrently with similar increases by our competitors during a period of increases in market interest rates.
      Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $4.2 million, or 17.2%, to $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase resulted from an increase in interest expense on certificates of deposit. Although the average balance of total interest bearing deposits decreased in 2006 as compared to 2005, the composition of those deposits shifted to higher cost certificates of deposit.
     Interest expense on certificates of deposit increased $7.9 million, or 73.1%, to $18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase was caused by both an increase in the average balance of certificates of deposit and the average rate we paid on certificates of deposit. The average balance of certificates of deposit increased $64.4 million, or 15.7%, to $474.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $409.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Our customers transferred funds from savings accounts (a decrease in average balance of $89.3 million, or 18.3%, between the years) to higher interest-paying certificates of deposit. In addition, the average rate we paid on certificates of deposit increased 131 basis points to 3.96% for the year ended December 31, 2006 from 2.65% for the year ended December 31, 2005. We increased rates on certificates of deposits in response to our competitors’ increases in rates offered.
     Interest expense on borrowings (repurchase agreements and other borrowings) decreased $3.4 million, or 34.5%, to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The average balance of borrowings decreased $120.4 million, or 40.0%, to $181.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $301.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, as we used the proceeds from principal repayments and maturities of securities available for sale to fund our operations and to repay borrowings.
      Net Interest Income. Net interest income decreased $5.6 million, or 13.3%, to $36.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $42.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Decreases in our net interest rate spread and net interest margin offset an increase in net interest-earning assets. Our net interest rate spread decreased 27 basis points to 2.40% for the year ended December 31, 2006 from 2.67% for the year ended December 31, 2005, and our net interest margin decreased 13 basis points to 2.81% for the year ended December 31, 2006 from 2.94% for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease in our net interest rate spread and net interest margin are consistent with the continued flattening and eventual inversion of the yield curve. From June 30, 2004 to September 30, 2006, the Federal Reserve Board increased its target for the federal funds rate from 1.0% to 5.25%. While these short-term market interest rates (which we use as a guide to price our deposits) have increased, longer-term market interest rates (which we use as a guide to price our longer-term loans) have not increased to the same degree. If rates on our deposits and borrowings continue to reprice upwards faster than the rates on our long-term loans and investments, we would experience further compression of our interest rate spread and net interest margin, which would have a negative effect on our profitability. Net interest-earning assets increased $12.0 million to $206.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $194.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
      Provision for Loan Losses. We recorded a provision for loan losses of $235,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006 and a provision for loan losses of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. We had no charge-offs or recoveries during either of the two years. The allowance for loans losses was $5.0 million, or 1.23% of total loans receivable at December 31, 2006, compared to $4.8 million, or 1.24% of total loans receivable at December 31, 2005.

62


 

     The decrease in provision for loan losses in 2006 as compared to 2005 was based, in part, on a reduced level of loan growth. Total loans increased $21.4 million, or 5.5% during the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to $67.1 million, or 20.9%, during the year ended December 31, 2005. The effect of the decrease in loan growth was partially offset by higher levels of non-accrual loans in 2006 as compared to 2005. Total non-accrual loans increased to $6.3 million at December 31, 2006 as compared to $1.4 million at December 31, 2005. The effect on the provision for loan losses was substantially mitigated by the majority of the increase in non-accrual loans being related, in management’s assessment, to adequately secured commercial real estate loans. Approximately $6.2 million, or 87.3% of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2006, were secured by real property. To the best of our knowledge, we have provided for all losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
      Non-interest Income. Non-interest income increased $246,000 or 5.6%, to $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $150,000, or 5.1%, in service charges for customer services as a result of an increase in the rates charged on overdraft fees, and an increase in gain on sale of securities of $72,000 or 60.5% as a result of increased market value in our trading securities.
      Non-interest Expense . Non-interest expense increased $2.6 million, or 12.0%, to $23.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase of $2.4 million or 21.7% in compensation and employee benefits expense to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase is primarily attributable to our entering into a supplemental retirement agreement with our former President, who is a current director. We recorded the present value of the future obligation, resulting in a charge of approximately $1.6 million. The remaining increase is primarily attributable to annual merit and cost of living increases as well as increased staff in the Bank Secrecy Act and Internal Audit Departments. Professional fees decreased $116,000, or 9.8%, to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. We incurred approximately $598,000 in professional fees during 2005 related to the investigation of a consumer complaint that resulted in no further actions required to be taken on our part. However, we incurred significant professional fees in 2006 related to outsourcing costs for assistance pertaining to our Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering programs, internal audit outsourcing, and assistance in enhancing our internal control documentation for the documentation and testing concepts of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board’s Auditing Standard No. 2, “An Audit of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Performed in Conjunction With an Audit of Financial Statements.”
      Income Tax Expense. The provision for income taxes was $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, reflecting a decrease in pre-tax income between the years. Our effective tax rate was 36.3% for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 44.1% for the year ended December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2005, Northfield Bank did not meet the definition of a domestic building and loan association for New York State and City tax purposes because of the increased amount of our investment in our real estate investment trust subsidiary as a percentage of total assets. As a result, we were required to recognize a $2.2 million deferred tax liability for state and city thrift-related base-year bad debt reserves accumulated after December 31, 1987. Additionally, tax-exempt income (specifically from bank owned life insurance) increased, as a percentage of total income during the year ended December 31, 2006, resulting in a lower effective tax rate.

63


 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004
      General. Net income decreased $3.2 million, or 19.6%, to $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The decrease was caused primarily by an increase in non-interest expense and a larger provision for loan losses, a decrease in non-interest income and a higher provision for income taxes, partially offset by an increase in net interest income. Higher levels of non-interest expense related primarily to increased professional fees and compensation and employee benefits. The decrease in non-interest income related primarily to lower fees and service charges for customer services. Higher income taxes related to a deferred tax liability recognized in 2005 for New York state and city tax bad debt reserves. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in net interest income as our increased interest expense in 2005 was more than offset by an increase in interest income.
      Interest Income. Interest income increased $7.5 million, or 12.7%, to $66.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $58.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase resulted from a $37.9 million, or 2.7%, increase in the average balance of interest- earning assets to $1.43 billion for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $1.39 billion for the year ended December 31, 2004, and a 41 basis point increase in the average yield on interest earning assets to 4.63% for the year ended December 31, 2005 from 4.22% for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase in interest income resulted primarily from an increase in interest income on loans. The average yield on our interest-earning assets increased as we continued to reinvest our interest-earning assets into higher yielding loans and shorter-term investment securities and cash equivalents, including federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions.
     Interest income on loans increased $7.9 million, or 52.4%, to $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This increase reflected a $95.6 million, or 35.3%, increase in the average balance of loans to $366.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $271.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, reflecting our continued efforts to grow our commercial loan portfolio. The average yield on our loan portfolio also increased 70 basis points, to 6.25% for the year ended December 31, 2005 from 5.55% for the year ended December 31, 2004, primarily from increases in interest rates on our adjustable-rate loans and higher rates earned on our newly-originated loans in response to increases in market interest rates.
      Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $6.0 million, or 32.6%, to $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase in resulted from increases in interest expense on certificates of deposit and borrowings.
     Interest expense on certificates of deposit increased $3.3 million, or 42.8%, to $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase was caused by an increase in both the rate we paid on certificates of deposit and the average balance of certificates of deposit. The average rate we paid on certificates of deposit increased 69 basis points to 2.65% for the year ended December 31, 2005 from 1.96% for the year ended December 31, 2004. We increased rates on certificates of deposit in response to our competitors’ increases in rates offered. In addition, the average balance of certificates of deposit increased $21.3 million, or 5.5%, to $409.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $388.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
     Interest expense on borrowings increased $2.7 million, or 37.1%, to $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase in

64


 

interest expense on borrowings was caused primarily by an increase in the average rate we paid on borrowings. The average rate we paid on borrowings increased 76 basis points to 3.28% for the year ended December 31, 2005 from 2.52% for the year ended December 31, 2004, reflecting increases in market interest rates.
      Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $1.5 million, or 3.7%, to $42.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $40.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This resulted from increases in net interest-earning assets and net interest margin. Our net interest earning assets increased $9.8 million to $194.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $184.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. In addition, our net interest margin increased three basis points to 2.94% for the year ended December 31, 2005 from 2.91% for the year ended December 31, 2004. Despite the increase in our net interest margin, our net interest rate spread decreased by four basis points to 2.67% for the year ended December 31, 2005 from 2.71% for the year ended December 31, 2004. The decrease in our net interest rate spread was consistent with the continued flattening of the yield curve. From June 30, 2004 to December 31, 2005, the Federal Reserve Board increased its target for the federal funds rate from 1.0% to 2.25%. While these short-term market interest rates (which we use as a guide to price our deposits) increased, longer-term market interest rates (which we use as a guide to price our longer-term loans) did not increase to the same degree.
      Provision for Loan Losses. We recorded a provision for loan losses of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to a provision for loan losses of $410,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004. The provisions recorded reflected no charge-offs or recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to $1,000 of net recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2004. The allowance for loans losses was $4.8 million, or 1.24% of total loans receivable, at December 31, 2005, compared to $3.2 million, or 0.99% of total loans receivable at December 31, 2004.
     The provision for loan losses increased in 2005 compared to 2004, in part, because of increased levels of loan growth. For the year ended December 31, 2005, total loans increased $67.1 million, or 20.9%, as compared to $38.2 million, or 13.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase in the provision for loan losses was also due to a continued shift in portfolio composition to higher levels of both commercial real estate, and construction and land development loans. Non-accrual loans decreased to $1.4 million at December 31, 2005 as compared to $1.9 million at December 31, 2004. The majority of non-accrual loans at December 31, 2004 were secured by real estate as compared to December 31, 2005, where a majority of non-accrual loans were commercial and industrial loans not secured by real estate. To the best of our knowledge, we have recorded all losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.
      Non-interest Income. Non-interest income decreased $1.0 million, or 19.4%, to $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Fees and service charges for customer services decreased $433,000, or 12.7%, to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. In addition, other income decreased $567,000, or 90.3%, to $61,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $628,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004, primarily because of a decrease in gains on sale of loans. We sold $6.2 million of loans during the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to loan sales of $32.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2004. We do not consider the origination of one- to four-family residential real estate loans or the sale of longer term, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans to be a core part of our business. Our originations and sales in 2004 were due primarily to a higher level of originations due to the low interest rate environment that existed in 2004. With the increase in

65


 

market interest rates that began in June 2004, one- to four-family residential real estate loan origination and sales activity decreased in 2005 as compared to 2004.
      Non-interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased $1.7 million, or 8.8%, to $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $19.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Professional fees increased $756,000 to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, from $433,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004, primarily reflecting costs related to investigating a consumer complaint that resulted in no further actions required to be taken on our part. The increase also resulted from a $611,000, or 5.9%, increase in compensation and employee benefits expense to $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, as a result of annual merit and cost of living increases and our adding additional staff in the Bank Secrecy Act and Internal Audit departments.
      Income Tax Expense. The provision for income taxes was $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, despite a decrease in pre-tax income between the years. Our effective tax rate was 44.1% for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to 37.1% for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in the tax provision resulted from the recognition of deferred tax liability relating to Northfield Bank no longer meeting the definition of a domestic building and loan association for New York State and City tax purposes. The increase in the tax provision related to this item was partially offset by an increase in tax exempt income (specifically bank owned life insurance income).

66


 

      Average balances and yields . The following tables sets forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information at and for the periods indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments have been made, as we had no tax-free interest-earning assets during the periods. For the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, average balances are daily average balances. However, for the year ended December 31, 2004, certain information with respect to loans and deposits are monthly average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense.
                                                         
            For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
    At     2007     2006  
    March 31,     Average             Average     Average             Average  
    2007     Outstanding             Yield/     Outstanding             Yield/  
    Yield/ Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate (1)     Balance     Interest     Rate (1)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                                       
Loans
    6.88 %   $ 416,871     $ 6,913       6.73 %   $ 392,872     $ 6,441       6.65 %
Mortgage-backed securities
    4.31       700,608       7,199       4.17       866,950       8,882       4.15  
Other securities
    4.68       55,600       675       4.92       41,445       377       3.69  
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock
    7.50       6,922       140       8.20       11,385       159       5.66  
Interest-earning deposits
    5.14       49,445       575       4.72       19,692       246       5.07  
 
                                               
Total interest-earning assets
    5.26       1,229,446       15,502       5.11       1,332,344       16,105       4.90  
Non-interest-earning assets
            56,031                       51,197                  
 
                                                   
Total assets
          $ 1,285,477                     $ 1,383,541                  
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                       
NOW accounts
    1.51     $ 37,820       149       1.60     $ 36,183       45       0.50  
Savings accounts
    0.69       353,221       597       0.69       432,764       743       0.70  
Certificates of deposit
    4.39       496,123       5,319       4.35       439,878       3,719       3.43  
 
                                               
Total deposits
    2.81       887,164       6,065       2.77       908,825       4,507       2.01  
Repurchase agreements
    3.94       102,577       968       3.83       187,277       1,602       3.47  
Other borrowings
    3.97       22,496       211       3.80       32,993       300       3.69  
 
                                               
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    2.97       1,012,237       7,244       2.90       1,129,095       6,409       2.30  
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
            108,174                       102,329                  
 
                                                   
Total liabilities
            1,120,411                       1,231,424                  
Stockholder’s equity
            165,066                       152,117                  
 
                                                   
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity
          $ 1,285,477                     $ 1,383,541                  
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Net interest income
                  $ 8,258                     $ 9,696          
 
                                                   
Net interest rate spread (2)
                            2.21 %                     2.60 %
Net interest-earning assets (3)
          $ 217,209                     $ 203,249                  
 
                                                   
Net interest margin (4)
                            2.72 %                     2.95 %
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
                            121.46 %                     118.00 %
(footnotes on following page)

67


 

                                                                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    Average             Average     Average             Average     Average             Average  
    Outstanding             Yield/     Outstanding             Yield/     Outstanding             Yield/  
    Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate  
                            (Dollars in thousands)                          
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans
  $ 407,068     $ 27,522       6.76 %   $ 366,677     $ 22,926       6.25 %   $ 271,075     $ 15,048       5.55 %
Mortgage backed securities
    799,244       32,764       4.10       993,266       40,733       4.10       1,003,489       40,238       4.01  
Other securities
    51,883       2,397       4.62       44,510       1,727       3.88       60,727       2,525       4.16  
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock
    9,582       592       6.18       14,091       648       4.60       14,318       259       1.81  
Interest-earning deposits
    30,435       1,592       5.23       14,230       268       1.88       45,271       781       1.73  
 
                                                           
Total interest-earning assets
    1,298,212       64,867       5.00       1,432,774       66,302       4.63       1,394,880       58,851       4.22  
Non-interest-earning assets
    49,564                       61,021                       52,004                  
 
                                                                 
Total assets
  $ 1,347,776                     $ 1,493,795                     $ 1,446,884                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
NOW accounts
  $ 37,454       349       0.93     $ 38,782       205       0.53     $ 40,447       223       0.55  
Savings accounts
    398,852       2,788       0.70       488,109       3,289       0.67       494,676       3,239       0.65  
Certificates of deposit
    474,313       18,797       3.96       409,932       10,857       2.65       388,674       7,603       1.96  
 
                                                           
Total deposits
    910,619       21,934       2.41       936,823       14,351       1.53       923,797       11,065       1.20  
Repurchase agreements
    154,855       5,501       3.55       241,563       8,311       3.44       262,823       6,840       2.60  
Other borrowings
    26,441       971       3.67       60,086       1,572       2.62       23,714       367       1.55  
 
                                                           
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    1,091,915       28,406       2.60       1,238,472       24,234       1.96       1,210,334       18,272       1.51  
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
    101,250                       102,860                       92,250                  
 
                                                                 
Total liabilities
    1,193,165                       1,341,332                       1,302,584                  
Stockholder’s equity
    154,611                       152,463                       144,300                  
 
                                                                 
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity
  $ 1,347,776                     $ 1,493,795                     $ 1,446,884                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
Net interest income
          $ 36,461                     $ 42,068                     $ 40,579          
 
                                                                 
Net interest rate spread (2)
                    2.40 %                     2.67 %                     2.71 %
Net interest-earning assets (3)
  $ 206,297                     $ 194,302                     $ 184,546                  
 
                                                                 
Net interest margin (4)
                    2.81 %                     2.94 %                     2.91 %
Average of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
    118.89 %                     115.69 %                     115.25 %                
 
(1)   Average yields and rates for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 are annualized.
 
(2)   Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(3)   Net interest-earning assets represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(4)   Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

68


 

Rate/Volume Analysis
     The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The total column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.
                                                                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,     Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2007 vs. 2006     2006 vs. 2005     2005 vs. 2004  
    Increase (Decrease)     Total     Increase (Decrease)     Total     Increase (Decrease)     Total  
    Due to     Increase     Due to     Increase     Due to     Increase  
    Volume     Rate     (Decrease)     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)  
                            (In thousands)                                  
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans
  $ 397     $ 75     $ 472     $ 2,644     $ 1,952     $ 4,596     $ 5,801     $ 2,077     $ 7,878  
Mortgage-backed securities
    (1,709 )     26       (1,683 )     (7,954 )     (15 )     (7,969 )     (402 )     897       495  
Other securities
    151       147       298       311       359       670       (638 )     (160 )     (798 )
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock
    133       (152 )     (19 )     763       (819 )     (56 )     (4 )     393       389  
Interest-earning deposits
    345       (16 )     329       517       807       1,324       (592 )     79       (513 )
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Total interest-earning assets
    (683 )     80       (603 )     (3,719 )     2,284       (1,435 )     4,165       3,286       7,451  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
NOW accounts
    2       102       104       (7 )     151       144       (9 )     (9 )     (18 )
Savings accounts
    (135 )     (11 )     (146 )     (630 )     129       (501 )     (42 )     92       50  
Certificates of deposit
    517       1,083       1,600       1,909       6,031       7,940       436       2,818       3,254  
 
                                                     
Total deposits
    384       1,174       1,558       1,272       6,311       7,583       385       2,901       3,286  
Repurchase agreements
    (821 )     187       (634 )     (3,090 )     280       (2,810 )     (494 )     1,965       1,471  
Other borrowings
    (99 )     10       (89 )     (2,153 )     1,552       (601 )     831       374       1,205  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    (536 )     1,371       835       (3,971 )     8,143       4,172       722       5,240       5,962  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Change in net interest income
  $ (147 )   $ (1,291 )   $ (1,438 )   $ 252     $ (5,859 )   $ (5,607 )   $ 3,443     $ (1,954 )   $ 1,489  
 
                                                     
Management of Market Risk
      General . The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. Consequently, our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. Our assets, consisting primarily of mortgage-related assets, have longer maturities than our liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits. As a result, a principal part of our business strategy is to manage interest rate risk and limit the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Accordingly, our board of directors has established a Management Asset/Liability Committee, comprised of our Treasurer, who chairs this Committee, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, our Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer and our Executive Vice President of Operations. This committee is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for recommending to our board of directors the level of risk that is appropriate, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the board of directors.

69


 

     We have sought to manage our interest rate risk in order to minimize the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in interest rates. As part of our ongoing asset-liability management, we currently use the following strategies to manage our interest rate risk:
    originating commercial real estate loans and multifamily loans that generally tend to have shorter interest durations and generally reset at five years;
 
    investing in shorter duration investment grade corporate securities and mortgage-backed securities; and
 
    obtaining general financing through lower cost deposits and longer-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and repurchase agreements.
     Shortening the average maturity of our interest-earning assets by increasing our investments in shorter-term loans, as well as loans with variable rates of interest, helps to better match the maturities and interest rates of our assets and liabilities, thereby reducing the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates.
      Net Portfolio Value Analysis . We compute amounts by which the net present value of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (net portfolio value or “NPV”) would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. Our simulation model uses a discounted cash flow analysis to measure the interest rate sensitivity of net portfolio value. We estimate the economic value of these assets and liabilities under the assumption that interest rates experience an instantaneous and sustained increase of 100, 200 or 300 basis points or decrease of 100 or 200 basis points. A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent. An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100 basis point increase in the “Change in Interest Rates” column below.
      Net Interest Income Analysis. In addition to NPV calculations, we analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through our net interest income model. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. In our model, we estimate what our net interest income would be for a twelve-month period. We then calculate what the net interest income would be for the same period under the assumption that interest rates experience an instantaneous and sustained increase of 100, 200 or 300 basis points or decrease of 100 or 200 basis points.

70


 

     The table below sets forth, as of March 31, 2007, our calculation of the estimated changes in our net portfolio value and net interest income that would result from the designated instantaneous and sustained changes in interest rates. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.
                                                         
Change in   NPV   Net Interest Income
Interest Rates           Increase (Decrease) in   Estimated   Increase (Decrease) in
(basis points)   Estimated   Estimated NPV   Net Interest   Estimated Net Interest Income
(1)   NPV (2)   Amount   Percent   Income   Amount   Percent
                    (Dollars in thousands)                
 
    +300     $ 167,431     $ (52,689 )     (23.9 )%   $ 30,254     $ (5,115 )     (14.5 )%
 
    +200       184,139       (35,981 )     (16.3 )     31,992       (3,377 )     (9.5 )
 
    +100       201,787       (18,333 )     (8.3 )     33,701       (1,668 )     (4.7 )
 
    0       220,120                   35,369              
 
    -100       236,145       16,025       7.3       36,480       1,111       3.1  
 
    -200       243,654       23,534       10.7       35,092       (277 )     (0.8 )
 
(1)   Assumes an instantaneous and sustained uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.
 
(2)   NPV is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
     The table above indicates that at March 31, 2007, in the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience a 16.3% decrease in net portfolio value and a 9.5% decrease in net interest income.
     In the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 7.3% increase in net portfolio value and a 3.1% increase in net interest income. Our internal policies provide that, in the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, our net portfolio value as a percentage of total assets should decrease by no more than 400 basis points and our projected net interest income should decrease by no more than 20%. Additionally, our internal policy states that our net portfolio value should be at least 9.5% of total assets.
     Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in determining interest rate risk through changes in net portfolio value and net interest income. Modeling changes require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the net portfolio value and net interest income information presented assume that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assume that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although interest rate risk calculations provide an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
     Liquidity is the ability to fund assets and meet obligations as they come due. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, repurchase agreements with and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, and maturities and sales of securities. In addition, we have the ability to collateralize borrowings in the wholesale markets. While maturities and scheduled

71


 

amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies in order to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs and deposit withdrawals of our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies. We seek to maintain a ratio of liquid assets (not subject to pledge) as a percentage of deposits and borrowings (not subject to pledge) of 35% or greater. At March 31, 2007, this ratio was 69.2%. We believe that we have enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short- and long-term liquidity needs as of March 31, 2007. We anticipate that we will maintain higher liquidity levels following the completion of the stock offering.
     We regularly adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of:
  (i)   expected loan demand;
 
  (ii)   expected deposit flows;
 
  (iii)   yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities; and
 
  (iv)   the objectives of our asset/liability management program.
Excess cash is invested generally in interest-earning deposits and short- and intermediate-term securities.
     Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets depend on our operating, financing and investing activities during any given period. At March 31, 2007, cash and cash equivalents totaled $48.8 million. At March 31, 2007, we had $340,000 of loans classified as held for sale. During the three months ended March 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, we sold $1.5 million and $1.1 million of long-term, fixed-rate loans, respectively. Securities classified as available-for-sale, which provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $681.2 million at March 31, 2007, and we had $139.5 million in outstanding borrowings at March 31, 2007.
     At March 31, 2007, we had $23.0 million in outstanding loan commitments. In addition to outstanding loan commitments, we had $10.8 million in unused lines of credit to borrowers. Certificates of deposit due within one year of March 31, 2007 totaled $425.8 million, or 44.1% of total deposits. If these deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds, including loan sales, other deposit products, including replacement certificates of deposit, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and other borrowing sources. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before March 31, 2007. We believe, however, based on past experience, that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with us. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.
     Our cash flows are derived from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities as reported in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
     Our primary investing activities are purchasing mortgage-backed securities and originating loans. During the three months ended March 31, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, we purchased securities classified as available for sale totaling $32.9 million, $40.5 million and $109.7

72


 

million, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, we originated $47.7 million, $129.0 million and $184.5 million of loans, respectively.
     Financing activities consist primarily of activity in deposit accounts and borrowings (repurchase agreements and Federal Home Loan Bank of New York). We experienced a net decrease in total deposits of $23.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a net decrease of $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and a net decrease of $31.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease for the three months ended March 31, 2007 resulted from our sale of two branch offices in March 2007. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors, and by other factors.
     We experienced a net increase in borrowings of $11.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007, a net decrease of $105.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and a net decrease of $128.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. At March 31, 2007, we had the ability to borrow an additional $200.0 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York.
     Northfield Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At March 31, 2007, Northfield Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements. Northfield Bank is considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements” and Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
     The net proceeds from the stock offering will significantly increase our liquidity and capital resources. Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including the funding of loans. Our financial condition and results of operations will be enhanced by the net proceeds from the stock offering, resulting in increased net interest-earning assets and net interest income. However, due to the increase in equity resulting from the net proceeds raised in the stock offering, our return on equity will be adversely affected following the stock offering.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations
      Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our potential future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we originate. In addition, we routinely enter into commitments to sell mortgage loans; such amounts are not significant to our operations. For additional information, see Note 10 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
      Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowed funds and deposit liabilities and agreements with respect to investments.

73


 

     The following table summarizes our significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations and other funding needs by payment date at December 31, 2006. The payment amounts represent those amounts due to the recipient and do not include any unamortized premiums or discounts or other similar carrying amount adjustments.
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
    Less than     One to Three     Three to Five     More than        
Contractual Obligations   One Year     Years     Years     Five Years     Total  
                    (In thousands)                  
Long-term debt (1)
  $ 62,403     $ 54,000     $ 10,000     $     $ 126,403  
Operating leases
    1,220       2,412       1,991       5,596       11,219  
Capitalized leases
    334       698       741       2,273       4,046  
Purchase obligations
                             
Certificates of deposit
    463,296       27,763       4,435       919       496,413  
Other long-term liabilities (2)
    2,612       419       419       3,662       7,112  
 
                             
Total
  $ 529,865     $ 85,292     $ 17,586     $ 12,450     $ 645,193  
 
                             
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 54,885     $     $     $     $ 54,885  
 
                             
 
(1)   Includes Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances, repurchase agreements and accrued interest payable at December 31, 2006.
 
(2)   Consists of $2.4 million related to uncertain tax positions in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff FIN No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Tax Positions”, described below in “—Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” $2.0 million related to annual supplemental retirement payments to be made to our former President and current director, and $2.7 million related to deferred compensation arrangements with certain members of executive management that are fully funded with trading securities.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
     In May 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position FIN No. 48-1, “Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48” (“FSP FIN 48-1”), which clarifies that a tax position could be effectively settled upon examination by a taxing authority, although assessing whether a tax position is effectively settled is a matter of judgment because examinations occur in a variety of ways. In determining whether a tax position is effectively settled, an enterprise should make the assessment on a position-by-position basis, but an enterprise could conclude that all positions in a particular tax year are effectively settled. An enterprise should evaluate all of the following conditions when determining effective settlement:
    The taxing authority has completed its examination procedures including all appeals and administrative reviews that the taxing authority is required and expected to perform for the tax position.
 
    The enterprise does not intend to appeal or litigate any aspect of the tax position included in the completed examination.
 
    It is remote that the taxing authority would examine or re-examine any aspect of the tax position, considering the taxing authority’s policy on re-opening closed examinations and the specific facts and circumstances of the tax position.
     In the tax years under examination, a tax position does not need to be specifically reviewed or examined by the taxing authority to be considered effectively settled through examination. Effective settlement of a position subject to an examination does not result in effective settlement of similar or identical tax positions in periods that have not been examined. However, an enterprise may obtain information during the examination process that enables that enterprise to change its assessment of the technical merits of a tax position or of similar tax positions taken in other periods. If an enterprise that had previously considered a tax position effectively settled becomes aware that the taxing authority may

74


 

examine or re-examine the tax position or intends to appeal or litigate any aspect of the tax position, the tax position is no longer considered effectively settled and the enterprise should re-evaluate the tax position in accordance with FIN 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” The guidance in FSP FIN 48-1 shall be applied upon initial adoption of FIN 48. We adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007, and we do not believe the additional guidance provided in FSP FIN 48-1 will have any effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
     In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands related disclosure requirements.
     In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including an amendment of FASB No. 115,” to permit measurement of recognized financial assets and liabilities at fair value (the “fair value option”). Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been taken are reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Upfront costs and fees related to items reported under the fair value option are recognized in earnings as incurred and not deferred. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007.
     Management does not believe that SFAS 157 or SFAS 159 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
     In September 2006, the FASB ratified a consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) on Issue No. 06-04, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements.” The Task Force reached a consensus that for an endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangement within the scope of this Issue, an employer should recognize a liability for future benefits in accordance with Statement 106 (if, in substance, a postretirement benefit plan exists) or Opinion 12 (if the arrangement is, in substance, an individual deferred compensation contract) based on the substantive agreement with the employee. The consensus in this Issue is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007, with earlier application permitted. We do not currently have any split-dollar life insurance arrangements with its employees and do not believe that the initial adoption of this Issue will have any effect on our consolidated financial position, results or operations or cash flows.
     In September 2006, the FASB ratified a consensus reached by the EITF on Issue No. 06-05. Technical Bulletin No. 85-4, “Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance,” which requires that the amount that could be realized under a life insurance contract as of the date of the statement of financial condition should be reported as an asset. The EITF concluded that a policyholder should consider any additional amounts (i.e., amounts other than cash surrender value) included in the contractual terms of the policy in determining the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract. When it is probable that contractual restrictions would limit the amount that could be realized, these contractual limitations should be considered when determining the realizable amounts. Amounts that are recoverable by the policyholder at the discretion of the insurance company should be excluded from the amount that could be realized. Amounts that are recoverable beyond one year from the surrender of the policy should be discounted to present value. A policyholder should determine the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract assuming the surrender of an individual-life by individual-life policy (or certificate by certificate in a group policy). Any amount that would ultimately be realized by the policyholder upon the assumed surrender of the final policy (or final certificate in a group policy) should be included in the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract. A policyholder should not discount the cash

75


 

surrender value component of the amount that could be realized when contractual restrictions on the ability to surrender a policy exist. However, if the contractual limitations prescribe that the cash surrender value component of the amount that could be realized is a fixed amount, then the amount that could be realized should be discounted. EITF Issue No. 06-05 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The adoption of EITF Issue No. 06-05 on January 1, 2007, had no effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
     Our consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration for changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation.
BUSINESS OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
     We were organized in 2002 as the mid-tier stock holding company of Northfield Bank, and our ownership of Northfield Bank is currently our sole business activity. We will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Northfield Bank as additional capital. We will lend a portion of the net proceeds that we retain to the employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of our common stock in the stock offering. We intend to invest our capital as discussed in “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Stock Offering.”
     As the holding company of Northfield Bank, we will be authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations for mutual savings and loan holding companies, which include making equity investments and the acquisition of banking and financial services companies. We have no plans for any mergers or acquisitions at the present time.
     Our cash flow will depend primarily on earnings from the investment of the net proceeds we retain, and any dividends we receive from Northfield Bank. All of our officers and directors are also officers and directors of Northfield Bank. In addition, we use the support staff of Northfield Bank from time to time. We may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent we expand our business in the future.
BUSINESS OF NORTHFIELD BANK
General
     We were organized in 1887, and in 1995 we reorganized into the mutual holding company structure. We changed our name to Northfield Bank from Northfield Savings Bank in 2006, and began using our new name on January 1, 2007. We formed Northfield Bancorp, Inc. as our mid-tier stock holding company in 2002 to facilitate our acquisition of Liberty Bank, discussed below. Our principal business consists of accepting deposits, investing in mortgage-backed securities, originating commercial real estate loans, construction and land loans and multifamily residential real estate mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent, originating commercial and industrial loans, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. We operate from our main office in Staten Island, New York and our 17 additional branch offices located in New York and New Jersey.

76


 

     From 1887 until 2002, our operations focused on the Staten Island, New York market area. In 2002, we acquired Liberty Bank, which operated from seven offices in Middlesex and Union Counties, New Jersey. In 2006, we established a loan production office in Brooklyn, New York, which we subsequently converted to a full-service branch office in April 2007.
     We attract retail deposits from the general public in the communities surrounding our main office and our branch offices. A significant portion of our commercial real estate loans and multifamily residential mortgage loans are generated by referrals from brokers, accountants and other professional contacts. Most of our one- to four-family residential mortgage loan originations are generated by walk-in business. We generally retain in our portfolio all adjustable-rate loans we originate, as well as fixed-rate residential mortgage loans with terms of 10 years or less, and sell those loans with terms that exceed 10 years. We currently retain the servicing rights on loans we sell. We have entered into limited loan participations in recent years.
     Our revenues are derived primarily from interest on mortgage-backed securities and loans, and to a lesser extent, interest on corporate debt securities and deposits with other financial institutions. We also generate revenues from fees and service charges. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowings and principal and interest payments on securities and loans.
     Our website address is www.eNorthfield.com . Information on our website is not and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.
Market Area and Competition
     We have been in business for 120 years, offering a variety of financial products and services to meet the needs of the communities we serve. Our retail banking network consists of multiple delivery channels including full-service banking offices, automated teller machines and telephone and internet banking capabilities. We consider our retail banking network, our reputation for superior customer service and financial strength, as well as our competitive pricing, as our major strengths in attracting and retaining customers in our market areas.
     We face intense competition in our market area both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our market area has a high concentration of financial institutions, including large money center and regional banks, community banks and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from money market funds, brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we do not offer, such as trust services and private banking.
     Our deposit sources are primarily concentrated in the communities surrounding our banking offices in Staten Island in Richmond County, New York, Union and Middlesex Counties in New Jersey, and our newest office in Brooklyn in Kings County, New York. As of June 30, 2006 (the latest date for which information is publicly available), we ranked fifth in deposit market share, with a 9.17% market share, in the Staten Island market area. In Middlesex and Union Counties in New Jersey, as of June 30, 2006, we ranked 26th, on a combined basis, with a 0.55% market share.
Lending Activities
     Since 2002, our principal lending activity has been the origination of commercial real estate loans. Previously, our primary lending activity was the origination of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. We also originate construction and land loans, commercial and industrial loans, multifamily mortgage loans and home equity loans and lines of credit.

77


 

      Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, by type of loan at the dates indicated, excluding loans held for sale of $340,000, $125,000, $0, $99,000, $1.5 million and $3.8 million at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
                                                                                                 
    At March 31,     At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
                                            (Dollars in thousands)                                          
Real estate loans:
                                                                                               
Commercial
  $ 229,235       53.64 %   $ 207,680       50.75 %   $ 165,657       42.72 %   $ 125,033       38.98 %   $ 81,497       28.84 %   $ 67,424       22.28 %
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    104,621       24.48       107,572       26.29       127,477       32.87       131,358       40.95       154,702       54.75       185,807       61.39  
Construction and land
    52,490       12.28       52,124       12.74       52,890       13.64       27,898       8.70       6,129       2.17       2,207       0.73  
Multifamily
    14,328       3.35       13,276       3.24       14,105       3.64       12,506       3.90       17,267       6.11       18,920       6.25  
Home equity and line of credit
    12,751       2.98       13,922       3.40       16,105       4.15       17,027       5.31       18,485       6.54       21,911       7.24  
Commercial and industrial loans
    10,810       2.53       11,022       2.70       8,068       2.08       2,864       0.89       511       0.18       509       0.17  
Other loans
    3,140       0.74       3,597       0.88       3,510       0.90       4,058       1.27       3,972       1.41       5,888       1.94  
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                                               
Total loans
    427,375       100.00 %     409,193       100.00 %     387,812       100.00 %     320,744       100.00 %     282,563       100.00 %   $ 302,666       100.00 %
 
                                                                                   
 
                                                                                               
Other items :
                                                                                               
Deferred loan fees, net
    (84 )             (4 )             (345 )             (53 )             22               280          
Allowance for loan losses
    (5,456 )             (5,030 )             (4,795 )             (3,166 )             (2,755 )             (2,758 )        
 
                                                                                   
 
                                                                                               
Net loans held-for-investment
  $ 421,835             $ 404,159             $ 382,672             $ 317,525             $ 279,830             $ 300,188          
 
                                                                                   

78


 

      Loan Portfolio Maturities. The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2006. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in the year ending December 31, 2007. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment date and do not reflect the effect of prepayments and scheduled principal amortization.
                                                                 
                    One- to Four-Family     Construction and Land        
    Commercial Real Estate Loans     Residential Mortgage Loans     Loans     Multifamily Loans  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted             Weighted  
    Amount     Average Rate     Amount     Average Rate     Amount     Average Rate     Amount     Average Rate  
                    (Dollars in thousands)                                  
Due During the Years Ending December 31,
                                                               
2007
  $ 4,953       10.11 %   $ 579       8.94 %   $ 35,070       9.10 %   $       %
2008
    1,414       9.32       712       6.25       13,481       8.70              
2009
    690       11.49       619       6.63                          
2010 to 2011
    9,077       7.12       1,137       6.13                   128       7.79  
2012 to 2016
    8,710       6.94       15,977       5.81       623       6.21       602       7.03  
2017 to 2021
    17,662       6.66       31,599       5.27       642       6.00       1,254       6.44  
2022 and beyond
    165,174       6.71       56,949       5.82       2,308       5.55       11,292       6.48  
 
                                                       
 
                                                               
Total
  $ 207,680       6.85 %   $ 107,572       5.68 %   $ 52,124       8.77 %   $ 13,276       6.51 %
 
                                                       
                                                                 
    Home Equity Loans and Lines     Commercial and Industrial              
    of Credit     Loans     Other Loans     Total  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted             Weighted  
    Amount     Average Rate     Amount     Average Rate     Amount     Average Rate     Amount     Average Rate  
                    (Dollars in thousands)                                  
Due During the Years Ending December 31,
                                                               
2007
  $ 845       8.25 %   $ 4,479       8.95 %   $ 3,493       5.30 %   $ 49,419       8.90 %
2008
    133       5.95       1,007       9.23       15       4.75       16,762       8.65  
2009
    73       8.59       1,564       9.14       3       10.25       2,949       9.15  
2010 to 2011
    2,261       8.43       2,536       6.82       26       5.36       15,165       7.19  
2012 to 2016
    3,139       6.84       1,436       7.47       52       8.57       30,539       6.35  
2017 to 2021
    2,920       6.45                   8       11.00       54,085       5.82  
2022 and beyond
    4,551       8.62                               240,274       6.51  
 
                                                       
 
                                                               
Total
  $ 13,922       7.68     $ 11,022       8.32 %   $ 3,597       5.36 %   $ 409,193       6.83 %
 
                                                       
     The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2006 that are contractually due after December 31, 2007.
                         
    Due After December 31, 2007  
    Fixed Rate     Adjustable Rate     Total  
            (In thousands)          
Real estate loans:
                       
Commercial
  $ 26,434     $ 176,293     $ 202,727  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    65,798       41,195       106,993  
Construction and land
    6,677       10,377       17,054  
Multifamily
    1,158       12,118       13,276  
Home equity and line of credit
    4,649       8,428       13,077  
Commercial and industrial loans
    4,383       2,160       6,543  
Other loans
    77       27       104  
 
                 
 
                       
Total loans
  $ 109,176     $ 250,598     $ 359,774  
 
                 
      Commercial Real Estate Loans. Our primary lending activity is the origination of commercial real estate loans. These loans totaled $229.2 million, or 53.64% of our loan portfolio as of March 31, 2007. The commercial real estate properties include hotels, office buildings and owner-occupied businesses. We occasionally enter into commercial real estate loan participations. We seek to originate

79


 

commercial real estate loans with initial principal balances between $2.0 million and $3.0 million. Loans secured by commercial real estate totaled $229.2 million, or 53.6%, of our total loan portfolio at March 31, 2007, and consisted of 327 loans outstanding with an average loan balance of approximately $701,000, although there are a large number of loans with balances substantially greater than this average. Substantially all of our nonresidential real estate loans are secured by properties located in our primary market area.
     Our commercial real estate loans typically amortize over 20- to 25-year payout schedules with interest rates that adjust after an initial five- or 10-year period, and every five years thereafter. Margins generally range from 275 basis points to 350 basis points above the average yield on United States Treasury securities, adjusted to a constant maturity of one year, as published weekly by the Federal Reserve Board. We also originate 10- to 15-year fixed-rate, fully amortizing loans.
     In the underwriting of commercial real estate loans, we lend up to the lesser of 75% of the property’s appraised value or purchase price. We base our decisions to lend, primarily, on the economic viability of the property and the creditworthiness of the borrower. In evaluating a proposed commercial real estate loan, we emphasize the ratio of the property’s projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 115%), computed after deduction for a vacancy factor and property expenses we deem appropriate. Personal guarantees are usually obtained from commercial real estate borrowers. We require title insurance, fire and extended coverage casualty insurance, and, if appropriate, flood insurance, in order to protect our security interest in the underlying property. Although a significant portion of our commercial real estate loans are referred by brokers, we underwrite all commercial real estate loans in accordance with our own underwriting guidelines.
     Our largest concentration of commercial real estate loans are secured by hotel and motel properties. At March 31, 2007, hotel and motel loans totaled $23.5 million, or 10.3% of our commercial real estate loans.
     Commercial real estate loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Commercial real estate loans, however, entail greater credit risks compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the related real estate project and thus may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate market and in the general economy.
     At March 31, 2007, our largest commercial real estate loan had a principal balance of $7.4 million, and was secured by a hotel. At March 31, 2007, this loan was performing in accordance with its terms.
      Construction and Land Loans. We also originate construction loans to experienced developers for the purchase of developed lots and raw land and for the construction of single-family residences and commercial properties. Construction loans are also made to individuals for the construction of their personal residences. At March 31, 2007, construction loans totaled $52.5 million, or 12.28% of total loans receivable. At March 31, 2007, the additional unadvanced portion of these construction loans totaled $10.0 million.
     We grant construction loans to builders, often in conjunction with land and development loans. Advances on construction loans are made in accordance with a schedule reflecting the cost of

80


 

construction, but are generally limited to a 70% loan-to-completed-appraised-value ratio. Repayment of construction loans on residential properties is normally expected from the sale of units to individual purchasers. In the case of income-producing property, repayment is usually expected from permanent financing upon completion of construction. We typically provide the permanent mortgage financing on our construction loans on income-producing property.
     Acquisition loans help finance the purchase of land intended for further development, including single-family houses, multifamily housing and commercial income property. In some cases, we may make an acquisition loan before the borrower has received approval to develop the land as planned. In general, the maximum loan-to-value ratio for a land acquisition loan is 50% of the appraised value of the property, and the maximum term of these loans is two years. If the maturity of the loan exceeds two years, the loan must be an amortizing loan.
     Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. We review and inspect properties before disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan.
     Construction financing generally involves greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of construction cost proves to be inaccurate, we may be required to advance additional funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Moreover, if the estimated value of the completed project proves to be inaccurate, the borrower may hold a property with a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the construction loan upon the sale of the property. In the event we make a land acquisition loan on property that is not yet approved for the planned development, there is the risk that approvals will not be granted or will be delayed. Construction loans also expose us to the risk that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs. In addition, the ultimate sale or rental of the property may not occur as anticipated.
     At March 31, 2007, our largest construction and land loan had a principal balance of $4.8 million. At March 31, 2007, this loan was performing in accordance with its terms.
      Commercial and Industrial Loans. We make various types of secured and unsecured commercial and industrial loans to customers in our market area for the purpose of working capital and other general business purposes. The terms of these loans generally range from less than one year to a maximum of ten years. The loans are either negotiated on a fixed-rate basis or carry adjustable interest rates indexed to a lending rate that is determined internally, or a short-term market rate index. At March 31, 2007, we had 86 commercial and industrial loans outstanding with an aggregate balance of $10.8 million, or 2.53% of the total loan portfolio. As of March 31, 2007, the average commercial and industrial loan balance was approximately $126,000, although we originate commercial and industrial loans with balances substantially greater than this average.
     Commercial credit decisions are based upon our credit assessment of the loan applicant. We evaluate the applicant’s ability to repay in accordance with the proposed terms of the loan and we assess the risks involved. Personal guarantees of the principals are typically obtained. In addition to evaluating the loan applicant’s financial statements, we consider the adequacy of the primary and secondary sources of repayment for the loan. Credit agency reports of the applicant’s personal credit history supplement our analysis of the applicant’s creditworthiness. We may also check with other banks and conduct trade

81


 

investigations. Collateral supporting a secured transaction also is analyzed to determine its marketability. Commercial and industrial loans generally have higher interest rates than residential loans of like duration because they have a higher risk of default since their repayment generally depends on the successful operation of the borrower’s business and the sufficiency of any collateral.
     At March 31, 2007, our largest commercial and industrial loan had a principal balance of $1.0 million. At March 31, 2007, this loan was performing in accordance with its terms.
      Multifamily Real Estate Mortgage Loans. Loans secured by multifamily real estate mortgages totaled approximately $14.3 million, or 3.35% of our total loan portfolio, at March 31, 2007. At March 31, 2007, we had 49 multifamily real estate mortgage loans with an average loan balance of approximately $292,000. The majority of these loans have adjustable interest rates.
     In underwriting multifamily real estate mortgage loans, we consider a number of factors, which include the projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 115%), the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the borrower and the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar properties. Multifamily real estate mortgage loans are originated in amounts up to 75% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. Personal guarantees are typically obtained from multifamily real estate mortgage borrowers.
     Loans secured by multifamily real estate mortgages generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. This increased credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by multifamily real estate mortgages typically depends upon the successful operation of the related real estate property. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.
      One- to Four-Family Residential Mortgage Loans. At March 31, 2007, $104.6 million, or 24.48% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. We have not aggressively pursued originations of this type of loan in recent years. We offer conforming and non-conforming, fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities of up to 30 years and maximum loan amounts generally of up to $750,000.
     One- to four-family residential mortgage loans are generally underwritten according to Freddie Mac guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.” We generally originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgage loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, which is currently $417,000 for single-family homes. We also originate loans above the lending limit for conforming loans, which are referred to as “jumbo loans.” We originate fixed-rate jumbo loans with terms of up to 15 years and adjustable-rate jumbo loans with an initial fixed-rate period of 10 years. We generally underwrite jumbo loans in a manner similar to conforming loans. These loans are generally eligible for sale to various firms that specialize in purchasing non-conforming loans. Jumbo loans are not uncommon in our market areas.
     We will originate loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%, up to and including a loan-to-value ratio of 95%. We require private mortgage insurance for all loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%. Generally, we will retain in our portfolio loans with loan-to-value ratios up to and including 90%, and sell loans with loan-to-value ratios that exceed 90%. As of March 31, 2007, we had

82


 

$1.4 million of loans in our loan portfolio with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%. We currently retain the servicing rights on loans sold to generate fee income. For the three months ended March 31, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006, we received servicing fees of $49,000 and $200,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2007, the principal balance of loans serviced for others totaled $82.4 million.
     We do not offer “interest only” mortgage loans on one- to four-family residential properties, where the borrower pays interest for an initial period, after which the loan converts to a fully amortizing loan. We also do not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on their loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. We do not offer “subprime loans” (loans that generally target borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios).
      Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit. In addition to traditional one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, we offer home equity loans and home equity lines of credit that are secured by the borrower’s primary residence. Although we have not historically focused on originating these types of loans, we have recently hired an experienced loan officer in an effort to increase our origination of these types of loans. Home equity lines of credit have a maximum term of 20 years during which time the borrower is required to make payments to principal based on a 20-year amortization. The borrower is permitted to draw against the line during the entire term. Our home equity loans are originated with fixed or adjustable rates of interest. Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally underwritten with the same criteria that we use to underwrite fixed-rate, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Home equity loans and lines of credit may be underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio of 75% when combined with the principal balance of the existing mortgage loan. We appraise the property securing the loan at the time of the loan application in order to determine the value of the property securing the home equity loan or line of credit. At the time we close a home equity loan or line of credit, we record a mortgage to perfect our security interest in the underlying collateral. At March 31, 2007, the outstanding balances of home equity loans totaled $5.0 million, or 1.17% of our total loan portfolio, and the outstanding balance of home equity lines of credit totaled $7.8 million, or 1.81% of our total loan portfolio.
      Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales, Participations and Servicing. Lending activities are conducted primarily by our loan personnel operating at our main office and our Avenel, New Jersey and Brooklyn, New York branch office locations. All loans that we originate are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures, which incorporate standard underwriting guidelines, including those of Freddie Mac, to the extent applicable. We originate both adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans. Our ability to originate fixed- or adjustable-rate loans is dependent upon the relative customer demand for such loans, which is affected by current market interest rates as well as anticipated future market interest rates. Our loan origination and sales activity may be adversely affected by a rising interest rate environment that typically results in decreased loan demand. A significant portion of our commercial real estate loans and multifamily residential mortgage loans are generated by referrals from brokers, accountants and other professional contacts. Most of our one- to four-family residential mortgage loan originations are generated by walk-in business. We also advertise throughout our market area.
     We generally retain in our portfolio all adjustable-rate loans that we originate, as well as short-term, fixed-rate residential mortgage loans (terms of 10 years or less). Loans that we sell consist primarily of conforming, long-term, fixed-rate residential mortgage loans. We sold $1.5 million and $1.1 million of residential mortgage loans (all fixed-rate loans, with terms of 15 years or longer) during the

83


 

three months ended March 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006, respectively, and we held $340,000 of loans for sale at March 31, 2007.
     We sell our loans without recourse, except for normal representations and warranties provided in sales transactions. Currently, we retain the servicing rights on residential mortgage loans that we sell, and we intend to continue this practice in the future. At March 31, 2007, we were servicing loans owned by others with a principal balance of $86.8 million, consisting of $82.4 million of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and $4.4 million of construction and land loans. Historically, the origination of loans held for sale and related servicing activity has not been material to our operations. Loan servicing includes collecting and remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, contacting delinquent borrowers, supervising foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of unremedied defaults, making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the borrowers and generally administering the loans. We retain a portion of the interest paid by the borrower on the loans we service as consideration for our servicing activities. We have entered into a limited number of loan participations in recent years.
      Loan Approval Procedures and Authority . Northfield Bank’s lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by Northfield Bank’s board of directors. The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and value of the property that will secure the loan. To assess the borrower’s ability to repay, we review the borrower’s employment and credit history and information on the historical and projected income and expenses of the borrower.
     Northfield Bank’s policies and loan approval limits are established by the board of directors. Aggregate lending relationships in amounts up to $1.5 million that are secured by real estate can be approved by designated officers with specific lending approval authority. Relationships in excess of $1.5 million can be approved by our Chief Executive Officer, up to $10.0 million for loans secured by properly margined real estate (up to a 75% loan-to-value ratio), and up to $5.0 million for construction and land loans. In practice, our Chief Lending Officer is involved in the approval of all loans. Certain of our officers can approve loans in amounts up to $250,000 that are not fully secured by real estate, and loans in excess of that amount, up to $1.0 million, can be approved by our Chief Executive Officer. With the exception of passbook savings loans, all loans are reported to the board of directors in the month following the closing.
     Northfield Bank also uses automated underwriting systems to review one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. Applications for loan amounts in excess of the conforming loan limit may only receive a credit approval, subject to an appraisal of the subject property. We require appraisals by independent, licensed, third-party appraisers of all real property securing loans. All appraisers are approved by the board of directors annually.
Non-performing and Problem Assets
     When a loan is 15 days past due, we send the borrower a late charge notice. When the loan is 30 days past due, we mail the borrower a letter reminding the borrower of the delinquency and, except for loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate, we attempt personal, direct contact with the borrower at this time to determine the reason for the delinquency, to ensure that the borrower correctly understands the terms of the loan and to emphasize the importance of making payments on or before the due date. If necessary, subsequent late charges and delinquency notices are issued and the account will be monitored on a regular basis thereafter. By the 90 th day of delinquency, we will send the borrower a final

84


 

demand for payment and we refer the loan to legal counsel to commence foreclosure proceedings. Any of our loan officers can shorten these time frames in consultation with the senior lending officer.
     Generally, loans are placed on non-accrual status when payment of principal or interest is more than 90 days delinquent. Loans are also placed on non-accrual status if collection of principal or interest in full is in doubt. When loans are placed on a non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is fully reversed, and further income is recognized only to the extent received. The loan may be returned to accrual status if both principal and interest payments are brought current and factors indicating doubtful collection no longer exist, including performance by the borrower under the loan terms for a six-month period. Our Chief Lending Officer reports monitored loans, including all loans rated Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful or Loss, to the board of directors on a monthly basis.
      Non-Performing Assets. The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets at the dates indicated. At March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, we had troubled debt restructurings (loans for which a portion of interest or principal has been forgiven and loans modified at interest rates less than current market rates) of $1.7 million, $1.7 million, $885,000, $0, $0, and $0, respectively.
                                                 
    At March 31,     At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Non-accrual loans:
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
  $ 5,678     $ 5,167     $ 124     $ 944     $ 1,699     $ 308  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    233       234       290       545       773       1,089  
Construction and land
    450                                
Multifamily
    294                                
Home equity and line of credit
    48       36       62       352       418       19  
Commercial and industrial loans
    1,156       905       885             5        
Other loans
                      60             31  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total non-accrual loans
    7,859       6,342       1,361       1,901       2,895       1,447  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Loans greater than 90 days delinquent and still accruing:
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
                            148        
One- to four-family residential mortgage
                698             147       200  
Construction and land
    502       275                          
Multifamily
                                   
Home equity and line of credit
    471                   60       174       43  
Commercial and industrial loans
          498                          
Other loans
    30                   357       600       298  
Total loans 90 days and still accruing
    1,003       773       698       417       1,069       541  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total non-performing loans
    8,862       7,115       2,059       2,318       3,964       1,988  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Real estate owned
                                   
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total non-performing assets
  $ 8,862     $ 7,115     $ 2,059     $ 2,318     $ 3,964     $ 1,988  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Ratios:
                                               
Non-performing loans to total loans
    2.07 %     1.74 %     0.53 %     0.72 %     1.40 %     0.66 %
Non-performing assets to total assets
    0.69       0.55       0.15       0.15       0.27       0.15  

85


 

     For the three months ended March 31, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006, gross interest income that would have been recorded had our non-accruing loans and troubled debt restructurings been current in accordance with their original terms was $213,000 and $229,000, respectively. Interest income recognized on such non-accruing loans and troubled debt restructurings on a cash basis for the periods was $0 and $61,000, respectively. The recent increase in non-accrual commercial real estate loans primarily reflects two loans with principal balances totaling $4.0 million, which were placed on non-accrual status during the year ended December 31, 2006. One of these loans is secured by 12 residential and mixed-use properties with an aggregate appraised value of $2.9 million as of the most recent appraisal. The other loan is secured by an automobile repair facility with an appraised value of $2.6 million as of the most recent appraisal.

86


 

Delinquent Loans . The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies by type and by amount at the dates indicated.
                                                 
    Loans Delinquent For        
    60-89 Days     90 Days and Over (1)     Total  
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount     Number     Amount  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
At March 31, 2007
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
    1     $ 424       6     $ 5,254       7     $ 5,678  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    1       84       2       233       3       317  
Construction and land
                4       952       4       952  
Multifamily
    1       294                   1       294  
Home equity and line of credit
                3       519       3       519  
Other loans
    1       10       2       30       3       40  
 
                                   
Total
    4     $ 812       17     $ 6,988       21     $ 7,800  
 
                                   
 
                                               
At December 31, 2006
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
    3     $ 2,873       2     $ 2,294       5     $ 5,167  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
                2       234       2       234  
Construction and land
    2       562       2       275       4       837  
Home equity and line of credit
                1       36       1       36  
Commercial and industrial loans
                1       498       1       498  
Other loans
    1       3                   1       3  
 
                                   
Total
    6     $ 3,438       8     $ 3,337       14     $ 6,775  
 
                                   
 
                                               
At December 31, 2005
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
        $       1     $ 124       1     $ 124  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    2       71       3       988       5       1,059  
Home equity and line of credit
    1       6       2       56       3       62  
Other loans
    4       63                   4       63  
 
                                   
Total
    7     $ 140       6     $ 1,168       13     $ 1,308  
 
                                   
 
                                               
At December 31, 2004
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
    3     $ 1,347           $       3     $ 1,347  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    3       228       5       545       8       773  
Home equity and line of credit
    1       225       6       187       7       412  
Other loans
    3       9       50       417       53       426  
 
                                   
Total
    10     $ 1,809       61     $ 1,149       71     $ 2,958  
 
                                   
 
                                               
At December 31, 2003
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
    5     $ 1,349       7     $ 1,847       12     $ 3,196  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    4       728       8       920       12       1,648  
Home equity and line of credit
    1       5       9       592       10       597  
Commercial and industrial loans
                1       5       1       5  
Other loans
    18       517       60       600       78       1,117  
 
                                   
Total
    28     $ 2,599       85     $ 3,964       113     $ 6,563  
 
                                   
 
                                               
At December 31, 2002
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
        $       3     $ 308       3     $ 308  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    6       654       14       844       20       1,498  
Home equity and line of credit
                5       62       5       62  
Other loans
    7       56       51       329       58       385  
 
                                   
Total
    13     $ 710       73     $ 1,543       86     $ 2,253  
 
                                   
 
(1)   Amounts included in nonperforming loans may not equal total loans delinquent 90 days or more as loans that are less than 90 days delinquent may be on non-accrual status.

87


 

      Real Estate Owned . Real estate acquired by us as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned. When property is acquired it is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair market value at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Estimated fair value generally represents the sale price a buyer would be willing to pay on the basis of current market conditions, including normal terms from other financial institutions, less the estimated costs to sell the property. Holding costs and declines in estimated fair market value result in charges to expense after acquisition. At March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002 we had no real estate owned.
      Classification of Assets. Our policies, consistent with regulatory guidelines, provide for the classification of loans and other assets that are considered to be of lesser quality as substandard, doubtful, or loss assets. An asset is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those assets characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Assets (or portions of assets) classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted. Assets that do not expose us to risk sufficient to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but which possess potential weaknesses that deserve our close attention, are required to be designated as special mention. As of March 31, 2007, we had $6.4 million of assets designated as special mention.
     The allowance for loan losses is the amount estimated by management as necessary to absorb credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the balance sheet date. Our determination as to the classification of our assets and the amount of our loss allowances will be subject to review by our principal federal regulator following the charter conversion, the Office of Thrift Supervision, which can require that we establish additional loss allowances. We regularly review our asset portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. On the basis of our review of our assets at March 31, 2007, classified assets consisted of substandard assets of $10.6 million, doubtful assets of $912,000 and no loss assets. As of March 31, 2007, our largest substandard asset was a GMAC bond of $4.0 million that matured on April 5, 2007 and was paid in full. The classified assets total includes $7.9 million of nonperforming loans at March 31, 2007.
Allowance for Loan Losses
     We provide for loan losses based upon the consistent application of our documented allowance for loan loss methodology. All loan losses are charged to the allowance for loans losses and all recoveries are credited to it. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are provided by charges to income based on various factors which, in our judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating probable losses. We regularly review the loan portfolio and make provisions for loan losses in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The allowance for loan losses consists primarily of two components:
  (1)   specific allowances established for impaired loans (generally defined as non-accrual loans with an outstanding balance of $500,000 or greater). The amount of impairment provided for as a specific allowance is represented by the deficiency, if any, between the estimated fair value of the loan, or the underlying collateral, if the loan is collateral and

88


 

      the carrying value of the loan. Impaired loans for which the estimated fair value of the loan or the fair value of the underlying collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent exceeds the carrying value of the loan are not considered in establishing specific allowances for loan losses.
  (2)   general allowances are established for loan losses on a portfolio basis for loans that do not meet the definition of impaired. The portfolio is grouped into similar risk characteristics, primarily loan type, loan-to-value, if collateral dependent, and delinquency status. We apply an estimated loss rate to each loan group. The loss rates applied are based upon our loss experience adjusted, as appropriate, for the environmental factors discussed below. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based upon changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowance for loan losses we have established, which could have a material negative effect on our financial results.
     The adjustments to historical loss experience are based on our evaluation of several environmental factors, including:
    changes in international, national, regional and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectibility of our portfolio, including the condition of various market segments;
 
    changes in the nature and volume of our portfolio and in the terms of loans;
 
    changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;
 
    changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of nonaccrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;
 
    changes in the quality of our loan review system;
 
    changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;
 
    the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and
 
    the effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in our existing portfolio.
We evaluate the allowance for loan losses based upon the combined total of the specific and general components. Generally when the loan portfolio increases, absent other factors, the allowance for loan loss methodology results in a higher dollar amount of estimated probable losses than would be the case without the increase. Generally when the loan portfolio decreases, absent other factors, the allowance for loan loss methodology results in a lower dollar amount of estimated probable losses than would be the case without the decrease.

89


 

     Commercial real estate loans generally have greater credit risks compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment experience on loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the related real estate project and thus may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate market and in the general economy.
     Construction and land loans generally have greater credit risk than traditional one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. The repayment of these loans depends upon the sale of the property to third parties or the availability of permanent financing upon completion of all improvements. In the event we make a loan on property that is not yet approved for the planned development, there is the risk that approvals will not be granted or will be delayed. These events may adversely affect the borrower and the collateral value of the property. Construction and land loans also expose us to the risk that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs. In addition, the ultimate sale or rental of the property may not occur as anticipated.
     Commercial loans involve a higher risk of default than residential loans of like duration since their repayment generally depends on the successful operation of the borrower’s business and the sufficiency of collateral, if any. Loans secured by multifamily real estate mortgages generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and carry larger loan balances. This increased credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by multifamily mortgages typically depends upon the successful operation of the related real estate property. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.
     We evaluate the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis and the allowance is adjusted accordingly. While we use the best information available to make evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the information used in making the evaluations. In addition, as an integral part of their examination process, the Office of Thrift Supervision periodically reviews the allowance for loan losses. The Office of Thrift Supervision may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their analysis of information available to them at the time of their examination.

90


 

     The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.
                                                         
    At or For the                                          
    Three Months Ended                                          
    March 31,   At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 5,030     $ 4,795     $ 4,795     $ 3,166     $ 2,755     $ 2,758     $ 3,040  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Charge-offs:
                                                       
Real estate loans:
                                                       
Multifamily
                                        (101 )
Other loans
    (14 )                             (8 )     (11 )
 
                                         
Total charge-offs
    (14 )                             (8 )     (112 )
 
                                                       
Recoveries:
                                                       
Other loans
                            1       5        
 
                                         
Total recoveries
                            1       5        
 
                                                       
Net (charge-offs) recoveries
    (14 )                       1       (3 )     (112 )
Provision for loan losses
    440       150       235       1,629       410             (170 )
 
                                         
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 5,456     $ 4,945     $ 5,030     $ 4,795     $ 3,166     $ 2,755     $ 2,758  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Ratios:
                                                       
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding (annualized)
    %     %     %     %     %     %     (0.05 %)
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of period
    61.57       146.30       70.70       232.88       136.58       69.50       138.73  
Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period
    1.28       1.23       1.23       1.24       0.99       0.98       0.91  
      Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category, the total loan balances by category, and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.
                                                 
                    At December 31,  
    At March 31, 2007     2006     2005  
            Percent of             Percent of             Percent of  
            Loans in Each             Loans in Each             Loans in Each  
    Allowance for     Category to     Allowance for     Category to     Allowance for     Category to  
    Loan Losses     Total Loans     Loan Losses     Total Loans     Loan Losses     Total Loans  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
  $ 2,707       53.64 %   $ 2,421       50.75 %   $ 1,624       42.72 %
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    201       24.48       189       26.29       319       32.87  
Construction and land
    1,312       12.28       1,303       12.74       1,848       13.64  
Multifamily
    122       3.35       113       3.24       71       3.64  
Home equity and line of credit
    46       2.98       46       3.40       81       4.15  
Commercial and industrial loans
    1,003       2.53       891       2.70       849       2.08  
Other loans
    37       0.74       25       0.88       3       0.90  
 
                                   
Total allocated allowance
    5,428       100.00 %     4,988       100.00 %     4,795       100.00 %
 
                                         
Unallocated
    28               42                        
 
                                         
Total
  $ 5,456             $ 5,030             $ 4,795          
 
                                         

91


 

                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
            Percent of             Percent of             Percent of  
            Loans in Each             Loans in Each             Loans in Each  
    Allowance for     Category to     Allowance for     Category to     Allowance for     Category to  
    Loan Losses     Total Loans     Loan Losses     Total Loans     Loan Losses     Total Loans  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
  $ 1,681       38.98 %   $ 976       28.84 %   $ 817       22.28 %
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    326       40.95       425       54.75       511       61.39  
Construction and land
    494       8.70       63       2.17       23       0.73  
Multifamily
    143       3.90       159       6.11       175       6.25  
Home equity and line of credit
    428       5.31       536       6.54       661       7.24  
Commercial and industrial loans
    65       0.89       38       0.18       48       0.17  
Other loans
    4       1.27       21       1.41       12       1.94  
 
                                   
Total allocated allowance
    3,141       100.00 %     2,218       100.00 %     2,247       100.00 %
 
                                         
Unallocated
    25               537               511          
 
                                         
Total
  $ 3,166             $ 2,755             $ 2,758          
 
                                         
Investments
     Our board asset/liability management committee, consisting of four non-employee board members, has primary responsibility for establishing and overseeing our investment policy, subject to oversight by our entire board of directors. The investment policy is reviewed at least annually by the asset/liability management committee, and any changes to the policy are subject to ratification by the full board of directors. This policy dictates that investment decisions give consideration to the safety of the investment, liquidity requirements, potential returns, the ability to provide collateral for pledging requirements, and consistency with our interest rate risk management strategy. Our Senior Vice President and Treasurer executes Northfield Bank’s securities portfolio decisions, within policy requirements, with the approval of either the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer. NSB Services Corp.’s Investment Officer executes securities portfolio decisions on behalf of NSB Services Corp. in accordance with an investment policy that mirrors Northfield Bank’s investment policy. All purchase and sale transactions are formally reviewed by the Board of Directors at least quarterly.
     Our current investment policy permits investments in mortgage-backed securities, including pass-through securities issued and guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, as well as real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”). The investment policy also permits, with certain limitations, investments in debt securities issued by the United States Government, agencies of the United States Government or United States Government-sponsored enterprises, asset-backed securities, money market funds, federal funds, investment grade corporate bonds, repurchase agreements, reverse and certificates of deposit.
     Our current investment policy does not permit investment in municipal bonds, preferred and common stock of government sponsored enterprises or equity securities other than our required investment in the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York or permitted for community reinvestment purposes. As of March 31, 2007, we held no asset-backed securities. As a federal savings bank, Northfield Bank will not be permitted to invest in equity securities. This general restriction does not apply to Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
     Our current investment policy does not permit hedging through the use of such instruments as financial futures, interest rate options and swaps.

92


 

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115 requires that, at the time of purchase, we designate a security as either held to maturity, available-for-sale, or trading, based upon our ability and intent. Securities available-for-sale are reported at estimated market value, trading securities are reported at estimated fair value and securities held to maturity are reported at amortized cost. A periodic review and evaluation of the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios is conducted to determine if the fair value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such decline is other-than-temporary. If such decline is deemed to be other-than-temporary, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss is charged against earnings.
     Our available-for-sale securities portfolio at March 31, 2007, consisted of securities with the following amortized cost: $519.4 million of pass-through mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, $147.6 million of REMICs and $33.9 million of other securities, consisting of corporate bonds and equity securities.
     We purchase mortgage-backed securities insured or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae. We invest in mortgage-backed securities to achieve positive interest rate spreads with minimal administrative expense, and to lower our credit risk as a result of the guarantees provided by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae.
     Mortgage-backed securities are securities issued in the secondary market that are collateralized by pools of mortgages. Certain types of mortgage-backed securities are commonly referred to as “pass-through” certificates because the principal and interest of the underlying loans is “passed through” to investors, net of certain costs, including servicing and guarantee fees. Mortgage-backed securities typically are collateralized by pools of one- to four-family or multifamily mortgages, although we invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities backed by one- to four-family mortgages. The issuers of such securities pool and resell the participation interests in the form of securities to investors such as Northfield Bank. The interest rate of the security is lower than the interest rates of the underlying loans to allow for payment of servicing and guaranty fees. Ginnie Mae, a United States Government agency, and government sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, either guarantee the payments or guarantee the timely payment of principal and interest to investors. Mortgage-backed securities generally yield less than the loans that underlie such securities because of the cost of payment guarantees and credit enhancements. However, mortgage-backed securities are more liquid than individual mortgage loans since there is an active trading market for such securities. In addition, mortgage-backed securities may be used to collateralize our specific liabilities and obligations. Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual payments will be greater or less than the prepayment rate estimated at the time of purchase, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such interests, thereby affecting the net yield on our securities. We periodically review current prepayment speeds to determine whether prepayment estimates require modification that could cause amortization or accretion adjustments.
     REMICs are types of mortgage-backed securities issued by a special-purpose entity that aggregates pools of mortgages and mortgage-backed securities and creates different classes of securities with varying maturities and amortization schedules, as well as a residual interest, with each class possessing different risk characteristics. The cash flows from the underlying collateral are generally divided into “tranches” or classes that have descending priorities with respect to the distribution of principal and interest cash flows, while cash flows on pass-through mortgage-backed securities are distributed pro rata to all security holders.
     Our REMICs are generally underwritten by large investment banking firms. The timely payment of principal and interest on these securities are generally supported (credit enhanced) in varying degrees

93


 

by either insurance issued by a financial guarantee insurer, letters of credit or subordination techniques. Substantially all of these securities are triple “A” rated by Standard & Poors or Moodys. Privately-issued REMICs are subject to certain credit-related risks normally not associated with United States Government agency and United States Government-sponsored enterprise REMICs. The loss protection generally provided by the various forms of credit enhancements is limited, and losses in excess of certain levels are not protected. Furthermore, the credit enhancement itself is subject to the creditworthiness of the credit enhancer. Thus, in the event a credit enhancer does not fulfill its obligations, the REMIC holder could be subject to risk of loss similar to a purchaser of a whole loan pool. Management believes that the credit enhancements are adequate to protect us from material losses on our privately issued REMICs.
     At March 31, 2007, our corporate bond portfolio consisted of $30.7 million of investment grade securities with remaining maturities of less than two years. Our investment policy provides that we may invest up to 15% of our risk-based capital in corporate bonds from individual issuers with, at the time of purchase, the highest investment-grade rating from Standard & Poors or Moodys. The remaining maturity of these bonds may not exceed 270 days, and there is no aggregate limit for this security type. We may invest up to the lesser of 1% of our total assets or 15% of our risk-based capital in corporate bonds from individual issuers with, at the time of purchase, the top three investment-grade ratings, and there is no aggregate limit for this security type. Corporate bonds from individual issuers with investment-grade ratings, at the time of purchase, below the top three ratings are limited to the lesser of 1% of our total assets or 15% of our risk-based capital in, and aggregate holdings of this security type cannot exceed 5% of our total assets. Bonds that subsequently experience a decline in credit rating below investment grade are monitored at least monthly to determine whether we should continue to hold the bond. At March 31, 2007, we had one corporate bond below investment grade. This bond had a face amount of $4.0 million. It matured and paid in full in April 2007.

94


 

     The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios (excluding Federal Home Loan Bank of New York common stock) at the dates indicated. As of March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, we had a trading portfolio with a market value of $2.9 million, $2.7 million, $2.4 million and $2.1 million, respectively, consisting of mutual funds.
                                                                 
                    At December 31,  
    At March 31, 2007     2006     2005     2004  
    Amortized             Amortized             Amortized             Amortized        
    Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
Securities held to maturity:
                                                               
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 1,235     $ 1,199     $ 1,240     $ 1,203     $ 1,258     $ 1,222     $ 1,275     $ 1,275  
Fannie Mae
    10,623       10,649       11,494       11,485       15,425       15,531       21,172       21,993  
Real estate mortgage investment conduits
    12,635       12,154       13,430       12,825       18,147       17,320       27,634       27,407  
Ginnie Mae
    5       6       5       6       11       12       13       15  
Corporate bonds
                                        6,054       6,131  
 
                                               
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 24,498     $ 24,008     $ 26,169     $ 25,519     $ 34,841     $ 34,085     $ 56,148     $ 56,821  
 
                                               
                                                                 
                    At December 31,  
    At March 31, 2007     2006     2005     2004  
    Amortized             Amortized             Amortized             Amortized        
    Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
Securities available for sale:
                                                               
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                               
Freddie Mac
  $ 82,002     $ 79,209     $ 87,731     $ 84,533     $ 106,714     $ 103,250     $ 131,366     $ 130,510  
Fannie Mae
    437,364       423,484       464,952       448,518       571,371       554,095       641,399       639,348  
Real estate mortgage investment conduits
    147,593       144,627       132,454       128,654       174,379       169,777       198,710       198,350  
Corporate bonds
    30,706       30,697       44,390       44,345       34,393       33,696       42,811       42,775  
Equity investments (1)
    3,175       3,138       7,491       7,448       2,673       2,646       1,793       1,784  
 
                                               
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 700,840     $ 681,155     $ 737,018     $ 713,498     $ 889,530     $ 863,464     $ 1,016,079     $ 1,012,767  
 
                                               
 
(1)   Consists of mutual funds.

95


 

      Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio at March 31, 2007 is summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. All of our securities at March 31, 2007 were taxable securities.
                                                                                         
                    More than One Year     More than Five Years              
    One Year or Less     through Five Years     through Ten Years     More than Ten Years     Total Securities  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted             Weighted                     Weighted  
    Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized             Average  
    Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Fair Value     Yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Securities held to maturity:
                                                                                       
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                                                       
Freddie Mac
  $       %   $       %   $       %   $ 1,235       5.36 %   $ 1,235     $ 1,199       5.36 %
Ginnie Mae
          %     5       6.75 %           %           %     5       6       6.75 %
Fannie Mae
          %     1,557       5.41 %     8,627       4.36 %     439       6.83 %     10,623       10,649       4.61 %
Real estate mortgage investment conduits
          %     442       5.94 %           %     12,193       3.76 %     12,635       12,154       3.84 %
 
                                                                         
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $       %   $ 2,004       5.53 %   $ 8,627       4.36 %   $ 13,867       4.00 %   $ 24,498     $ 24,008       4.25 %
 
                                                                         
 
                                                                                       
Securities available for sale:
                                                                                       
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                                                       
Freddie Mac
  $       %   $       %   $ 45,548       4.38 %   $ 36,454       4.21 %   $ 82,002     $ 79,209       4.30 %
Fannie Mae
          %     1,107       5.60 %     315,459       4.26 %     120,798       4.21 %     437,364       423,484       4.25 %
Real estate mortgage investment conduits
    463       3.79 %     22,758       3.93 %     13,420       4.07 %     110,952       4.41 %     147,593       144,627       4.30 %
Equity investments
    3,175       3.57 %           %           %           %     3,175       3,138       3.57 %
Corporate bonds
    30,706       5.20 %           %           %           %     30,706       30,697       5.20 %
 
                                                                         
Total securities available for sale
  $ 34,344       5.03%     $ 23,865       4.01 %   $ 374,427       4.27 %   $ 268,204       4.29 %   $ 700,840     $ 681,155       4.31 %
 
                                                                         

96


 

Sources of Funds
      General. Deposits traditionally have been our primary source of funds for our investment and lending activities. We also borrow, primarily from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, to supplement cash flow needs, to lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk management purposes and to manage our cost of funds. Our additional sources of funds are the proceeds of loan sales, scheduled loan payments, maturing investments, loan prepayments, retained earnings and income on other earning assets.
      Deposits. We accept deposits primarily from the areas in which our offices are located. We rely on our competitive pricing, convenient locations and customer service to attract and retain deposits. We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. Our deposit accounts consist of savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, NOW accounts, non-interest bearing checking accounts and individual retirement accounts. We accept brokered deposits on a limited basis. At March 31, 2007, we had an immaterial amount of brokered deposits.
     Interest rates paid, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market interest rates, liquidity requirements and our deposit growth goals.
     At March 31, 2007, we had a total of $491.7 million in certificates of deposit, of which $425.8 million had remaining maturities of one year or less. Based on historical experience and our current pricing strategy, we believe we will retain a large portion of these accounts upon maturity.
     The following tables set forth the distribution of our average total deposit accounts, by account type, for the periods indicated.
                                                 
    For the Three Months Ended     For the Year Ended  
    March 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
                    Weighted                     Weighted  
                    Average                     Average  
    Balance     Percent     Rate     Balance     Percent     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Non-interest bearing demand
  $ 97,246       9.88 %     %   $ 89,989       8.99 %     %
NOW
    37,820       3.84       1.60       37,454       3.74       0.93  
Savings
    353,221       35.88       0.69       398,852       39.86       0.70  
Certificate of deposit
    496,123       50.40       4.35       474,313       47.41       3.96  
 
                                       
 
Total deposits
  $ 984,410       100.00 %     2.50 %   $ 1,000,608       100.00 %     2.19 %
 
                                       
                                                 
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
                    Weighted                     Weighted  
                    Average                     Average  
    Balance     Percent     Rate     Balance     Percent     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Non-interest bearing demand
  $ 91,956       8.94 %     %   $ 80,556       8.02 %     %
NOW
    38,782       3.77       0.53       40,447       4.03       0.55  
Savings accounts
    488,109       47.44       0.67       494,676       49.25       0.65  
Certificate of deposit
    409,932       39.85       2.65       388,674       38.70       1.96  
 
                                       
 
Total deposits
  $ 1,028,779       100.00 %     1.39 %   $ 1,004,353       100.00 %     1.10 %
 
                                       

97


 

     As of March 31, 2007, the aggregate amount of our outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $197.3 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates at March 31, 2007.
         
    At  
    March 31, 2007  
    (In thousands)  
Three months or less
  $ 124,379  
Over three months through six months
    48,095  
Over six months through one year
    20,407  
Over one year to three years
    3,819  
Over three years
    639  
 
     
 
       
Total
  $ 197,339  
 
     
     The following table sets forth our time deposits classified by interest rate at the dates indicated.
                                 
    At March 31,     At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
Interest Rate:
                               
Less than 2.00%
  $ 892     $ 1,237     $ 11,757     $ 236,829  
2.00% - 2.99%
    16,128       21,831       170,869       99,524  
3.00% - 3.99%
    161,408       127,505       179,947       31,506  
4.00% - 4.99%
    224,139       248,164       66,263       20,682  
5.00% - 5.99%
    89,182       97,533       2,160       2,593  
6.00% - 6.99%
          143       8       636  
7.00% - 7.99%
                      60  
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ 491,749     $ 496,413     $ 431,004     $ 391,830  
 
                       
     The following table sets forth, by interest rate ranges, information concerning our certificates of deposit.
                                                 
    Period to Maturity at March 31, 2007  
    Less Than     More Than     More Than     More Than              
    or Equal to     One to Two     Two to     Three to     More Than        
    a Year     Years     Three Years     Four Years     Four Years     Total  
    (In thousands)  
Interest Rate:
                                               
Less than 2.00%
  $ 871     $ 1     $     $     $     $ 872  
2.00% - 2.99%
    13,556       1,721       851                   16,128  
3.00% - 3.99%
    125,964       27,770       6,029       1,399       246       161,408  
4.00% - 4.99%
    203,926       12,661       3,325       1,924       2,323       224,159  
5.00% - 5.99%
    81,483       6,331       725             643       89,182  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total
  $ 425,800     $ 48,484     $ 10,930     $ 3,323     $ 3,212     $ 491,749  
 
                                   
      Borrowings. Our borrowings consist primarily of securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) as well as advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, and borrowings from our other correspondent banking relationships. As of March 31, 2007, our repurchase agreements totaled $117.0 million, or 10.4% of total liabilities, and our Federal Home Loan Bank advances totaled $20.0 million, or 1.8% of total liabilities. At March 31, 2007, we had the ability to borrow an additional $200 million under our credit facilities with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. Repurchase agreements are secured by mortgage-backed securities and other mortgage-related securities. Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York are secured by our investment in

98


 

the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York as well as by a blanket pledge of our mortgage portfolio not otherwise pledged.
     The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our borrowings at and for the periods shown:
                                         
    At or For the Three Months    
    Ended March 31,   At or For the Years Ended December 31,
    2007   2006   2006   2005   2004
    (Dollars in thousands)
Balance at end of period
  $ 139,507     $ 204,708     $ 128,534     $ 233,629     $ 361,708  
Average balance during period
  $ 125,073     $ 220,270     $ 181,296     $ 301,649     $ 286,537  
Maximum outstanding at any month end
  $ 139,507     $ 220,222     $ 220,222     $ 341,190     $ 361,708  
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
    3.94 %     3.47 %     3.74 %     3.46 %     2.90 %
Average interest rate during period
    3.82 %     3.50 %     3.57 %     3.28 %     2.52 %
Properties
     We operate from our main office in Staten Island, New York and our additional 17 branch offices located in New York and New Jersey. Our branch offices are located in Staten Island, New York (Richmond County), Brooklyn, New York (Kings County) and the New Jersey counties of Middlesex and Union. The net book value of our premises, land and equipment was $8.0 million at March 31, 2007. The following table sets forth information with respect to our full-service banking offices and our operations center, including the expiration date of leases with respect to leased facilities.

99


 

     
Avenel
  Monroe Township
1410 St. Georges Ave.
  1600 Perrineville Rd.
Avenel, New Jersey 07001
  Monroe, New Jersey 08831
3/31/2035
  3/1/2024
 
   
Bay Ridge
  New Dorp Shopping Center
8512 Third Ave.
  2706 Hylan Blvd.
Brooklyn, New York 11209
  Staten Island, New York 10306
10/31/2025
  9/30/2010
 
   
Bay Street
  Pathmark Shopping Mall
385 Bay St.
  1351 Forest Ave.
Staten Island, New York 10301
  Staten Island, New York 10302
1/31/2027
  10/21/2016
 
   
Bulls Head
  Forest Avenue Shoppers Town
1497 Richmond Ave.
  1481 Forest Ave.
Staten Island, New York 10314
  Staten Island, New York 10302
3/31/2037
  11/5/2016
 
   
Castleton Corners
  Pleasant Plains
(Main Office)
  6420 Amboy Rd.
1731 Victory Blvd.
  Staten Island, New York 10309
Staten Island, New York 10314
  5/31/2032
 
   
East Brunswick
  Prince’s Bay
755 State Highway 18
  5775 Amboy Rd.
East Brunswick, New Jersey 08816
  Staten Island, New York 10309
6/30/2013
   
 
   
Eltingville
  Rahway
4355 Amboy Rd.
  1515 Irving St.
Staten Island, New York 10312
  Rahway, New Jersey 07065
7/5/2018
   
 
   
Greenridge
  West Brighton
3227 Richmond Ave.
  741 Castleton Ave.
Staten Island, New York 10312
  Staten Island, New York 10310
12/31/2015
  12/31/2008
 
   
Linden
  Winthrop Place (Operations Center)
501 N. Wood Ave.
  38 Winthrop Pl.
Linden, New Jersey 07036
  Staten Island, New York 10314
3/1/2029
   
 
   
Milltown
   
336 Ryders Lane
   
Milltown, New Jersey 08850
   
9/30/2040
   

100


 

Subsidiary Activities
     Northfield Bank owns 100% of the common stock of NSB Services Corp., which in turn owns 100% of the voting common stock of NSB Realty Trust. NSB Services Corp. is a Delaware corporation that holds investment securities. NSB Realty Trust is a Maryland real estate investment trust that holds mortgage loans, mortgage-backed securities and other investments. NSB Insurance Agency is a New York corporation that receives nominal commissions from the sale of life insurance by employees of Northfield Bank. Northfield Bank also owns all or a portion of three additional, inactive corporations.
Legal Proceedings
     In the normal course of business, we may be party to various outstanding legal proceedings and claims. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements will not be materially affected by the outcome of such legal proceedings and claims as of March 31, 2007.
Expense and Tax Allocation
     Northfield Bank intends to enter into an agreement with Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC to provide them with certain administrative support services, whereby Northfield Bank will be compensated at not less than the fair market value of the services provided. In addition, Northfield Bank and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. intend to enter into an agreement to establish a method for allocating and for reimbursing the payment of their consolidated tax liability.
Personnel
     As of March 31, 2007, we had 181 full-time employees and 43 part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management believes that we have a good working relationship with our employees.
FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION
Federal Taxation
      General . Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. Currently, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank are included as part of NSB Holding Corp.’s consolidated tax group. However, upon completion of the stock offering, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank will not be part of Northfield Bancorp, MHC’s consolidated tax group since Northfield Bancorp, MHC will not own at least 80% of the common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Following the stock offering, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. intends to file consolidated tax returns with Northfield Bank, its wholly-owned subsidiary.
     NSB Holding Corp.’s consolidated federal tax returns are not currently under audit, and have not been audited during the past five years. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Northfield Bancorp, MHC, NSB Holding Corp., Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank.

101


 

      Method of Accounting . For federal income tax purposes, NSB Holding Corp. currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31 for filing its federal and state income tax returns.
      Bad Debt Reserves . Historically, Northfield Bank was subject to special provisions in the tax law applicable to qualifying savings banks regarding allowable tax bad debt deductions and related reserves. Tax law changes were enacted in 1996 that eliminated the ability of savings banks to use the percentage of taxable income method for computing tax bad debt reserves for tax years after 1995, and required recapture into taxable income over a six-year period of all bad debt reserves accumulated after a savings bank’s last tax year beginning before January 1, 1988. Northfield Bank recaptured its post December 31, 1987 bad-debt reserve balance over the six-year period ended December 31, 2004.
     Currently, the NSB Holding Corp. consolidated group uses the specific charge off method to account for bad debt deductions for income tax purposes, and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. intends to use the specific charge off method to account for tax bad debt deductions in the future.
      Taxable Distributions and Recapture . Prior to 1996, bad debt reserves created prior to 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income if Northfield Bank failed to meet certain thrift asset and definitional tests or made certain distributions. Tax law changes in 1996 eliminated thrift-related recapture rules. However, under current law, pre-1988 tax bad debt reserves remain subject to recapture if Northfield Bank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its common stock, pays dividends in excess of earnings and profits, or fails to qualify as a bank for tax purposes.
     At March 31, 2007, the total federal pre-base year bad debt reserve of Northfield Bank was approximately $5.9 million.
      Alternative Minimum Tax . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, less any available exemption. The alternative minimum tax is imposed to the extent it exceeds the regular income tax. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of alternative taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. NSB Holding Corp.’s consolidated group has not been subject to the alternative minimum tax and has no such amounts available as credits for carryover.
      Net Operating Loss Carryovers . A financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. At March 31, 2007, NSB Holding Corp.’s consolidated group had no net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes.
      Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction . Northfield Bancorp, Inc. may exclude from its federal taxable income 100% of dividends received from Northfield Bank as a wholly-owned subsidiary. The corporate dividends-received deduction is 80% when the corporation receiving the dividend owns at least 20% of the stock of the distributing corporation. The dividends-received deduction is 70% when the corporation receiving the dividend owns less than 20% of the distributing corporation.
State Taxation
     Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and NSB Holding Corp. report, and Northfield Bancorp, MHC will report, income on a calendar year basis to New York State. New York State franchise tax on corporations

102


 

is imposed in an amount equal to the greater of (a) 7.5% (for 2003 and forward) of “entire net income” allocable to New York State, (b) 3% of “alternative entire net income” allocable to New York State, or (c) 0.01% of the average value of assets allocable to New York State plus nominal minimum tax of $250 per company. Entire net income is based on federal taxable income, subject to certain modifications. Alternative entire net income is equal to entire net income without certain modifications.
     At December 31, 2005, Northfield Bank did not meet the definition of a domestic building and loan association for New York State and City tax purposes. As a result, we were required to recognize a $2.2 million deferred tax liability for state and city thrift-related base-year bad debt reserves accumulated after December 31, 1987.
     Our New York state tax returns for the years ended December 31, 1999 through December 31, 2005 are currently under audit by the State of New York with respect to our operation of NSB Services Corp. as a Delaware corporation not subject to New York State taxation. Our state tax returns are otherwise not currently under audit, and have not been audited during the past five years.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General
     Following the charter conversion, Northfield Bank will be examined and supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision and will remain subject to examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s deposit insurance funds and the institution’s depositors. Under this system of federal regulation, financial institutions are periodically examined to ensure that they satisfy applicable standards with respect to their capital adequacy, assets, management, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market interest rates. Following completion of its examination, the federal agency critiques the institution’s operations and assigns its rating (known as an institution’s CAMELS rating). Under federal law, an institution may not disclose its CAMELS rating to the public. Northfield Bank also is regulated to a lesser extent by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, governing reserves to be maintained against deposits and other matters. Following the charter conversion the Office of Thrift Supervision will examine Northfield Bank and prepare reports for the consideration of its board of directors on any operating deficiencies. Northfield Bank’s relationship with its depositors and borrowers also is regulated to a great extent by federal law and, to a much lesser extent, state law, especially in matters concerning the ownership of deposit accounts and the form and content of Northfield Bank’s mortgage documents.
     Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Office of Thrift Supervision or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bank and their operations.
     Following their charter conversions, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC, as savings and loan holding companies will be required to file certain reports with, will be subject to examination by, and otherwise must comply with the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. also will be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.
     Certain of the regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC are described below. This description of statutes

103


 

and regulations is not intended to be a complete explanation of such statutes and regulations and their effect on Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual statutes and regulations.
Regulatory Agreement
     Effective June 27, 2005, Northfield Bank entered into an informal agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New York State Department of Banking, relating to supervisory issues in connection with the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act and related anti-money laundering laws. We expect to be subject to the conditions of this agreement with the Office of Thrift Supervision following the completion of the stock offering and our conversion to a federal charter. The agreement requires, among other things, that we take actions to correct violations of rules and regulations related to the Bank Secrecy Act, establish a comprehensive Bank Secrecy Act program and amend our Bank Secrecy Act policies, analyze and implement plans to ensure adequate Bank Secrecy Act staff and training, implement new policies, procedures and systems with respect to wire transfers and suspicious activities, improve filing procedures for currency transaction reports, and, on a quarterly basis, furnish written reports to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New York State Department of Banking detailing actions taken in connection with and compliance with the informal agreement.
     Following the charter conversion, compliance with the conditions of this agreement ultimately will be determined by the Office of Thrift Supervision during its future examinations. There can be no assurances that the Office of Thrift Supervision will deem us to be in compliance with the agreement, that the agreement will be removed in the foreseeable future, or that we will not be subject to additional supervisory actions. Although existence of this agreement could restrict our ability to receive regulatory approvals to establish branch offices or consummate acquisitions of other financial institutions, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New York State Department of Banking recently permitted us to establish a new branch office. We believe we have taken all appropriate actions to remedy deficiencies in our anti-money laundering program, and that we are in substantial compliance with requirements of the informal agreement.
Federal Banking Regulation
      Business Activities. A federal savings bank derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Under these laws and regulations, Northfield Bank may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential real estate without limitations as a percentage of assets, and may invest in non-residential real estate loans up to 400% of capital in the aggregate, commercial business loans up to 20% of assets in the aggregate and consumer loans up to 35% of assets in the aggregate, and in certain types of debt securities and certain other assets. Northfield Bank also may establish subsidiaries that may engage in activities not otherwise permissible for Northfield Bank, including real estate investment and securities and insurance brokerage.
      Capital Requirements. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require savings banks to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital ratio, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for savings banks receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS rating system) and an 8% risk-based capital ratio.
     The risk-based capital standard for savings banks requires the maintenance of Tier 1 (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 100%, assigned by the Office of Thrift Supervision, based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Core capital is defined as

104


 

common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships. The components of supplementary capital currently include cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock, the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital. Additionally, a savings bank that retains credit risk in connection with an asset sale may be required to maintain additional regulatory capital because of the recourse back to the savings bank.
     At March 31, 2007, Northfield Bank’s capital exceeded all applicable requirements. See “Regulatory Capital Compliance.”
      Loans-to-One Borrower. Generally, a federal savings bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. As of March 31, 2007, Northfield Bank’s largest lending relationship with a single or related group of borrowers totaled $15.9, which represented 9.6% of unimpaired capital and surplus; therefore, Northfield Bank was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations.
      Qualified Thrift Lender Test. As a federal savings bank, Northfield Bank must satisfy the qualified thrift lender, or “QTL,” test. Under the QTL test, Northfield Bank must maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” in “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including mortgage-backed securities) in at least nine months of the most recent 12-month period. “Portfolio assets” generally means total assets of a savings institution, less the sum of specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, and the value of property used in the conduct of the savings bank’s business.
     Northfield Bank also may satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a “domestic building and loan association” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.
     A savings bank that fails the qualified thrift lender test must either convert to a bank charter or operate under specified restrictions. At March 31, 2007, Northfield Bank maintained approximately 72.7% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments and, therefore, satisfied the QTL test.
      Capital Distributions. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations govern capital distributions by a federal savings bank, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the capital account. A savings bank must file an application for approval of a capital distribution if:
    the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the savings bank’s net income for that year to date plus the savings bank’s retained net income for the preceding two years;
 
    the savings bank would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution;
 
    the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or Office of Thrift Supervision-imposed condition; or

105


 

    the savings bank is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings.
     Even if an application is not otherwise required, every savings bank that is a subsidiary of a holding company must still file a notice with the Office of Thrift Supervision at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution.
     The Office of Thrift Supervision may disapprove a notice or application if:
    the savings bank would be undercapitalized following the distribution;
 
    the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or
 
    the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement.
     In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that an insured depository institution shall not make any capital distribution, if after making such distribution the institution would be undercapitalized.
      Liquidity. A federal savings bank is required to maintain a sufficient amount of liquid assets to ensure its safe and sound operation. We seek to maintain a ratio of liquid assets not subject to pledge as a percentage of deposits and borrowings not subject to pledge of 35% or greater. At March 31, 2007, this ratio was 69.2%. We anticipate that we will maintain higher liquidity levels following the completion of the stock offering.
      Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured institutions have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. In connection with its examination of a federal savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision is required to assess the savings bank’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. A savings bank’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the Office of Thrift Supervision, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice. Northfield Bank received a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recent federal examination.
      Transactions with Related Parties. A federal savings bank’s authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing Regulation W. An affiliate is a company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an insured depository institution such as Northfield Bank. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is an affiliate of Northfield Bank. In general, loan transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are subject to certain quantitative and collateral requirements. In this regard, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are limited to 10% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus for transactions with any one affiliate and 20% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus for transactions in the aggregate with all affiliates. Collateral in specified amounts ranging from 100% to 130% of the amount of the transaction must usually be provided by affiliates in order to receive loans from the savings bank. In

106


 

addition, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit a savings bank from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary. Finally, transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, not involve low-quality assets and be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates. The Office of Thrift Supervision requires savings banks to maintain detailed records of all transactions with affiliates.
     Northfield Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders:
  (i)   be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features, and
 
  (ii)   not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Northfield Bank’s capital.
In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by Northfield Bank’s board of directors.
      Enforcement. The Office of Thrift Supervision has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings institutions and has the authority to bring enforcement action against all “institution-affiliated parties,” including stockholders, attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal enforcement action by the Office of Thrift Supervision may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order, to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution and the appointment of a receiver or conservator. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has the authority to terminate deposit insurance or to recommend to the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the Director, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to take action under specified circumstances.
      Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation, and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. The federal banking agencies adopted Interagency Guidelines Prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement the safety and soundness standards required under federal law. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a compliance plan.

107


 

      Prompt Corrective Action Regulations . Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the Office of Thrift Supervision is required and authorized to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized savings banks. For this purpose, a savings bank is placed in one of the following five categories based on the savings bank’s capital:
    well-capitalized (at least 5% leverage capital, 6% Tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% total risk-based capital);
 
    adequately capitalized (at least 4% leverage capital, 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital and 8% total risk-based capital);
 
    undercapitalized (less than 8% total risk-based capital, 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital or 3% leverage capital);
 
    significantly undercapitalized (less than 6% total risk-based capital, 3% Tier 1 risk-based capital or 3% leverage capital); and
 
    critically undercapitalized (less than 2% tangible capital).
     Generally, the banking regulator is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for a savings bank that is “critically undercapitalized” within specific time frames. The regulations also provide that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision within 45 days of the date a savings bank receives notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” The criteria for an acceptable capital restoration plan include, among other things, the establishment of the methodology and assumptions for attaining adequately capitalized status on an annual basis, procedures for ensuring compliance with restrictions imposed by applicable federal regulations, the identification of the types and levels of activities the savings bank will engage in while the capital restoration plan is in effect, and assurances that the capital restoration plan will not appreciably increase the current risk profile of the savings bank. Any holding company for the savings bank required to submit a capital restoration plan must guarantee the lesser of an amount equal to 5% of the savings bank’s assets at the time it was notified or deemed to be undercapitalized by the Office of Thrift Supervision, or the amount necessary to restore the savings bank to adequately capitalized status. This guarantee remains in place until the Office of Thrift Supervision notifies the savings bank that it has maintained adequately capitalized status for each of four consecutive calendar quarters, and the Office of Thrift Supervision has the authority to requirement payment and collect payment under the guarantee. Failure by a holding company to provide the required guarantee will result in certain operating restrictions on the savings bank, such as restrictions on the ability to declare and pay dividends, pay executive compensation and management fees, and increase assets or expand operations. The Office of Thrift Supervision may also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions against undercapitalized associations, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.
     At March 31, 2007, Northfield Bank met the criteria for being considered “well-capitalized.”
      Insurance of Deposit Accounts. Deposit accounts in Northfield Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, generally up to a maximum of $100,000 per separately insured depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts. Northfield Bank’s deposits, therefore, are subject to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance assessments.

108


 

     On February 15, 2006, federal legislation to reform federal deposit insurance was enacted. This new legislation, among other things, increased the amount of federal deposit insurance coverage per separately insured depositor (with a cost of living adjustment to become effective in five years). The legislation also requires the reserve ratio to be modified to provide for a range between 1.15% and 1.50% of estimated insured deposits.
     On November 2, 2006, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation adopted final regulations that assess insurance premiums based on risk. As a result, the new regulation will enable the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to more closely tie each financial institution’s deposit insurance premiums to the risk it poses to the deposit insurance fund. Under the new risk-based assessment system, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will evaluate the risk of each financial institution based on its supervisory rating, its financial ratios, and its long-term debt issuer rating. The new rates for nearly all of the financial institutions industry vary between five and seven cents for every $100 of domestic deposits. The assessment to be paid during the year ending December 31, 2007 will be offset by a credit from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to Northfield Bank of $794,000. At the same time, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also adopted final regulations designating the reserve ratio for the deposit insurance fund during 2007 at 1.25% of estimated insured deposits.
     Effective March 31, 2006, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation merged the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”) into a single fund called the Deposit Insurance Fund. As a result of the merger, the BIF and the SAIF were abolished. The merger of the BIF and the SAIF into the Deposit Insurance Fund does not affect the authority of the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to impose and collect, with the approval of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended March 31, 2007, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 1.22 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits maintained at an institution.
      Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements . Federal savings banks are prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.
Federal Home Loan Bank System
     Northfield Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, Northfield Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York in an amount determined by a “membership” investment component and an “activity-based” investment component. The membership investment component is the greater of 0.20% of an institution’s “Mortgage-related Assets,” as defined by the Federal Home Loan Bank, or $1,000. The activity-based investment component is equal to 4.5% of the institution’s outstanding advances with the Federal Home Loan Bank. The activity-based investment component also considers other transactions, including assets originated for or sold to the Federal Home Loan Bank and delivery commitments issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank. Northfield Bank currently does not enter into these other types of transactions with the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of March 31, 2007, Northfield Bank was in compliance with its ownership requirement.

109


 

Other Regulations
     Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Northfield Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Northfield Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:
    Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
 
    Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;
 
    Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;
 
    Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;
 
    Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and
 
    rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.
The operations of Northfield Bank also are subject to the:
    Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;
 
    Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;
 
    Title III of The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (referred to as the “USA PATRIOT Act”), which significantly expanded the responsibilities of financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, in preventing the use of the United States financial system to fund terrorist activities. Among other provisions, the USA PATRIOT Act and the related regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision require savings banks operating in the United States to develop new anti-money laundering compliance programs, due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements, also applicable to financial institutions, under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulations; and
 
    The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which placed limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information by financial institutions with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically,

110


 

      the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties.
Holding Company Regulation
      General . Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. are non-diversified savings and loan holding companies within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act. As such, Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. are registered with the Office of Thrift Supervision and subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements. In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision has enforcement authority over Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC, and their subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Office of Thrift Supervision to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution. As federal corporations, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC are generally not subject to state business organization laws.
      Permitted Activities . Pursuant to Section 10(o) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act and Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and policy, a mutual holding company and a federally chartered mid-tier holding company, such as Northfield Bancorp, Inc., may engage in the following activities:
  (i)   investing in the stock of a savings bank;
 
  (ii)   acquiring a mutual association through the merger of such association into a savings bank subsidiary of such holding company or an interim savings bank subsidiary of such holding company;
 
  (iii)   merging with or acquiring another holding company, one of whose subsidiaries is a savings bank;
 
  (iv)   investing in a corporation, the capital stock of which is available for purchase by a savings bank under federal law or under the law of any state where the subsidiary savings bank or association share their home offices;
 
  (v)   furnishing or performing management services for a savings bank subsidiary of such company;
 
  (vi)   holding, managing or liquidating assets owned or acquired from a savings bank subsidiary of such company;
 
  (vii)   holding or managing properties used or occupied by a savings bank subsidiary of such company;
 
  (viii)   acting as trustee under deeds of trust;
 
  (ix)   any other activity:
  (A)   that the Federal Reserve Board, by regulation, has determined to be permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company

111


 

      Act of 1956, unless the Director, by regulation, prohibits or limits any such activity for savings and loan holding companies; or
  (B)   in which multiple savings and loan holding companies were authorized (by regulation) to directly engage on March 5, 1987;
  (x)   any activity permissible for financial holding companies under Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act, including securities and insurance underwriting; and
 
  (xi)   purchasing, holding, or disposing of stock acquired in connection with a qualified stock issuance if the purchase of such stock by such savings and loan holding company is approved by the Director. If a mutual holding company acquires or merges with another holding company, the holding company acquired or the holding company resulting from such merger or acquisition may only invest in assets and engage in activities listed in (i) through (x) above, and has a period of two years to cease any nonconforming activities and divest any nonconforming investments.
     The Home Owners’ Loan Act prohibits a savings and loan holding company, including Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of another savings institution or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. It also prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a nonsubsidiary company engaged in activities other than those permitted by the Home Owners’ Loan Act, or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Office of Thrift Supervision must consider the financial and managerial resources, future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.
     The Office of Thrift Supervision is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions:
  (i)   the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies; and
 
  (ii)   the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisition.
The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.
      Waivers of Dividends by Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require Northfield Bancorp, MHC to notify the Office of Thrift Supervision of any proposed waiver of its receipt of dividends from Northfield Bancorp, Inc. The Office of Thrift Supervision reviews dividend waiver notices on a case-by-case basis, and, in general, does not object to any such waiver if:
  (i)   the waiver would not be detrimental to the safe and sound operation of the subsidiary savings bank; and

112


 

  (ii)   the mutual holding company’s board of directors determines that such waiver is consistent with such directors’ fiduciary duties to the mutual holding company’s members.
We anticipate that Northfield Bancorp, MHC will waive any dividends paid by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Under Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, our public stockholders would not be diluted because of any dividends waived by Northfield Bancorp, MHC (and waived dividends would not be considered in determining an appropriate exchange ratio) in the event Northfield Bancorp, MHC converts to stock form.
      Conversion of Northfield Bancorp, MHC to Stock Form . Office of Thrift Supervision regulations permit Northfield Bancorp, MHC to convert from the mutual form of organization to the capital stock form of organization. There can be no assurance when, if ever, a conversion transaction will occur, and the board of directors has no current intention or plan to undertake a conversion transaction. In a conversion transaction a new stock holding company would be formed as the successor to Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC’s corporate existence would end, and certain depositors of Northfield Bank would receive the right to subscribe for additional shares of the new holding company. In a conversion transaction, each share of common stock held by stockholders other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC would be automatically converted into a number of shares of common stock of the new holding company determined pursuant an exchange ratio that ensures that stockholders other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC own the same percentage of common stock in the new holding company as they owned in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. immediately prior to the conversion transaction, subject to adjustment for any assets held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC.
Federal Securities Laws
     We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 for the registration of the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the stock offering. Upon completion of the stock offering, our common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock to be issued in the stock offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not our affiliates may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by our affiliates will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If we meet the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of ours that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of our outstanding shares, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. In the future, we may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have

113


 

several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the board of directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting. We will be subject to further reporting and audit requirements beginning with the year ending December 31, 2008 under the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will prepare policies, procedures and systems designed to ensure compliance with these regulations.
MANAGEMENT
Shared Management Structure
     The same individuals serve as directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank, and the same executive officers of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. serve as executive officers of Northfield Bank. We expect that Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank will continue to have common executive officers until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures. To date, directors and executive officers have been compensated for their services to Northfield Bank. In the future, directors and executive officers may receive additional compensation for their services to Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Directors
     The boards of directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank each currently consist of 10 members. Directors serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors is elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. The table below sets forth information regarding the current members of the boards of directors, including the term of office for each board member.
                 
Directors   Age (1)   Position   Director Since   Term Expires
John W. Alexander
  57   Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer   1997   2008
Stanley A. Applebaum
  73   Director   1982   2009
John R. Bowen
  66   Director   2003   2010
Annette Catino
  50   Director   2003   2008
Gil Chapman
  53   Director   2005   2010
John P. Connors, Jr.
  50   Director   2002   2008
John J. DePierro
  66   Director   1984   2010
Susan Lamberti
  65   Director   2001   2009
Albert J. Regen
  69   Director   1990   2009
Patrick E. Scura, Jr.
  62   Director   2006   2009
 
(1)   As of March 31, 2007.
The Business Background of Our Directors
     The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors is set forth below. Unless otherwise indicated, directors have held their positions for the past five years.
      John W. Alexander joined Northfield Bank in 1997, and has served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since 1998 and Chairman of the Board of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. since

114


 

2002. Mr. Alexander was also named President of Northfield Bank and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. in October 2006. Prior to joining Northfield Bank, Mr. Alexander was a tax partner with Price Waterhouse LLP, specializing in financial institutions.
      Stanley A. Applebaum has been a practicing attorney in the State of New York for over 47 years.
      John R. Bowen served as the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Liberty Bancorp, Inc. and Liberty Bank, located in Avenel, New Jersey, from 1995 until they were acquired by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank, respectively, in 2002.
      Annette Catino has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of QualCare, Inc., Piscataway, New Jersey, a managed care organization, since 1991. Ms. Catino is a Director of Middlesex Water Company, whose stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, and served as a Director of Liberty Bancorp, Inc. and Liberty Bank until they were acquired by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank, respectively, in 2002.
      Gil Chapman is the owner and President of Island Ford, an automobile dealership located in Staten Island, New York, and has served in that position since 1986. Prior to 1986, Mr. Chapman held key management and sales positions at the New Jersey Sports and Exposition Authority (Sports Authority) in East Rutherford, New Jersey.
      John P. Connors, Jr. is the managing partner of the law firm of Connors & Connors, P.C., located in Staten Island, New York. Mr. Connors is admitted to practice in the state and federal courts of the States of New York and New Jersey and the District of Columbia.
      John J. DePierro is an independent consultant to health care institutions, health care systems and related organizations. Prior to 2001, Mr. DePierro was the Chief Executive Officer of Sisters of Charity Health Care Systems (St. Vincent’s Catholic Medical Center).
      Susan Lamberti was an educator with the New York City public schools for over 30 years until her retirement in 2002.
      Albert J. Regen served as the President of Northfield Bank from 1990 until his retirement in September 2006.
      Patrick E. Scura, Jr. was an audit partner at KPMG LLP from 1978 until his retirement in 2005. Mr. Scura was a member of KPMG LLP’s New Jersey Community Banking Practice, and has over 30 years experience auditing financial institutions. He is a licensed Certified Public Accountant in the States of New York and New Jersey.
Director Independence
     The board of directors affirmatively determines the independence of each director in accordance with Nasdaq Stock Market rules, which include all elements of independence set forth in the Nasdaq listing standards.

115


 

     Based on these standards, the board of directors has determined that each of the following non-employee directors is independent of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.:
Annette Catino
Gil Chapman
John R. DePierro
Susan Lamberti
Patrick E. Scura, Jr.
     We will rely on Nasdaq’s “Controlled Company Exemption” from the independence requirements with respect to having a majority of independent directors on our board of directors. We will be a “Controlled Company” because Northfield Bancorp, MHC will own a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock.
Committee Structure
     The table below sets forth the directors of each of the listed standing committees. Director Patrick E. Scura will be designated as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” for the Audit Committee, as that term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
             
    Nominating and        
    Corporate Governance   Compensation   Audit
    John R. DePierro*   Annette Catino*   Patrick E. Scura*
    Annette Catino   Gil Chapman   Annette Catino
    Susan Lamberti   John R. DePierro   Gil Chapman
        Patrick E. Scura   Susan Lamberti
             
Number of Meetings:   Three   Five   Nine
 
*   Denotes committee chair as of April 1, 2007.
Executive Officers
     The table below sets forth information, as of March 31, 2007, regarding our executive officers other than Mr. Alexander.
             
Name   Title   Age
Kenneth J. Doherty
  Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer     49  
Michael J. Widmer
  Executive Vice President, Operations     47  
Steven M. Klein
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)     41  
Madeline G. Frank
  Senior Vice President, Corporate Secretary, Director of Human Resources     62  
     The executive officers of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank are elected annually and hold office until their respective successors are elected or until death, resignation, retirement or removal by the board of directors.

116


 

The Business Background of Our Executive Officers
     The business experience for the past five years of each of our executive officers other than Mr. Alexander is set forth below. Unless otherwise indicated, executive officers have held their positions for the past five years.
      Kenneth J. Doherty joined Northfield Bank in 1988, and currently serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer.
      Michael J. Widmer has served as Executive Vice President, Operations of Northfield Bancorp, Inc, and Northfield Bank since 2002. Mr. Widmer served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and as a Director, of Liberty Bancorp, Inc. and Liberty Bank, located in Avenel, New Jersey, until they were acquired by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank, respectively, in 2002.
      Steven M. Klein joined Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank in March 2005 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Klein was an audit partner in the community banking practice of KPMG LLP from September 2003 to March 2005, and was employed by KPMG LLP beginning in 1986. Mr. Klein is a certified public accountant in the State of New Jersey.
      Madeline G. Frank joined Northfield Bank in 1983 in connection with the acquisition of Security Federal Savings and Loan Association, and has served as Director of Human Resources of Northfield Bank since that time. Ms. Frank also serves as Corporate Secretary for Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank.
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
     To date, executive officers have been compensated only for their services to Northfield Bank. Northfield Bank expects to continue this practice. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will not pay any additional or separate compensation until we have a business reason to establish separate compensation programs; however, any future equity-based awards made as part of Northfield Bank’s executive compensation will be made in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock rather than Northfield Bank common stock.
     This discussion is focused specifically on the compensation of the following executive officers, each of whom is named in the Summary Compensation Table which appears later in this section. These five executives are referred to in this discussion as the “Named Executive Officers.”
     
Name   Title
John W. Alexander
  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
Kenneth J. Doherty
  Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer
Michael J. Widmer
  Executive Vice President-Operations
Steven M. Klein
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Madeline G. Frank
  Senior Vice President, Corporate Secretary
     This discussion does not focus on the compensation of former President Albert Regen, who retired on September 30, 2006.

117


 

      Role of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee of Northfield Bank’s board of directors is responsible for overseeing and making recommendations to the full board of directors with respect to the compensation of the Named Executive Officers, including the Chief Executive Officer. As part of these duties, the Committee conducts an annual performance review of the Chief Executive Officer and, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, reviews the performance of each other Named Executive Officer. The board of directors has ultimate authority to approve the compensation of all Named Executive Officers, including the Chief Executive Officer.
     The Compensation Committee also reviews, oversees, and approves the management and implementation of Northfield Bank’s principal employee benefit plans. The Committee may undertake other duties related to Northfield Bank’s human resources function. The Committee has a formal charter, which is available at www.eNorthfield.com by first clicking “INVESTOR RELATIONS” and then “Corporate Governance” then “Committee Charters.” The charter describes the Committee’s scope of authority and its duties.
     The Compensation Committee consists of four directors, all of whom are “independent” within the meaning of Rule 4200 of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the board of directors evaluates the independence of Committee members at least annually, using the standards contained in Rule 4200. This evaluation, and the determination that each member of the Committee is independent, was most recently made in February 2007.
      Role of Executives in Committee Activities. The executive officers who serve as a resource to the Compensation Committee are the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Director of Human Resources. Executives provide the Compensation Committee with input regarding Northfield Bank’s employee compensation philosophy, process, and decisions for employees other than Named Executive Officers. In addition to providing factual information such as company-wide performance on relevant measures, these executives articulate management’s views on current compensation programs and processes, recommend relevant performance measures to be used for future evaluations, and otherwise supply information to assist the Compensation Committee. At the request of the Compensation Committee, the Chief Financial Officer communicates directly with third party consultants, primarily to assist the Compensation Committee in evaluating relevant survey data and to evaluate the estimated financial impact regarding any proposed changes to the various components of compensation. The Chief Executive Officer also provides information about individual performance assessments for the other Named Executive Officers, and expresses to the Compensation Committee his view on the appropriate levels of compensation for the other Named Executive Officers for the ensuing year.
     Executives participate in Committee activities purely in an informational and advisory capacity and have no vote in the Committee’s decision-making process. The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer do not attend those portions of Compensation Committee meetings during which their performance is evaluated or their compensation is being determined. No executive officer other than the Chief Executive Officer attends those portions of Compensation Committee meetings during which the performance of the other Named Executive Officers is evaluated or their compensation is being determined.
      Use of Consultants. The Compensation Committee periodically engages an independent compensation consultant to assist it in the compensation process for Named Executive Officers. The consultant, who is retained by and reports to the Compensation Committee, works extensively with the Compensation Committee in performing its duties for the Committee. The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer typically are requested to provide information and feedback. The consultant

118


 

provides expertise and information about competitive trends in the employment marketplace, including established and emerging compensation practices at other companies. The consultant also provides survey data, and assists in assembling relevant comparison groups for various purposes and establishing benchmarks for base salary and cash incentives from the survey and comparison group data. The Committee engaged the firm of Mercer Human Resource Consulting LLC to serve as its independent compensation consultant in 2006 to assist the Committee in determining the Named Executive Officers salary and cash incentive targets, as further discussed below, for the 2007 calendar year.
      Compensation Objectives. The overall objectives of Northfield Bank’s compensation programs are to retain, motivate and reward employees and officers (including the Named Executive Officers) for performance, and to provide competitive compensation to attract talent to the organization. The methods used to achieve these goals for Named Executive Officers are strongly influenced by the compensation and employment practices of Northfield Bank’s competitors within the financial services industry, and elsewhere in the marketplace, for executive talent. Other considerations include each Named Executive Officer’s individual performance directed towards attainment of corporate goals, not all of which are financial in nature or capable of being quantified.
     Our compensation program is designed to reward the Named Executive Officers based on their level of assigned management responsibilities, individual experience and performance levels, and knowledge of our organization. The creation of long-term value is highly dependent on the development and effective execution of business strategy by our executive officers.
     The factors that influence the design of our executive compensation program include consideration that:
    we operate in a highly regulated industry, we value industry-specific experience that promotes a safe and sound operation of Northfield Bank;
 
    we value executives with sufficient experience in our markets relating to the behavior of our customers, products and investments in various phases of the economic cycle;
 
    we operate in interest rate and credit markets that are often volatile. We value disciplined decision-making that respects our business plan but adapts quickly to change; and
 
    we value the retention and development of performing incumbent executives. Recruitment of executives can have substantial monetary costs, unpredictable outcomes, and a disruptive effect on our operations.
      Components of Compensation. Northfield Bank, as a mutual organization, only has available non-equity based compensation. Compensation in 2006 consisted primarily of base salary, annual cash incentive awards based upon a pre-approved cash incentive plan, broad-based benefits generally available to all full-time employees, and perquisites available only to certain Named Executive Officers. For 2006, base salary changes were made primarily based upon increases in the cost-of living and to a lesser extent changes in employee responsibility. In mid-2006, the Compensation Committee engaged a third party consultant to assist the Committee in reviewing the competitive position of Northfield Bank’s compensation for Named Executive Officers as it pertains to base salary and annual cash incentive awards. Northfield Bank modified its bonus program effective for the 2006 year to augment Northfield Bank’s historical “base award,” which was based primarily on corporate-wide performance objectives, to include an additional bonus based upon individually-set performance objectives. No further changes were made to 2006 base salaries based upon the Compensation Committee’s competitive evaluation. See “—

119


 

Committee Actions During 2006 Affecting 2007 Compensation” for further discussion regarding changes made to Named Executive Officer base salaries effective January 1, 2007.
     Our 2006 compensation program for our Named Executive Officers consisted of two key elements:
    base salary, which is designed to provide a reasonable level of predictable income commensurate with market standards of the position held; and
 
    annual cash incentives, which are designed to motivate our executives to meet or exceed annual performance objectives that are derived from our incentive plan.
     Currently, Northfield Bank’s annual incentive compensation program is cash based and consists of two components. The first component is a “base award,” that is determined based on the attainment of company-wide performance objectives. The second component is an “individual award,” that is based on the attainment of individually-set performance objectives. For each Named Executive Officer with the title of executive vice president and above, including the Chief Executive Officer, individual performance goals are established and each designated Named Executive Officer, other than the Chief Executive Officer, is eligible for an “individual award” based on the attainment of such individual goals. Individual performance objectives are determined by the Compensation Committee in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer was not eligible to participate in the “individual award” program in 2006 due to bonus award restrictions under New York State banking rules for members of management who also serve on the board of directors of a New York mutual savings bank. No such restrictions exist under current Office of Thrift Supervision rules, and the Compensation Committee expects that the Chief Executive Officer will qualify to participate in the “individual award” program in 2007.
     We also provide to our Named Executive Officers certain broad-based benefits available to all qualifying employees of Northfield Bank, as well as fringe benefits and perquisites, and retirement and other termination benefits not generally available to all qualifying employees of Northfield Bank. We have designed our executive compensation program such that a significant portion of each Named Executive Officer’s total annual cash compensation will be comprised of performance-based cash compensation opportunities.
     The following summarizes the significant broad-based benefits that the Named Executive Officers were eligible to participate in during 2006:
    a defined contribution 401(k) retirement and discretionary profit-sharing plan;
 
    medical coverage (all employees share between 20% to 30% of the cost, depending on their elections);
 
    pre-tax health and dependent care spending accounts; and
 
    group life insurance coverage (death benefit capped at $750,000).
     The Named Executive Officers received the following fringe benefits and perquisites in 2006:
    All Named Executive Officers may participate in a non-qualified deferred compensation plan. The plan provides for benefits capped under Northfield Bank’s broad-based

120


 

      benefits due to Internal Revenue Service salary limitations or limitations due to participation requirements under tax-qualified plans. The plan also permits elective salary and incentive award deferrals;
 
    Messrs. Doherty, Klein and Widmer receive a monthly automobile allowance of $600;
 
    All Named Executive Officers pay for and are provided with reimbursement for long-term disability insurance coverage;
 
    Messrs. Alexander, Doherty, Klein and Widmer are reimbursed for appropriate spousal expenses for attendance at business events; and
 
    Messrs. Alexander, Doherty, Klein and Widmer are provided a cellular phone allowance of $60 per month for monthly business usage.
     In addition, Northfield Bank incurs the expense of one country club membership and related expenses for Mr. Alexander. Mr. Alexander reimburses Northfield Bank for personal expenses pertaining to club usage. In lieu of a monthly automobile allowance, Mr. Alexander receives use of an automobile (including all operating expenses) leased by Northfield Bank for business and personal use. Personal use of the automobile is reported as taxable income for Mr. Alexander. In addition, Northfield Bank pays an annual premium on a whole-life insurance policy for the benefit of Mr. Alexander.
     In accordance with Mr. Widmer’s employment contract entered into in connection with Northfield Bank’s acquisition of Liberty Bancorp, Inc. in 2002, Mr. Widmer was reimbursed for the expense of a country club membership and related expenses in 2006 and was provided the use of a company-owned automobile (including all operating expenses) for business and personal use. Personal use of the automobile is reported as taxable income for Mr. Widmer. In January 2007, Mr. Widmer purchased from Northfield Bank at the estimated fair value the automobile that he used. As a result of the expiration of Mr. Widmer’s employment contract on December 31, 2006, Mr. Widmer no longer receives reimbursement for his country club membership and he receives a monthly automobile allowance consistent with other executive vice presidents.
     In addition to the components of executive compensation described above, Messrs. Alexander, Klein, Doherty, and Widmer are each parties to employment agreements with Northfield Bank. See “—Employment Agreements” for a description of these agreements and “ Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” for information about potential payments to these individuals upon termination of their employment with Northfield Bank.
     The executive employment agreements are designed to give Northfield Bank the ability to retain the services of the designated executives while reducing, to the extent possible, unnecessary disruptions to Northfield Bank’s operations. The agreements are for a three-year period, are reviewed and renewed annually by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors, and provide for salary and bonus payments, as well as additional post-employment benefits, primarily health benefits, under certain conditions, as defined in the employment agreements. The employment agreements were negotiated directly with and recommended for approval by, the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee negotiated the agreements with the assistance of outside counsel, and the Compensation Committee believes such agreements are common and necessary to retain executive talent.
      Assembling the Components. Currently, the Compensation Committee analyzes the level and relative mix of each of the principal components of the compensation packages for Named Executive

121


 

Officers. The Chief Executive Officer also makes recommendations to the Committee relating to compensation to be paid to the Named Executive Officers other than himself. Based on this analysis, the Compensation Committee makes annual recommendations to the independent members of the board of directors about each Named Executive Officer’s compensation package.
     The Compensation Committee reviews the other components of executive compensation (broad-based benefits and executive perquisites), but does not necessarily consider changes to those components on an annual basis. Changes to the level or types of benefits within these categories, including considerations relating to the addition or elimination of benefits and plan design changes, are made by the Compensation Committee on an aggregate basis with respect to the group of employees entitled to those benefits, and not with reference to a particular Named Executive Officer’s compensation package. Decisions about these components of compensation are made without reference to the Named Executive Officers’ salary and annual cash incentives, as they involve issues of more general application and often include consideration of trends in the industry or in the employment marketplace.
     The Compensation Committee seeks to create what it believes is the best mix of base salary and annual cash incentives in delivering the Named Executive Officers’ total cash compensation. These components are evaluated in relation to benchmark data derived from information reported in publicly-available proxy statements or from market survey data.
     For each Named Executive Officer, a significant percentage of total cash compensation is at-risk, meaning that it will generally be earned when Northfield Bank or the Named Executive Officer is successful in ways that are aligned with and support Northfield Bank’s interests.
     The Compensation Committee determines the base salary and annual incentive cash award components for each Named Executive Officer, including the Chief Executive Officer. For 2006, base salary changes were made primarily based upon increases in the cost-of living and to a lesser extent changes in employee responsibility. For the 2006 year, the Compensation Committee augmented Northfield Bank’s historical annual incentive cash “base award,” which was based primarily on corporate-wide performance objectives, to include an additional cash award based upon individually-set performance objectives.
     The process of assembling target total cash compensation packages for the Named Executive Officers is forward-looking in nature. The at-risk annual incentive cash award component is based on the expectation that target levels of performance will be achieved over the following year. Actual performance over the applicable measurement period may exceed or fall short of the targets resulting in the Named Executive Officer receiving an annual incentive cash award that is above or below the initial targeted level.
     The annual incentive cash awards granted in prior years are not taken into account by the Compensation Committee in the process of setting compensation targets for the current year. The Committee believes that doing so would be inconsistent with the underlying reasons for the use of at-risk compensation. If current year awards were increased to make up for below-target performance in prior years or decreased to account for above-target performance in prior years, the Committee would be diluting or eliminating the link between performance and reward.
     The objective of the compensation-setting process is to establish the appropriate level and mix of total compensation for each Named Executive Officer. The Compensation Committee believes that the accounting treatment of any given element of total cash compensation is a relevant consideration in the

122


 

design and compensation-setting process and considers the effect, as applicable, when determining total cash compensation.
     The Compensation Committee considers, but does not give undue weight to, the tax treatment of each component of compensation. Under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, annual compensation paid to a Named Executive Officer is not deductible if it exceeds $1 million unless it qualifies as “performance-based compensation” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code and related tax regulations. Base salary is not a form of performance-based compensation. Many fringe benefits also do not qualify as performance-based compensation. Annual incentive cash awards may qualify as a form of performance-based compensation under the income tax regulations. In 2006 and for prior years, we have not been subject to tax deduction limitations under Section 162(m).
      Linking Company Performance to Incentive Plan Awards. Each year, the Compensation Committee establishes a company-wide performance measure for use in making funding determinations that affect payment of “base awards” and “individual awards.” Actual performance is evaluated against the company-wide performance measure after the close of the year to which the measure applies. The results of that comparison are used to calculate the level of funding available to pay “”base awards” and “individual awards.” Currently, Northfield Bank has established a pre-tax return on assets as the overall company-wide performance measure that determines the possible funding available to pay incentive cash awards. The amount that is available to fund base and individual awards is calculated to be 10% of pre-tax income in excess of 1% of average assets.
     Actual available funding to pay annual incentive cash awards is further determined by objective target performance measures that reflect Northfield Bank’s operating results for the year for which the targets are established. The Committee has historically sought to ensure that attainment of the target performance measures are challenging, balanced and achievable. For 2006, the Compensation Committee established eight performance targets, consisting of pre-tax return on assets, pre-tax return on equity, cost of funds, net interest margin, efficiency ratio, operating expenses as a percentage of average earning assets, tier-one leverage ratio, and non-performing assets to total assets. The Committee compares Northfield Bank’s performance for the eight identified measures to those of its peer group, which in 2006 was identified as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation peer group to which Northfield Bank was assigned for Uniform Bank Performance Reporting, including “all FDIC insured savings banks having assets in excess of $1 billion.” The Compensation Committee also measures performance against a peer group consisting of all New York and New Jersey financial institutions with total assets of $1 billion to $2.5 billion. The Committee seeks to establish a target based on earnings from sources that are reasonably predictable and stable. Therefore, the Committee often specifies earnings measures that are based on earnings from continuing operations. After the conclusion of the fiscal year, the Chief Executive Officer may suggest that the Committee consider additional adjustments to earnings from continuing operations that are designed to eliminate the effects of extraordinary or unusual events. Some events for which these kinds of adjustments are made do recur from time to time, but are nevertheless considered to be extraneous to the conduct of normal day-to-day banking business. The Committee is not required to adopt the Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations.
     For purposes of determining the level of actual funding available to pay bonuses, performance for the relevant year is compared to the target performance measures. If any five of the eight target performance measures are met, we will not reduce the possible funding available to pay annual incentive cash awards. If fewer than five performance target measures are achieved, we reduce the level of possible funding available to pay annual incentive cash awards. This can result in a significant reduction or possibly elimination of the funding available to pay annual incentive cash awards. Based on Northfield

123


 

Bank’s 2006 performance, the specified performance target measures were achieved and therefore we did not reduce the pool for possible funding.
     For purposes of the “individual awards,” each Named Executive Officer other than the Chief Executive Officer is also evaluated on several individual performance measures set by the Compensation Committee that relate to the strategic business objectives for the ensuing year. The degree to which a Named Executive Officer satisfies these individualized measures is taken into account in determining the amount to be paid out to that executive as an “individual award.”
     Mr. Widmer and Northfield Bank entered into an employment agreement on December 31, 2002 in connection with Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s acquisition of Liberty Bancorp, Inc. and Liberty Bank. The agreement expired on December 31, 2006. The agreement provided for a fixed bonus of $100,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006 and a performance bonus of $76,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006, if the return on average assets of the acquired assets of Liberty Bancorp, Inc., as defined in the agreement, was equal to or exceeded 0.50% in 2006. The performance target was reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer in January 2007 and it was determined that the performance target was achieved. Payment of $176,000 was made in January 2007. Bonus payments made to Mr. Widmer under his 2002 employment agreement did not affect his ability to earn either a base award or individual award under our 2006 cash incentive plan.
      Stock Ownership Guidelines. Directors and Named Executive Officers have expressed their intentions to participate in the stock offering and, at this time, we have not deemed it necessary to establish any formal policies or guidelines addressing expected levels of stock ownership by the directors or Named Executive Officers.
      Exceptions to Usual Procedures. The Compensation Committee may from time to time recommend to the full board of directors that they approve the payment of special cash compensation to one or more Named Executive Officers in addition to payments approved during the normal annual compensation-setting cycle. The Committee may make such a recommendation if it believes it would be appropriate to reward one or more Named Executive Officers in recognition of contributions to a particular project, or in response to competitive and other factors that were not addressed during the normal annual compensation-setting cycle.
     The Committee will make off-cycle compensation decisions and recommendations whenever a current employee is promoted to executive officer status, or an executive officer is hired. The Committee may depart from the compensation guidelines it would normally follow for executives in the case of outside hires.
      Committee Actions During 2006 and 2007 Affecting 2007 Compensation. The Compensation Committee took certain actions during 2006 that affected executive compensation for the 2007 year. During the fourth quarter of 2006, the Compensation Committee evaluated the base salary and bonus components of Northfield Bank’s Named Executive Officers as compared to proxy and survey data provided by Mercer Human Resource Consulting.
     The Compensation Committee reviewed the base salary and bonus information compiled by the outside consultant, and then formulated a recommendation for the base salary and annual incentive cash award components of each Named Executive Officer’s compensation in relation to that information. For 2007, the total cash compensation for the Named Executive Officers was targeted using approximately the 65 th percentile of the survey and peer group. Total cash compensation for each Named Executive Officer may then be adjusted on an individual basis to reflect a variety of factors. Deviations from the

124


 

targets typically reflect each executive’s experience and expertise, value to the organization, specific responsibilities assumed by the executive, and knowledge of our organization. A number of these factors are subjective in nature. Mr. Widmer’s and Ms. Frank’s total cash compensation was adjusted, in consideration of their roles, specific responsibilities and knowledge of our organization.
     In the second quarter of 2007, the Compensation Committee made a determination that our current compensation structure and related compensation levels will remain unchanged for all Named Executive Officers until the stock benefit plans discussed below under “—Stock Benefit Plans” are acted upon. The Compensation Committee made this determination based upon consideration of our future stockholders following the stock offering and the opportunity to review our current compensation components to better align the interests of management with those of stockholders, given the elements of compensation that may be available in the future.
      Annual Compensation-Setting Process — Chief Executive Officer. In December 2005, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the board of directors approved, the various components of Mr. Alexander’s 2006 annual compensation package. Details regarding base salary and annual incentive cash awards are included in the detailed compensation tables following this section.
     For 2006, the Committee established the target value of Mr. Alexander’s base salary and annual incentive cash awards package at approximately $845,000. This target was established based on the recent financial performance of Northfield Bank, Mr. Alexander’s estimated value in the marketplace, and the Committee’s view of Mr. Alexander’s critical role in the future success of Northfield Bank. The Committee also took into consideration the New York State mutual savings bank rules limiting incentive compensation of employee directors to 25% of base salary.
     After establishing the target value for Mr. Alexander’s overall total cash compensation package, the Committee made detailed determinations for each element of that package in order to arrive at the desired overall result:
    Base Salary: The Committee set Mr. Alexander’s base salary at $676,000 representing a 4.0% increase from his base salary in 2005. At this level, Mr. Alexander’s base salary represented approximately 80% of the target value of his total cash compensation package, consistent with the Committee’s philosophy of emphasizing the at-risk components of total cash compensation for executive officers.
 
    Annual Incentive Cash Award: Mr. Alexander’s “base award” bonus target for 2006 was established at 25% of his base salary for 2006. Mr. Alexander also had individually-set performance objectives which were evaluated by the Committee in its annual evaluation of Mr. Alexander’s overall performance in 2006. As noted previously, Mr. Alexander was not eligible to participate in the “individual award” program in 2006 due to award restrictions under New York State Banking rules for members of management who also serve on the board of directors of a mutual savings bank.
     All Compensation Committee actions taken with respect to Mr. Alexander’s compensation were presented as recommendations for approval by the full board of directors. The Committee’s recommendations regarding Mr. Alexander’s 2006 base salary were approved by the full board of directors in December 2005. The Committee’s recommendations regarding Mr. Alexander’s 2006 annual incentive cash award was approved by the full board of directors in May 2007.

125


 

     For 2007, the Committee selected the following companies for use in benchmarking Mr. Alexander’s (and the other Named Executive Officers’) compensation package:
     
Capital Crossing Bank
  Provident New York Bancorp
Center Bancorp, Inc.
  State Bancorp, Inc.
Century Bancorp, Inc.
  Sterling Financial Corporation
Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.
  Suffolk Bancorp
Flushing Financial Corporation
  The First of Long Island Corporation
Intervest Bancshares Corporation
  TrustCo Bank Corp NY
OceanFirst Financial Corp, Inc.
  Westfield Financial, Inc.
PennFed Financial Services, Inc.
   
     The companies in this group are all in the financial services industry. They were selected primarily on the basis of asset size, geography, and product and service offerings. Compensation information for companies included in the peer group was obtained by reviewing publicly available proxy statements and other relevant filings made with securities regulatory authorities.
     For 2007, the Committee established the target value of Mr. Alexander’s base salary and bonus package at approximately $900,000. The Compensation Committee reviewed the base salary and bonus information compiled by the outside consultant from relevant survey data and the proxy data described above, and then formulated a recommendation for the base salary and annual incentive cash award components for Mr. Alexander for 2007. The base salary and annual incentive cash award for Mr. Alexander was determined using approximately the 65 th percentile of the cash target range.
     Based upon this review, Mr. Alexander’s base salary for 2007 was established at $750,000 and his target bonus was established at $150,000. The Committee considered the mix of compensation components related to Northfield Bank’s short and long-term strategic plans, Mr. Alexander’s role and responsibilities and restrictions under New York State Banking Rules.
      Annual Compensation-Setting Process – Other Named Executive Officers. In December 2005, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the full the board of directors approved, the total cash components of the annual compensation packages for all other Named Executive Officers. Details regarding base salary and annual incentive cash awards made to the Named Executive Officers are included in the detailed compensation tables following this section. The Committee evaluated the overall level of total cash compensation for each Named Executive Officer (other than the Chief Executive Officer) after considering the recent performance of Northfield Bank and the role of each Named Executive Officer, the criticality of each Named Executive Officer to the future success of Northfield Bank in attaining its goals and their experience, contribution and knowledge of our organization.
     The target value of the Named Executive Officers’ total cash compensation packages, as established by the Committee for 2006 generally followed the same steps as outlined above for the Chief Executive Officer.
     After establishing the target value for each Named Executive Officer’s overall total cash compensation package, the Committee made detailed determinations for each element of that package in order to arrive at the desired overall result:
    Base Salary : The Committee first set the 2006 base salary for each Named Executive Officer, within target dollar ranges contemplated by internal guidelines. Salary increases for the Named Executive Officers represented increases of from 4% to 6% compared to

126


 

      base salaries for 2005. At these levels, base salaries represented approximately 80% of the target value of each Named Executive Officer’s total cash compensation package, consistent with the Committee’s philosophy of emphasizing the at-risk components of total cash compensation for executive officers. 2006 base salary for the Named Executive Officer’s was approved by the full board in December 2005.
    Annual Incentive Cash Award: The Named Executive Officers’ “base award” bonus target for 2006 was established at 25% of their base salary for 2006. Messrs. Klein, Doherty and Widmer also had individually-set performance objectives that were evaluated by the Committee in their annual evaluation of each Named Executive Officers performance. The additional individual performance awards were targeted at up to 10% of base salary. The Committee completed its evaluation of each Named Executive Officer’s performance related to Northfield Bank’s 2006 actual performance against the company-wide performance measures after the close of the 2006 year. Based upon such evaluation, the Compensation Committee recommended that each Named Executive Officer receive a 25% base award. In addition, the Committee, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, reviewed Messrs. Klein, Doherty, and Widmer’s actual performance as compared to their established individually-set performance objectives. Based upon this evaluation, the Committee recommended an individual award for Messrs. Klein, Doherty and Widmer of $20,670, $21,200 and $17,620, respectively. Mr. Klein was awarded an additional $20,670 in recognition of his specific contributions to the organization in 2006. The 2006 awards were approved by the full board of directors in May 2007.
     For 2007, the Committee established the target value of Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, Mr. Widmer, and Ms. Frank’s base salary and annual incentive cash award at approximately $360,000, $336,000, $264,000 and $204,000, respectively. The Compensation Committee reviewed the base salary and bonus information compiled by the outside consultant from the relevant survey data and the proxy data described above, and then formulated a recommendation for the base salary and annual incentive cash award components for each of the Named Executive Officers other than the Chief Executive Officer for 2007. Total cash compensation for Messrs. Klein and Doherty was determined using approximately the 65 th percentile target range. Mr. Widmer’s and Ms. Frank’s total cash compensation was adjusted in consideration of their roles, specific responsibilities and knowledge of the organization.
     Based upon this review, base salaries for Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, Mr. Widmer, and Ms. Frank were established at $300,000, $280,000, $220,000 and $170,000, respectively. The Committee considered the mix of compensation components related to Northfield Bank’s short and long-term strategic plans and the Named Executive Officers’ roles, experience, responsibilities and knowledge of the organization.
      Prospective Benefit Plans. The board of directors has approved the establishment of an employee stock ownership plan in connection with the stock offering. The employee stock ownership plan will be a tax-qualified, broad-based employee benefit program. All Named Executive Officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, will be eligible to receive benefits under this program.
     See “ Stock Benefit Plans” for additional information about the employee stock ownership plan and the additional equity-based benefit plans.

127


 

Executive Compensation
      Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2006 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to Mr. Alexander, who serves as President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Klein, who serves as Chief Financial Officer, and the four most highly compensated executive officers of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank other than Messrs. Alexander and Klein. The “Stock awards” and “Option awards” columns have been omitted from the Summary Compensation Table because no listed individual earned any compensation during the year ended December 31, 2006 of a type required to be disclosed in those columns.
                                                         
Summary Compensation Table
                                    Change in pension        
                            Non-equity   value and        
                            incentive   nonqualified        
                            plan   deferred   All other    
Name and principal                           compensation   compensation   compensation    
position   Year   Salary ($)   Bonus ($)   ($)   earnings ($) (1)   ($)(2)   Total ($)
John W. Alexander,
Chairman of the
Board, President
and Chief Executive
Officer
    2006       676,000             169,000             120,212       965,212  
 
                                                       
Steven M. Klein,
Executive Vice
President and Chief
Financial Officer
(Principal Financial
and Accounting Officer)
    2006       206,700       20,670       72,345             28,388       328,103  
 
                                                       
Kenneth J. Doherty,
Executive Vice
President-Chief
Lending Officer
    2006       212,000             69,960             29,550       311,510  
 
                                                       
Michael J. Widmer,
Executive Vice
President,
Operations
    2006       176,200       100,000       137,670             27,749       441,619  
 
                                                       
Madeline G. Frank,
Senior Vice
President-Corporate
Secretary
    2006       156,000             39,000             16,181       211,181  
 
                                                       
Albert J. Regen,
Former President (3)
    2006       292,000                   1,637,650       57,514       1,987,164  
(footnotes on following page)

128


 

(footnotes from previous page)
 
(1)   Amounts shown in the column headed “Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings” pertain solely to a supplemental executive retirement agreement entered into with Mr. Regen in 2006 to coincide with Mr. Regen’s retirement from Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank. Mr. Regen is entitled to 120 monthly payments of $17,450. The amount included in the above table reflects the present value of the total payments to which Mr. Regen was entitled as of the date of his retirement.
 
(2)   The individuals listed in this table participate in certain medical and dental coverage plans, not disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table, that are generally available to salaried employees and do not discriminate in scope, terms and operation. The amount shown for each individual includes our direct out-of-pocket cost (reduced, in the case of the figures shown for automobiles, by the amount that we would otherwise have paid in cash reimbursements during the year for business use), for the following items:
                                         
    Mr. Alexander     Mr. Klein     Mr. Doherty     Mr. Widmer     Ms. Frank  
Employer contributions to qualified and non-qualified deferred compensation plans (including 401(k) and non-qualified deferred compensation plans)
  $ 60,840     $ 18,290     $ 19,060     $ 15,846     $ 14,040  
Life insurance premiums
    39,272       1,488       2,289       1,268       1,685  
Long-term disability
    2,180       667       684       568       456  
Automobile
    6,733       6,500       6,500       4,050        
Club dues
    9,120                   5,000        
Travel expense for spouse to accompany on business travel
    1,347       723       297       297        
Cell phone reimbursement
    720       720       720       720        
 
                             
Total
  $ 120,212     $ 28,388     $ 29,550     $ 27,749     $ 16,181  
 
                             
 
    Prior to Mr. Regen’s retirement on September 30, 2006, he received the following amounts of “All Other Compensation”: Employer contributions to qualified and non-qualified deferred compensation plans (including 401(k) and non-qualified deferred compensation plans) — $18,372; life insurance premiums — $2,430; automobile — $2,202; club dues- $7,270; cell phone business reimbursement - $540; and reimbursement for unused personal days — $14,600. Mr. Regen’s total also includes director’s fees received after September 30, 2006 of $12,100
 
(3)   Mr. Regen retired as President of Northfield Bank and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. on September 30, 2006.
      Employment Agreements . Northfield Bank has entered into similar employment agreements with each of Messrs. Alexander, Klein, Doherty and Widmer. The employment agreements with Messrs. Alexander, Klein and Doherty are dated as of July 1, 2006, and the employment agreement with Mr. Widmer is dated as of January 4, 2007. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (formerly Northfield Holdings Corp.) is a signatory to each of the agreements for the sole purpose of guaranteeing payments thereunder. Each of these agreements has an initial term of three years. Each year, on the anniversary date of these agreements, the employment agreements renew for an additional year so that the remaining term will be three years unless notice of nonrenewal is provided to the executive prior to such anniversary date. The Compensation Committee of the board of directors conducts an annual performance evaluation of each executive for purposes of determining whether to renew the employment agreement. Current base salaries for Messrs. Alexander, Klein, Doherty and Widmer are $750,000, $300,000, $280,000 and $220,000, respectively. In addition to the base salary, each agreement provides for, among other things, participation in bonus programs and other employee retirement benefit and fringe benefit plans applicable to executive employees. Northfield Bank also will pay or reimburse each executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by the executive in the performance of his obligations. In addition, Northfield Bank will provide Mr. Alexander with a life insurance policy, pay or reimburse Mr. Alexander for the annual dues associated with his membership in a country club, and reimburse Mr. Alexander for the expense of leasing an automobile and reasonable expenses associated with the use of such automobile. Each employment agreement may be terminated for cause at any time, in which event the executive would have no right to receive compensation or other benefits under the employment agreement for any period after termination.
     Certain events resulting in the executive’s termination or resignation entitle the executive to payments of severance benefits following termination of employment. In the event the executive’s employment is terminated for reasons other than “just cause” (as defined below), “disability” (as defined below), or death, or in the event the executive resigns during the term of the agreement following:

129


 

  (i)   the failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint the executive to his executive position, and in the case of Mr. Alexander, the failure to nominate or re-nominate him as a director of Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc.;
 
  (ii)   a material change in the nature or scope of the executive’s authority that would cause the executive’s position to become one of lesser importance;
 
  (iii)   a relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment by more than 30 miles from designated areas;
 
  (iv)   a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites of executive, other than a reduction in pay or benefits of all Northfield Bank employees;
 
  (v)   the liquidation or dissolution of Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc. that would affect the status of the executive; or
 
  (vi)   a material breach of the employment agreement by Northfield Bank;
the executive would be entitled to a severance payment equal to the sum of:
  (A)   the executive’s earned but unpaid salary as of the date of his termination of employment,
 
  (B)   the benefits to which he is entitled as a former employee under the employee benefit plans maintained by Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc.,
 
  (C)   the remaining payments the executive would have earned if he had continued his employment with Northfield Bank for 36 months following his termination and had earned a bonus and/or incentive award in each year equal to the average bonus and/or incentive award earned over the three calendar years preceding the year in which the executive’s employment is terminated, and
 
  (D)   the annual contributions or payments that would have been made on the executive’s behalf to any employee benefit plans as if the executive had continued his employment with Northfield Bank for 36 months following his termination of employment, based on contributions or payments made (on an annualized basis) on his date of termination.
     In the event the executive resigns in connection with or following a “change in control” (as defined below), severance benefits would be similar to those described above, except for the calculation of the bonus which would be based on the highest annual bonus and/or incentive award earned by him in any of the three calendar years preceding the year in which the termination occurs. Payments will be made in a lump sum within 30 days after the date of termination, or, in the event Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, applies, no later than the first day of the seventh month following the date of termination. In addition, the executive and his family would be entitled, at no expense to the

130


 

executive, to the continuation of life, medical, dental and disability coverage for 36 months following the date of termination.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event payments to the executive would result in an “excess parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, payments under the employment agreements with Northfield Bank would be reduced in order to avoid such a result.
     In the event Mr. Alexander becomes disabled, his obligation to perform services under the employment agreement will terminate and he will receive the benefits provided under any disability program sponsored by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank. To the extent disability benefits for Mr. Alexander are less than his base salary on the effective date of his termination of employment, and less than 66 2/3% of his base salary after the first year following termination, he will receive a supplemental disability benefit equal to the difference between the benefits provided under any disability program sponsored by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank and his base salary for one year following the date of termination, and 66 2/3% of his base salary after the first year following termination, until the earliest to occur of his death, recovery of disability or the date he attains age 65. If disability payments to Mr. Alexander are not taxable to him for federal income tax purposes, such amounts shall be tax adjusted assuming a combined federal, state and city tax rate of 38%, for purposes of determining the reduction in payments under the agreement, to reflect the tax-free nature of the disability payments. In addition, Mr. Alexander and his dependents will continue to be covered, at no cost to them, under all benefit plans, including retirement plans and medical, dental and life insurance plans in which they participated prior to the occurrence of his disability, until the earliest of his recovery from disability or attaining age 65.
     The employment agreements for Messrs. Klein, Doherty and Widmer provide that in the event of the executive’s disability, the executive’s obligation to perform services under the employment agreement will terminate, and the executive will continue to receive his then current base salary for one year. Such payment will be reduced by the amount of any short- or long-term disability benefits payable under any disability program sponsored by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank. If disability payments to Messrs. Klein, Doherty or Widmer are not subject to federal income tax, then amounts payable to the executives under the employment agreements shall be tax adjusted in a manner similar to payments to Mr. Alexander. In addition, the executive and his dependents will continue to be provided with medical, dental and other health benefits on the same terms as those provided prior to the executive’s termination for a period of one year.
     In the event of the executive’s death, the executive’s estate or beneficiaries will be paid the executive’s base salary for one year and will receive continued medical, dental, and other health benefits for one year on the same terms as those provided prior to the executive’s death. Upon retirement at age 65 or such later date determined by the board of directors, the executive will receive only those benefits to which he is entitled under any retirement plan of Northfield Bank to which he is a party.
     Upon termination of the executive’s employment other than in connection with a change in control or for cause, the executive agrees not to compete with Northfield Bank for a period of two years in any city, town or county in which the executive’s normal business office is located and Northfield Bank has an office or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office.

131


 

     The following definitions apply to all of the employment agreements:
     Termination for “just cause” shall mean termination because of:
  (i)   Executive’s being convicted of a felony or any lesser criminal offense involving moral turpitude;
 
  (ii)   the willful commission by the Executive of a criminal or other act that, in the judgment of the board of directors, would likely cause substantial economic damage to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank or substantial injury to the business reputation of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank;
 
  (iii)   the commission by the Executive of any act of fraud in the performance of his duties on behalf of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank or a material violation of Northfield Bancorp Inc.’s or Northfield Bank’s code of ethics;
 
  (iv)   the continuing willful failure of the Executive to perform his duties to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after written notice thereof has been given to Executive by the board of directors (specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail) and Executive has been given a reasonable opportunity to be heard and cure such failure; or
 
  (v)   an order of a federal or state regulatory agency or a court of competent jurisdiction requiring the termination of the Executive’s employment by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank.
     Termination due to “disability” means termination of the executive’s employment due to a physical or mental infirmity that impairs the executive’s ability to substantially perform his duties under the agreement and that results in executive’s becoming eligible for long-term disability benefits under a long-term disability plan of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank (or, if Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank has no such plan in effect, that impairs the executive’s ability to substantially perform his duties under the agreement for a period of 180 consecutive days).
     “Change in control” means a change in control of a nature that:
  (i)   would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or
 
  (ii)   a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred at such times as:
  (a)   any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than NSB Holding Corp., is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s outstanding securities except for any securities purchased by Northfield Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or

132


 

  (b)   individuals who constitute the board of directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or
 
  (c)   a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or similar transaction in which Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is not the surviving institution occurs; or
 
  (d)   a proxy statement is distributed soliciting proxies from stockholders of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., by someone other than the current management of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or similar transaction with one or more corporations or financial institutions, and as a result of such proxy solicitation, a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is approved by the requisite vote of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders; or
 
  (e)   a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and the stockholders owning beneficially, or of record, 25% or more of the outstanding securities of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.
     A change in control shall not be deemed to have occurred in the event that
  (i)   Northfield Bancorp, Inc. sells less than 50% of its outstanding common stock in one or more stock offerings; or
 
  (ii)   Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or NSB Holding Corp. converts to stock form by reorganizing into the stock holding company structure.
      Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement . In July 2006, Northfield Bank entered into a supplemental executive retirement agreement with Mr. Regen. The agreement provides for the payment to Mr. Regen of a monthly benefit of $17,450 over a 120-month period, commencing on the earlier of his separation from service (deemed to be September 30, 2006 under the agreement) or his death. Payments to Mr. Regen commenced on October 1, 2006. In the event Mr. Regen dies after his separation from service, Northfield Bank will continue to make the remaining monthly payments to his surviving spouse. Mr. Regen agrees not to compete with Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc. in any city, town or county in which Northfield Bank has an office or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office as long as benefits are paid under the agreement.
      Short- and Long-Term Disability. Senior management at Northfield Bank will be paid their full salary for the duration of any period of short-term disability, up to 26 weeks. Senior management receive this benefit in lieu of the ability to “bank” paid time off for future use, which is only available to

133


 

employees of Northfield Bank who are not senior management. With respect to long-term disability, senior management employees are required to purchase long-term disability coverage and Northfield Bank provides such persons a bonus payment in recognition of their payment of such coverage. The amount of the bonus is in the sole discretion of Northfield Bank.
      Life Insurance Coverage . Employees of Northfield Bank receive life insurance coverage of up to three times salary, if hired before January 1, 2003, and up to two times salary, if hired on or after January 1, 2003. Such life insurance coverage is generally capped at $500,000. However, in the case of senior management, such life insurance coverage is capped at $750,000.
      Employee Savings Plan . Northfield Bank maintains a tax-qualified defined contribution plan with a salary deferral feature under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Salaried employees who have completed at least one year of eligibility service, as defined in the plan, are eligible to participate in the Employee Savings Plan. Employees who are paid on an hourly basis, employees who are paid exclusively on a commission basis, leased employees or employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement are not eligible to participate in the Employee Savings Plan. Eligible employees may contribute from 2% to 15% of their salary to the Employee Savings Plan on a pre-tax basis each year, subject to the limitations of the Internal Revenue Code (for 2007, the limit is $15,500, exclusive of any catch-up contributions). Employees who have been making before-tax contributions for less than 36 months will receive an employer matching contribution equal to 50% of their before-tax contributions, up to 6% of their salary (i.e., a 3% match). Employees who have participated for 36 or more months will receive an employer matching contribution equal to 100% of their contribution, up to 6% of their salary. In addition, we may make discretionary employer contributions on behalf of eligible employees. In connection with the stock offering, the Employee Savings Plan will be amended to permit employees to acquire stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. with their account balances.
      Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan. In connection with the stock offering, Northfield Bank has established the Northfield Bank Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Supplemental ESOP”). The Supplemental ESOP provides additional benefits to participants whose benefits under the tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan, described below, are limited by tax law limitations applicable to tax-qualified plans. Currently, Messrs. Alexander, Klein and Doherty are the only participants in this plan. The Supplemental ESOP requires a contribution to be credited by Northfield Bank for each participant who also participates in the employee stock ownership plan equal to the amount that would have been contributed under the terms of the employee stock ownership plan, but for the tax law limitations, less the amount actually contributed under the employee stock ownership plan. This benefit will be payable in either a lump sum or installments, as elected by a participant, upon the death of the participant, the participant’s separation from service or disability (as those terms are defined in the Supplemental ESOP), or upon the occurrence of a change in control (as that term is defined in the Supplemental ESOP) of Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

134


 

      Plan-Based Awards . The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2006 certain information as to grants of plan-based awards.
                                 
Grants Of Plan-Based Awards For The Year Ended December 31, 2006
            Estimated future payouts under non-equity incentive
            plan awards
Name   Grant date   Threshold ($)   Target ($)   Maximum ($)
John W. Alexander
    2/17/2006             169,000       169,000  
 
                               
Steven M. Klein
    2/17/2006             51,675       72,345  
 
                               
Kenneth J. Doherty
    2/17/2006             53,000       74,200  
 
                               
Michael J. Widmer
    12/31/2002             76,000        
 
    2/17/2006             44,050       61,670  
 
                               
Madeline G. Frank
    2/17/2006             39,000       39,000  
 
                               
Albert J. Regen (1)
                       
 
(1)   Mr. Regen retired on September 30, 2006 and was not eligible to participate in our incentive plan as of December 31, 2006.
     For information about plan-based awards made to the Named Executive Officers for the year ended December 31, 2006, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Linking Company Performance to Incentive Plan Awards,” “—Annual Compensation-Setting Process — Chief Executive Officer” and “—Annual Compensation-Setting Process — Chief Executive Officer.”
      Pension Benefits. None of the individuals listed in the Summary Compensation Table had accumulated pension benefits either at or during the year ended December 31, 2006.
      Nonqualified Deferred Compensation. The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our nonqualified deferred compensation plans at and for the year ended December 31, 2006.
                                         
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation At And For The Year Ended December 31, 2006
    Executive   Registrant                
    contributions in   contributions in   Aggregate   Aggregate Aggregate balance
    last fiscal year ($)   last fiscal year ($)   earnings in last   withdrawals/ at last fiscal year
Name   (1)   (1)   fiscal year ($) (1)   distributions ($)   end ($)
John W. Alexander
  $ 169,000     $ 41,590     $ 97,107     $     $ 1,119,407  
 
                                       
Steven M. Klein
    7,791       12,258       5,604             57,938  
 
                                       
Kenneth J. Doherty
          50       10,455             95,868  
 
                                       
Michael J. Widmer
                3,499             49,070  
 
                                       
Madeline G. Frank
    13,650             6,250             62,628  
 
                                       
Albert J. Regen
          5,572       49,134       290,490       167,417  
 
(1)   Contributions included in the “Executive contributions in last fiscal year” and the “Registrant contributions in last fiscal year” columns are included as compensation for the listed individuals in the Summary Compensation Table. Amounts included in the “Aggregate earnings in last fiscal year” are not included as compensation for the listed individuals in the Summary Compensation Table as such earnings are not preferential or “above market.”

135


 

     Northfield Bank maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to provide for the elective deferral of non-employee director fees by members of the participating board of directors, and the elective deferral of compensation and/or performance-based compensation payable to eligible employees of NSB Holding Corp. and Northfield Bank. A designated amount of director fees, compensation and/or performance based compensation may be deferred until one of the specified events in the plan occurs, which permits all or part of the monies so deferred, together with earnings, to be distributed to participants or their beneficiaries. In addition, the plan provides eligible employees of Northfield Bank with supplemental retirement income from Northfield Bank when such amounts are not payable under the benefit and/or contribution formulas of the Retirement Plan of Northfield Bank in RSI Retirement Trust (the “Retirement Plan”) and/or the Northfield Bank 401(k) Savings Plan in RSI Retirement Trust (the “401(k) Savings Plan”), due to reductions and other limitations imposed under the Internal Revenue Code.
     Members of the board of trustees of NSB Holding Corp., the board of directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank, and certain specified employees or a specified class or classes of employees are eligible to participate in the plan. Eligible trustees, directors or employees become participants upon agreeing in a written enrollment agreement to defer any portion of their trustee fees, director fees, compensation and/or performance based compensation. Each participant may request that his deferred compensation account be adjusted for gains and losses as if invested 100% in any of the investment options made available by NSB Holding Corp. or Northfield Bank, in their sole discretion, or alternatively, in any combination of then available investment options, so long as the total equals 100%. A participant may request a change to his or her investment allocation under the plan up to two times per year. In the event any participant fails to direct the investment of his or her deferred compensation account, or to the extent the employer chooses not to honor the participant’s request, the deferred compensation account will be deemed to bear interest at the rate prevailing for 30-year United States Treasury Bonds.
     With respect to amounts of deferred trustee or director fees, deferred compensation or performance based compensation, distributions will be made under the plan in the event of the participant’s retirement, death, termination due to disability, separation from service prior to the participant’s retirement date, upon the establishment of an unforeseeable emergency, upon a change in control, or upon the attainment of a specific date of distribution, in a single lump sum or in up to 15 annual installment payments, as designated by the participant in his or her enrollment agreement. In the case of an unforeseeable emergency, the amounts distributed will not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy the emergency plus an amount necessary to pay any taxes owed on the distribution. In the event the participant fails to designate a payment schedule on his enrollment agreement or if the entire balance credited to the participant’s account is less than $10,000, payment will be made in a single lump sum. In the event a participant dies before receiving the full amount of his benefit, the remaining amounts will be paid to the participant’s beneficiary or, if none, to the participant’s estate in a single lump sum. Distributions to certain “specified employees” on account of their separation from service may be delayed for six months if necessary to comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.
     The non-qualified deferred compensation plan also provides an additional supplemental retirement income benefit that augments the benefits paid to one participant under the defined benefit plan of Northfield Bank that was previously terminated. No present employee and no individual listed in the Summary Compensation Table has an accrued benefit under this portion of the non-qualified deferred compensation plan. One former employee’s beneficiaries are receiving benefits under this portion of the plan.

136


 

     In addition, the non-qualified deferred compensation plan provides for benefits which supplement those paid under the 401(k) Savings Plan in the event of normal, early or postponed retirement, death or termination of service. Such benefits will be equal to the sum of the maximum amount of employer matching contributions provided to a participant each calendar year, assuming a participant’s maximum contributions, reduced by the amount of employer matching contributions provided to the participant each calendar year under the 401(k) Savings Plan, adjusted by gains and losses, plus the amount of employer matching contributions that were not credited to a participant’s 401(k) Savings Plan account as a result of an employer error in not crediting the otherwise permissible maximum amount of employer matching contributions to the participant’s 401(k) Savings Plan account, adjusted by gains and losses, if any, plus the maximum amount of discretionary employer contributions provided to a participant under the 401(k) Savings Plan, assuming an allocation without taking into account the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code, reduced by the amount of discretionary employer contributions provided to a participant each calendar year under the 401(k) Savings Plan, adjusted by gains and losses, if any. Benefits will be equal to the value of all amounts credited to the participant’s deferral credit account, in accordance with the participant’s enrollment agreement for deferral of compensation. With respect to the supplemental 401(k) Savings Plan benefit, in the event of a participant’s death a single lump sum survivor’s benefit shall be paid to his or her surviving spouse, unless the participant has selected an alternative form of payment upon his death.
     The non-qualified deferred compensation plan is considered an unfunded plan for tax and Employee Retirement Income Security Act purposes. All obligations owing under the plan are payable from the general assets of Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and are subject to the claims of Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s creditors.
Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers
     The following table sets forth estimates of the amounts that would be payable to the listed individuals in the event of their termination of employment on December 31, 2006 in designated circumstances. The table does not include vested or accrued benefits under qualified and non-qualified benefit plans or qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plans that are disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus. The table assumes that the provisions of Mr. Widmer’s employment agreement dated January 4, 2007 were in effect at December 31, 2006, as payments under the January 4, 2007 agreement were greater than the payments that would have been required under his agreement that expired December 31, 2006. The estimates shown are highly dependent on a variety of factors, including but not limited to: the date of termination; interest rates; federal, state and local tax rates; and compensation history. Actual payments due could vary substantially from the estimates shown. We consider each termination scenario listed below to be exclusive of all other scenarios and do not expect that any of our executive officers would be eligible to collect the benefits shown under more than one termination scenario.

137


 

                                 
    Mr. Alexander   Mr. Klein   Mr. Doherty   Mr. Widmer
Disability
                               
Salary continuation (1)
  $ 1,471,278     $ 102,264     $ 104,999     $ 86,522  
Medical, dental and other health benefits (2)
    129,671       10,700       10,700       10,700  
Life insurance (3)
    163,591                    
 
                               
Death
                               
Salary (lump-sum payment) (4)
    676,000       206,700       212,000       176,200  
Medical, dental and other health benefits (4)
    10,700       10,700       10,700       10,700  
 
                               
Discharge Without Cause or Resignation With Good Reason — no Change in Control
                               
Salary (lump sum) (5)
    2,028,000       620,100       636,000       528,600  
Bonus (lump sum) (5)
    484,192       148,137       141,907       120,450  
Retirement contributions (lump sum) (5)
    185,520       55,809       57,240       47,574  
Medical, dental and other health benefits (6)
    46,814       46,814       46,814       46,814  
Life insurance contributions (7)
    113,655       1,298       3,276       1,689  
 
                               
Discharge Without Cause or Resignation With Good Reason — Change in Control-Related (8)
                               
Salary (lump sum)
    2,028,000       620,100       636,000       528,600  
Bonus (lump sum)
    511,326       148,137       151,935       124,650  
Retirement contributions (lump sum)
    185,520       55,809       57,240       47,574  
Medical, dental and other health benefits
    46,814       46,814       46,814       46,814  
Life insurance contributions
    113,655       1,298       3,276       1,689  
 
(1)   In the case of disability, Mr. Alexander’s contract provides for supplemental salary continuation until the earlier of: recovery from such disability, attaining age 65, or death. The reported figure above assumes salary continuation until Mr. Alexander attains the age of 65. Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, and Mr. Widmer, receive salary continuation benefits for one-year following such disability. The supplemental salary continuation contract benefit seeks to provide the executive with his base salary in the first year following disability, reduced by any assumed short-term or long-term disability insurance benefits provided under separate insurance plans we maintain. Mr. Alexander’s contract provides for second year benefits and for every year thereafter, equal to 66 2/3% of his base salary. Such amounts due under the contracts are reduced by any assumed short-term or long-term disability insurance benefits provided under separate insurance plans we maintain on a tax-equivalent basis (assuming a 38% tax rate), if such short-term or long-term disability benefits are excludable for federal income tax purposes. Supplemental salary continuation benefits have been discounted at an annual compounding rate of 4.50% for Mr. Alexander. The figures presented for Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, and Mr. Widmer are presented without discount.
 
(2)   Mr. Alexander’s contract provides for medical, dental, and other health benefits to him and his family, at no cost to him, until Mr. Alexander recovers from such disability, or Mr. Alexander attains the age of 65. Mr. Klein’s, Mr. Doherty’s, and Mr. Widmer’s contracts provide for one year of medical, dental, and other health benefits at the same terms, including cost sharing by the executive, as provided to the executive prior to his disability. The reported figure for Mr. Alexander reflects the estimated present value of the future premium cost of such benefits, calculated utilizing substantially the same health care cost increase assumptions we use in measuring our liability for such benefits for financial statement purposes under Statement of Financial Account Standards No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions” (“SFAS 106”). For purposes of this presentation, the estimated future costs were discounted at a 4.50% annual compounding rate. The figures presented for Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, and Mr. Widmer are presented without discount.
 
(3)   Mr. Alexander’s contact provides for life insurance continuation benefits. Mr. Alexander receives an annual reimbursement for a whole-life policy premium through 2011 in the amount $35,660. In addition, the contract provides for the continuation of group life insurance until the earlier of: recovery from such disability or Mr. Alexander attains the age of 65. The reported figure in the table assumes that group term life insurance benefits will continues until Mr. Alexander attains the age of 65, with an assumed annual cost increase of 4% and a present value discount rate of 4.50% annual compounding rate. The agreement in effect for Mr. Alexander provides for salary continuation at his base salary for the first year after such disability and 66 and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of his base salary after the first year. Such payments continue until Mr. Alexander’s death, recovery from such disability, or the date the executive attains age 65. The figures shown assume any amounts owed to Mr. Alexander will be reduced by applicable short-term and long-payment disability payments received from insurance carriers without discount for present value. Mr. Klein and Mr. Doherty, and Mr. Widmer are provided a salary continuation for the first year after such disability. The figures shown assume any amounts owed will be reduced by applicable short-term and long-payment disability payments received from insurance carriers without discount for present value.

138


 

(4)   Each of the agreements provides for a lump-sum death benefit equal to one-year of base salary for each executive. The contracts also provide for the continuation of medical, dental, and other health benefits to the executive’s family for a period of one-year at the same terms and cost to the executive immediately prior to his death.
 
(5)   Each of the agreements provides for the lump-sum payment of: three times base salary; three times the average annual bonus/and or incentive award for three years prior to the year of termination; and the retirement contributions or payments that we would have made on the executive’s behalf, as if the executive had continued his employment for a 36-month period, based on contributions or payments made (on an annualized basis) at the date of termination. Each of the agreements limits the total payments to an executive to an amount that is one dollar less three times the executive’s “base amount” as defined in Section 280(G) of the Internal Revenue Code. The figures presented in the table are presented without the reduction required to satisfy this limitation.
 
(6)   Each agreement provides for medical, dental, and other health benefits to the executive and his family, at no cost to the executive for a period of 36 months from the date of termination. The reported figures reflect the estimated present value of the future premium cost of such benefits, calculated utilizing substantially the same health care cost increase assumptions we used in measuring our liability for such benefits for financial statement purposes under SFAS 106. For purposes of this presentation, the estimated future costs were discounted at a 4.50% annual compounding rate.
 
(7)   Each agreement provides for life insurance benefits to the executive and his family, at no cost to the executive for a period of 36 months from the date of termination. Mr. Alexander receives an annual reimbursement of $35,660 for a whole-life insurance policy. Mr. Alexander, Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, and Mr. Widmer also participate in our group life insurance plan. The reported figures in the table assume that the reimbursement to Mr. Alexander for his whole-life insurance policy will continue for a period of three years. The reported figures also include the estimated costs of group term life insurance benefits for Mr. Alexander, Mr. Klein, Mr. Doherty, and Mr. Widmer for a three year period with an assumed annual cost increase of 4% and a present value discount rate of 4.50% compounded annually.
 
(8)   Under each of the agreements, amounts payable under a change in control are identical to those payable for “Discharge Without Cause or Resignation With Good Reason — no Change in Control” except that payments pertaining to bonus and/or incentive awards are based upon the highest annual bonus and/or incentive award earned in any of the three years preceding the year in which the termination occurs.
Director Compensation
     The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2006 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to our directors. Mr. Alexander does not receive separate compensation for his service as a director. Prior to October 1, 2006, Mr. Regen did not receive separate compensation for his service as a director. Director fees paid to Mr. Regen for his service beginning October 1, 2006 are reflected in the “Summary Compensation Table,” above. The “Non-equity incentive plan compensation,” “Stock awards,” “Option awards,” “Change in pension value and nonqualified deferred compensation earnings” and “All other compensation” columns have been omitted from the table because no Director earned any compensation during the year ended December 31, 2006 of a type required to be disclosed in those columns.
                 
Director Compensation Table For the Year Ended December 31, 2006
    Fees earned or paid in    
Name   cash ($)   Total ($)
Stanley A. Applebaum (1)
    59,300       59,300  
John R. Bowen (2)
    61,850       61,850  
Annette Catino
    78,500       78,500  
Gil Chapman
    64,700       64,700  
John P. Connors, Jr. (1)
    58,150       58,150  
John J. DePierro
    71,750       71,750  
Susan Lamberti
    64,750       64,750  
Patrick E. Scura, Jr.
    66,800       66,800  
 
(1)   During 2006, Messrs. Applebaum and Mr. Connors provided legal services to or for the benefit of Northfield Bank. See Transactions With Certain Related Persons” for a discussion of fees received for legal services provided in 2006.
 
(2)   During 2006, Mr. Bowen provided consulting services to Northfield Bank under a consulting contract that was entered into in connection with the 2002 acquisition of Liberty Bancorp, Inc. and Liberty Bank. See “Transactions With Certain Related Persons” for a discussion of fees received for consulting services provided in 2006.

139


 

     On an annual basis, director compensation is reviewed by the Compensation Committee, in consultation with the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Factors considered in the evaluation include the size and complexity of the company, as well as the responsibilities, market place availability of necessary skill sets, and the time commitment necessary for the board, its committees, and its committee chairs, to adequately discharge their oversight role and responsibilities. Available survey data of director compensation at other comparable financial institutions is considered as part of this process.
     The following table sets forth the director and committee fee structure for the board and its standing committees (all of which were due and payable in cash) for the year ended December 31, 2006. Attendance fees, and one-fourth of any annual retainer, are paid on a quarterly basis, in arrears, unless a director elects to have such fees or a portion there of, deferred under our non-qualified deferred compensation plan, described above.
                                 
            Nominating and        
    Board of   Corporate   Compensation    
    Directors   Governance   Committee   Audit Committee
Annual Retainer
  $ 30,000                    
 
                               
Annual Retainer-Chairman
        $ 3,000     $ 4,000     $ 6,000  
 
                               
Per Meeting Attendance Fee
  $ 1,250     $ 850     $ 850     $ 1,250  
     All other committees of the board receive, in cash, an $850 per meeting attendance fee and an annual committee chair retainer of $3,000. In addition to the committees noted in the above table, the board of directors also has a standing Asset Liability Committee and Bank Secrecy Act & Compliance Committee.
Stock Benefit Plans
      Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust . We intend to implement an employee stock ownership plan in connection with the stock offering. As part of the stock offering, the employee stock ownership plan trust intends to borrow funds from Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and use those funds to purchase a number of shares equal to 3.92% of the outstanding common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. following the stock offering, including shares held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Collateral for the loan will be the common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. The loan will be repaid principally from discretionary contributions made by Northfield Bank to the employee stock ownership plan over a period of up to 30 years. The loan documents will provide that the loan may be repaid over a shorter period, without penalty for prepayments. We anticipate that the interest rate on the loan will equal the prime interest rate at the closing of the stock offering, and will adjust annually at the beginning of each calendar year. Shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan will be held in a suspense account for allocation among participants as the loan is repaid.
     Shares released from the suspense account will be allocated among employee stock ownership plan participants on the basis of compensation in the year of allocation, subject to Internal Revenue Code limitations. Benefits under the plan vest at the rate of 20% per year of credited service beginning in the second year of credited service so that a participant with six years of credited service will become fully vested. Credit will be given for vesting purposes to participants for years of service with Northfield Bank

140


 

prior to the adoption of the plan. Credit will also be given to those employees who were employed at Liberty Bank at the time of its acquisition by Northfield Bank for their years of service at Liberty Bank. A participant’s interest in his account under the plan will fully vest in the event of termination of service due to a participant’s normal retirement, death, disability, or upon a change in control (as defined in the plan). Vested benefits will be payable generally in the form of common stock, or to the extent participants’ accounts contain cash, benefits will be paid in cash. Northfield Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan are discretionary, subject to the loan terms and tax law limits. Therefore, benefits payable under the employee stock ownership plan cannot be estimated. Pursuant to SOP 93-6, we will be required to record compensation expense each year in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares released from the suspense account. In the event of a change in control, the employee stock ownership plan will terminate.
      Stock-Based Benefit Plans . Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans that will provide for grants of stock options and awards of shares of common stock. Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, the number of options granted or shares awarded under such plans may not exceed 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of our outstanding shares (including shares issued to Northfield Bancorp, MHC and to Northfield Bank Foundation), exclusive of shares acquired in the secondary market to fund such plans in excess of the foregoing amounts. Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, the number of options granted or shares awarded under the plan, when aggregated with any subsequently adopted stock-based benefit plans (exclusive of any shares held by any employee stock ownership plan), may not exceed 25% of the number of shares of common stock held by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC.
     The stock-based benefit plans will comply with all applicable regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The stock-based benefit plans cannot be established sooner than six months after the stock offering and would require the approval of a majority of votes cast by our stockholders (under Nasdaq rules) by a majority of the total votes of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. eligible to be cast (excluding votes eligible to be cast by Northfield Bancorp, MHC), unless we obtain a waiver from the Office of Thrift Supervision that would allow the stock-based benefit plans to be approved by a majority of votes cast by our stockholders (excluding shares voted by Northfield Bancorp, MHC). We currently intend to request such a waiver from the Office of Thrift Supervision. Unless a waiver is obtained from the Office of Thrift Supervision, the following additional Office of Thrift Supervision restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plan:
    non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and awards authorized under the plans;
 
    any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and stock awards authorized under the plans;
 
    any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options or stock awards authorized under the plans;
 
    the options and awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plans; and
 
    accelerated vesting of awards is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

141


 

     We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.
     The Office of Thrift Supervision has proposed amendments to its existing regulations regarding stock-based benefit plans that are intended to clarify and simplify such regulations. Specifically, the amendments would clarify that we may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering, provided shares used to fund the plans in excess of these amounts are obtained through stock repurchases. The proposed amendments also would require that if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted less than one year following the stock offering, the stock-based benefit plans must be approved by a majority of the votes of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. stockholders cast at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, excluding votes eligible to be cast by Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Under the proposed amendments, there would be no separate vote required of minority stockholders if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. The proposed amendments would further clarify that the current regulatory restrictions set forth above regarding the amount of individual and group awards, and restrictions on accelerated vesting of awards, would not apply if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.
      In the event the Office of Thrift Supervision adopts these regulations as proposed, or otherwise changes its existing regulations or policies, we may implement stock-based benefit plans that exceed the current limits applicable to the overall size of such plans and individual awards thereunder, and otherwise grant awards with terms that are different than those required by current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and policy. Moreover, to the extent that any new regulations or policies contain a more flexible voting standard for stockholder approval than that currently required, we intend to use the more flexible voting standard, which could result in the vote of Northfield Bancorp, MHC controlling the outcome of a stockholder vote on our stock-based benefit plans.
Transactions with Certain Related Persons
      Loans and Extensions of Credit . The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits us from making loans to our executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans made by Northfield Bank to our executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations.
     The aggregate amount of our outstanding loans to our officers and directors and their related entities was $1.4 million at March 31, 2007. All of such loans were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to Northfield Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. These loans were performing according to their original terms at March 31, 2007, and were made in compliance with federal banking regulations.
      Other Transactions. Stanley A. Applebaum and John P. Connors, Jr., in addition to their duties as directors of NSB Holding Corp., Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank, are practicing attorneys who perform legal work directly for or on behalf of Northfield Bank. During the year ended December 31, 2006, Mr. Applebaum and Mr. Connors received fees, either directly from Northfield Bank, or from our customers, in the amounts of approximately $130,000 and $70,000, respectively. The board of directors authorizes the transactions each year, and the Compensation Committee of the board of

142


 

directors reviews a summary of the services performed and the total fees paid for services on an annual basis. All transactions with Mr. Applebaum and Mr. Connors are in the ordinary course of business, and the terms and fees, are considered to be consistent with those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons.
     Mr. Bowen is a party to a consulting contract with Northfield Bank entered into in connection with our acquisition of Liberty Bancorp, Inc. and Liberty Bank in December 2002. The contract expired on December 31, 2006. In accordance with the consulting contract, for the year ended December 31, 2006, Mr. Bowen received consulting fees of $218,000 and the use of a company-owned automobile valued at $9,971.
Participation by Directors and Executive Officers in the Stock Offering
     The following table sets forth information regarding intended subscriptions for shares of common stock by each of the directors and executive officers of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank and their associates, and by all directors and executive officers and their associates as a group. In the event the individual maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons subscribing for the maximum amount may increase their purchase orders. Directors and executive officers will purchase shares of common stock at the same $10.00 purchase price per share and on the same terms as other purchasers in the stock offering. Any purchases made by any of our affiliates for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the stock offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward distribution. This table excludes shares of common stock to be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, as well as any stock awards or stock option grants that may be made no earlier than six months after the completion of the stock offering. This table also excludes additional shares that may be purchased by our directors and executive officers following the completion of the stock offering. The directors and executive officers have indicated their intention to subscribe for an aggregate of $_____ million of shares of common stock in the stock offering, equal to ___% of the number of shares of common stock to be sold in the stock offering, at the midpoint of the estimated valuation range.

143


 

                         
            Aggregate     Percent at  
    Number of     Purchase     Midpoint of  
Name and Title   Shares     Price (1)     Offering Range  
John W. Alexander, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
          $           %
Stanley A. Applebaum, Director
                       
John R. Bowen, Director
                       
Annette Catino, Director
                       
Gil Chapman, Director
                       
John P. Connors, Jr., Director
                       
John J. DePierro, Director
                       
Susan Lamberti, Director
                       
Albert J. Regen, Director
                       
Patrick E. Scura, Jr., Director
                       
Kenneth J. Doherty, Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer
                       
Michael J. Widmer, Executive Vice President, Operations
                       
Steven M. Klein, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
                       
Madeline G. Frank, Senior Vice President, Corporate Secretary
                       
 
                 
All directors and executive officers as a group
          $           %
 
                 
 
*   Less than 0.1%.
 
(1)   Includes purchases by the individual’s spouse and other relatives of the named individual living in the same household. The above named individuals are not aware of any other purchases by a person who, or entity that would be considered an associate of the named individuals under the stock issuance plan.

144


 

THE STOCK OFFERING
      The board of directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. has approved the stock issuance plan, and the Office of Thrift Supervision has approved the stock issuance plan as part of its approval of our application to conduct the stock offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision in its approval. Office of Thrift Supervision approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the stock issuance plan by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
General
     On April 4, 2007, our board of directors unanimously initially adopted the stock issuance plan, which has been subsequently amended, pursuant to which we will sell shares of our common stock to depositors of Northfield Bank and other persons, and issue shares of our common stock to Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Upon completion of the stock offering, purchasers in the stock offering will own 43% of our outstanding shares of common stock (subject to adjustment), and Northfield Bancorp, MHC will own 55% of our outstanding shares of common stock (subject to adjustment). In addition, we intend to issue 2% of our outstanding shares of common stock to a charitable foundation we will establish.
     The aggregate price of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering will be within the offering range. The offering range of between $137.6 million and $186.2 million (subject to adjustment) has been established by the board of directors, based upon an independent appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of our shares of common stock. The appraisal was prepared by FinPro, Inc., a consulting firm experienced in the valuation and appraisal of savings institutions. All shares of common stock to be sold in the stock offering will be sold at the same price per share. The independent appraisal will be affirmed or, if necessary, updated at the completion of the stock offering. See “How We Determined the Stock Pricing and the Number of Shares to be Issued” for additional information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of our common stock.
     Offering materials for the stock offering initially have been distributed by mail, with additional copies made available through our Stock Information Center. All prospective purchasers must send payment directly to us. We will deposit these funds in a segregated savings account at Northfield Bank or, at our discretion, another federally insured depository institution, and we will not release the funds until the stock offering is completed or terminated.

     The following describes the material aspects of the stock offering. Prospective purchasers should also carefully review the terms of the stock issuance plan. A copy of the stock issuance plan is available from Northfield Bank upon request and is available for inspection at the offices of Northfield Bank and at the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan is also filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
Reasons for the Stock Offering
     The proceeds from the sale of our shares of common stock will provide Northfield Bank with additional capital, which may be used to support future growth, internally or through acquisitions. In addition, since Northfield Bank competes with local and regional banks and other entities for employees, we believe that the stock offering will enable us to retain and attract management and employees through various stock benefit plans, including stock option plans, stock award plans and an employee stock

145


 

ownership plan. The stock offering will permit us to support our local communities through the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation.
     In the future, the unissued shares of common and preferred stock authorized by our charter, as well as any treasury shares that may have been repurchased, will permit us to raise additional equity capital through further sales of securities and may permit us to issue securities in connection with possible acquisitions, subject to market conditions and any required regulatory approvals. We currently have no plans with respect to additional offerings of common or preferred stock.
     The stock offering proceeds will provide additional flexibility to grow through acquisitions of other financial institutions or other businesses. Although there are no current arrangements, understandings or agreements, written or oral, regarding any such opportunities, we will be in a position after the stock offering to take advantage of any such favorable opportunities that may arise. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Stock Offering” for a description of our intended use of proceeds.
     After considering the advantages and disadvantages of the stock offering, as well as applicable fiduciary duties, our board of directors unanimously approved the stock issuance plan as being in the best interests of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bank, and Northfield Bank’s customers and the communities we serve.
Offering of Shares of Common Stock
     Under the stock issuance plan, up to 18,616,936 shares of our common stock will be offered for sale, subject to certain restrictions described below, through a subscription and community offering.
      Subscription Offering . The subscription offering will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline], unless otherwise extended by Northfield Bank and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision require that all shares to be offered in the stock offering be sold within a period ending not more than 90 days after Office of Thrift Supervision approval of the use of the prospectus or a longer period as may be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision. This period expires on [Extension date], unless extended with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. If the stock offering is not completed by [Extension date], all subscribers will have the right to modify or rescind their subscriptions and to have their subscription funds returned promptly with interest. In the event of an extension of this type, all subscribers will be notified in writing of the time period within which subscribers must notify Northfield Bank of their intention to maintain, modify or rescind their subscriptions. If the subscriber rescinds or does not respond in any manner to Northfield Bank’s notice, the funds submitted will be refunded to the subscriber with interest at Northfield Bank’s current passbook savings rate, and/or the subscriber’s withdrawal authorizations will be terminated. In the event that the stock offering is not completed, all funds submitted and not previously refunded pursuant to the subscription and community offering will be promptly refunded with interest at Northfield Bank’s current passbook savings rate, and all withdrawal authorizations will be terminated.
      Subscription Rights . Under the stock issuance plan, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase the shares of common stock have been issued to persons and entities as described below. The amount of shares of common stock that these persons may purchase will depend on the availability of the shares of common stock for purchase under the categories described in the stock issuance plan. Subscription priorities have been established for the allocation of shares of common stock to the extent that the shares are available. These priorities are as follows:

146


 

      Category 1: Eligible Account Holders . Subject to the maximum purchase limitations described in “—Limitations on Purchase of Shares,” each depositor with $50.00 or more on deposit at Northfield Bank, as of the close of business on March 31, 2006, will receive nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for up to the greater of the following:
  (i)   $250,000 of common stock (25,000 shares);
 
  (ii)   one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock; or
 
  (iii)   15 times the product, rounded down to the nearest whole number, obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be sold in the stock offering by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the qualifying deposits of the eligible account holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all eligible account holders.
     If the exercise of subscription rights in this category results in an oversubscription, shares of common stock will be allocated among subscribing eligible account holders so as to permit each one, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make the person’s total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such person has subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among the remaining subscribing eligible account holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the proportion that the amounts of their respective qualifying deposits bear to the total amount of qualifying deposits of all remaining eligible account holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled; however, no fractional shares will be issued. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more eligible account holder, the excess will be reallocated, one or more times as necessary, among those eligible account holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated or all subscriptions satisfied. Subscription rights received by officers and directors in this category based on any increase in their deposits in Northfield Bank in the one-year period preceding March 31, 2006, are subordinated to the subscription rights of other eligible account holders.
      Category 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Plans . The tax-qualified employee plans of Northfield Bank (the employee stock ownership plan and the 401(k) savings plan) have nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to 4.9% of the shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately following the stock offering. The employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 3.92% of our outstanding shares of common stock (including shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation) unless additional purchases are required to complete the stock offering at the minimum of the offering range. In the event the number of shares offered in the stock offering is increased above the maximum of the valuation range, the tax-qualified employee plans will have a priority to purchase any shares exceeding the maximum of the valuation range up to 4.9% of the shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately following the stock offering. In addition to purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering, the employee stock ownership plan may purchase shares of common stock in the open market or may purchase shares of common stock directly from us subsequent to the completion of the stock offering.
      Category 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders . To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by eligible account holders and the tax-qualified employee plans, and subject to the maximum purchase limitations described in “—Limitations on Purchase of Shares,” each depositor with $50.00 or more on deposit as of the close of business on June 30, 2007, will receive nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for up to the greater of:

147


 

  (i)   $250,000 of common stock (25,000 shares);
 
  (ii)   one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock; or
 
  (iii)   15 times the product, rounded down to the nearest whole number, obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be sold in the stock offering by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of qualifying deposits of the supplemental eligible account holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all supplemental eligible account holders.
     If the exercise of subscription rights in this category results in an oversubscription, shares of common stock will be allocated among subscribing supplemental eligible account holders so as to permit each supplemental eligible account holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such person has subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among subscribing supplemental eligible account holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the proportion that the amounts of their respective qualifying deposits bear to total qualifying deposits of all subscribing supplemental eligible account holders whose subscriptions remained unfilled.
      Category 4: Other Members . To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by eligible account holders, the tax-qualified employee plans and supplemental eligible account holders, and subject to the maximum purchase limitations described in “—Limitations on Purchase of Shares,” each depositor with $50.00 or more on deposit at Northfield Bank as of the close of business on July 31, 2007, who is neither an Eligible Account Holder nor Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Members”), will receive nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for up to the greater of:
  (i)   $250,000 of common stock (25,000 shares);
 
  (ii)   one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock; or
 
  (iii)   15 times the product, rounded down to the nearest whole number, obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be sold in the stock offering by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of qualifying deposits of the Other Members and the denominator of which is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all Other Members.
     If the exercise of subscription rights in this category results in an oversubscription, shares of common stock will be allocated among subscribing Other Members so as to permit each Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such person actually subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the proportion that the amounts of their respective subscriptions bear to total subscriptions of all subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unfilled.
     We will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which persons entitled to subscribe for shares of common stock pursuant to the stock issuance plan reside. However, no shares of common stock will be offered or sold under the stock issuance plan to

148


 

any person who resides in a foreign country or resides in a state of the United States in which a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the stock issuance plan reside or as to which we determine that compliance with the securities laws of the state would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise, including, but not limited to, a requirement that Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or any of their officers, directors or employees register, under the securities laws of the state, as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent. No payments will be made in lieu of the granting of subscription rights to any person.
      Community Offering . We will offer in a community offering to members of the general public to whom we deliver a copy of this prospectus and a stock order form, any shares of common stock that remain unsubscribed for in the subscription offering. In the community offering, preference will be given to natural persons residing in the States of New York and New Jersey, and Pike County, Pennsylvania (the “Local Community”). Subject to the maximum purchase limitations, these persons may purchase up to $250,000 of common stock (25,000 shares). The community offering, if any, may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering, and may terminate at any time without notice, but may not terminate later than [Extension date], unless extended by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Subject to any required regulatory approvals, we will determine, in our discretion, the advisability of a community offering, the commencement and termination dates of any community offering, and the methods of finding potential purchasers in such offering. The opportunity to subscribe for shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject these orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable thereafter.
     If there are not sufficient shares of common stock available to fill orders in the community offering, the shares of common stock will be allocated, if possible, first to each natural person residing in the Local Community whose order we accept, in an amount equal to the lesser of 1,000 shares of common stock or the number of shares of common stock ordered. Thereafter, unallocated shares of common stock will be allocated among persons residing in the Local Community whose orders remain unsatisfied, on an equal number of shares basis. If there are any shares of common stock remaining, shares will be allocated to other members of the general public who order in the community offering applying the same allocation described above for persons who reside in the Local Community.
      Syndicated Community Offering . All shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, if any, may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering through a syndicate of registered broker-dealers to be formed and managed by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. We expect to market any shares of common stock that remain unsubscribed after the subscription and community offerings through a syndicated community offering. We have the right to reject orders in whole or part in our sole discretion in the syndicated community offering. Neither Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. nor any registered broker-dealer shall have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, in the event Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. agrees to participate in a syndicated community offering, it will use its best efforts in the sale of shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering.
     The price at which shares of common stock are sold in the syndicated community offering will be the same price as in the subscription and community offerings. Subject to the overall purchase limitations, no person by himself or herself may purchase more than $250,000 of common stock (25,000 shares) in the Syndicated Community Offering.
     Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. may enter into agreements with selected dealers to assist in the sale of the shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering. No orders may be placed or

149


 

filled by or for a selected dealer during the subscription offering. After the close of the subscription offering, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will instruct selected dealers as to the number of shares of common stock to be allocated to each selected dealer. Only after the close of the subscription offering and upon allocation of shares to selected dealers may selected dealers take orders from their customers. During the subscription and community offerings, selected dealers may only solicit indications of interest from their customers to place orders with us as of a certain order date for the purchase of shares of common stock. When and if we, in consultation with Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., believe that enough indications of interest and orders have not been received in the subscription and community offerings to consummate the stock offering, we will instruct Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. to request, as of the order date, selected dealers to submit orders to purchase shares for which they have previously received indications of interest from their customers. Selected dealers will send confirmations of the orders to customers on the next business day after the order date. Selected dealers will debit the accounts of their customers on the settlement date, which date will be three business days from the order date. Customers who authorize selected dealers to debit their brokerage accounts are required to have the funds for payment in their account on but not before the settlement date. On the settlement date, selected dealers will remit funds to the account we establish for each selected dealer. Each customer’s funds so forwarded, along with all other accounts held in the same title, will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the maximum amount permissible under applicable Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations. After we receive payment from selected dealers, funds will earn interest at 0.60% until the completion or termination of the stock offering. Funds will be promptly returned, with interest, in the event the stock offering is not completed as described above.
     The syndicated community offering will terminate no later than [Extension date], unless extended by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
      Limitations on Purchase of Shares . The plan provides for certain limitations on the purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering. These limitations are as follows:
  A.   The aggregate amount of outstanding shares of our common stock owned or controlled by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC at the close of the stock offering shall be less than 50% of our total outstanding shares of common stock.
 
  B.   The maximum purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription offering by a person, through one or more individual and/or joint deposit accounts is $250,000. The maximum purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription offering by a group of persons through a single deposit account is $250,000. No person by himself, or with an associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than $500,000 of the common stock offered in the stock offering, except that:
  (i)   we may, in our sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to 5% of the number of shares offered in the stock offering;
 
  (ii)   our tax-qualified employee plans may purchase up to 4.9% of the shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately following the completion of the stock offering; and
 
  (iii)   shares to be held by any of our tax-qualified employee plans and attributable to a person shall not be aggregated with other shares purchased directly by or otherwise attributable to such person.

150


 

  C.   The aggregate amount of shares of common stock acquired in the stock offering, plus all prior issuances by Northfield Bancorp, Inc., by any of our non-tax-qualified employee plans or any of our officers or directors and his or her associates, exclusive of any shares of common stock acquired by such plan or management person and his or her associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of our outstanding shares of common stock at the conclusion of the stock offering. In calculating the number of shares held by any management person and his or her associates under this paragraph, shares held by any tax-qualified employee plan or non-tax-qualified employee plan of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank that are attributable to such person shall not be counted.
 
  D.   The aggregate amount of shares of common stock acquired in the stock offering, plus all prior issuances by Northfield Bancorp, Inc., by any of our non-tax-qualified employee plans or any of our officers or directors and his or her associates, exclusive of any shares of common stock acquired by such plan or management person and his or her associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of our stockholders’ equity at the conclusion of the stock offering. In calculating the number of shares held by any management person and his or her associates under this paragraph, shares held by any tax-qualified employee plan or non-tax-qualified employee plan of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank that are attributable to such person shall not be counted.
 
  E.   The aggregate amount of shares of common stock acquired in the stock offering, plus all prior issuances by Northfield Bancorp, Inc., by any one or more of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, exclusive of any shares of common stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of our outstanding shares of common stock at the conclusion of the stock offering.
 
  F.   The aggregate amount of shares of common stock acquired in the stock offering, plus all prior issuances by Northfield Bancorp, Inc., by any one or more of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, exclusive of any shares of common stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of our stockholders’ equity at the conclusion of the stock offering.
 
  G.   The aggregate amount of shares of common stock acquired in the stock offering, plus all prior issuances by Northfield Bancorp, Inc., by all stock benefit plans of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank, other than employee stock ownership plans, shall not exceed 25% of our outstanding shares of common stock held by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC.
 
  H.   The aggregate amount of shares of common stock acquired in the stock offering, plus all prior issuances by Northfield Bancorp, Inc., by all non-tax-qualified employee plans or our officers or directors and their associates, exclusive of any shares of common stock acquired by such plans or management persons and their associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 25% of our outstanding shares of common stock held by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC at the conclusion of the stock offering. In calculating the number of shares held by management persons and their associates under this paragraph, shares held by any of our tax-qualified employee plans or non-tax-qualified employee plans that are attributable to such persons shall not be counted.

151


 

  I.   The aggregate amount of shares of common stock acquired in the stock offering, plus all prior issuances by Northfield Bancorp, Inc., by all non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or management persons and their associates, exclusive of any shares of common stock acquired by such plans or management persons and their associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 25% of our stockholders’ equity held by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC at the conclusion of the stock offering. In calculating the number of shares held by management persons and their associates under this paragraph, shares held by any of our tax-qualified employee plans or non-tax-qualified employee plans that are attributable to such persons shall not be counted.
 
  J.   Notwithstanding any other provision of the stock issuance plan, no person shall be entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent such purchase would be illegal under any federal law or state law or regulation or would violate regulations or policies of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We and/or our agents may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of such purchase and may refuse to honor any purchase order if such opinion is not timely furnished.
 
  K.   Our board of directors has the right in its sole discretion to reject any order submitted by a person whose representations our board of directors believes to be false or who it otherwise believes, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the stock issuance plan.
 
  L.   A minimum of 25 shares of common stock must be purchased by each person purchasing shares in the stock offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however, that in the event the minimum number of shares of common stock purchased times the price per share exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which, when multiplied by the price per share, shall not exceed $500, as determined by our board of directors.
     For purposes of the plan, the members of our board of directors are not deemed to be acting in concert solely by reason of their board membership. The term “associate” is used above to indicate any of the following relationships with a person:
    any corporation or organization, other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC, NSB Holding Corp., Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, NSB Holding Corp., Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank, of which a person is a senior officer or partner, or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization;
 
    any trust or other estate, if the person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the estate. For purposes of Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations Sections 563b.370, 563b.380, 563b.385, 563b.390 and 563b.505, a person who has a substantial beneficial interest in one of our tax-qualified or non-tax-qualified employee plans, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of the plan is not an associate of the plan. For purposes of Section 563b.370 of the Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations, our tax-qualified employee plans are not associates of a person;

152


 

    any person who is related by blood or marriage to such person and:
  (i)   who lives in the same house as the person; or
 
  (ii)   who is a director or senior officer of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank or a subsidiary thereof; and
    any person acting in concert with the persons or entities specified above.
     As used above, the term “acting in concert” means:
    knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal, whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or
 
    a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.
     A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any of our tax-qualified employee plans will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.
     Non-exclusive examples of the applicability of the purchase limitations described above include, but are not limited to, the following:
  (i)   Depositor A has multiple deposit accounts, each of which is registered in his own name. No associate of or individual otherwise acting in concert with Depositor A is purchasing shares of common stock in the subscription offering. Depositor A can purchase a maximum of $250,000 of shares of common stock in the subscription offering.
 
  (ii)   Depositor B has one deposit account registered in her own name. Depositor B has another deposit account that is held jointly with Depositor C (either as an “and” account, an “or” account, or in any other form of joint account). No other associate of or individual otherwise acting in concert with either of Depositor B or Depositor C is purchasing shares of common stock in the subscription offering. Generally, no more than a total of $250,000 of shares of common stock may be ordered in the subscription offering through the ownership of these two deposit accounts. However, if Depositor C purchased $250,000 of shares of common stock both with funds from and in the name of an individual retirement account, Keogh account or 401(k) plan, then Depositor B could also purchase a maximum of $250,000 of shares of common stock in the subscription offering.
 
  (iii)   Depositor D and Depositor E have multiple joint accounts with each other that are all titled in the same manner. No other associate of or individual otherwise acting in concert with either of Depositor D or Depositor E is purchasing shares of common stock in the subscription offering. No more than a total of $250,000 of shares of common stock may

153


 

      be ordered in the subscription offering through the ownership of these deposit accounts, regardless of whether Depositor D or Depositor E purchases shares of common stock through an individual retirement account, Keogh account or 401(k) plan.
 
  (iv)   Depositor F has one deposit account registered in his own name. Depositor G, who is Depositor F’s spouse, has one deposit account registered in her own name. No other associate of or individual otherwise acting in concert with either of Depositor F or Depositor G is purchasing shares of common stock in the subscription offering. The maximum combined amount of shares of common stock that may be purchased by Depositor F and Depositor G through the ownership of these two deposit accounts is a total of $500,000.
Tax Effects of the Stock Offering
     We have received an opinion from our special counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., with respect to federal tax laws that no gain or loss will be recognized by our account holders receiving subscription rights, except to the extent, if any, that subscription rights are deemed to have fair market value on the date such rights are issued. We believe this opinion addresses all applicable material federal income tax consequences of the stock offering to our account holders and persons who purchase common stock in the stock offering. This opinion is based, among other things, on factual representations made by us, on certain assumptions stated in the opinion, on the Internal Revenue Code, regulations now in effect or proposed, current administrative rulings, practices and judicial authority, all of which are subject to change (which change may be made with retroactive effect). This opinion has been included as an exhibit to our registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part.
     The opinion provides that, for federal income tax purposes:
  1.   it is more likely than not that the fair market value of the non-transferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. to be issued to eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members is zero and, accordingly, that no income will be realized by eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members upon the issuance to them of the subscription rights or upon the exercise of the subscription rights;
 
  2.   it is more likely than not that the tax basis to the holders of shares of common stock purchased in the stock offering pursuant to the exercise of the subscription rights will be the amount paid therefor, and that the holding period for such shares of common stock will begin on the date of completion of the stock offering; and
 
  3.   the holding period for shares of common stock purchased in the direct community offering or syndicated community offering will begin on the day after the date of the purchase.
     The tax opinions as to items 1 and 2 above are based on the position that subscription rights to be received by eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or at the time the subscription rights are exercised. In this regard, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the

154


 

general public in any community offering. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. However, as stated in the opinion, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances.
     The opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed therein may be challenged at a future date. The Internal Revenue Service has issued favorable rulings for transactions substantially similar to the stock offering, but any such ruling may not be cited as precedent by any taxpayer other than the taxpayer to whom the ruling is addressed. We do not plan to apply for a letter ruling concerning the transactions described herein.
     We also have received a letter from FinPro, Inc. stating its belief that the subscription rights do not have any ascertainable fair market value and that the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of the exercise. This position is based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase the shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in any community offering.
     If the subscription rights granted to eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.
     The federal tax opinion referred to in this prospectus is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
Restrictions on Transferability of Subscription Rights
     Federal law prohibits the transfer of subscription rights. We may reasonably investigate to determine compliance with this restriction. Persons selling or otherwise transferring their rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering or subscribing for shares of common stock on behalf of another person may forfeit those rights and may face possible further sanctions and penalties imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision or another agency of the United States Government. We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights and we will not honor orders known by us to involve the transfer of these rights. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding with any other person for the sale or transfer of the shares of common stock. With the exception of purchases both with funds from and in the name of either an individual retirement account, Keogh account or a 401(k) plan account, shares purchased in the subscription offering must be registered in the names of all depositors on the qualifying account(s). Deleting names of depositors or adding non- depositors or otherwise altering the form of beneficial ownership of a qualifying account will result in the loss of your subscription rights. Once tendered, subscription orders cannot be revoked without our consent.

155


 

Marketing Arrangements
     We have retained Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. as a financial advisor to consult with and advise and assist us, on a best efforts basis, in the distribution of shares of our common stock in the stock offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. is a broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. The services that Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will provide include:
    consulting as to the financial and securities market implications of the stock issuance plan and any related corporate documents;
 
    reviewing with our board of directors the financial impact of the stock offering on Northfield Bancorp, Inc. based on the independent appraisal of the shares of common stock;
 
    reviewing all stock offering documents, including the prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials;
 
    assisting in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the stock offering;
 
    as necessary, assisting us in scheduling and preparing for meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers; and
 
    providing such other general advice and assistance as may be requested to promote the successful completion of the stock offering.
     For these services, Sandler O’Neill will receive a fee of 0.80% of the aggregate dollar amount of the shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings, excluding shares sold to the employee stock ownership plan, the 401(k) plan, Northfield Bank Foundation and to our officers, employees and directors, members of their immediate families, their personal trusts and business entities controlled by them. If there is a syndicated community offering, Sandler O’Neill will receive a management fee of 0.80% of the aggregate dollar amount of the shares of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering. The total fees paid to Sandler O’Neill and other National Association of Securities Dealers member firms in the syndicated community offering will not exceed 6.80% of the aggregate dollar amount of the shares of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering.
     Sandler O’Neill will bear all of its out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the stock offering. We will indemnify Sandler O’Neill against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) incurred in connection with certain claims or liabilities arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the shares of our common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
     We have also engaged Sandler O’Neill to act as our conversion agent in connection with the stock offering. In its role as conversion agent, Sandler O’Neill will assist us in the stock offering as follows:
    consolidation of accounts and development of a central file;
 
    preparation of stock order forms;

156


 

    organization and supervision of the Stock Information Center; and
 
    subscription services.
     Sandler O’Neill has not prepared any report or opinion constituting a recommendation or advice to us or to persons who subscribe for shares of our common stock, nor has it prepared an opinion as to the fairness to us of the purchase price or the terms of the stock to be sold. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. expresses no opinion as to the prices at which shares of common stock to be issued may trade.
     Our directors and executive officers may participate in the stock offering. However, such participation will be limited to answering questions about Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank. In addition, trained employees may provide ministerial services, such as providing clerical work in effecting a sales transaction or answering questions of a ministerial nature. Questions by prospective purchasers regarding the stock offering process will be directed to registered representatives of Sandler O’Neill. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of the shares of common stock. No officer, director or employee will be compensated for his or her participation by the payment of commissions or other remuneration based either directly or indirectly on the transactions in the shares of our common stock.
Description of Sales Activities
     We will offer the shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering principally by the distribution of this prospectus and through activities conducted at our Stock Information Center. The Stock Information Center is expected to operate during normal business hours throughout the subscription offering and community offering. It is expected that at any particular time one or more Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. employees will be working at the Stock Information Center. Employees of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will be responsible for mailing materials relating to the stock offering, responding to questions regarding the stock offering and processing stock orders.
     Sales of shares of common stock will be made by registered representatives affiliated with Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. or by the selected dealers managed by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. Our officers and employees may participate in the offering in clerical capacities, providing administrative support in effecting sales transactions or, when permitted by state securities laws, answering questions of a mechanical nature relating to the proper execution of the order form. Our officers may answer questions regarding our business when permitted by state securities laws. Other questions of prospective purchasers, including questions as to the advisability or nature of the investment, will be directed to registered representatives. Our officers and employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of shares of common stock.
     None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated, directly or indirectly, for any activities in connection with the offer or sale of securities issued in the stock offering.
     None of our personnel participating in the stock offering is registered or licensed as a broker or dealer or an agent of a broker or dealer. Our personnel will assist in the above-described sales activities under an exemption from registration as a broker or dealer provided by Rule 3a4-1 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Rule 3a4-1 generally provides that an “associated person of an issuer” of securities will not be deemed a broker solely by reason of participation in the sale of securities of the issuer if the associated person meets certain conditions. These conditions include, but are not limited to,

157


 

that the associated person participating in the sale of an issuer’s securities is not compensated in connection with the offering at the time of participation, that the person is not associated with a broker or dealer and that the person observes certain limitations on his or her participation in the sale of securities. For purposes of this exemption, “associated person of an issuer” is defined to include any person who is a director, officer or employee of the issuer or a company that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the issuer.
How We Determined the Stock Pricing and the Number of Shares to be Issued
     The stock issuance plan and federal regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the shares of common stock, as determined on the basis of an independent valuation. We retained FinPro, Inc. to make the independent valuation. FinPro, Inc. will receive a fee of $65,000 for the preparation of the initial and final independent valuations, and will receive a fee of $10,000 for any additional updates to the independent valuation. We have agreed to indemnify FinPro, Inc. and its employees and affiliates against certain losses (including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) arising out of its services as appraiser, except where FinPro, Inc.’s liability results from its gross negligence or willful misconduct.
     The independent valuation was prepared by FinPro, Inc. in reliance upon the information contained in the prospectus, including the financial statements. FinPro, Inc. also considered the following factors, among others:
    our present and projected operating results and financial condition and the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area;
 
    historical, financial and other information relating to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank;
 
    a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial statistics with those of other publicly traded subsidiaries of mutual holding companies;
 
    the impact of the stock offering on our stockholders’ equity and earnings potential;
 
    our proposed dividend policy;
 
    the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities; and
 
    the issuance of shares and contribution of cash to the charitable foundation.
     On the basis of the foregoing, FinPro, Inc. advised us that as of May 29, 2007, the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock on a fully converted basis ranged from a minimum of $320.0 million to a maximum of $433.0 million, with a midpoint of $376.5 million (the estimated valuation range). Our board of directors determined to offer the shares of common stock in the stock offering at the purchase price of $10.00 per share and that 43% of the shares issued should be held by purchasers in the stock offering and 55% should be held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC after giving effect to the issuance of shares to Northfield Bank Foundation. Based on the estimated valuation range and the purchase price of $10.00 per share, the number of shares of common stock that we will issue will range

158


 

from 32,000,800 shares to 43,295,200 shares, with a midpoint of 37,648,000 shares, and the number of shares sold in the stock offering will range from 13,760,344 shares to 18,616,936 shares, with a midpoint of 16,188,640 shares.
     Our board of directors reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered our financial condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006, financial comparisons to other financial institutions, and stock market conditions for financial institutions and other issuers generally, all of which are set forth in the independent valuation. The board also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by FinPro, Inc. in preparing the independent valuation, and concluded that the methodology and assumptions were reasonable. The estimated valuation range may be amended with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, if necessitated by subsequent developments in our financial condition or market conditions generally.
     Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the estimated valuation range may be increased up to $497.9 million and the maximum number of shares that will be outstanding immediately following the stock offering may be increased up to 49,789,479 shares. Under such circumstances, the number of shares sold in the stock offering will be increased up to 21,409,476 shares and the number of shares held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC will be increased up to 27,384,214 shares. The increase in the valuation range may occur to reflect changes in market conditions, without the resolicitation of subscribers. The minimum of the estimated valuation range and the minimum of the offering range may not be decreased without a resolicitation of subscribers. The purchase price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “—Limitations On Purchase of Shares” as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares of common stock that may be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to fill unfilled orders in the subscription and community offerings.
     The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. FinPro, Inc. did not independently verify the financial statements and other information we provided, nor did FinPro, Inc. value independently our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers us as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of our liquidation value. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing shares in the stock offering will thereafter be able to sell such shares at prices at or above the purchase price.
     The independent valuation will be updated at the time of the completion of the stock offering. If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the stock offering results in an increase in the pro forma market value of the shares of common stock to more than $497.9 million or a decrease in the pro forma market value to less than $320.0 million, then, after consulting with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we may terminate the stock issuance plan and return all funds promptly, with interest on payments made by check, certified or teller’s check, bank draft or money order, extend or hold a new subscription offering, community offering, or both, establish a new offering range, commence a resolicitation of subscribers or take such other actions as may be permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision, in order to complete the stock offering. In the event that a resolicitation is commenced, unless an affirmative response is received within a reasonable period of time, all funds will be returned promptly to investors as described above. A resolicitation, if any, following the conclusion of the subscription and community offerings would not exceed 45 days unless further extended by the Office of Thrift Supervision, for periods of up to 90 days, not to extend beyond 24 months following the date of the approval of the stock issuance plan by the Office of Thrift Supervision, or [Final date].

159


 

     An increase in the independent valuation and the number of shares to be issued in the stock offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the independent valuation and the number of shares of common stock to be issued in the stock offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while decreasing pro forma net income and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of such changes, see “Pro Forma Data.”
     Copies of the appraisal report of FinPro, Inc. and the detailed memorandum of the appraiser setting forth the method and assumptions for such appraisal are available for inspection at the main office of Northfield Bank and the other locations specified under “Where You Can Find More Information.”
     No sale of shares of common stock may occur unless, prior to such sale, FinPro, Inc. confirms to the Office of Thrift Supervision and us that, to the best of its knowledge, nothing of a material nature has occurred that, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause FinPro, Inc. to conclude that the independent valuation is incompatible with its estimate of the pro forma market value of the shares of common stock at the conclusion of the stock offering. Any change that would result in an aggregate purchase price that is below the minimum or above the maximum of the estimated valuation range would be subject to approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. If such confirmation is not received, we may extend the stock offering, reopen the stock offering or commence a new stock offering, establish a new estimated valuation range and commence a resolicitation of all purchasers with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, or take such other actions as permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision, in order to complete the stock offering.
Prospectus Delivery and Procedure for Purchasing Shares
      Prospectus Delivery. To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours prior to the end of the stock offering, in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, no prospectus will be mailed later than five days or hand delivered any later than two days prior to the end of the stock offering. Execution of the order form will confirm receipt or delivery of a prospectus in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will be distributed only with a prospectus. Neither we nor Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. is obligated to deliver a prospectus and an order form by any means other than the United States Postal Service.
      Expiration Date. The stock offering will terminate at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline], unless extended by us for up to 90 days following the date of Office of Thrift Supervision approval of the use of this prospectus, which is [Extension date], or, if approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, for an additional period after [Extension date]. We are not required to give purchasers notice of any extension unless the expiration date is later than [Extension date], in which event purchasers will be given the right to increase, decrease, confirm, or rescind their orders.
      Use of Order Forms. In order to purchase shares of common stock, each purchaser must complete an order form and certification form, except for certain persons purchasing in the syndicated community offering as more fully described below. Any person receiving an order form who desires to purchase shares of common stock may do so by delivering to the Stock Information Center, a properly executed and completed order form and certification form, together with full payment for the shares of common stock purchased. The order form and certification form must be received, not post-marked, by us prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [offering deadline]. Each person ordering shares of common stock is required to represent that he or she is purchasing such shares for his or her own account. Our

160


 

interpretation of the terms and conditions of the stock issuance plan and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.
     To ensure that eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and other members are properly identified as to their stock purchase priorities, such parties must list all deposit accounts on the order form giving all names on each deposit account and the account numbers at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to list all of your account relationships, all of which will be reviewed when considering relevant account relationships in the event of an oversubscription of shares of our common stock, could result in a loss of all or part of your share allocation in the event of an oversubscription. In the event of an oversubscription of shares of our common stock, shares will be allocated in accordance with the stock issuance plan. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the stock issuance plan and of the acceptability of the order form will be final. If the number of shares allocated to you is less than the number of shares for which you have subscribed, we will first use funds from the check or money order you provided, and secondly from any account from which you have requested that funds be withdrawn.
      We will not be required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or telecopied order forms. Orders cannot and will not be accepted without the execution of the certification appearing on the order form. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms or certification forms and we have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects.
      Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares will be required to accompany a completed order form for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by personal check, bank check or money order made payable to Northfield Bank, or authorization of withdrawal from a deposit account maintained with Northfield Bank. Third party checks will not be accepted as payment for an order. Appropriate means by which such withdrawals may be authorized are provided in the order forms.
     Once a withdrawal amount has been authorized, a hold will be placed on such funds, making them unavailable to the depositor until the stock offering has been completed or terminated. In the case of payments authorized to be made through withdrawal from deposit accounts, all funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest at the contract rate until the stock offering is completed or terminated.
     Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate of deposit accounts at Northfield Bank will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock. However, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at our passbook rate subsequent to the withdrawal.
     Payments we receive will be placed in a segregated savings account at Northfield Bank or, at our discretion, another federally insured depository institution, and will be paid interest at Northfield Bank’s passbook savings rate, 0.60%, from the date payment is received until the stock offering is completed or terminated. Such interest will be paid by check on all funds held, including funds accepted as payment for shares of common stock, promptly following completion or termination of the stock offering.
     The employee stock ownership plan will not be required to pay for the shares of common stock it intends to purchase until consummation of the stock offering, provided that there is a loan commitment to

161


 

lend to the employee stock ownership plan the amount of funds necessary to purchase the number of shares ordered.
     Owners of self-directed individual retirement accounts may use the assets of such individual retirement accounts to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, provided that the individual retirement accounts are not maintained at Northfield Bank. Persons with individual retirement accounts maintained with us must have their accounts transferred to a self-directed individual retirement account with an unaffiliated trustee in order to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering. In addition, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) and Internal Revenue Service regulations require that executive officers, trustees, and 10% stockholders who use self-directed individual retirement account funds and/or Keogh plan accounts to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, make such purchase for the exclusive benefit of the individual retirement account and/or Keogh plan participant. Assistance on how to transfer individual retirement accounts maintained at Northfield Bank can be obtained from the Stock Information Center. Depositors interested in using funds in an individual retirement account maintained at Northfield Bank should contact the Stock Information Center as soon as possible.
     Once submitted, an order cannot be modified or revoked unless the stock offering is terminated or extended beyond [Extension date].
     Depending on market conditions, the shares of common stock may be offered for sale to the general public on a best efforts basis in a syndicated community offering by a selling group of broker-dealers to be managed by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., in its discretion, will instruct selected broker-dealers as to the number of shares of common stock to be allocated to each selected broker-dealer. Only upon allocation of shares of common stock to selected broker-dealers may they take orders from their customers. Investors who desire to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering directly through a selected broker-dealer, which may include Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., will be advised that the members of the selling group are required either:
  (a)   upon receipt of an executed order form or direction to execute an order form on behalf of an investor, to forward the appropriate purchase price to us for deposit in a segregated account on or before 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, of the business day next following such receipt or execution; or
 
  (b)   upon receipt of confirmation by such member of the selling group of an investor’s interest in purchasing shares of common stock, and following a mailing of an acknowledgment by such member to such investor on the business day next following receipt of confirmation, to debit the account of such investor on the third business day next following receipt of confirmation and to forward the appropriate purchase price to us for deposit in the segregated account on or before 12:00 noon, prevailing time, of the business day next following such debiting.
Payment for any shares purchased pursuant to alternative (a) above must be made by check in full payment therefor. Payment for shares of common stock purchased pursuant to alternative (b) above may be made by wire transfer to Northfield Bank.
      Delivery of Stock Certificates. Certificates representing shares of our common stock issued in the stock offering will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted on the

162


 

order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the stock offering. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held by us until claimed by persons legally entitled thereto or otherwise disposed of in accordance with applicable law. Until certificates for the shares of common stock are available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered.
Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Stock by Directors and Officers
     All shares of our common stock purchased by our directors and executive officers and their associates in the stock offering will be subject to the restriction that such shares may not be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year following the date of purchase, except for any disposition of such shares following the death of the original purchaser or by reason of an exchange of securities in connection with a merger or acquisition approved by the applicable regulatory authorities. Our directors’ and officers’ sales of shares of our common stock will also be subject to certain insider trading and other transfer restrictions under the federal securities laws. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Securities Laws.”
     During the three-year period following the stock offering, purchases of our shares of common stock by directors, executive officers and their associates may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock or to the purchase of shares of common stock under the stock-based benefit plans expected to be implemented subsequent to completion of the stock offering.
     We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for the registration of the sale of shares of common stock to be issued in the stock offering. The registration under the Securities Act of the sale of the common stock to be issued in the stock offering does not cover the resale of the shares of common stock. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not our affiliates may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by our affiliates will have resale restrictions under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933. If we meet the current public information requirements of Rule 144, each of our affiliates who complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of certain other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares of common stock during the preceding four calendar weeks. In the future, we may permit affiliates to have their shares of common stock registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933 under certain circumstances.
     Under guidelines of the National Association of Securities Dealers, members of the National Association of Securities Dealers and their associates face certain reporting requirements upon purchase of the securities.
Interpretation, Amendment and Termination
     All interpretations of the stock issuance plan by our board of directors will be final, subject to the authority of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The stock issuance plan provides that, if deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, the plan may be substantially amended by a majority vote of the board of directors as a result of comments from regulatory authorities or otherwise, at any time prior to

163


 

the approval of the plan by the Office of Thrift Supervision, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The stock issuance plan may be terminated by a majority vote of the board of directors at any time prior to approval of the plan by the Office of Thrift Supervision and may be terminated at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
Stock Information Center
     If you have any questions regarding the stock offering, please call the Stock Information Center at (___)                      , from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, Monday through Friday. The Stock Information Center is located at                                                                  .
NORTHFIELD BANK FOUNDATION
General
     In furtherance of our commitment to our local community, the stock issuance plan provides that we will establish Northfield Bank Foundation as a non-stock, nonprofit Delaware corporation in connection with the stock offering. The charitable foundation will be funded with cash and shares of our common stock, as further described below. By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in our local community, we believe that the charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of Northfield Bank’s community banking franchise. The stock offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our communities through the Northfield Bank Foundation.
Purpose of the Charitable Foundation
     In connection with the closing of the stock offering, we intend to contribute $3.0 million in cash and a number of shares equal to 2% of our outstanding shares of common stock (including shares issued to Northfield Bancorp, MHC) to Northfield Bank Foundation, for a maximum contribution of $13.0 million of cash and shares of common stock. The purpose of the charitable foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which we operate and to enable our communities to share in our long-term growth. Northfield Bank Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to us. Northfield Bank Foundation will also support our ongoing obligations to the community under the Community Reinvestment Act. Northfield Bank received a satisfactory rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
     Funding Northfield Bank Foundation with shares of our common stock is also intended to allow our communities to share in our potential growth and success after the stock offering is completed because Northfield Bank Foundation will benefit directly from any increases in the value of our shares of common stock. In addition, Northfield Bank Foundation will maintain close ties with Northfield Bank, thereby forming a partnership within the communities in which Northfield Bank operates.
Structure of the Charitable Foundation
     Northfield Bank Foundation will be incorporated under Delaware law as a non-stock, nonprofit corporation. The certificate of incorporation of Northfield Bank Foundation will provide that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. Northfield Bank Foundation’s certificate of incorporation will further provide

164


 

that no part of the net earnings of the charitable foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its members, directors or officers or to private individuals.
     We have selected Directors John R. Bowen, Susan Lamberti and Albert J. Regen, and                                           to serve on the initial board of directors of the charitable foundation. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require that we select one person to serve on the initial board of directors who is not one of our officers or directors and who has experience with local charitable organizations and grant making, and we have selected                      as a director to satisfy these requirements. While there are no plans to change the size of the initial board of directors during the year following the completion of the stock offering, following the first anniversary of the stock offering, the charitable foundation may alter the size and composition of its board of directors. For five years after the stock offering, one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for a person from our local community who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making and who is not one of our officers, directors or employees, and at least one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for one of Northfield Bank’s directors.
     The business experience of our current directors is described in “Management.” The business experience of                                           is as follows.
      [Biography of outside director to be inserted here]
     The board of directors of Northfield Bank Foundation will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a nonprofit corporation, directors of Northfield Bank Foundation will at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the charitable foundation’s charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the charitable foundation is established. The directors of Northfield Bank Foundation also will be responsible for directing the activities of the charitable foundation, including the management and voting of the shares of our common stock held by the charitable foundation. However, as required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, all shares of our common stock held by Northfield Bank Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.
     Northfield Bank Foundation’s initial place of business will be located at our administrative offices. The board of directors of Northfield Bank Foundation will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Office of Thrift Supervision regulations governing transactions between Northfield Bank and the charitable foundation.
     Northfield Bank Foundation will receive working capital from the initial cash contribution of $3.0 million and:
  (1)   any dividends that may be paid on our shares of common stock in the future;
 
  (2)   within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the shares of common stock; or
 
  (3)   the proceeds of the sale of any of the shares of common stock in the open market from time to time.

165


 

     As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, Northfield Bank Foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets. One of the conditions imposed on the gift of shares of common stock is that the amount of shares of common stock that may be sold by Northfield Bank Foundation in any one year may not exceed 5% of the average market value of the assets held by Northfield Bank Foundation, except where the board of directors of the charitable foundation determines that the failure to sell an amount of common stock greater than such amount would result in a long-term reduction of the value of its assets and/or would otherwise jeopardize its capacity to carry out its charitable purposes.
Tax Considerations
     We believe that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code and should be classified as a private foundation. Northfield Bank Foundation will submit a timely request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization. As long as Northfield Bank Foundation files its application for tax-exempt status within 27 months of the last day of the month in which it was organized, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization. We have not received a tax opinion as to whether Northfield Bank Foundation’s tax exempt status will be affected by the regulatory requirement that all shares of our common stock held by Northfield Bank Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other outstanding shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.
     Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank are authorized by federal law to make charitable contributions. We believe that the stock offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised. In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact to our stockholders of the contribution of shares of common stock to Northfield Bank Foundation. We believe that the contribution to Northfield Bank Foundation of an amount of common stock and cash that may be in excess of the 10% annual limitation on charitable deductions described below is justified given Northfield Bank’s capital position and its earnings, the substantial additional capital being raised in the stock offering and the potential benefits of Northfield Bank Foundation to our community. See “Capitalization,” “Regulatory Capital Compliance,” and “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.”
     Under the Internal Revenue Code, Northfield Bank Foundation is limited to owning no more than 2% of our voting stock and no more than 2% in value of all outstanding shares of all classes of our stock. Our contribution to Northfield Bank Foundation will not exceed this limitation.
     We believe that our contribution of shares of our common stock to Northfield Bank Foundation should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that we should be entitled to a deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the stock at the time of the contribution less the nominal amount (par value) that Northfield Bank Foundation is required to pay us for such stock. We are permitted to deduct for charitable purposes only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. We are permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to Northfield Bank Foundation. We estimate that substantially all of the contribution should be deductible over the six-year period ( i.e. , the year in which the contribution is made and the succeeding five-year period). However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. In such event, our contribution to Northfield Bank Foundation would be expensed without a tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination. Furthermore, even if the

166


 

contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full. Any such decision to continue to make additional contributions to Northfield Bank Foundation in the future would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the foundation.
     As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 2%. Northfield Bank Foundation will be required to file an annual return with the Internal Revenue Service within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year. Northfield Bank Foundation will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundation’s managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.
Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Charitable Foundation
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require that, before our board of directors adopted the plan of stock issuance, the board of directors had to identify its members that will serve on the charitable foundation’s board, and these directors could not participate in our board’s discussions concerning contributions to the charitable foundation, and could not vote on the matter. Our board of directors complied with this regulation in adopting the plan of stock issuance.
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that the Office of Thrift Supervision will generally not object if a well-capitalized savings bank contributes to a charitable foundation an aggregate amount of 8% or less of the shares or proceeds issued in a stock offering. Northfield Bank qualifies as a well-capitalized savings bank for purposes of this limitation, and the contribution to Northfield Bank Foundation will not exceed this limitation.
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations impose the following additional requirements on the establishment of the charitable foundation:
    the Office of Thrift Supervision may examine the charitable foundation at the foundation’s expense;
 
    the charitable foundation must comply with all supervisory directives imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision;
 
    the charitable foundation must provide annually to the Office of Thrift Supervision a copy of the annual report that the charitable foundation submits to the Internal Revenue Service;
 
    the charitable foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy;
 
    the charitable foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code; and
 
    the charitable foundation must vote its shares of our common stock in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by our stockholders.

167


 

     Within six months of completing the stock offering, Northfield Bank Foundation must submit to the Office of Thrift Supervision a three-year operating plan.
RESTRICTIONS ON THE ACQUISITION OF
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND NORTHFIELD BANK
General
     The principal federal regulatory restrictions that will affect the ability of any person, firm or entity to acquire Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank or their respective capital stock are described below. Also discussed are certain provisions in our federal charter and bylaws that may affect the ability of a person, firm or entity to acquire us. Lastly, as a federally chartered mutual holding company, Northfield Bancorp, MHC will always own a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock so long as we operate in the mutual holding company structure, and therefore will be able to control the outcome of any action requiring a vote of all of our stockholders.
Federal Law
     The Change in Bank Control Act provides that no person, acting directly or indirectly or through or in concert with one or more other persons, may acquire control of a savings institution unless the Office of Thrift Supervision has been given 60 days prior written notice. The Home Owners’ Loan Act provides that no company may acquire “control” of a savings institution without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Any company that acquires such control becomes a savings and loan holding company subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Pursuant to federal regulations, control of a savings institution is conclusively deemed to have been acquired by, among other things, the acquisition of more than 25% of any class of voting stock of the institution or the ability to control the election of a majority of the directors of an institution. Moreover, control is presumed to have been acquired, subject to rebuttal, upon the acquisition of more than 10% of any class of voting stock, or of more than 25% of any class of stock of a savings institution, where certain enumerated “control factors” also are present in the acquisition.
     The Office of Thrift Supervision may prohibit an acquisition of control if:
    it would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition;
 
    the financial condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize the financial stability of the institution; or
 
    the competence, experience or integrity of the acquiring person indicates that it would not be in the interests of the depositors or of the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person.
     These restrictions do not apply to the acquisition of a savings institution’s capital stock by one or more tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, provided that the plans do not beneficially own of more than 25% of any class of equity security of the savings institution.
     For a period of three years following completion of the stock offering, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations generally prohibit any person from acquiring or making an offer to acquire

168


 

beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank without the prior approval of Office of Thrift Supervision.
Corporate Governance Provisions in the Federal Charter and Bylaws of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank
     The following discussion is a summary of certain provisions of our federal charter and bylaws that relate to corporate governance. The description is necessarily general and qualified by reference to the charter and bylaws.
      Classified Board of Directors . Our board of directors is required by our bylaws to be divided into three staggered classes that are as equal in number as possible. Each year one class will be elected by our stockholders for a three-year term and until their successors are elected and qualified. A classified board promotes continuity and stability of our management, but makes it more difficult for stockholders to change a majority of the directors because it generally takes at least two annual elections of directors for this to occur.
      Authorized but Unissued Shares of Capital Stock . Following the stock offering, we will have authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.” Although these shares could be used by our board of directors to make it more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, it is unlikely that we would use or need to use shares for these purposes since Northfield Bancorp, MHC will own a majority of our shares of common stock for as long as we remain in the mutual holding company structure.
      How Shares are Voted . Our federal charter provides that there will not be cumulative voting by stockholders for the election of our directors. No cumulative voting rights means that Northfield Bancorp, MHC, as the holder of a majority of the shares eligible to be voted at a meeting of stockholders, may elect all directors to be elected at our meetings of stockholders. This would enable Northfield Bancorp, MHC to prevent minority stockholder representation on our board of directors.
      Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares . Northfield Bank’s federal charter provides that for a period of five years from the closing of the stock offering, no person, other than Northfield Bancorp, Inc., may offer directly or indirectly to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Northfield Bank. This provision does not apply to a subsequent holding company reorganization that does not change the respective beneficial ownership interests of stockholders other than pursuant to the exercise of any dissenter and appraisal rights, the purchase of shares by underwriters in connection with a public offering, or the purchase of shares by a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan of Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc. In addition, during this five-year period, all shares owned over the 10% limit may not be voted on any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote.
      Limitations on Calling Special Meetings of Stockholders . Our federal charter provides that for a period of five years from the date of the completion of the stock offering, special meetings of our stockholders may be called only upon direction of our board of directors. Thereafter, special meetings of our stockholders may be called by not less than two-thirds of our board of directors, our chairman, our president, or by stockholders owning 50% or more of our shares of common stock.

169


 

      Procedures for Stockholder Nominations or Proposals for New Business . Our federal bylaws provide that any stockholder that desires to nominate a person for election as a director or propose new business at a meeting of stockholders must send written notice to our Secretary at least 30 days before the date of the annual meeting. The bylaws further provide that if a stockholder desires to nominate a director or propose new business and does not follow the prescribed procedures, the proposal will not be considered until an adjourned, special, or annual meeting of the stockholders taking place 30 days or more thereafter. Management believes that it is in the best interests of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and our stockholders to provide enough time for management to disclose to stockholders information about a dissident slate of nominations for directors. This advance notice requirement may also give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any dissident slate of nominations if management thinks it is in the best interest of stockholders generally. Similarly, adequate advance notice of stockholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to the stockholders that such proposals be adopted.
Benefit Plans
     In addition to the provisions of our federal charter and bylaws described above, certain benefit plans we have adopted in connection with the stock offering, or expect to adopt following completion of the stock offering, contain, or may contain, provisions that also may discourage hostile takeover attempts that our board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bank or our stockholders.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
General
     We will be authorized to issue 90,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 per share. Each share of our common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects with, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the purchase price for the shares of common stock in accordance with the stock issuance plan, all of the stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. Presented below is a description of our capital stock that is deemed material to an investment decision with respect to the stock offering. The shares of common stock will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
     We currently expect that we will have a maximum of up to 49,789,479 shares of common stock outstanding after the stock offering, of 22,405,265 shares will be held by persons other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC (including 995,789 shares issued to Northfield Bank Foundation). Our board of directors can, without stockholder approval, issue additional shares of common stock, although Northfield Bancorp, MHC, so long as it is in existence, must own a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock. Our issuance of additional shares of common stock could dilute the voting strength of existing stockholders and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control. We have no present plans to issue additional shares of common stock other than pursuant to the stock benefit plans previously discussed.
Common Stock
      Distributions . We can pay dividends if, as and when declared by our board of directors, subject to compliance with limitations imposed by law. The holders of our shares of common stock will be

170


 

entitled to receive and share equally in such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. Dividends from Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will depend, in large part, upon the net proceeds of the stock offering we retain, and to a lesser extent, on the receipt of future dividends from Northfield Bank. Initially, we will have no additional sources of income to support dividends other than earnings from the investment of proceeds of the stock offering and interest payments received in connection with our loan to the employee stock ownership plan. A regulation of the Office of Thrift Supervision imposes limitations on “capital distributions” by savings institutions. See “Supervision and Regulation—Capital Distributions.” Pursuant to our charter, we are authorized to issue preferred stock. If we issue preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.
      Voting Rights . Upon the effective date of the stock offering, the holders of shares of common stock will possess exclusive voting rights in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes for the election of directors. Under certain circumstances, shares in excess of 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock may be considered “Excess Shares” and, accordingly, will not be entitled to vote. See “Restrictions on the Acquisition of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank.” If we issue preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights.
     Public stockholders will own a minority of the outstanding shares of our common stock. As a result of its ownership of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock after the stock offering, Northfield Bancorp, MHC, through its board of directors, will be able to exercise voting control over most matters put to a vote of stockholders. Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, public stockholders must approve by a separate vote certain stock benefit plans and a “second-step conversion.” If a rule currently proposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision is adopted in its current form, the voting control of Northfield Bancorp, MHC will extend to stock-based benefit plans presented to stockholders for approval more than one year following completion of this stock offering. The same directors and certain officers who manage Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank also manage Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Further, these same directors and officers are expected to purchase an aggregate of ___% of the shares sold at the midpoint of the offering range, thereby further reducing the voting control of public stockholders who own a minority of the outstanding shares. In addition, Northfield Bancorp, MHC may exercise its voting control to prevent a sale or merger transaction in which stockholders could receive a premium for their shares.
      Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., as holder of Northfield Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Northfield Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, all assets of Northfield Bank available for distribution. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our shares of common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of our assets available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.
      Rights to Buy Additional Shares . Holders of our shares of common stock will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares which may be issued. Preemptive rights are the priority right to buy additional shares if we issue more shares in the future. The shares of common stock are not subject to redemption.

171


 

Preferred Stock
     None of our shares of authorized preferred stock will be issued in the stock offering. Such stock may be issued with such preferences and designations as the board of directors may determine from time to time. Our board of directors can, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights which could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control. We have no present plans to issue preferred stock.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
                                                                        will act as the transfer agent and registrar for the common stock.
LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS
     The legality of the shares of common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the stock offering have been passed upon for Northfield Bank and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. by the firm of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C. Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. has consented to the references in this prospectus to its opinion. Certain legal matters regarding the stock offering will be passed upon for Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. by Muldoon Murphy & Aguggia LLP, Washington, D.C.
EXPERTS
     The consolidated financial statements of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. at December 31, 2006 and 2005 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
     FinPro, Inc. has consented to the publication in this prospectus of the summary of its report to Northfield Bank and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock upon the completion of the stock offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
     We have filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. This information can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of the material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The registration statement also is available through the Securities and Exchange Commission’s world wide web site on the internet at http://www.sec.gov. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions thereof and are not necessarily complete, but do contain all material information regarding the documents. Each statement is qualified by reference to the contract or document.

172


 

     We have filed an Application MHC-2 with the Office of Thrift Supervision with respect to the stock offering. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, this prospectus omits certain information contained in that Application. The Application may be examined at the principal offices of the Office of Thrift Supervision, 1700 G Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552 and at the Northeast Regional Office of the Office of Thrift Supervision located at Harborside Financial Center Plaza Five, Suite 1600, Jersey City, New Jersey 07311.
     We will provide, free of charge, a copy of our charter and bylaws.
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
     In connection with the stock offering, we will register the common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Upon this registration, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and the holders of its shares of common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the stock issuance plan, we have undertaken that we will not terminate this registration for a period of at least three years following the stock offering.

173


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-2  
 
       
Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005 (audited)
    F-3  
 
       
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 (audited)
    F-4  
 
       
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 (audited)
    F-5  
 
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) and the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 (audited)
    F-6  
 
       
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) and the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 (audited)
    F-7  
All schedules are omitted as the required information either is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

F-1


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Staten Island, New York:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholder’s equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
\s\ KPMG LLP
Short Hills, New Jersey
March 20, 2007

F-2


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Balance Sheets
                         
    At March 31,     At December 31,  
(dollars in thousands, except share amounts)   2007     2006     2005  
    (unaudited )                  
 
                       
ASSETS:
                       
 
                       
Cash and due from banks
  $ 5,790       8,293       9,054  
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
    32,503       38,331       29,314  
Federal funds sold
    10,500       14,000        
 
Total cash and cash equivalents
    48,793       60,624       38,368  
 
Certificates of deposit
    26,200       5,200       210  
Trading securities
    2,899       2,667       2,360  
Securities available-for-sale, at estimated market value (encumbered $99,742 in 2007 (unaudited), $101,984 in 2006 and $200,491 in 2005)
    681,155       713,498       863,464  
Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (estimated market value of $24,008, $25,519 and $34,085 in 2007 (unaudited), 2006 and 2005, respectively) (encumbered $6,394 in 2007 (unaudited), $6,939 in 2006 and $15,537 in 2005)
    24,498       26,169       34,841  
Loans held-for-sale
    340       125        
Loans held-for-investment, net
    427,291       409,189       387,467  
Allowance for loan losses
    (5,456 )     (5,030 )     (4,795 )
 
Net loans held-for-investment
    421,835       404,159       382,672  
 
Accrued interest receivable
    5,338       5,624       5,648  
Bank owned life insurance
    40,255       32,866       31,635  
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost
    6,781       7,186       11,529  
Premises and equipment, net
    7,957       8,232       9,184  
Goodwill
    16,159       16,159       16,159  
Other assets
    10,696       12,238       12,492  
 
Total assets
  $ 1,292,906       1,294,747       1,408,562  
 
 
                       
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY:
                       
 
                       
LIABILITIES:
                       
Deposits
  $ 966,491       989,789       1,010,146  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    117,000       106,000       206,000  
Other borrowings
    22,507       22,534       27,629  
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    2,103       783       839  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    13,815       11,647       12,189  
 
Total liabilities
    1,121,916       1,130,753       1,256,803  
 
 
                       
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY:
                       
Common stock, $.001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding
                 
Additional paid-in capital
    510       510       510  
Retained earnings
    182,424       177,731       166,889  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (11,944 )     (14,247 )     (15,640 )
 
Total stockholder’s equity
    170,990       163,994       151,759  
 
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity
  $ 1,292,906       1,294,747       1,408,562  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Income
                                         
    Three months ended March 31,     Years ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (unaudited)                          
 
                                       
Interest income:
                                       
Loans
  $ 6,913       6,441       27,522       22,926       15,048  
Mortgage-backed securities
    7,199       8,882       32,764       40,733       40,238  
Other securities
    675       377       2,397       1,727       2,525  
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York dividends
    140       159       592       648       259  
Deposits in other financial institutions
    575       246       1,592       268       781  
 
Total interest income
    15,502       16,105       64,867       66,302       58,851  
 
 
                                       
Interest expense:
                                       
Deposits
    6,065       4,507       21,934       14,351       11,065  
Borrowings
    1,179       1,902       6,472       9,883       7,207  
 
Total interest expense
    7,244       6,409       28,406       24,234       18,272  
 
Net interest income before provision for loan losses
    8,258       9,696       36,461       42,068       40,579  
 
                                       
Provision for loan losses
    440       150       235       1,629       410  
 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    7,818       9,546       36,226       40,439       40,169  
 
 
                                       
Non-interest income:
                                       
Fees and service charges for customer services
    715       659       3,114       2,964       3,397  
Income on bank owned life insurance
    389       309       1,231       1,210       1,195  
Gain on securities transactions, net
    64       100       191       119       181  
Gain on sale of premises and equipment and deposit relationships
    4,308                          
Other
    126       61       64       61       628  
 
Total non-interest income
    5,602       1,129       4,600       4,354       5,401  
 
 
                                       
Non-interest expense:
                                       
Compensation and employee benefits
    3,297       3,115       13,451       11,053       10,442  
Occupancy
    887       841       3,074       2,836       2,835  
Furniture and equipment
    212       198       810       847       900  
Data processing
    634       595       2,382       2,159       2,715  
Professional fees
    182       174       1,073       1,189       433  
Other
    814       722       3,028       3,174       2,211  
 
Total non-interest expense
    6,026       5,645       23,818       21,258       19,536  
 
 
                                       
Income before income tax expense
    7,394       5,030       17,008       23,535       26,034  
 
                                       
Income tax expense
    2,701       1,850       6,166       10,376       9,668  
 
Net income
  $ 4,693       3,180       10,842       13,159       16,366  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity
                                                 
    Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004
                                    Accumulated    
                                    other    
    Common stock   Additional           comprehensive   Total
            Par   paid-in   Retained   (loss) income,   stockholder’s
(dollars in thousands)   Shares   Value   capital   earnings   net of tax   equity
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
    100     $       510       137,364       13       137,887  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                            16,366               16,366  
Net unrealized holding losses on securities arising during the year (net of tax of $1,018)
                                    (2,164 )     (2,164 )
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $70)
                                    (105 )     (105 )
 
Total comprehensive income
                                            14,097  
 
Balance at December 31, 2004
    100             510       153,730       (2,256 )     151,984  
 
Comprehensive loss:
                                               
Net income
                            13,159               13,159  
Net unrealized holding losses on securities arising during the year (net of tax of $9,370)
                                    (13,384 )     (13,384 )
 
Total comprehensive loss
                                            (225 )
 
Balance at December 31, 2005
    100             510       166,889       (15,640 )     151,759  
 
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                            10,842               10,842  
Net unrealized holding gains on securities arising during the year (net of tax of $1,042)
                                    1,564       1,564  
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $24)
                                    (36 )     (36 )
 
Total comprehensive income
                                            12,370  
 
Adoption SFAS 158 (net of tax of $116)
                                    (135 )     (135 )
 
Balance at December 31, 2006
    100     $       510       177,731       (14,247 )     163,994  
 
                                                 
    (unaudited)
                    For the three months ended March 31, 2007        
 
Balance at December 31, 2006
    100       0       510       177,731       (14,247 )     163,994  
 
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                            4,693               4,693  
Net unrealized holding gains on securities arising during the year (net of tax of $1,537)
                                    2,303       2,303  
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $2)
                                    (3 )     (3 )
Amortization of unrecognized loss SFAS 158 (net of tax of $2)
                                    3       3  
 
Total comprehensive income
                                            6,996  
 
Balance at March 31, 2007
    100     $       510       182,424       (11,944 )     170,990  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                         
    For the three months
ended March 31,
  Years ended December 31,
(in thousands)   2007   2006   2006   2005   2004
    (unaudited)                        
 
                                       
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Net income
  $ 4,693       3,180       10,842       13,159       16,366  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
Provision for loan losses
    440       150       235       1,629       410  
Depreciation
    333       313       1,298       1,315       1,203  
Amortization of premiums, net of accretion of discounts, and deferred loan fees
    325       319       781       4       2,140  
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights
    41       53       214       245       214  
Income on bank owned life insurance
    (389 )     (309 )     (1,231 )     (1,210 )     (1,195 )
Net gain on sale of loans
    (28 )     (10 )     (67 )     (81 )     (441 )
Proceeds from sale of loans
    1,517       285       1,109       6,175       32,429  
Origination of mortgage loans held-for-sale
    (1,704 )     (275 )     (1,251 )     (6,114 )     (30,989 )
Gain on securities transactions, net
    (64 )     (100 )     (191 )     (119 )     (181 )
Gain on sale of deposit relationships
    (3,660 )                        
Gain on sale of premises and equipment, net
    (648 )                        
Purchases of trading securities
    (173 )     (171 )     (176 )     (154 )     (2,087 )
Decrease in accrued interest receivable
    286       170       24       105       463  
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    (838 )     1,742       (122 )     1,304       9,683  
Deferred taxes
    (198 )     (50 )     (526 )     462       173  
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities
    2,168       3,565       (542 )     1,600       (1,028 )
Amortization of core deposit intangible
    113       85       368       619       307  
Decrease in payables on securities purchased
                            (9,899 )
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    2,214       8,947       10,765       18,939       17,568  
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Net increase in loans receivable
  $ (18,054 )     (12,932 )     (21,269 )     (66,529 )     (38,072 )
Redemptions (purchases) of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, net
    405       (1,629 )     4,343       4,146       (1,745 )
Purchases of securities held-to-maturity
                            (1,274 )
Purchases of securities available-for-sale
    (32,934 )           (40,532 )     (109,731 )     (363,695 )
Principal payments and maturities on securities available-for-sale
    65,119       30,759       171,774       236,038       243,558  
Principal payments and maturities on securities held-to-maturity
    1,699       2,537       8,668       21,298       33,449  
Proceeds from sale of securities available-for-sale
    3,726             20,100             43,836  
Proceeds from sale of securities held-to-maturity
                            463  
Purchases of certificates of deposit
    (26,000 )     (20,000 )     (10,210 )     (200 )     (329 )
Proceeds from maturities of certificates of deposit
    5,000             5,220       200       20,520  
Purchase of bank owned life insurance
    (7,000 )                        
Additions to premises and equipment
    (134 )     (126 )     (1,115 )     (713 )     (722 )
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
    1,473             20             29  
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (6,700 )     (1,391 )     136,999       84,509       (63,982 )
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
    3,347       (3,849 )     (20,357 )     (31,387 )     18,998  
Deposit relationships sold, net
    (22,985 )                        
Increase (decrease) in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    1,320       914       (56 )     89       (1,465 )
Repayments under capital lease obligations
    (27 )     (21 )     (95 )     (79 )     (64 )
Proceeds from securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    20,000       3,000       5,000       81,000       589,000  
Repayments related to securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    (9,000 )     (35,000 )     (105,000 )     (185,500 )     (537,100 )
(Repayments) proceeds from FHLB advances
                  (5,000 )           25,000  
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings
          3,100             (23,500 )     992  
 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (7,345 )     (31,856 )     (125,508 )     (159,377 )     95,361  
 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (11,831 )     (24,300 )     22,256       (55,929 )     48,947  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    60,624       38,368       38,368       94,297       45,350  
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 48,793       14,068       60,624       38,368       94,297  
 
Supplemental cash flow information:
                                       
Cash paid during the year for:
                                       
Interest
  $ 7,818       6,488       28,809       24,215       18,258  
Income taxes
    310       2,022       8,760       8,321       9,575  
 
                                       
Non-cash investing activity:
                                       
 
                                       
Transfer of premises and equipment to held-for-sale
                749              
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The following significant accounting and reporting policies of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary (collectively, the “Company”), conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or (GAAP), and are used in preparing and presenting these consolidated financial statements.
  (a)   Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements are comprised of the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Northfield Bank (the “Bank”) and the Bank’s wholly-owned significant subsidiaries, NSB Services Corp. and NSB Realty Trust. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
In 1995, the Bank completed a Plan of Mutual Holding Company Reorganization, utilizing a single-tier mutual holding company structure. In a series of steps, the Bank formed a New York-chartered mutual holding company (NSB Holding Corp.) which owned 100% of the common stock of the Bank. In 2002, NSB Holding Corp. formed Northfield Holdings Corp., a New York-chartered stock corporation, and contributed 100% of the common stock of the Bank into Northfield Holdings Corp. NSB Holding Corp. owns 100% of the common stock of Northfield Holdings Corp.
During 2006, Northfield Holdings Corp. changed its name to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Savings Bank changed its name to Northfield Bank.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheets and revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results may differ significantly from those estimates and assumptions. A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term is the allowance for loan losses. In connection with the determination of this allowance, management generally obtains independent appraisals for significant properties. Judgments related to goodwill and securities impairment are also critical because they involve a higher degree of complexity and subjectivity and require estimates and assumptions about highly uncertain matters. Actual results may differ from the estimates and assumptions.
Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
  (b)   Business
The Company, through its principal subsidiary, the Bank, provides a full range of banking services primarily to individuals and corporate customers in Richmond County, in New York, and Union and Middlesex Counties, in New Jersey. The Company also has a loan production facility in Kings County, New York. The Company is subject to competition from other financial institutions and to the regulations of certain federal and state agencies, and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

F-7


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
  (c)   Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, due from banks, federal funds sold, and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions with an original term of three months or less. Certificates of deposit with original maturities of greater than three months are excluded from cash equivalents and reported as a separate line item on the consolidated balance sheets.
  (d)   Securities
Securities are classified at the time of purchase, based on management’s intention, as securities held- to-maturity, securities available-for-sale, or trading account securities. Securities held-to-maturity are those that management has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity. Securities held to maturity are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the level-yield method over the contractual term of the securities, adjusted for actual prepayments. Trading securities are securities that are bought and may be held for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Trading securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported as a component of gain on securities transactions, net in non-interest income. Securities available-for-sale represent all securities not classified as either held-to-maturity or trading. Securities available-for-sale are carried at estimated market value with unrealized holding gains and losses (net of related tax effects) on such securities excluded from earnings, but included as a separate component of stockholder’s equity, titled “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” The cost of securities sold is determined using the specific-identification method. Security transactions are recorded on a trade-date basis. A periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio is conducted to determine if the fair value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such decline is other-than-temporary. If such decline is deemed to be other-than-temporary, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss charged to earnings.
  (e)   Loans
Net loans held-for-investment, are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted by unamortized premiums and unearned discounts, deferred origination fees and certain direct origination costs, and the allowance for loan losses. Interest income on loans is accrued and credited to income as earned. Net loan origination fees/costs are deferred and accreted/amortized to interest income over the loan’s contractual life using the level-yield method, adjusted for actual prepayments. Loans held-for-sale are designated at time of origination and generally consist of fixed rate residential loans with terms of 15 years or more and are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Gains or losses are recognized on a settlement-date basis and are determined by the difference between the net sales proceeds and the carrying value of the loans, including any net deferred fees or costs.
The Company defines an impaired loan as a loan for which it is probable, based on current information, that the Company will not collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Homogeneous loans collectively evaluated for impairment, such as smaller balance loans are excluded from the impaired loan portfolio. The Company has defined the population of impaired loans to be all non-accrual loans with an outstanding balance of $500,000 or
(continued)

F-8


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
greater. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral or the present value of the expected future cash flows. If the fair value of the loan is below the carrying value, the Company provides a specific valuation allowance, which is included in the allowance for loan losses.
The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses charged against income and is decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Loans held-for-investment, or portions thereof, deemed uncollectible are charged to the allowance for loan losses as losses become known. The provision for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance which considers, among other things, the estimated fair value of impaired loans, past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, existing adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, changes if any, in: underwriting standards; collection; charge-off and recovery practices; the nature or volume of the portfolio; lending staff; concentration of loans; as well as current economic conditions; and other relevant factors. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate to provide for probable and reasonably estimatable losses at the date of the consolidated balance sheets. The Company also maintains an allowance for estimated losses on off-balance sheet credit risks related to loan commitments and standby letters of credit. Management utilizes a methodology similar to its allowance for loan loss adequacy methodology to estimate losses on these commitments. The allowance for estimated credit losses on off-balance sheet commitments is included in other liabilities and any changes to the allowance are recorded as a component of other non-interest expense.
While management uses available information to recognize probable and reasonably estimatable losses on loans, future additions may be necessary based on changes in conditions, including changes in economic conditions, particularly in Richmond and Kings Counties in New York, and Union and Middlesex Counties in New Jersey. Accordingly, as with most financial institutions in the market area, the ultimate collectibility of a substantial portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in conditions in the Company’s marketplace.
In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
Troubled Debt Restructured loans are those loans whose terms have been modified, because of deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower, to provide for a reduction of either interest or principal. Once an obligation has been restructured because of such credit problems, it continues to be considered restructured until paid in full or, if the obligation yields a market rate (a rate equal to or greater than the rate the Company was willing to accept at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk), until the year subsequent to the year in which the restructuring takes place, provided the borrower has performed under the modified terms for a six-month period.
A loan is considered past due when it is not paid in accordance with its contractual terms. The accrual of income on loans, including impaired loans, and other loans in the process of foreclosure, is generally discontinued when a loan becomes 90 days or more delinquent, or when certain factors
(continued)

F-9


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
indicate reasonable doubt as to the ability of the borrower to meet contractual principal and/or interest obligations. Loans on which the accrual of income has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans. All previously accrued interest is reversed against interest income and income is recognized subsequently only in the period that cash is received, provided no principal payments are due and the remaining principal balance outstanding is deemed collectible. A non-accrual loan is not returned to accrual status until both principal and interest payments are brought current and factors indicating doubtful collection no longer exist, including performance by the borrower under the loan terms for a six-month period.
  (f)   Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB), is required to hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB as a condition to both becoming a member and engaging in certain transactions with the FHLB. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the minimum investment requirement is determined by a “membership” investment component and an “activity-based” investment component. The membership investment component is the greater of 0.20% of the Bank’s Mortgage-related Assets, as defined by the FHLB, or $1,000. The activity-based investment component is equal to 4.5% of the Bank’s outstanding advances with the FHLB. The activity-based investment component also considers other transactions, including assets originated for or sold to the FHLB and delivery commitments issued by the FHLB. The Company currently does not enter into these other types of transactions with the FHLB.
  (g)   Premises and Equipment, net
Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment, including capital leases, are computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives of significant classes of assets are generally as follows: buildings — forty years; furniture and equipment — five to seven years; and purchased computer software — three years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the related lease or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Major improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance costs are charged to operations as incurred. Upon retirement or sale, any gain or loss is credited or charged to operations.
  (h)   Bank Owned Life Insurance
The Company has purchased bank owned life insurance contracts in consideration of its obligations for certain employee benefit costs. The Company’s investment in such insurance contracts has been reported in the consolidated balance sheets at cash surrender values. Changes in cash surrender values and death benefit proceeds received in excess of the related cash surrender values are recorded as non-interest income.
  (i)   Goodwill
Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is not amortized, but rather is tested, at least annually, for impairment at the reporting unit level. For purposes of the Company’s goodwill impairment testing, management has identified a single reporting unit. The Company uses the quoted market price multiples of stockholders’ equity of a related peer group of publicly traded banks as
(continued)

F-10


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
part of the impairment test as the basis for estimating the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, further evaluation is not necessary. However, if the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, further evaluation is required to compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying amount to determine if a write-down of goodwill is required. As of December 31, 2006, the carrying value of goodwill totaled $16.2 million. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test, as of December 31, 2006, and determined the fair value of the Company’s one reporting unit to be in excess of its carrying value. Accordingly, as of the annual impairment test date, there was no indication of goodwill impairment. The Company will test goodwill for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. No events have occurred and no circumstances have changed since the annual impairment test date that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount.
  (j)   Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
  (k)   Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted (and without interest) net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
  (l)   Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
The Company enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase (Repurchase Agreements) with selected dealers and banks, primarily the FHLB. Such agreements are accounted for as secured financing transactions since the Company maintains effective control over the transferred securities and the transfer meets the other criteria for such accounting. Obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets. Securities underlying the agreements are maintained at selected dealers and banks as collateral for each transaction executed and may be sold or pledged by the counterparty. Collateral underlying Repurchase Agreements which permit the counterparty to sell or pledge the underlying collateral is disclosed on the consolidated balance sheets as “encumbered.” The Company retains the right under all Repurchase Agreements to substitute acceptable collateral throughout the terms of the agreement.
(continued)

F-11


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
  (m)   Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income and the change in unrealized holding gains and losses on securities available for sale, net of taxes. Comprehensive income (loss) is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity.
  (n)   Employee Benefits
The Company sponsors a defined postretirement benefit plan that provides for medical and life insurance coverage to certain retirees, as well as life insurance to all qualifying employees of the Company. The estimated cost of postretirement benefits earned is accrued during the individuals’ estimated service period to the Company.
  (o)   Segment Reporting
As a community-oriented financial institution, substantially all of the Company’s operations involve the delivery of loan and deposit products to customers. Management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of these community banking operations, which constitute the Company’s only operating segment for financial reporting purposes.
  (p)   Accounting Changes (Accounting for Post Retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions)
As of December 31, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 158, “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits” (“SFAS 158”). In accordance with this standard, the Company recorded the funded status of its postretirement plans as a liability on its Consolidated Balance Sheet with the corresponding offset, net of taxes, recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss within Stockholder’s Equity, resulting in an after tax decrease in equity of $135,000. See also Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following table shows the effects of adopting SFAS 158 on individual line items in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2006 (in thousands):
                         
    Before application             After application  
    of SFAS 158     Adjustment     of SFAS 158  
 
                       
Other liabilities
  $ 11,396       251       11,647  
 
                 
Other assets
    12,122       116       12,238  
 
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (14,112 )     (135 )     (14,247 )
 
                 
(continued)

F-12


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
(2)   Securities Available-for-Sale
 
    The following is a comparative summary of mortgage-backed securities and other securities available-for- sale at March 31, (in thousands):
                                 
    2007 (unaudited)  
            Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     market  
    cost     gains     losses     value  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Freddie Mac participation certificates (FHLMC)
  $ 82,002       10       2,803       79,209  
Fannie Mae participation certificates (FNMA)
    437,364       17       13,897       423,484  
Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (REMICs)
    147,593       11       2,977       144,627  
 
                       
 
    666,959       38       19,677       647,320  
 
                       
 
                               
Other securities:
                               
Equity investments
    3,175             37       3,138  
Corporate bonds
    30,706       4       13       30,697  
 
                       
 
    33,881       4       50       33,835  
 
                       
 
                               
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 700,840       42       19,727       681,155  
 
                       
(continued)

F-13


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
The following is a comparative summary of mortgage-backed securities and other securities available-for- sale at December 31 (in thousands):
                                 
    2006  
            Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     market  
    cost     gains     losses     value  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Freddie Mac participation certificates (FHLMC)
  $ 87,731       64       3,262       84,533  
Fannie Mae participation certificates (FNMA)
    464,952       35       16,469       448,518  
REMICs
    132,454             3,800       128,654  
 
                       
 
    685,137       99       23,531       661,705  
 
                       
 
                               
Other securities:
                               
Equity investments
    7,491             43       7,448  
Corporate bonds
    44,390       5       50       44,345  
 
                       
 
    51,881       5       93       51,793  
 
                       
 
                               
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 737,018       104       23,624       713,498  
 
                       
                                 
    2005  
            Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     market  
    cost     gains     losses     value  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
FHLMC participation certificates
  $ 106,714       79       3,543       103,250  
FNMA participation certificates
    571,371       138       17,414       554,095  
REMICs
    174,379             4,602       169,777  
 
                       
 
    852,464       217       25,559       827,122  
 
                       
 
                               
Other securities:
                               
Equity investments
    2,673             27       2,646  
Corporate bonds
    34,393             697       33,696  
 
                       
 
    37,066             724       36,342  
 
                       
 
                               
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 889,530       217       26,283       863,464  
 
                       
(continued)

F-14


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
The following is a summary of the expected maturity distribution of debt securities available-for-sale other than mortgage-backed securities at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) (in thousands):
                 
            Estimated  
    Amortized     market  
Available-for-sale   cost     value  
Due within one year
  $ 30,706       30,697  
 
           
The following is a summary of the expected maturity distribution of debt securities available-for-sale other than mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2006 (in thousands):
                 
            Estimated  
    Amortized     market  
Available-for-sale   cost     value  
Due within one year
  $ 44,390       44,345  
 
           
Expected maturities on mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.
Certain securities available-for-sale are pledged to secure borrowings and for other purposes required by law. At March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, securities available-for-sale with a carrying value of $9,326,000 and $12,249,000, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits. See note 7 for further discussion regarding securities pledged for borrowings.
For the three months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited), the Company had gross proceeds of $3,726,000 on sales of securities available-for-sale with gross realized gains and gross realized losses of approximately $5,000 and $0, respectively. There were no sales of securities available for sale during the three months ending March 31, 2006 (unaudited). For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company had gross proceeds of $20,100,000 on sales of securities available-for-sale with gross realized gains and gross realized losses of approximately $60,000 and $0, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2005, there were no sales of securities available-for-sale. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company had gross proceeds of $43,836,000 on sales of securities available-for-sale with gross realized gains and gross realized losses of approximately $290,000 and $115,000, respectively.
(continued)

F-15


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
Gross unrealized losses on mortgage-backed securities, equity securities, and corporate bonds available-for-sale, and the estimated market value of the related securities, aggregated by security category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, were as follows (in thousands):
                                                 
    March 31, 2007 (unaudited)  
    Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
    Unrealized     Estimated     Unrealized     Estimated     Unrealized     Estimated  
    losses     market value     losses     market value     losses     market value  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
FHLMC participation certificates
  $ 2       552       2,801       77,808       2,803       78,360  
FNMA participation certificates
    3       1,123       13,894       417,270       13,897       418,393  
REMICs
    34       10,029       2,943       121,535       2,977       131,564  
Equity investments
                37       2,130       37       2,130  
Corporate bonds
    12       19,061       1       4,000       13       23,061  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 51       30,765       19,676       622,743       19,727       653,508  
 
                                   
                                                 
    December 31, 2006  
    Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
    Unrealized     Estimated     Unrealized     Estimated     Unrealized     Estimated  
    losses     market value     losses     market value     losses     market value  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
FHLMC participation certificates
  $ 23       3,781       3,239       77,966       3,262       81,747  
FNMA participation certificates
    2       836       16,467       440,258       16,469       441,094  
REMICs
                3,800       128,654       3,800       128,654  
Equity investments
                43       2,101       43       2,101  
Corporate bonds
    3       9,274       47       9,019       50       18,293  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 28       13,891       23,596       657,998       23,624       671,889  
 
                                   
At March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, approximately 93% and 95%, respectively, of the mortgage-backed securities in an unrealized loss position were issued by Government Sponsored Enterprises and had fixed rates of interest. The cause of the impairment is directly related to an increase in the overall interest rate environment. In general, as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed-rate securities will decrease; as interest rates fall, the fair value of fixed rate securities will increase. The Company generally views changes in fair value caused by changes in interest rates as temporary as long as the underlying security cannot be prepaid in a manner that would result in the Company not receiving substantially all of its recorded investment, which is consistent with the Company’s experience. Therefore, the impairments are deemed temporary based on the direct relationship of the decline in fair value to movements in interest rates, the terms of the investments and the high credit quality. Management has the intent and the Company has the ability to hold these securities until there is a market price recovery.
The Company invests in a mutual fund primarily comprised of a portfolio of residential loans. The unrealized losses on equity securities at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 were caused primarily by interest rate increases. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, these investments are not considered other-than-temporarily impaired.
(continued)

F-16


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
Management has the intent and the Company has the ability to hold these securities until there is a market price recovery.
Included in corporate bonds at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, is a fixed rate debt obligation of General Motors Acceptance Corporation with a total par value of $4,000,000, which matured on April 5, 2007 and was paid in full. The security has an amortized cost of $4,001,000 and estimated market value of $4,000,000 at March 31, 2007 (unaudited). At December 31, 2006, the security had a carrying value of $4,027,000 and an estimated market value of $4,000,000. The bond is rated below investment grade by national rating firms and the unrealized losses are reflective of these current below investment grade ratings. The bond is performing in accordance with its contractual terms. The remaining unrealized losses on corporate bonds are attributable to changes in interest rates and have no credit related issues. Because management has the intent and the Company has the ability to hold these investments until a market price recovery or maturity, these investments are not considered other-than-temporarily impaired.
(continued)

F-17


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
(3) Securities Held-to-Maturity
The following is a comparative summary of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity at March 31, (in thousands):
                                 
    2007 (unaudited)  
            Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     market  
    cost     gains     losses     value  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
FHLMC participation certificates
  $ 1,235             36       1,199  
Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) guaranteed pass-through certificates
    5       1             6  
FNMA participation certificates
    10,623       33       7       10,649  
REMICs
    12,635             481       12,154  
 
                       
 
                               
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 24,498       34       524       24,008  
 
                       
The following is a comparative summary of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity at December 31 (in thousands):
                                 
    2006  
            Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     market  
    cost     gains     losses     value  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
FHLMC participation certificates
  $ 1,240             37       1,203  
Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) guaranteed pass-through certificates
    5       1             6  
FNMA participation certificates
    11,494       15       24       11,485  
REMICs
    13,430             605       12,825  
 
                       
 
                               
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 26,169       16       666       25,519  
 
                       
(continued)

F-18


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
                                 
    2005  
            Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     market  
    cost     gains     losses     value  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
FHLMC participation certificates
  $ 1,258             36       1,222  
GNMA guaranteed pass-through certificates
    11       1             12  
FNMA participation certificates
    15,425       106             15,531  
REMICs
    18,147       2       829       17,320  
 
                       
 
                               
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 34,841       109       865       34,085  
 
                       
Certain securities held-to-maturity are pledged to secure borrowings and for other purposes required by law. At March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, securities held-to-maturity with a carrying value of $0 and $286,000, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits. See note 7 for further discussion regarding securities pledged for borrowings.
During three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, no securities were sold from the held-to-maturity portfolio. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company sold mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity. Gross proceeds from the sale amounted to $463,000. Gross realized gains and gross realized losses were approximately $14,000 and $8,000, respectively. These securities had remaining principal outstanding of less than 15% of the original purchased par.
(continued)

F-19


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
Gross unrealized losses on mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity and the estimated fair value of the related securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, were as follows (in thousands):
                                                 
    March 31, 2007 (unaudited)  
    Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
    Unrealized     Estimated     Unrealized     Estimated     Unrealized     Estimated  
    losses     market value     losses     market value     losses     market value  
FHLMC Participation certificates
  $             36       1,199       36       1,199  
FNMA Participation certificates
                7       3,325       7       3,325  
REMICs
                    481       12,154       481       12,154  
 
                                   
Total
  $             524       16,678       524       16,678  
 
                                   
                                                 
    December 31, 2006  
    Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
    Unrealized     Estimated     Unrealized     Estimated     Unrealized     Estimated  
    losses     market value     losses     market value     losses     market value  
FHLMC Participation certificates
  $             37       1,203       37       1,203  
FNMA Participation certificates
    10       3,474       14       1,921       24       5,395  
REMICs
    2       502       603       12,323       605       12,825  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 12       3,976       654       15,447       666       19,423  
 
                                   
At March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, all of the mortgage-backed securities in an unrealized loss position were issued by Government Sponsored Enterprises and had fixed rates of interest. The cause of the impairment is directly related to an increase in the overall interest rate environment. In general, as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed rate securities will decrease; as interest rates fall, the fair value of fixed rate securities will increase. The Company generally views changes in fair value caused by changes in interest rates as temporary as long as the underlying security cannot be prepaid in a manner that would result in the Company not receiving substantially all of its amortized cost, which is consistent with the Company’s experience. Therefore, the impairments are deemed temporary based on the direct relationship of the decline in fair value to movements in interest rates, the terms of the investments and the high credit quality. Management has the intent and the Company has the ability to hold these securities until there is a market price recovery.
(continued)

F-20


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
(4) Loans
Loans held-for-investment, net, consist of the following at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands):
                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (unaudited)                  
Real estate loans:
                       
Commercial mortgage
  $ 229,235       207,680       165,657  
One -to- four family residential mortgage
    104,621       107,572       127,477  
Home equity and line of credit
    12,751       13,922       16,105  
Construction and land
    52,490       52,124       52,890  
Multifamily
    14,328       13,276       14,105  
 
                 
Total real estate loans
    413,425       394,574       376,234  
 
                 
Commercial and industrial loans
    10,810       11,022       8,068  
Savings account loans
    2,903       3,442       3,446  
Other loans
    237       155       64  
 
                 
Total commercial and industrial, savings account and other loans
    13,950       14,619       11,578  
 
                 
Total loans held-for-investment
    427,375       409,193       387,812  
Deferred loan fees, net
    (84 )     (4 )     (345 )
 
                 
Loans held-for-investment, net
    427,291       409,189       387,467  
Allowance for loan losses
    (5,456 )     (5,030 )     (4,795 )
 
                 
Net loans held-for-investment
  $ 421,835       404,159       382,672  
 
                 
Loans held-for-sale consist of the following at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 (in thousands):
                 
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (unaudited)          
Real estate loans:
               
One -to- four family residential mortgage
  $ 340       125  
 
           
Total loans held-for-sale
  $ 340       125  
 
           
The Company does not have any lending programs commonly referred to as subprime lending. Subprime lending generally targets borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment
(continued)

F-21


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios.
The Company, through its principal subsidiary, the Bank, also services first mortgage residential loans for others. The principal balance of serviced loans amounts to $82,365,000, $83,128,000 and $89,306,000 at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
A summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses for three months ending March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 is as follows (in thousands):
                                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (unaudited)                          
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 5,030       4,795       4,795       3,166       2,755  
Provision for loan losses
    440       150       235       1,629       410  
Recoveries
                            1  
Charge-offs
    (14 )                        
 
                             
Balance at end of year
  $ 5,456       4,945       5,030       4,795       3,166  
 
                             
Included in loans receivable are loans for which the accrual of interest income has been discontinued due to deterioration in the financial condition of the borrowers. The principal amount of these nonaccrual loans (including impaired loans) was $7,859,000, $6,342,000 and $1,361,000 at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing interest were $1,003,000, $773,000 and $698,000 at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and consisted of loans secured by residential properties that were considered both well-secured and in the process of collection. The Company is under no commitment to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loans are on a non-accrual status or who are past due ninety days or more and still accruing interest.
The following tables summarize impaired loans (in thousands):
                         
    March 31, 2007  
    (unaudited)  
            Allowance        
    Recorded     for Loan     Net  
    Investment     Losses     Investment  
Impaired troubled debt restructured loans
  $ 904       (599 )     305  
Impaired loans
    3,989       (350 )     3,639  
 
                 
Total impaired loans
  $ 4,893       (949 )     3,944  
 
                 
(continued)

F-22


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
                         
    December 31, 2006  
            Allowance        
    Recorded     for Loan     Net  
    Investment     Losses     Investment  
Impaired troubled debt restructured loans
  $ 905       (460 )     445  
Impaired loans
    3,989       (275 )     3,714  
 
                 
Total impaired loans
  $ 4,894       (735 )     4,159  
 
                 
Included in Impaired Loans in the above tables is a loan with a carrying value of approximately $1,873,000 at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, respectively, with no specific reserve due to sufficient collateral values supporting the loan.
                         
    December 31, 2005  
            Allowance        
    Recorded     for Loan     Net  
    Investment     Losses     Investment  
Impaired troubled debt restructured loans
  $ 885       (442 )     443  
 
                 
Total impaired loans
  $ 885       (442 )     443  
 
                 
At March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to these borrowers. There was one Troubled Debt Restructured loan, not included in the March 31, 2007 table above, in the amount of $825,000 that was less than thirty days past due. Additionally, there was one Troubled Debt Restructured loan, not included in the December 31, 2006 table above, in the amount of $842,000 that was thirty days past due. The average recorded balance of impaired loans for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) was $4,894,000 and $885,000, respectively, and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was approximately $1,217,000, $895,000, and $129,000, respectively. Interest income recorded on a cash basis related to impaired loans for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) was $ — and $ —, respectively, and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was approximately $61,000, $72,000, and $28,000, respectively.
(continued)

F-23


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
(5) Premises and Equipment, Net
At March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, premises and equipment, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, consists of the following (in thousands):
                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (unaudited)                  
At cost:
                       
Land
  $ 566       566       685  
Buildings and improvements
    2,485       2,490       2,939  
Capital leases
    2,600       2,600       2,600  
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
    9,148       9,423       9,569  
Leasehold improvements
    6,269       6,247       6,464  
 
                 
 
    21,068       21,326       22,257  
 
                       
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (13,111 )     (13,094 )     (13,073 )
 
                 
Premises and equipment, net
  $ 7,957       8,232       9,184  
 
                 
Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) was $333,000 and $313,000 respectively, and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $1,298,000, $1,315,000, and $1,203,000, respectively.
At December 31, 2006, approximately $749,000 of premises and equipment were held-for-sale and included in other assets. See note 10 for further discussion.
During the three months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited) the Company recognized a gain of approximately $648,000 as result of the sale of premises and equipment.
(continued)

F-24


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
(6) Deposits
Deposits account balances at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005 are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):
                                                 
    March 31,             December 31,          
    2007     2006     2005  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted  
    Amount     average rate     Amount     average rate     Amount     average rate  
    (unaudited)                                  
Demand:
                                               
Negotiable orders of withdrawal
  $ 43,305       1.51 %     40,852       1.31       38,038       0.75  
Non-interest bearing checking
    92,369             95,339             97,863        
 
                                   
Total demand
    135,674       0.48       136,191       0.39       135,901       0.13  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Savings:
                                               
 
                                               
Money market
    13,289       0.75       14,258       0.75       19,611       0.75  
Passbook
    325,779       0.69       342,927       0.68       423,630       0.70  
 
                                   
Total savings
    339,068       0.69       357,185       0.68       443,241       0.70  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Certificates of deposit:
                                               
Under $100,000
    294,410       4.31       304,448       4.31       283,729       3.17  
$100,000 or more
    197,339       4.53       191,965       4.56       147,275       3.49  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total certificates of deposit
    491,749       4.39       496,413       4.41       431,004       3.28  
 
                                   
Total deposits
  $ 966,491       2.54 %     989,789       2.51       1,010,146       1.72  
 
                                   
(continued)

F-25


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
                 
    March 31,          
    2007     December 31,  
    (unaudited)     2006  
Year:
               
 
               
2007
  $ 425,800       463,296  
2008
    48,484       17,478  
2009
    10,930       10,285  
2010
    3,323       3,145  
2011 and after
    3,212       2,209  
 
           
 
  $ 491,749       496,413  
 
           
Interest expense on deposits for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 is summarized as follows (in thousands):
                                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (unaudited)                          
Negotiable orders of withdrawal
  $ 149       45       349       205       223  
Money market
    26       36       123       162       142  
Passbook
    571       707       2,665       3,127       3,097  
Certificates of deposits
    5,319       3,719       18,797       10,857       7,603  
 
                             
 
  $ 6,065       4,507       21,934       14,351       11,065  
 
                             
(7) Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase and Other Borrowings
Borrowings are Repurchase Agreements, FHLB advances, and obligations under capital leases and are summarized as follows (in thousands):
                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (unaudited)                  
Repurchase Agreements
  $ 117,000     $ 106,000       206,000  
FHLB advances
    20,000       20,000       25,000  
Obligations under capital leases
    2,507       2,534       2,629  
 
                 
 
  $ 139,507     $ 128,534       233,629  
 
                 
(continued)

F-26


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
FHLB advances are secured by a blanket lien on unencumbered securities, residential mortgage loans, and the Company’s investment in FHLB capital stock.
Certain information concerning Repurchase Agreements at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
                         
    March 31,   December 31,
    2007   2006   2005
    (unaudited)                
 
                       
Average balance outstanding during the period
  $ 102,578       154,855       241,563  
Highest month-end balance during the period
    117,000       189,000       301,000  
Weighted average interest rate during the period
    3.82 %     3.57       3.28  
Weighted average interest at period end
    3.94       3.74       3.44  
Repurchase Agreements and FHLB advances have contractual maturities at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 as follows (in thousands):
                                 
    March 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
    FHLB     Repurchase     FHLB     Repurchase  
    Advances     Agreements     Advances     Agreements  
    (unaudited)     ( audited)  
2007
  $       53,000             62,000  
2008
    10,000       34,000       10,000       34,000  
2009
          30,000             10,000  
2010
    10,000             10,000        
 
                       
 
  $ 20,000       117,000       20,000       106,000  
 
                       
(continued)

F-27


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
The following information pertains to Repurchase Agreements, all of which are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 (dollars in thousands):
                                 
    March 31, 2007    
    Maturing    
    Up to 30 days   30 to 90 days   Over 90 days   Total
            (unaudited)                
 
                               
Repurchase Agreements
  $ 3,000       5,000       109,000       117,000  
Weighted average interest rate
    3.03 %     3.69 %     3.98 %     3.94 %
 
                               
Collateral:
                               
Amortized cost
  $ 1,766       6,061       101,367       109,194  
Estimated market value
  $ 1,723       5,885       98,528       106,136  
                                 
    December 31, 2006    
    Maturing    
    Up to 30 days   30 to 90 days   Over 90 days   Total
 
                               
Repurchase Agreements
  $ 4,000       5,000       97,000       106,000  
Weighted average interest rate
    2.81 %     2.58 %     3.78 %     3.69 %
 
                               
Collateral:
                               
Amortized cost
  $ 3,083       3,847       105,682       112,612  
Estimated market value
  $ 2,878       3,644       102,300       108,822  
The Bank has an overnight line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York for $100,000,000. The line is secured by a blanket lien on the Bank’s assets. Additionally, the Bank has a line of credit for $100,000,000 from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York which permits the Bank to borrow for a term of one month. The line is secured by a blanket lien on the Bank’s assets. The Bank had no amounts outstanding under these lines at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006. These lines expire on July 31, 2007 and may be renewed at the option of the FHLB.
(continued)

F-28


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
Interest expense on borrowings for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
                                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (unaudited)                          
 
                                       
Repurchase Agreements
  $ 966       1,602       5,501       8,311       6,410  
FHLB advances
    157       180       676       730       367  
FHLB over-night borrowings
          62       67       606       188  
Obligations under capital leases
    56       58       228       236       242  
 
                             
 
  $ 1,179       1,902       6,472       9,883       7,207  
 
                             
(8)   Income Taxes
Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 consist of the following (in thousands):
                                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (unaudited)                          
 
                                       
Federal tax expense (benefit):
                                       
Current
  $ 2,663       1,741       6,635       8,922       9,152  
Deferred
    (267 )     (148 )     (868 )     (2,477 )     (721 )
 
                             
 
    2,396       1,593       5,767       6,445       8,431  
 
                             
 
                                       
State and local tax expense:
                                       
Current
    236       159       57       992       343  
Deferred
    69       98       342       2,939       894  
 
                             
 
    305       257       399       3,931       1,237  
 
                             
 
  $ 2,701       1,850       6,166       10,376       9,668  
 
                             
(continued)

F-29


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
The Company has recognized income tax benefit (expense) related to changes in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale of $(1,533,000) for the three months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and $(1,018,000), $9,370,000, and $1,088,000, in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Such amounts are recorded as a component of comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of changes in stockholder’s equity.
The Company has also recognized an income tax benefit related to the adoption of SFAS 158 of $116,000 in 2006. Such amount is recorded as a component of accumulated comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of changes in stockholder’s equity.
Reconciliation between the amount of reported total income tax expense and the amount computed by multiplying the applicable statutory income tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 is as follows (dollars in thousands):
                                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (unaudited)                          
 
                                       
Tax expense at statutory rate of 35%
  $ 2,587       1,761       5,953       8,237       9,112  
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
                                       
State tax, net of federal income tax benefit
    198       167       259       2,555       804  
Bank owned life insurance
    (136 )     (108 )     (430 )     (423 )     (418 )
Other, net
    52       30       384       7       170  
 
                             
 
  $ 2,701       1,850       6,166       10,376       9,668  
 
                             
(continued)

F-30


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows (in thousands):
                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (unaudited)                  
 
                       
Deferred tax assets:
                       
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 926       730       618  
Deferred loan fees
    13       13       17  
Capitalized leases
    1,186       1,174       1,217  
Deferred compensation
    2,062       1,975       1,092  
Accrued salaries
    112       252       428  
Postretirement benefits
    603       593       445  
Unrealized loss on securities — AFS
    7,877       9,408       10,426  
Step up to fair market value of acquired liabilities
          2       16  
New York net operating loss carryforwards
    1,062       1,062        
Straight-line leases adjustment
    518       517       507  
Asset retirement obligation
    66       63       53  
Other
    341       335       243  
 
                 
Total gross deferred tax assets
    14,766       16,124       15,062  
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
Depreciation
    745       867       1,052  
Mortgage servicing rights
    224       233       293  
Undistributed earnings of subsidiary
    4,775       4,552       3,748  
Step up to fair market value of acquired loans
    295       309       396  
Step up to fair market value of acquired investment
    60       78       110  
Other
    266       351       415  
 
                 
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
    6,365       6,390       6,014  
 
                 
Valuation allowance
    1,062       1,062        
 
                 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 7,339       8,672       9,048  
 
                 
The Company has determined that a valuation allowance should be established for the New York State and City net operating loss carryforwards as it was considered unlikely that the Bank, due to its REIT subsidiary, would have sufficient earnings to realize the benefits. New York State and City net operating loss carryforwards will expire in 20 years. The Company has determined that it is not required to establish a valuation reserve for the remaining net deferred tax asset account since it is “more likely than not” that the net deferred tax assets will be realized through future reversals of existing taxable temporary
(continued)

F-31


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
differences, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. The conclusion that it is “more likely than not” that the remaining net deferred tax assets will be realized is based on the history of earnings and the prospects for continued profitability. Management will continue to review the tax criteria related to the recognition of deferred tax assets.
Certain amendments to the Federal, New York State, and New York City tax laws regarding bad debt deductions were enacted in July 1996, August 1996, and March 1997, respectively. The Federal amendments include elimination of the percentage-of-taxable-income method for tax years beginning after December 31, 1995 and imposition of a requirement to recapture into taxable income (over a six-year period) the bad debt reserves in excess of the base-year amounts. The New York State and City amendments redesignated the Company’s state and city bad debt reserves at December 31, 1995 as the base-year amount and also provided for future additions to the base-year reserve using the percentage-of-taxable-income method.
The Company’s Federal, state, and city base-year reserves were approximately $5,900,000, respectively, at December 31, 2006 and 2005. Under the tax laws as amended, events that would result in taxation of certain of these reserves include the following: (a) the Company’s retained earnings represented by this reserve are used for purposes other than to absorb losses from bad debts, including excess dividends or distributions in liquidation; (b) the Company redeems its stock; (c) the Company fails to meet the definition of a bank for Federal purposes or a thrift for state and city purposes; or (d) there is a change in the Federal, state, or city tax laws. At December 31, 2005, the Company’s unrecognized deferred tax liabilities with respect to its base-year reserves for Federal, state, and city taxes totaled approximately $2,800,000. Deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized with respect to the 1987 base-year reserves, since the Company does not expect that these amounts will become taxable in the foreseeable future.
At December 31, 2005, the Company did not meet the definition of a thrift for New York State and City purposes, and as a result, recorded a state and local tax expense of approximately $2,200,000 pertaining to the recapture of the state and city base-year reserves accumulated after December 31, 1987.
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” or FIN 48, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. There was no change to the net amount of assets and liabilities recognized in the statement of financial condition as a result of the Company’s adoption of FIN 48.
The following disclosures, which are generally not required in interim period financial statements, are included herein as a result of the Company’s adoption of FIN 48 in the first quarter of 2007.
The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and in New York State and City jurisdictions. The Company’s subsidiary also files income tax returns in the State of New Jersey. With
(continued)

F-32


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to federal and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2003. However, the State of New York is currently examining the Company’s tax returns filed from 1999-2002. The Company does not plan to extend the statue for the tax returns under examination; therefore it is reasonably possible that these tax returns under examination will be settled within the next twelve months.
At January 1, 2007, the Company had $1.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which would affect our effective income tax rate if recognized. Accruals of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized in income tax expense. At January 1, 2007, the Company had $934,000 of accrued interest payable.
(9)   Retirement Benefits
The Company has a 401(k) plan for its employees, which grants eligible employees (those salaried employees with at least one year of service) the opportunity to invest from 2% to 15% of their base compensation in certain investment alternatives. The Company contributes an amount equal to one-half of employee contributions up to 6% of base compensation for the first three years of participation. Subsequent years of participation in excess of three years will increase the Company matching contribution from 50% to 100% of an employee’s contributions, up to 6% of base compensation. A member becomes fully vested in the Company’s contributions upon (a) completion of five years of service, or (b) normal retirement, early retirement, permanent disability, or death.
The Company also maintains a profit-sharing plan in which the Company can contribute to the participant’s 401(k) account, at its discretion, up to the legal limit of the Internal Revenue Service Code. The Company’s contributions to these plans aggregated approximately $161,000 and $132,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited), respectively and, $444,000, $410,000 and $400,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
(continued)

F-33


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
As previously discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted SFAS 158 effective December 31, 2006.
The following tables set forth the funded status and components of postretirement benefit costs at December 31 measurement date (in thousands):
                 
    2006     2005  
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation beginning of year
  $ 1,703       1,354  
Service cost
    4       4  
Interest cost
    86       75  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (417 )     355  
Benefits paid
    (91 )     (85 )
 
           
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation end of year
    1,285       1,703  
 
           
 
               
Plan assets at fair value
           
Unrecognized transition obligation
          (167 )
Unrecognized prior service cost
          (199 )
Unrecognized loss
          (369 )
 
           
Accrued liability (included in accrued expenses and other liabilities)
  $ 1,285       968  
 
           
The following table sets forth the components of net periodic postretirement benefit costs (in thousands):
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Service cost
  $ 4       4       3  
Interest cost
    86       75       77  
Amortization of transition obligation
    16       19       19  
Amortization of prior service costs
    16       16       16  
Amortization of unrecognized loss (gain)
    35       1       (1 )
 
                 
Net postretirement benefit cost included in compensation and employee benefits
  $ 157       115       114  
 
                 
(continued)

F-34


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
The following table sets forth the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands):
         
    2006  
Net gain
  $ (83 )
Transition obligation
    151  
Prior service cost
    183  
 
       
 
     
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 251  
 
     
The estimated net gain, transition obligation and prior service cost that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic cost over the next calendar year are ($7,000), $17,000 and $16,000, respectively.
The assumed discount rate related to plan obligations reflects the weighted average of published market rates for high-quality corporate bonds with terms similar to those of the plan’s expected benefit payments, rounded to the nearest quarter percentage point. The Company’s discount rate and rate of compensation increase used in accounting for the plan are as follows:
                         
    2006   2005   2004
 
                       
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at period end:
                       
 
                       
Discount rate
    5.75 %     5.25 %     5.75 %
Rate of increase in compensation
    4.50       4.00       4.25  
 
                       
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the year:
                       
 
Discount rate
    5.25 %     5.75 %     6.00 %
Rate of increase in compensation
    4.00       4.25       4.50  
For the year ended December 31, 2006, a medical cost trend rate of 7.00%, decreasing 0.25% per year thereafter until an ultimate rate of 5.0% is reached, was used in the plan’s valuation. The Company’s healthcare cost trend rate is based, among other things, on the Company’s own experience and third party analysis of recent and projected healthcare cost trends.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, a medical cost trend rate of 10.00%, decreasing 0.50% per year thereafter until an ultimate rate of 3.50% is reached, was used in the plan’s valuation.
(continued)

F-35


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
A one percentage-point change in assumed heath care cost trends would have the following effects (in thousands):
                                 
    One     One  
    Percentage point     Percentage point  
    Increase     Decrease  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
Effect on benefits earned and interest cost
  $ 7       6       (7 )     (5 )
Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
    103       139       (91 )     (123 )
 
                       
A one percentage-point change in assumed heath care cost trends would have the following effects (in thousands):
                                                 
            One                     One        
            Percentage point                     Percentage point        
    Increase     Decrease  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Aggregate of service and interest components of net periodic cost (benefit)
  $ 7       6       6       (7 )     (5 )     (5 )
 
                                   
Benefit payments of approximately $91,000, $85,000, and $87,000 were made in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The benefits expected to be paid under the postretirement health benefits plan for the next five years are as follows: $89,000 in 2007; $93,000 in 2008; $99,000 in 2009; $101,000 in 2010; $102,000 in 2011. The benefit payments expected to be paid in the aggregate for the years 2012 through 2016 are $514,000. The expected benefits are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligation at December 31, 2006, and include estimated future employee service.
The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, or Medicare Act, introduced both a Medicare prescription-drug benefit and a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health-care plans that provide a benefit at least “actuarially equivalent” to the Medicare benefit. The Company has evaluated the estimated potential subsidy available under the Medicare Act and the related costs associated with qualifying for the subsidy. Due to the limited number of participants in the plan, the Company has concluded that it is not cost beneficial to apply for the subsidy. Therefore, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation information and related net periodic postretirement benefit costs do not reflect the effect of any potential subsidy.
The Company maintains a nonqualified plan to provide for the elective deferral of all or a portion of director fees by members of the participating Board of Directors, deferral of all or a portion of the compensation and/or annual bonus payable to eligible employees of the Company, and to provide to certain officers of the Company benefits in excess of those permitted to be paid by the Company’s savings
(continued)

F-36


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
plan and profit-sharing plan under the applicable Internal Revenue Code. The plan obligation was approximately $2,899,000 at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and $2,667,000 and $2,360,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Expense under this plan was $59,000 and $100,000 for the three months end March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited), respectively and $219,000, $233,000, and $227,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The Company invests to fund this future obligation, in various mutual funds designated as trading securities. The securities are marked-to-market through current period earnings as a component of non-interest income. Accrued obligations under this plan are credited or charged with the return on the trading securities portfolio as a component of compensation and benefits expense.
The Company entered into a supplemental retirement agreement with a former Bank executive and current director on July 18, 2006. The agreement provides for 120 monthly payments of $17,450. The present value of the obligation, of approximately $1,625,000, was recorded in compensation and benefits expense in 2006. The present value of the obligation as of March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, was approximately $1,568,000 and $1,600,000, respectively.
(10)   Commitments and Contingencies
The Company, in the normal course of business, is party to commitments that involve, to varying degrees, elements of risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements. These commitments include unused lines of credit and commitments to extend credit.
At December 31, 2006, the following commitment and contingent liabilities existed that are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements (in thousands):
         
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 44,119  
Unused lines of credit
    10,410  
Standby letters of credit
    356  
The Company’s maximum exposure to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these commitments is represented by the contractual amount. The Company used the same credit policies in granting commitments and conditional obligations as it does for amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. These commitments and obligations do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management’s assessment of risk. The unused consumer lines of credit are collateralized by mortgages on real estate. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The guarantees generally extend for a term of up to one year and are fully collateralized. For each guarantee issued, if the customer defaults on a payment to the third party, the Company would have to perform under the guarantee. The unamortized fee on standby letters of credit approximates their fair value; such fees were insignificant at December 31, 2006. The Company maintains an allowance for estimated losses on commitments to extend credit. At March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, the allowance was $181,000, $175,000 and $90,000, respectively.
(continued)

F-37


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
At December 31, 2006, the Company was obligated under noncancelable operating leases and capitalized leases on property used for banking purposes. Most leases contain escalation clauses and renewal options which provide for increased rentals as well as for increases in certain property costs including real estate taxes, common area maintenance, and insurance.
The projected minimum annual rentals under the capitalized leases and operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
                 
    Capitalized     Operating  
    leases     leases  
Year ending December 31:
               
2007
  $ 334       1,220  
2008
    344       1,243  
2009
    354       1,169  
2010
    365       1,124  
2011
    376       867  
Thereafter
    2,273       5,596  
 
           
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 4,046       11,219  
 
           
Rental expense included in occupancy expense amounted to approximately $301,000 and $291,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited) and $1,181,000, $1,088,000, and $1,072,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
In the normal course of business, the Company may be a party to various outstanding legal proceedings and claims. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements will not be materially affected by the outcome of such legal proceedings and claims.
The Bank is required by regulation to maintain a certain level of cash balances on hand and/or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. As of March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, the Bank was required to maintain balances of $1,321,000 and $901,000, respectively.
The Bank has entered into employment agreements with the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the other executive officers of the Bank to ensure the continuity of executive leadership, to clarify the roles and responsibilities of executives, and to make explicit the terms and conditions of executive employment. The Bank entered into employment agreements with the CEO and two other executive officers, effective July 1, 2006. The Bank entered into an employment agreement with one other executive officer on January 3, 2007. These agreements are for a term of three-years, renew annually, and provide for certain levels of base annual salary and in the event of a change in control, as defined, or event of termination, as defined, certain levels of base salary, bonus payments, and benefits for a period of three-years.
On May 26, 2006, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with a third party which includes the purchase of certain premises, equipment, and leaseholds of two of the Bank’s branches. The agreement also provides for the third party to assume the deposit liabilities of the two branches, totaling approximately $29 million as of December 31, 2006, and related lease obligations. The purchase and assumption agreement is at or above the Bank’s carrying value of the related assets purchased and
(continued)

F-38


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
liabilities and obligations being assumed. The transaction closed in the first quarter of 2007 and the Company recognized a gain on the sale of premises and equipment and related deposit relationships of approximately $4.3 million.
(11)   Regulatory Requirements
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) regulations require banks to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital. Under the regulations in effect at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, the Bank was required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total adjusted assets of 4% and minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets of 4% and 8%, respectively.
Under its prompt corrective action regulations, the FDIC is required to take certain supervisory actions (and may take additional discretionary actions) with respect to an undercapitalized institution. Such actions could have a direct material effect on the institution’s financial statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of savings institutions into five categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Generally, an institution is considered well capitalized if it has a leverage (Tier 1) capital ratio of at least 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%.
The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the FDIC about capital components, risk weighting, and other factors.
Management believes that, as of March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006, the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Further, the most recent FDIC notification categorized the Bank as a well-capitalized institution under the prompt corrective action regulations. There have been no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s capital classification.
(continued)

F-39


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
The following is a summary of the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of March 31, 2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006, and 2005, compared to the FDIC minimum capital adequacy requirement and the FDIC requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution (dollars in thousands):
                                                 
                                    For well capitalized
                    For capital adequacy   under prompt corrective
    Actual   purposes   action provisions
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
As of March 31, 2007 (unaudited):
                                               
Tier 1 capital — leverage (to average assets)
  $ 165,552       12.85 %     51,539       4.00 %     64,424       5.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk— weighted assets)
    165,552       24.76       26,747       4.00       40,120       6.00  
Total capital (to risk— weighted assets)
    171,189       25.60       53,494       8.00       66,867       10.00  
 
                                               
As of December 31, 2006:
                                               
Tier 1 capital — leverage (to average assets)
    160,726       12.38       51,927       4.00       64,909       5.00  
Tier 1 capital (to risk— weighted assets)
    160,726       24.25       26,516       4.00       39,773       6.00  
Total capital (to risk— weighted assets)
    165,931       25.03       53,031       8.00       66,289       10.00  
As of December 31, 2005:
                                               
Tier 1 capital — leverage (to average assets)
    149,531       10.62       56,307       4.00       70,383       5.00  
Tier 1 capital (to risk— weighted assets)
    149,531       22.97       26,035       4.00       39,053       6.00  
Total capital (to risk— weighted assets)
    154,416       23.72       52,070       8.00       65,088       10.00  
The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act and related anti-money laundering (“AML”) laws have placed substantial requirements on financial institutions. During a prior examination of the Bank by the FDIC and the New York State Banking Department (“NYSBD”), the agencies identified certain supervisory issues with respect to the Bank’s AML compliance program that required management’s attention. The Bank entered into an informal agreement with both the FDIC and NYSBD with respect to these matters effective June 27, 2005. An informal agreement is characterized by regulatory authorities as an informal action that is neither published nor made publicly available by agencies and is used when circumstances warrant a milder form of action than a formal supervisory action, such as a formal written agreement or cease and desist order. The Company is committed to full compliance with AML laws and believes it has taken all appropriate actions to remedy deficiencies in its AML program and that the Company is in substantial compliance with requirements of the memorandum. Compliance with the informal agreement ultimately will be determined by the FDIC and NYSBD during their future examinations. There can be no assurances that the FDIC and NYSBD will deem the Bank to be in compliance with the informal agreement, that the informal agreement will be removed in the foreseeable future, or that the Bank will not be subject to additional supervisory actions.
(continued)

F-40


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
On February 8, 2006, the President of the United States of America, signed The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the Reform Act) into law. The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Conforming Amendments Act of 2005, which the President signed into law on February 15, 2006, contains necessary technical and conforming changes to implement deposit insurance reform, as well as a number of study and survey requirements (Collectively, the Reform Act). The Reform Act provides for, among other things, merging the Bank Insurance Fund (BIF) and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (SAIF) into a new fund, the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF); increasing the coverage limit for retirement accounts to $250,000 and indexing the coverage limit for retirement accounts to inflation as with the general deposit insurance coverage limit; establishing a range within which the FDIC Board of Directors may set the Designated Reserve Ratio (DRR); allows the FDIC to manage the pace at which the reserve ratio varies within a specified range; eliminates the restrictions on premium rates based on the DRR and grants the FDIC Board the discretion to price deposit insurance according to risk for all insured institutions regardless of the level of the reserve ratio; and grants a one-time initial assessment credit to recognize institutions’ past contributions to the fund. The Bank’s estimated assessment credit at December 31, 2006 is approximately $850,000. The credit has not been recorded by the Company and will be realized in the future as it is utilized to offset future FDIC deposit insurance assessments. Deposit accounts excluding retirement accounts in excess of $100,000 are not federally insured.
(12)   Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value estimates, methods, and assumptions are set forth below for the Company’s financial instruments.
  (a)   Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Certificates of Deposit
 
      Cash and cash equivalents are short-term in nature with original maturities of three months or less; the carrying amount approximates fair value. Certificates of deposits having original terms of six-months or less; carrying value generally approximates fair value.
 
  (b)   Securities
 
      The fair value of securities held-to-maturity, securities available-for-sale and trading securities is estimated based on bid quotations received from securities dealers, if available. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices of similar instruments, adjusting for differences between the quoted instruments, and the instruments being valued.
 
  (c)   Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Stock
 
      The fair value for Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock is its carrying value, since this is the amount for which it could be redeemed and there is no active market for this stock.
 
  (d)   Loans
 
      Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as residential mortgage, construction, land, multifamily, commercial and consumer. Each loan category is further segmented into amortizing and non-amortizing and fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by performing and nonperforming categories. The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current prepayment assumptions and
(continued)

F-41


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
      current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.
 
      Fair value for significant nonperforming loans is based on external appraisals of collateral securing such loans, adjusted for the timing of anticipated cash flows.
 
  (e)   Deposits
 
      The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, and NOW and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
 
  (f)   Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit
 
      The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of off-balance-sheet commitments is insignificant and therefore not included in the following table.
 
  (g)   Borrowings
 
      The fair value of borrowings is estimated by discounting future cash flows based on rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturity.
 
  (g)   Advance Payments by Borrowers
 
      Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance have no stated maturity; the fair value is equal to the amount currently payable.
(continued)

F-42


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
The estimated fair values of the Company’s significant financial instruments as of March 31, 2007 (unaudited) December 31, 2006 and 2005 are presented in the following table (in thousands):
                                                 
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
            Estimated             Estimated             Estimated  
    Carrying     Fair     Carrying     Fair     Carrying     Fair  
    value     value     value     value     value     value  
    (unaudited)                                  
Financial assets:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 48,793       48,793       60,624       60,624       38,368       38,368  
Certificates of deposit
    26,200       26,182       5,200       5,199       210       210  
Trading securities
    2,889       2,889       2,667       2,667       2,360       2,360  
Securities available-for - sale
    681,155       681,155       713,498       713,498       863,464       863,464  
Securities held-to- maturity
    24,498       24,008       26,169       25,519       34,841       34,085  
FHLB stock
    6,781       6,781       7,186       7,186       11,529       11,529  
Net loans held-for-investment
    421,835       412,785       404,159       394,826       382,672       376,747  
Loans held-for-sale
  $ 340       340       125       125              
 
                               
Financial liabilities:
                                               
Deposits
  $ 966,491       967,911       989,789       991,396       1,010,146       1,010,703  
Repurchase Agreements and other borrowings
    139,507       138,032       128,534       126,399       233,629       229,713  
Advance payments by borrowers
  $ 2,103       2,103       783       783       839       839  
 
                               
      Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance-sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the
(continued)

F-43


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.
(13)   Parent-only Financial Information
The following condensed parent company only financial information reflects Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s investment in its wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary, Northfield Bank, using the equity method of accounting.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Condensed Balance Sheets
(in thousands)
                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
Assets   2007     2006     2005  
    (unaudited)                  
 
                       
Investment in Northfield Bank
  $ 170,990       163,994       151,759  
 
                       
 
                 
Total assets
  $ 170,990       163,994       151,759  
 
                 
 
                       
Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity
                       
 
                       
Total liabilities
  $              
 
                       
Total stockholder’s equity
    170,990       163,994       151,759  
 
                       
 
                 
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity
  $ 170,990       163,994       151,759  
 
                 
(continued)

F-44


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Condensed Statements of Income
(in thousands)
                                 
    Three Months Ended             Years Ended  
    March 31,             December 31,  
Income   2007     2006     2006     2005  
    (unaudited)                  
 
                               
Undistrubuted earnings of Northfield Bank
  $ 4,693       3,180       10,842       13,159  
 
                               
 
                       
Net income
  $ 4,693       3,180       10,842       13,159  
 
                       
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands:)
                                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
    (unaudited)                          
Cash flows from operating activities
                                       
Net income
  $ 4,693       3,180       10,842       13,159       16,366  
Undistributed earnings of Northfield Bank
    (4,693 )     (3,180 )     (10,842 )     (13,159 )     (16,366 )
 
 
                             
Net cash provided by operating activities
                             
 
                             
Cash flows from investing activities
                             
 
                             
Cash flows from financing activities
                             
 
                             
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
                             
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
                             
 
                             
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
                             
 
                             
(continued)

F-45


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 (unaudited)
And Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (audited)
(14)   Subsequent Events (unaudited)
On April 4, 2007, the Board of Directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., adopted a plan of stock issuance (“the Plan”) pursuant to which the Company will sell shares of common stock, representing a minority ownership of the estimated pro forma market value of the Company that will be determined by an independent appraisal. Shares will be sold to eligible depositors and the tax qualified employee benefit plans of the Company, in a subscription offering and, if necessary, to the general public in a community and/or syndicated community offering. The majority of the shares of common stock will be owned by Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s mutual holding company, NSB Holdings Corp. In connection with the Plan, the Company will establish a charitable foundation, which will be funded with $3,000,000 in cash and 2% of our outstanding shares of common stock. The Plan is subject to the approval of the appropriate regulatory agencies and, if approved, it is anticipated the transaction will be completed in fourth quarter of 2007.
Costs associated with the stock offering have been deferred and will be deducted from the proceeds of the shares sold in the stock issuance. If the stock offering is not completed, all costs will be charged to expense. At March 31, 2007 (unaudited), approximately $35,000 of stock offering costs had been incurred and deferred.
During the three-year period following the stock offering, the Company may not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to shareholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

F-46


 

     You should rely only on the information contained in this document or that to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation would be unlawful. The affairs of Northfield Bank or Northfield Bancorp, Inc. may change after the date of this prospectus. Delivery of this document and the sales of shares made hereunder does not mean otherwise.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Holding Company for Northfield Bank
18,616,936 Shares of Common Stock
(Subject to Increase to up to 21,409,476 Shares)
COMMON STOCK
 
PROSPECTUS
 
Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.
[Prospectus Date]
     Until the later of [offering deadline] or 25 days after the commencement of the syndicated community offering, all dealers effecting transactions in the registered securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


 

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
         
    Amount (1)  
* Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses
  $ 600,000  
* Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses
    330,000  
* Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses
    1,143,000  
* Appraisal Fees and Expenses
    65,000  
* Business Plan Fees and Expenses
    38,500  
* Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR
    300,000  
* Filing Fees (NASD, Nasdaq, SEC and OTS)
    195,408  
* Transfer Agent and registrar fees and expenses
    20,000  
* Certificate Printing
    10,000  
* Other
    66,092  
 
     
* Total
  $ 2,768,000  
 
     
 
*   Estimated
 
(1)   Fees are estimated at the midpoint of the offering range. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. has retained Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the offerings.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
      Article XII of the Registrant’s Bylaws provides that “the Company shall indemnify its personnel, including directors, officers and employees, to the fullest extent authorized by applicable law and the Office’s regulations, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.”
     In addition, section 545.121 of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) regulations provides indemnification for directors and officers of Northfield Bank (the “Bank”), following the completion of the Bank’s charter conversion. All the directors and officers of the Registrant hold the same position with the Bank and have indemnification under OTS Regulations as described below.
     Generally, federal regulations define areas for indemnity coverage for federal savings associations as follows:
     (a) Any person against whom any action is brought or threatened because that person is or was a director or officer of the savings association shall be indemnified by the savings association for:
  (i)   Any amount for which that person becomes liable under a judgment in such action; and
 
  (ii)   Reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, actually paid or incurred by that person in defending or settling such action, or in enforcing his or her rights under this section if he or she attains a favorable judgment in such enforcement action.
     (b) Indemnification shall be made to such person under paragraph (b) of this Section only if:
  (i)   Final judgment on the merits is in his or her favor; or
 
  (ii)   In case of:
  a.   Settlement,
 
  b.   Final judgment against him or her, or
 
  c.   Final judgment in his or her favor, other than on the merits, if a majority of the disinterested directors of the savings association determine that he or she was acting in good faith within the scope of his or her employment or authority as he or she could reasonably have perceived it under the circumstances and for a purpose he or she could reasonably have believed under the circumstances was


 

      in the best interest of the savings association or its members. However, no indemnification shall be made unless the association gives the Office at least 60 days notice of its intention to make such indemnification. Such notice shall state the facts on which the action arose, the terms of any settlement, and any disposition of the action by a court. Such notice, a copy thereof, and a certified copy of the resolution containing the required determination by the board of directors shall be sent to the Regional Director, who shall promptly acknowledge receipt thereof. The notice period shall run from the date of such receipt. No such indemnification shall be made if the OTS advises the association in writing, within such notice period, of its objection thereto.
     (c) As used in this paragraph:
  (i)   “Action” means any judicial or administrative proceeding, or threatened proceeding, whether civil, criminal, or otherwise, including any appeal or other proceeding for review;
 
  (ii)   “Court” includes, without limitation, any court to which or in which any appeal or any proceeding for review is brought;
 
  (iii)   “Final Judgment” means a judgment, decree, or order which is not appealable or as to which the period for appeal has expired with no appeal taken;
 
  (iv)   “Settlement” includes the entry of a judgment by consent or confession or a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere .
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
          Not Applicable.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:
          The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:
      (a) List of Exhibits
1.1   Engagement Letter between Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.
 
1.2   Form of Agency Agreement between Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.*
 
2   Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Issuance Plan
 
3.1   Proposed Charter of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
3.2   Proposed Bylaws of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
4   Form of Common Stock Certificate of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
5   Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick regarding legality of securities being registered
 
8   Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick
 
10.1   Employee Stock Ownership Plan
 
10.2   Employment Agreement with John W. Alexander
 
10.3   Employment Agreement with Kenneth Doherty
 
10.4   Employment Agreement with Michael Widmer
 
10.5   Employment Agreement with Steven Klein
 
10.6   Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement with Albert J. Regen
 
10.7   Northfield Savings Bank 2006 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan
 
10.8   Short Term Disability and Long Term Disability for Senior Management
 
10.9   Northfield Savings Bank Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan*
 
10.10   Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan*


 

21   Subsidiaries of Registrant
 
23.1   Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8)
 
23.2   Consent of KPMG LLP
 
23.3   Consent of FinPro, Inc.
 
24   Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
 
99.1   Appraisal Agreement between Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and FinPro, Inc.
 
99.2   Business Plan Agreement between Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Keller & Company, Inc.
 
99.3   Letter of FinPro, Inc. with respect to Subscription Rights
 
99.4   Appraisal Report of FinPro, Inc.**
 
99.5   Marketing Materials, Including Order and Acknowledgement Forms
 
*   To be filed supplementally or by amendment.
 
**   Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection, during business hours, at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.
      (b) Financial Statement Schedules
No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.
Item 17. Undertakings
          The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
          (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
     (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
     (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
     (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
     (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
     (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
     (4) The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following


 

communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
     i. Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);
     ii. Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
     iii. The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
     iv. Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
     (5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


 

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Staten Island, New York on June 7, 2007.
         
          NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ John W. Alexander    
    John W. Alexander   
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Duly Authorized Representative) 
 
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     We, the undersigned directors and officers of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint John W. Alexander as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said John W. Alexander may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said John W. Alexander shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signatures   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ John W. Alexander
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   June 7, 2007
 
John W. Alexander
  Principal Executive Officer)    
 
       
/s/ Steven M. Klein
  Executive Vice President and Chief   June 7, 2007
 
Steven M. Klein
  Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)    
 
       
/s/ Stanley A. Applebaum
  Director   June 7, 2007
 
Stanley A. Applebaum
       
 
       
/s/ John R. Bowen
  Director   June 7, 2007
 
John R. Bowen
       
 
       
/s/ Annette Catino
  Director   June 7, 2007
 
Annette Catino
       
 
       
/s/ Gil Chapman
  Director   June 7, 2007
 
Gil Chapman
       

 


 

         
Signatures   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ John P. Connors, Jr.
  Director   June 7, 2007
 
John P. Connors, Jr.
       
 
       
/s/ John J. Pierro
  Director   June 7, 2007
 
John J. DePierro
       
 
       
/s/ Susan Lamberti
  Director   June 7, 2007
 
Susan Lamberti
       
 
       
/s/ Albert J. Regen
  Director   June 7, 2007
 
Albert J. Regen
       
 
       
/s/ Patrick E. Scura, Jr.
  Director   June 7, 2007
 
Patrick E. Scura, Jr.
       

 


 

EXHIBIT INDEX
1.1   Engagement Letter between Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.
 
1.2   Form of Agency Agreement between Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.*
 
2   Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Issuance Plan
 
3.1   Proposed Charter of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
3.2   Proposed Bylaws of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
4   Form of Common Stock Certificate of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
5   Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick regarding legality of securities being registered
 
8   Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick
 
10.1   Form of Employee Stock Ownership Plan
 
10.2   Employment Agreement with John W. Alexander
 
10.3   Employment Agreement with Kenneth Doherty
 
10.4   Employment Agreement with Michael Widmer
 
10.5   Employment Agreement with Steven Klein
 
10.6   Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement with Albert J. Regen
 
10.7   Northfield Savings Bank 2006 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan
 
10.8   Short Term Disability and Long Term Disability for Senior Management
 
10.9   Northfield Savings Bank Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan*
 
10.10   Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan*
 
21   Subsidiaries of Registrant
 
23.1   Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8)
 
23.2   Consent of KPMG LLP
 
23.3   Consent of FinPro, Inc.
 
24   Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
 
99.1   Appraisal Agreement between Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and FinPro, Inc.
 
99.2   Business Plan Agreement between Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Keller & Company, Inc.
 
99.3   Letter of FinPro, Inc. with respect to Subscription Rights
 
99.4   Appraisal Report of FinPro, Inc.**
 
99.5   Marketing Materials, Including Order and Acknowledgement Forms
 
*   To be filed supplementally or by amendment.
 
**   Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection, during business hours, at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

 


 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2007
Registration No. 333-                     
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
EXHIBITS
TO
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
ON
FORM S-1
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. And
Northfield Bank Employee Savings Plan
Staten Island, New York
 

 

 

Exhibit 1.1
[Letterhead of Sandler O’Neill + Partners]
April 4, 2007
Boards of Directors
NSB Holding Corp.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Northfield Bank
1731 Victory Boulevard
Staten Island, New York 10314
     
Attention:
  Mr. John W. Alexander
 
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. (“Sandler O’Neill”) is pleased to act as financial advisor and marketing agent to NSB Holding Corp. (the “MHC”) and its subsidiaries, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (“NBI”) and Northfield Bank (the “Bank”), in connection with the offer and sale of certain shares of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of NBI to the Bank’s eligible account holders in a Subscription Offering and, under certain circumstances, to members of the Bank’s community in a Direct Community Offering and to the general public in a Syndicated Community Offering (collectively, the “Offering”). MHC, NBI and the Bank are collectively referred to herein as the “Company” and their respective Boards of Directors are collectively referred to herein as the “Board.” This letter is to confirm the terms and conditions of our engagement.
Marketing Agent Services
     In connection with our engagement, we anticipate that our services would include the following:
     1. Consulting as to the financial and securities market implications of the Plan of Stock Issuance and any related corporate documents;
     2. Reviewing with the Board the financial impact of the Offering on the Company based on the independent appraisal of the common stock;
     3. Reviewing all offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

 


 

Boards of Directors
NSB Holding Corp.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Northfield Bank
April 4, 2007
Page 2
     4. Assisting in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the Offering;
     5. As necessary, assisting management in scheduling and preparing for meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers; and
     6. Providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonable or necessary to promote the successful completion of the Offering.
Fees
     If the Offering is consummated, the Company agrees to pay Sandler O’Neill for its services a fee of eight-tenths of one percent (0.80%) of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, excluding in each case shares purchased by or on behalf of (i) any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company established for the benefit of its directors, officers and employees, (ii) any charitable foundation established by the Company (or any shares contributed to such a charitable foundation), and (iii) any director, officer or employee of the Company, members of their immediate families, their personal trusts and business entities controlled by them. For purposes of this letter, the term “Actual Purchase Price” shall mean the price at which the shares of the Company’s common stock are sold in the Offering. All fees payable to Sandler O’Neill hereunder shall be payable in cash at the time of the closing of the Offering.
Syndicated Community Offering
     If any shares of Common Stock remain available after the expiration of the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, at the request of the Company and subject to the continued satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the second paragraph under the caption “Definitive Agreement” below, Sandler O’Neill will seek to form a syndicate of registered dealers to assist in the sale of such Common Stock in a Syndicated Community Offering on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a selected dealers agreement. With respect to any shares of the Common Stock sold by Sandler O’Neill or any other NASD member firm under any selected dealers agreements in a Syndicated Community Offering, the Company agrees to pay: (a) the sales commission payable to the selected dealers under such agreements, and (b) a management fee to Sandler O’Neill of eight-tenths of one percent (0.80%) of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Syndicated Community Offering. Sandler O’Neill will endeavor to limit the aggregate fees to be paid by the Company under any such selected dealers agreements to an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for

 


 

Boards of Directors
NSB Holding Corp.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Northfield Bank
April 4, 2007
Page 3
underwritings of comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment, which shall not exceed 6% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of the shares sold under such agreements. Sandler O’Neill will endeavor to distribute the Common Stock among dealers in a fashion that best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the requirements of the Plan of Stock Issuance, which may result in limiting the allocation of stock to certain selected dealers. It is understood that in no event shall Sandler O’Neill be obligated to act as a selected dealer or to take or purchase any shares of the Common Stock in the Offering.
Records Agent Services
     In connection with the Offering, the Company agrees that Sandler O’Neill shall also serve as records management agent for the Company. In our role as Records Agent, we anticipate that our services will include the services outlined below, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request;
  1.   Consolidation of Accounts and Development of a Central File;
 
  2.   Preparation of Stock Order Forms;
 
  3.   Organization and Supervision of the Stock Information Center; and
 
  4.   Subscription Services.
Each of these services is further described in Appendix A to this agreement.
     Sandler O’Neill, as Records Agent hereunder, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be liable to any person, firm or corporation including the Company by reason of any error of judgment or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof unless caused by or arising out of its own willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence; (d) will not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (e) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

 


 

Boards of Directors
NSB Holding Corp.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Northfield Bank
April 4, 2007
Page 4
Expenses
     Sandler O’Neill shall bear all of its out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the Offering and the Records Agent Services, including fees and disbursements of legal counsel to Sandler O’Neill. As is customary, the Company will bear all other expenses incurred in connection with the Offering and the Stock Information Center, including, without limitation, (a) the cost of obtaining all securities and bank regulatory approvals, including any required NASD filing fees; (b) the cost of printing and distributing the offering materials; (c) the costs of blue sky qualification (including fees and expenses of blue sky counsel) of the shares in the various states; (d) listing fees; (e) all fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors; and (f) the operational expenses for the Stock Information Center (e.g. postage, telephones, supplies, etc). In the event Sandler O’Neill incurs any such fees and expenses on behalf of the Company, the Company will reimburse Sandler O’Neill for such fees and expenses whether or not the Offering is consummated; provided, however , that Sandler O’Neill shall not incur any expenses exceeding $5,000 on behalf of the Company pursuant to this paragraph without the prior approval of the Company.
Post-Offering General Advisory Services
     If the Offering is consummated, Sandler O’Neill agrees that, at the Company’s request, Sandler O’Neill will act as an independent financial advisor to the Company and its subsidiaries in connection with the Company’s general strategic planning (“General Advisory Services”) for a period of three years following the completion of the Offering and no additional fee shall be payable to Sandler O’Neill for such services. In connection with such General Advisory Services, we would expect to work with the Company’s management, its counsel, accountants and other advisors to assess the Company’s strategic alternatives and help implement a tactical plan to enhance the value of the Company. We anticipate that our activities would include, as appropriate, those activities outlined in Appendix B hereto. Following the three-year period, if both parties wish to continue the relationship, the parties will enter into a separate advisory services agreement on terms and conditions to be negotiated at such time. If Sandler O’Neill acts as a financial advisor to the Company in connection with any specific transactions, the terms of such engagement will be set forth in a separate agreement between the Company and Sandler O’Neill and the fees to be paid will be determined by the Company and Sandler O’Neill at such time and will be competitive with industry standards at such time.
Due Diligence Review
     Sandler O’Neill’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this letter shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigation and inquiries relating to the Company

 


 

Boards of Directors
NSB Holding Corp.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Northfield Bank
April 4, 2007
Page 5
and its directors, officers, agents and employees as Sandler O’Neill and its counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances. In this regard, the Company agrees that, at its expense, it will make available to Sandler O’Neill all information that Sandler O’Neill requests, and will allow Sandler O’Neill the opportunity to discuss with the Company’s management the financial condition, business and operations of the Company. The Company acknowledges that Sandler O’Neill will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of all information received from the Company and its directors, officers, employees, agents, independent accountants and counsel.
Blue Sky Matters
     Sandler O’Neill and the Company agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offering. The Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offering, including Sandler O’Neill’s participation therein, and shall furnish Sandler O’Neill a copy thereof addressed to Sandler O’Neill or upon which such counsel shall state Sandler O’Neill may rely.
Confidentiality
     Except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, Sandler O’Neill agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the “Confidential Information”); provided, however , that Sandler O’Neill may disclose such information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising Sandler O’Neill in performing its services hereunder and who have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used in this paragraph, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Sandler O’Neill, (b) was available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to Sandler O’Neill by the Company, or (c) becomes available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to Sandler O’Neill to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.
Indemnification
     The Company agrees to indemnify and hold Sandler O’Neill and its affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons within the

 


 

Boards of Directors
NSB Holding Corp.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Northfield Bank
April 4, 2007
Page 6
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Sandler O’Neill and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the Offering or the engagement of Sandler O’Neill pursuant to, or the performance by Sandler O’Neill of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party; provided, however, that the Company shall only be obligated to pay for one separate counsel (in addition to any required local counsel) in any one action or proceeding or group of related actions or proceedings for all Indemnified Parties collectively, and provided further that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (a) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by Sandler O’Neill expressly for use therein, or (b) is primarily attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of Sandler O’Neill. If the foregoing indemnification is unavailable for any reason other than for the reasons stated in subparagraph (a) or (b) above, the Company agrees to contribute to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in the proportion that its financial interest in the Offering bears to that of Sandler O’Neill. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification provided for in this paragraph shall not apply to the Company to the extent that such indemnification is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to constitute a covered transaction under Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.
     The Company agrees to notify Sandler O’Neill promptly of the assertion against it or any other person of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding relating to any transaction contemplated by this agreement.
Miscellaneous
     The Company will furnish Sandler O’Neill with such information as Sandler O’Neill reasonably believes appropriate to its assignment (all such information so furnished being the “Information”). The Company recognizes and confirms that Sandler O’Neill (a) will use and rely primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this letter without having independently verified the same, (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and

 


 

Boards of Directors
NSB Holding Corp.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Northfield Bank
April 4, 2007
Page 7
such other information, and (c) will not make an appraisal of any assets, collateral securing assets or liabilities of the Company.
     The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the financial models and presentations used by Sandler O’Neill in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to Sandler O’Neill and are protected under applicable copyright laws. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior written consent of Sandler O’Neill.
     Sandler O’Neill and the Company agree that (a) except as set forth in clause (b) below, the foregoing represents the general intention of the Company and Sandler O’Neill with respect to the services to be provided by Sandler O’Neill in connection with the Offering, which will serve as a basis for Sandler O’Neill commencing activities, and (b) the only legal and binding obligations of the Company and Sandler O’Neill with respect to the Offering shall be (i) the obligations set forth under the captions “Expenses,” “Confidentiality” and “Indemnification,” and (ii) as set forth in a duly negotiated and executed definitive Agency Agreement to be entered into prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering relating to the services of Sandler O’Neill in connection with the Offering. Such Agency Agreement shall be in form and content satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill and the Company and their respective counsel and shall contain standard indemnification and contribution provisions consistent herewith.
     Sandler O’Neill’s execution of such Agency Agreement shall also be subject to (a) Sandler O’Neill’s satisfaction with its investigation of the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, (b) preparation of offering materials that are satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill, (c) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of Sandler O’Neill, (d) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable, and (e) market conditions at the time of the proposed Offering.
     This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 


 

Boards of Directors
NSB Holding Corp.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Northfield Bank
April 4, 2007
Page 8
     Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by signing and returning to Sandler O’Neill the duplicate copy of this letter enclosed herewith.
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.    
 
  By:   Sandler O’Neill & Partners Corp., the sole general partner.    
 
           
 
  By:   \s\ Catherine A. Lawton
 
Catherine A. Lawton
   
 
      An Officer of the Corporation    
 
           
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first written above:
           
 
           
NSB Holding Corp.
           
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
           
Northfield Bank
           
     
\s\ John W. Alexander
 
   
John W. Alexander
   
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
   

 


 

APPENDIX A
RECORDS AGENT SERVICES
I.   Consolidation of Accounts
  1.   Consolidate files in accordance with regulatory guidelines and create central file.
 
  2.   Our EDP format will be provided to your data processing people.
II.   Order Form Preparation
  1.   Assist in designing stock order forms for ordering stock.
 
  2.   Prepare account holder data for stock order forms.
III.   Organization and Supervision of Stock Information Center
  1.   Advising on the physical organization of the Stock Information Center, including materials requirements.
 
  2.   Assist in the training of all Bank personnel and temporary employees who will be staffing the Stock Information Center.
 
  3.   Establish reporting procedures.
 
  4.   On-site supervision of the Stock Information Center during the offering period.
IV.   Subscription Services
  1.   Produce list of depositors by state (Blue Sky report).
 
  2.   Production of subscription rights and research books.
 
  3.   Stock order form processing.
 
  4.   Acknowledgment letter to confirm receipt of stock order.
 
  5.   Daily reports and analysis.
 
  6.   Proration calculation and share allocation in the event of an oversubscription.
 
  7.   Produce charter shareholder list.
 
  8.   Interface with Transfer Agent for Stock Certificate issuance.
 
  9.   Refund and interest calculations.
 
  10.   Confirmation letter to confirm purchase of stock.
 
  11.   Notification of full/partial rejection of orders.
 
  12.   Production of 1099/Debit tape.

 


 

APPENDIX B
POST-OFFERING GENERAL ADVISORY SERVICES
1.   Periodic review and analysis of the Company’s current business and financial condition, including its balance sheet composition, historical operating performance, deposit market share, and the Company’s competitive position relative to selected peer groups;
2.   Creation of a base case financial model to serve as a benchmark for analyzing alternative strategies and market environments;
3.   Analysis of the impact on the franchise value of altering the Company’s dividend policy, implementing a stock repurchase program, or changing the asset mix or other operating activities;
4.   Analysis of the Company’s acquisition resources, objectives and capacity to compete for acquisition opportunities;
5.   Periodic summaries of recent merger and acquisition trends in the financial services industry, including tactics employed by others and typical terms and values involved;
6.   Periodic reviews with the Board of Directors of the Company of Sandler O’Neill’s findings;
7.   Ongoing general advice and counsel to management and the Board of Directors of the Company with respect to strategic and tactical issues; and
8.   Rendering such other financial advisory and investment banking services as may from time to time be agreed upon by Sandler O’Neill and the Company.

 

 

Exhibit 2
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
1.
  Introduction     1  
2.
  Definitions     1  
3.
  Number of Shares to be Offered     7  
4.
  Independent Valuation and Purchase Price of Shares     7  
5.
  Method of Offering Shares and Rights to Purchase Stock     8  
6.
  Additional Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock     11  
7.
  Payment for Stock     15  
8.
  Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights Through Order Forms     16  
9.
  Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment     17  
10.
  Completion of the Stock Offering     17  
11.
  Establishment and Funding of Charitable Foundation     18  
12.
  Market for Common Stock     18  
13.
  Stock Purchases by Management Persons After the Stock Offering     19  
14.
  Resales of Stock by Directors and Officers     19  
15.
  Stock Certificates     19  
16.
  Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases     19  
17.
  Stock Benefit Plans     19  
18.
  Post-Stock Issuance Filing and Market Making     20  
19.
  Payment of Dividends and Repurchase of Stock     20  
20.
  Stock Offering Expenses     20  
21.
  Employment and Other Severance Agreements     20  
22.
  Residents of Foreign Countries and Certain States     21  
23.
  Interpretation     21  
24.
  Amendment or Termination of the Plan     21  

 


 

1. Introduction
     This Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”) provides for the offer and sale in the Stock Offering of up to 49.9% of the Common Stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation (the “Holding Company”), which will be the successor to Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a New York corporation upon completion of the Charter Conversion. The Common Stock will be offered on a priority basis to qualifying depositors and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans of Northfield Bank (the “Bank”), with any remaining shares offered to the public in a Community Offering or a Syndicated Community Offering, or a combination thereof. The Stock Offering will be conducted in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Part 563g, Part 575 and, to the extent applicable, Form OC of the Regulations. Upon completion of the Charter Conversion and Stock Offering, NSB Holding Corp., a federally-chartered mutual holding company (the “MHC”) will continue to own at least a majority of the outstanding Common Stock of the Holding Company.
     As part of the Stock Offering and consistent with the Bank’s ongoing commitment to remaining an independent community-oriented savings bank, the Bank may establish a charitable foundation or trust. The charitable foundation would complement the Bank’s existing community reinvestment and charitable activities in a manner that will allow the community to share in the growth and success of the Bank. Accordingly, concurrently with the completion of the Stock Offering, the Holding Company may contribute to a new charitable foundation Common Stock in an amount up to 2% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company and/or cash, provided the total contribution of Common Stock and/or cash to the charitable foundation does not exceed 8% of the gross proceeds of the Stock Offering.
     This Plan has been adopted by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company as a New York Corporation prior to the Charter Conversion, and will be ratified by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company as a federally-chartered corporation upon completion of the Charter Conversion.
2. Definitions
     As used in this Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:
      Acting in Concert: The term Acting in Concert means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal, whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A Person or company which acts in concert with another Person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any Person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a Person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.
      Actual Purchase Price: The price per share, determined as provided in this Plan, at which the Common Stock will be sold in the Stock Offering.

 


 

      Affiliate: Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.
      Application: The Application for Approval of a Minority Stock Issuance by a Subsidiary of a Mutual Holding Company to be submitted by the Holding Company to the OTS in connection with the Stock Offering.
      Associate: The term “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Bank, the Holding Company, the MHC or a majority-owned subsidiary of any thereof) of which such Person is a senior officer or partner, or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization; (ii) any trust or other estate, if the Person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate. (For purposes of §§ 563b.370, 563b.380, 563b.385, 563b.390, 563b.395 and 563b.505 of the Regulations, a Person who has a substantial beneficial interest in a Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan, or who is a trustee or a fiduciary of the plan, is not an associate of the plan. For purposes of § 563b.370 of the Regulations, a Tax-Qualified Employee Plan is not an Associate of a Person); (iii) any Person who is related by blood or marriage to such Person and (a) who lives in the same house as the Person, or (b) who is a director, trustee or senior officer of the Bank, the Holding Company, the MHC or a subsidiary thereof.
      Bank: Northfield Bank, as a New York-chartered stock savings bank or a federally-chartered stock savings bank, as indicated by the context.
      Capital Stock: Any and all authorized stock of the Bank or the Holding Company.
      Charter Conversion: The conversion of (i) the Bank from a New York-chartered stock savings bank to federally-chartered stock savings bank regulated by the OTS; (ii) the Holding Company from a New York corporation to a federally-chartered corporation regulated by the OTS, and (iii) the MHC from a a New York corporation to a federally-chartered corporation regulated by the OTS.
      Common Stock: Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, issuable by the Holding Company, including securities convertible into Common Stock, pursuant to its charter.
      Community: The States of New York and New Jersey, and Pike County, Pennsylvania.
      Community Offering: The offering to certain members of the general public of any unsubscribed shares in the Subscription Offering. The Community Offering may include a Syndicated Community Offering or public offering.
      Control: (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise as described in Part 574 of the Regulations.
      Conversion Transaction: A conversion of the MHC from the mutual to the stock form of organization.

2


 

      Deposit Account(s): Any withdrawable account as defined in Section 561.42 of the Regulations, and shall include all demand deposit accounts as defined in Section 561.16 of the Regulations and certificates of deposit.
      Effective Date: The date upon which all necessary approvals have been obtained to complete the Stock Offering, and the Stock Offering has been completed.
      Eligible Account Holder: Any person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights.
      Eligibility Record Date: March 31, 2006, the date for determining who qualifies as an Eligible Account Holder of the Bank.
      Employee Plans: The Tax-Qualified and Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plans of the Bank and/or the Holding Company.
      ESOP: The Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and related trust.
      Estimated Valuation Range: The range of the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Holding Company to the MHC and to Minority Stockholders, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter.
      Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
      FDIC: The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
      Foundation: Any new and/or existing charitable foundation intended to qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code to which the Bank and/or the Holding Company contributes Common Stock and/or cash in connection with the Stock Offering.
      HOLA: The Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended.
      Holding Company: Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a New York corporation or federally-chartered corporation, as indicated by the context, which will be majority-owned by the MHC after the completion of the Stock Offering and which will own 100% of the common stock of the Bank, and any successor to such corporation that may be established in connection with the Stock Offering or a Conversion Transaction.
      Independent Appraiser: The appraiser retained by the Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Bank and the Holding Company.
      Independent Valuation: The aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the Bank, giving effect to the Stock Offering.
      Management Person: Any Officer, director or trustee of the Bank or any Affiliate of the Bank, and any person Acting in Concert with any such Officer, director or trustee.

3


 

      Market Maker: A dealer ( i.e ., any person who engages directly or indirectly as agent, broker, or principal in the business of offering, buying, selling or otherwise dealing or trading in securities issued by another person) who, with respect to a particular security, (1) regularly publishes bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations on request, and (2) is ready, willing and able to effect transactions in reasonable quantities at the dealer’s quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.
      MHC: NSB Holding Corp., a New York mutual corporation or a federally-chartered mutual corporation, as indicated by the context, and the mutual holding company of the Holding Company.
      Minority Ownership Interest: The shares of the Common Stock owned by persons other than the MHC, expressed as a percentage of the total shares of Common Stock outstanding.
      Minority Stockholder: Any owner of the Common Stock, other than the MHC.
      Non-Voting Stock: Any Capital Stock other than Voting Stock.
      Offering Range: The aggregate purchase price of the Common Stock to be sold in the Stock Offering based on the Independent Valuation expressed as a range, which may vary within 15% above or 15% below the midpoint of such range, with a possible adjustment by up to 15% above the maximum of such range. The Offering Range will be based on the Estimated Valuation Range, but will represent a Minority Ownership Interest equal to up to 49.9% of the Common Stock.
      Officer: An executive officer of the Holding Company or the Bank, including the Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive or Senior Vice Presidents in charge of principal business functions, Secretary, Treasurer and any other person performing similar functions.
      Order Form: Any form (together with any attached cover letter and/or certifications or acknowledgements), sent by the Holding Company to any Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under the Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding purchases of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings.
      Other Member: Any Person, other than an Eligible Account Holder or a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Other Member Record Date.
      Other Member Record Date: The last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which OTS approval of the Stock Offering is obtained.
      OTS: The Office of Thrift Supervision, and any successor thereto.
      Person: An individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.
      Plan: This Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Issuance Plan.

4


 

      Qualifying Deposit: The aggregate balance of each Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, or of a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder as of the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or of an Other Member as of the close of business on the Other Member Record Date, as the case may be, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.
      Regulations: The rules and regulations of the OTS, including the OTS rules and regulations regarding mutual holding companies.
      Reorganization: The 1995 reorganization of the Bank into the mutual holding company structure.
      Resident: The terms “resident,” “residence,” “reside,” “resided” or “residing” as used herein with respect to any person shall mean any person who occupied a dwelling within the Bank’s Community, has an intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters shall be in the Community. To the extent a person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, the circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Holding Company and the Bank.
      SEC: The Securities and Exchange Commission.
      Stock Offering: The offering of Common Stock to persons other than the MHC in a Subscription Offering and, to the extent shares remain available, in a Community Offering or a Syndicated Community Offering.
      Subscription Offering: The offering of Common Stock for subscription and purchase pursuant to Section 5.A of this Plan.
      Supplemental Eligible Account Holder: Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder, a Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or an Officer or director of the Bank.
      Supplemental Eligibility Record Date: The last day of the calendar quarter preceding approval of the Plan by the OTS.
      Syndicated Community Offering: The offering of Common Stock following or contemporaneously with the Community Offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers.
      Tax-Qualified Employee Plan: Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan (including any employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan, or other plan) of the Bank, the Holding Company, the MHC or any of their affiliates, which, with its

5


 

related trusts, meets the requirements to be qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. The term “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan” means any stock benefit plan of the Bank, the Holding Company, the MHC or any of their affiliates which is not so qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.
      Voting Stock:
  (1)   Voting Stock means common stock or preferred stock, or similar interests if the shares by statute, charter or in any manner, entitle the holder:
  (i)   To vote for or to select directors of the Bank or the Holding Company; and
 
  (ii)   To vote on or to direct the conduct of the operations or other significant policies of the Bank or the Holding Company.
  (2)   Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (1) above, preferred stock is not “Voting Stock” if:
  (i)   Voting rights associated with the preferred stock are limited solely to the type customarily provided by statute with regard to matters that would significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences of the preferred stock, such as the issuance of additional amounts or classes of senior securities, the modification of the terms of the preferred stock, the dissolution of the Bank, or the payment of dividends by the Bank when preferred dividends are in arrears;
 
  (ii)   The preferred stock represents an essentially passive investment or financing device and does not otherwise provide the holder with control over the issuer; and
 
  (iii)   The preferred stock does not at the time entitle the holder, by statute, charter, or otherwise, to select or to vote for the selection of directors of the Bank or the Holding Company.
  (3)   Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (1) and (2) above, “Voting Stock” shall be deemed to include preferred stock and other securities that, upon transfer or otherwise, are convertible into Voting Stock or exercisable to acquire Voting Stock where the holder of the stock, convertible security or right to acquire Voting Stock has the preponderant economic risk in the underlying Voting Stock. Securities immediately convertible into Voting Stock at the option of the holder without payment of additional consideration shall be deemed to constitute the Voting Stock into which they are convertible; other convertible securities and rights to acquire Voting Stock shall not be deemed to vest the holder with the preponderant economic risk in the underlying Voting Stock if the holder has paid less than 50% of the consideration required to directly acquire the Voting Stock and has no other economic interest in the underlying Voting Stock.

6


 

3. Number of Shares to be Offered
     The total number of shares (or range thereof) of Common Stock to be outstanding and the number of shares to be offered for sale pursuant to the Plan shall be determined initially by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company in conjunction with the Independent Valuation. The number of shares to be offered may be adjusted prior to completion of the Stock Offering. The total number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to persons other than the MHC at the close of the Stock Offering must be less than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock.
4. Independent Valuation and Purchase Price of Shares
     All shares of Common Stock sold in the Stock Offering shall be sold at a uniform price per share. The Actual Purchase Price and number of shares to be outstanding shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company on the basis of the estimated pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the Bank. The aggregate purchase price for the Common Stock will not be inconsistent with such market value of the Holding Company and the Bank. The pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the Bank will be determined for such purposes by the Independent Appraiser.
     Prior to the commencement of the Stock Offering, an Estimated Valuation Range will be established, which range may vary within 15% above to 15% below the midpoint of such range, and up to 15% greater than the maximum of such range, as determined by the Board of Directors at the time of the Stock Offering and consistent with OTS regulations. The Holding Company intends to issue up to 49.9% of its Common Stock in the Stock Offering. The number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding and the ownership interest of the MHC may be increased or decreased by the Holding Company, taking into consideration any change in the independent valuation and other factors, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company.
     Based upon the Independent Valuation as updated prior to the commencement of the Stock Offering, the Board of Directors may establish the minimum and maximum percentage of shares of Common Stock that will be offered for sale in the Stock Offering, or it may fix the percentage of shares that will be offered for sale in the Stock Offering. In the event the percentage of the shares offered for sale in the Stock Offering is not fixed in the Stock Offering, the Minority Ownership Interest resulting from the Stock Offering will be determined as follows: (a) the product of (x) the total number of shares of Common Stock sold by the Holding Company and (y) the purchase price per share, divided by (b) the aggregate pro forma market value of the Bank and the Holding Company upon the closing of the Stock Offering and sale of all the Common Stock.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, no sale of Common Stock may be consummated unless, prior to such consummation, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Holding Company, the Bank and to the OTS that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the aggregate value of the Common Stock sold in the Stock Offering at the Actual Purchase Price is incompatible with the Independent Valuation. If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Stock Offering, extend

7


 

the Stock Offering and establish a new price range and/or estimated price range, extend, reopen or hold a new Stock Offering or take such other action as the OTS may permit.
     The estimated market value of the Holding Company and the Bank shall be determined for such purpose by an Independent Appraiser on the basis of such appropriate factors as are not inconsistent with OTS regulations. The Common Stock to be issued in the Stock Offering shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
     If there is a Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering of shares of Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, the price per share at which the Common Stock is sold in such Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering shall be the Actual Purchase Price, which will be equal to the purchase price per share at which the Common Stock is sold to persons in the Subscription Offering. Shares sold in the Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering will be subject to the same limitations as shares sold in the Subscription Offering.
5. Method of Offering Shares and Rights to Purchase Stock
     In descending order of priority, the opportunity to purchase Common Stock shall be given in the Subscription Offering to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members. Any shares of Common Stock that are not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may at the discretion of the Holding Company be offered for sale in a Community Offering or a Syndicated Community Offering. The minimum purchase by any Person shall be 25 shares. The Holding Company shall determine in its sole discretion whether each prospective purchaser is a “Resident,” “Associate,” or “Acting in Concert” as defined in the Plan, and shall interpret all other provisions of the Plan in its sole discretion. All such determinations are in the sole discretion of the Holding Company, and may be based on whatever evidence the Holding Company chooses to use in making any such determination.
     In addition to the priorities set forth below, the Board of Directors may establish other priorities for the purchase of Common Stock, subject to the approval of the OTS. The priorities for the purchase of shares in the Stock Offering are as follows:
      A. Subscription Offering
      Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders. Each Eligible Account Holder shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering in an amount equal to the greater of $250,000, one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of the total shares offered in the Stock Offering, or 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Stock Offering by a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date and subject to the provisions of Section 6; provided that the Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to 5% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock

8


 

Offering or decrease such maximum purchase limitation to 0.1% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 6. If there are insufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, shares will be allocated to Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such person has subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated pro rata to remaining subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the same proportion that each such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. To ensure proper allocation of stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her subscription order form all accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest as of the Eligibility Record Date. Officers, directors and their Associates may be Eligible Account Holders. However, if an officer, director or his or her Associate receives subscription rights based on increased deposits in the year before the Eligibility Record Date, subscription rights based upon these deposits are subordinate to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders.
      Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Plans. The Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall be given the opportunity to purchase in the aggregate up to 4.9% of the shares of Common Stock to be outstanding immediately following the completion of the Stock Offering. In the event of an oversubscription in the Stock Offering, subscriptions for shares by the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may be satisfied, in whole or in part, out of authorized but unissued shares of the Holding Company subject to the maximum purchase limitations applicable to such plans as set forth in Section 6, or may be satisfied, in whole or in part, through open market purchases by the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans subsequent to the closing of the Stock Offering. If the final valuation exceeds the maximum of the Offering Range, up to 4.9% of the shares of Common Stock to be outstanding immediately following the completion of the Stock Offering may be sold to the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans notwithstanding any oversubscription by Eligible Account Holders.
      Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. To the extent there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering in an amount equal to the greater of $250,000, one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of the total shares offered in the Stock Offering, or 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Stock Offering by a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date and subject to the provisions of Section 6; provided that the Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to 5% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering or decrease such maximum purchase limitation to 0.1% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 6. In the event Supplemental Eligible Account

9


 

Holders subscribe for a number of shares which, when added to the shares subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, is in excess of the total shares offered in the Stock Offering, the subscriptions of Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be allocated among subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such person has subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the same proportion that such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposits on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date bear to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.
      Priority 4: Other Members. To the extent there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each Other Member shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering in an amount equal to the greater of $250,000, one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of the total shares offered in the Stock Offering, or 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Stock Offering by a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Other Member who is a depositor of the Bank and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Other Members who are depositors of the Bank, in each case on the Other Member Record Date and subject to the provisions of Section 6; provided that the Bank may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to 5% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering or decrease such maximum purchase limitation to 0.1% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 6. In the event Other Members subscribe for a number of shares which, when added to the shares subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total shares offered in the Stock Offering, the subscriptions of Other Members will be allocated among subscribing Other Members so as to permit each subscribing Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such person has subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing Other Member whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amounts of their subscription bears to the total amount of subscriptions of all subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unfilled.
      B. Community Offering
     Any shares of Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in a Community Offering. This will involve an offering of all unsubscribed shares directly to the general public with a preference to those natural persons residing in the Community. The Community Offering, if any, shall be completed within 90 days from the date on which the prospectus is declared effective by the OTS, unless such period is extended as provided herein, and shall commence concurrently with, during or promptly after the Subscription Offering. The Holding Company and the Bank may use one or more investment

10


 

banking firms on a best efforts basis to sell the unsubscribed shares in the Subscription and Community Offering. The Holding Company and the Bank may pay a commission or other fee to such investment banking firm(s) as to the shares sold by such firm(s) in the Subscription and Community Offering and may also reimburse such firm(s) for expenses incurred in connection with the sale. The Community Offering may include a syndicated community offering managed by such investment banking firm(s). The Common Stock will be offered and sold in the Community Offering, in accordance with OTS regulations, so as to achieve a widespread distribution of the Common Stock. No Person may purchase more than $250,000 of Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 6. In the event orders for Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares will be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons residing in the Community, and thereafter to cover orders of other members of the general public, so that each Person in such category of the Community Offering may receive 1,000 shares and thereafter, remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order in the category until all orders within the category are filled.
     The Holding Company, in its sole discretion, may reject subscriptions, in whole or in part, received from any Person under this Section 5.B.
      C. Syndicated Community Offering
     Any shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or in the Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale to the general public by a selling group of broker-dealers in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to terms, conditions and procedures, including the timing of the offering, as may be determined by the Holding Company in a manner that is intended to achieve a widespread distribution of the Common Stock subject to the rights of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part all orders in the Syndicated Community Offering. It is expected that the Syndicated Community Offering would commence as soon as practicable after termination of the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, if any. The Syndicated Community Offering shall be completed within 90 days from the date on which the prospectus is declared effective by the OTS, unless such period is extended as provided herein. No Person may purchase more than $250,000 of Common Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 6.
     If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering of unsubscribed shares of Common Stock cannot be effected and any shares remain unsold after the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, the Board of Directors of the Holding Company will seek to make other arrangements for the sale of the remaining shares. Such other arrangements will be subject to the approval of the OTS and to compliance with applicable securities laws.
6. Additional Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock
     Purchases of Common Stock in the Stock Offering will be subject to the following purchase limitations:

11


 

  A.   The aggregate amount of outstanding Common Stock owned or controlled by persons other than the MHC at the close of the Stock Offering shall be less than 50% of the Holding Company’s total outstanding Common Stock.
 
  B.   The maximum purchase of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering by a Person, through one or more individual and/or joint Deposit Accounts, is $250,000. The maximum purchase of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering by a group of Persons through a single Deposit Account is $250,000. No Person by himself, or with an Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, may purchase more than $500,000 of the Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering, except that: (i) the Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to, or solicitation of, subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to 5% of the number of shares offered in the Stock Offering; (ii) the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase up to 4.9% of the shares of Common Stock to be outstanding immediately following the completion of the Stock Offering; and (iii) for purposes of this subsection 6.B shares to be held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan and attributable to a person shall not be aggregated with other shares purchased directly by or otherwise attributable to such person.
 
  C.   The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Holding Company, by any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or any Management Person and his or her Associates, exclusive of any shares of Common Stock acquired by such plan or Management Person and his or her Associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at the conclusion of the Stock Offering. In calculating the number of shares held by any Management Person and his or her Associates under this paragraph, shares held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan of the Holding Company or the Bank that are attributable to such Person shall not be counted.
 
  D.   The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Holding Company, by any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or any Management Person and his or her Associates, exclusive of any Common Stock acquired by such plan or Management Person and his or her Associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of the stockholders’ equity of the Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering. In calculating the number of shares held by any Management Person and his or her Associates under this paragraph, shares held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan of the Holding Company or the Bank that are attributable to such Person shall not be counted.
 
  E.   The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Holding Company, by any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, exclusive of any shares of Common Stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at the conclusion of the Stock Offering.

12


 

  F.   The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Holding Company, by any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, exclusive of any shares of Common Stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% of the stockholders’ equity of the Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering.
 
  G.   The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Holding Company, by all stock benefit plans of the Holding Company or the Bank, other than employee stock ownership plans, shall not exceed 25% of the outstanding Common Stock held by persons other than the MHC.
 
  H.   The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Holding Company, by all Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Management Persons and their Associates, exclusive of any Common Stock acquired by such plans or Management Persons and their Associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 25% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock held by persons other than the MHC at the conclusion of the Stock Offering. In calculating the number of shares held by Management Persons and their Associates under this paragraph or paragraph I. below, shares held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan that are attributable to such persons shall not be counted.
 
  I.   The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Holding Company, by all Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Management Persons and their Associates, exclusive of any Common Stock acquired by such plans or Management Persons and their Associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 25% of the stockholders’ equity of the Holding Company held by persons other than the MHC at the conclusion of the Stock Offering.
 
  J.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, no Person shall be entitled to purchase any Common Stock to the extent such purchase would be illegal under any federal law or state law or regulation or would violate regulations or policies of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. The Holding Company and/or its agents may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of such purchase and may refuse to honor any purchase order if such opinion is not timely furnished.
 
  K.   The Board of Directors of the Holding Company has the right in its sole discretion to reject any order submitted by a person whose representations the Board of Directors believes to be false or who it otherwise believes, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of this Plan.

13


 

  L.   A minimum of 25 shares of Common Stock must be purchased by each Person purchasing shares in the Stock Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however, that in the event the minimum number of shares of Common Stock purchased times the price per share exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.
     Non-exclusive examples of the applicability of the purchase limitations set forth in this Section 6 include, but are not limited to, the following:
  (i)   Depositor A has multiple Deposit Accounts, each of which is registered in his own name. No Associate of or individual otherwise Acting in Concert with Depositor A is purchasing Common Stock in the Subscription Offering. Depositor A can purchase a maximum of $250,000 of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering.
 
  (ii)   Depositor B has one Deposit Account registered in her own name. Depositor B has another Deposit Account that is held jointly with Depositor C (either as an “and” account, an “or” account, or in any other form of joint account). No other Associate of or individual otherwise Acting in Concert with either of Depositor B or Depositor C is purchasing Common Stock in the Subscription Offering. Generally, no more than a total of $250,000 of Common Stock may be ordered in the Subscription Offering through the ownership of these two Deposit Accounts. However, if depositor C purchased $250,000 of Common Stock through an IRA or other type of account as permitted by Section 8, then Depositor B could also purchase a maximum of $250,000 of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering.
 
  (iii)   Depositor D and Depositor E have multiple joint accounts with each other that are all titled in the same manner. No other Associate of or individual otherwise Acting in Concert with either of Depositor D or Depositor E is purchasing Common Stock in the Subscription Offering. No more than a total of $250,000 of Common Stock may be ordered in the Subscription Offering through the ownership of these Deposit Accounts, regardless of whether Depositor D or Depositor E purchases Common Stock through an IRA or other type of account as permitted by Section 8.
 
  (iv)   Depositor F has one deposit account registered in his own name. Depositor G, who is Depositor F’s spouse, has one deposit account registered in her own name. No other Associate of or individual otherwise Acting in Concert with either of Depositor F or Depositor G is purchasing Common Stock in the Subscription Offering. The maximum combined amount of Common Stock that may be purchased by Depositor F and Depositor G through the ownership of these two Deposit Accounts is a total of $500,000.

14


 

      In the event OTS regulations are amended subsequent to the date of this Plan to increase the limitations set forth in paragraph 6.C. through 6.I., hereof, such increased purchase limitations shall apply to this Plan.
      Subscription rights afforded under this Plan and by OTS regulations are non-transferable. No person may transfer, offer to transfer, or enter into any agreement or understanding to transfer, the legal or beneficial ownership of any subscription rights under this Plan. No person may transfer, offer to transfer or enter into an agreement or understanding to transfer legal or beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock except pursuant to this Plan.
     EACH PERSON PURCHASING COMMON STOCK IN THE STOCK OFFERING WILL BE DEEMED TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH PURCHASE DOES NOT CONFLICT WITH THE PURCHASE LIMITATIONS IN THIS PLAN. ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING WHETHER ANY PERSONS ARE ASSOCIATES OR A GROUP ACTING IN CONCERT OR WHETHER ANY PURCHASE CONFLICTS WITH THE PURCHASE LIMITATIONS IN THIS PLAN OR OTHERWISE VIOLATES ANY PROVISION OF THIS PLAN SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE HOLDING COMPANY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. SUCH DETERMINATION SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE, FINAL AND BINDING ON ALL PERSONS, AND THE HOLDING COMPANY AND THE BANK MAY TAKE ANY REMEDIAL ACTION INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, REJECTING THE PURCHASE OR REFERRING THE MATTER TO THE OTS FOR ACTION, AS THE HOLDING COMPANY MAY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION DEEM APPROPRIATE.
7. Payment for Stock
     All payments for Common Stock subscribed for or ordered in the Subscription and Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed order form, on or prior to the expiration date specified on the order form, unless such date is extended by the Holding Company; provided, that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares of Common Stock during the Subscription Offering, such plans may pay for such shares at the Actual Purchase Price upon consummation of the Stock Offering. The Holding Company or the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions to the ESOP provided such contributions from the Bank, if any, do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirement.
     Payment for Common Stock shall be made either by check or money order, or if a purchaser has a Deposit Account in the Bank, such purchaser may pay for the shares subscribed for by authorizing the Bank to make a withdrawal from the purchaser’s Deposit Account at the Bank in an amount equal to the purchase price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal, whether from a savings passbook or certificate account, shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirements, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the Bank’s passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the purchaser’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the purchaser until the Common Stock has been sold or a 90-day period (or such longer period as may be approved by the OTS) following

15


 

the effective date of the Prospectus has expired, whichever occurs first. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Actual Purchase Price per share. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. The Bank or the Holding Company will pay interest, at a rate no less than the Bank’s passbook rate, for all amounts paid by check or money order to purchase Common Stock. Such interest will be earned from the date payment is received by the Bank or the Holding Company until consummation or termination of the Stock Offering. If for any reason the Stock Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Stock Offering will be refunded to them with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal.
8. Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights Through Order Forms
     As soon as practicable after the prospectus prepared by the Holding Company has been declared effective by the SEC and authorized for use by the OTS, copies of the prospectus and order forms will be distributed to all Eligible Account Holders, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available prospective purchasers of Common Stock in the Community Offering.
     Each order form will be preceded or accompanied by the prospectus describing the Holding Company, the Bank, the Common Stock and the Subscription and Community Offerings. Each order form will contain, among other things, the following:
  A.   A specified date by which all order forms must be received by the Holding Company or the Bank, which date shall be not less than 20 days, nor more than 45 days, following the date on which the order forms are mailed by the Holding Company or the Bank, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering;
 
  B.   The Actual Purchase Price;
 
  C.   A description of the minimum and maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of Subscription Rights or otherwise purchased in the Community Offering;
 
  D.   Instructions as to how the recipient of the order form must indicate thereon the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;
 
  E.   An acknowledgment that the recipient of the order form has received a final copy of the prospectus prior to execution of the order form;
 
  F.   A statement indicating the consequences of failing to properly complete and return the order form, including a statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering,

16


 

and can only be exercised by delivering to the Holding Company or the Bank within the subscription period such properly completed and executed order form, together with a check or money order in the full amount of the purchase price as specified in the order form for the shares of Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the order form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account at the Bank); and
  G.   A statement to the effect that the executed order form, once received by the Holding Company or the Bank, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company or the Bank.
     With the exception of purchases through individual retirement accounts, Keogh accounts and 401(k) plan accounts, shares of Common Stock purchased in the Subscription Offering must be registered in the names of all depositors on the qualifying Deposit Account(s). The ability to register Common Stock in a different name than the names of all of the depositors on the qualifying Deposit Account does not affect whether the depositors on the qualifying Deposit Account are Associates or are otherwise Acting in Concert with each other or with other individuals with other qualifying Deposit Accounts.
     Notwithstanding the above, the Bank and the Holding Company reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on order forms via facsimile or that have been photocopied.
9. Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment
     In the event order forms (a) are not delivered or are returned to the Holding Company or the Bank by the United States Postal Service or the Holding Company is unable to locate the addressee, (b) are not received back by the Holding Company or the Bank or are received by the Holding Company or the Bank after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Person to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the completed order form within the time period specified thereon; provided, that the Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any order form or require the submission of corrected order forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Holding Company may specify. The interpretation by the Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the order forms will be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.
10. Completion of the Stock Offering
     The Stock Offering will be terminated if not completed within 90 days from the date on which the prospectus is declared effective by the OTS unless an extension is approved by the OTS.

17


 

11. Establishment and Funding of Charitable Foundation
     As part of the Stock Offering, the Holding Company and the Bank may establish the Foundation, which will qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, and contribute to the Foundation (i) up to 2% of the number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding upon completion of the Stock Offering, and/or (ii) cash, provided that the total contribution to the Foundation does not exceed 8% of the gross proceeds from the sale of Common Stock in the Stock Offering. Contributions to the Foundation in connection with the Stock Offering are intended to complement the Bank’s existing community reinvestment activities and to permit the communities in which the Bank operates to share in financial success of the Bank as a locally headquartered, community-oriented savings bank.
     The Foundation would be dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes within the communities in which the Bank operates, including, but not limited to, grants or donations to support housing assistance, local education and other types of organizations or civic-minded projects. The Foundation will distribute annually total grants to assist charitable organizations or to fund projects within its local community of not less than 5% of the average fair value of Foundation assets each year. In order to serve the purposes for which it was formed and maintain its 501(c)(3) qualification, the Foundation may sell, on an annual basis, a limited portion of the Common Stock contributed to it by the Holding Company.
     The board of directors of the Foundation will be responsible for establishing the policies of the Foundation with respect to grants or donations, consistent with the stated purposes of the Foundation. The Foundation will comply with applicable federal banking laws and regulations.
     The establishment and funding of the Foundation as part of the Stock Offering will be subject to the approval of the MHC’s members by an affirmative vote of a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by the MHC’s members, in person or by proxy, at a special meeting to consider such proposal, unless a waiver of such member vote is obtained from the OTS, or a vote is otherwise not required. In the event that either (i) the Holding Company does not obtain from the OTS a waiver of the MHC member vote to approve the Foundation, or (ii) the MHC’s members are requested to approve, but do not approve the establishment of the Foundation, the Holding Company may determine to complete the Stock Offering without the establishment of the Foundation and may do so without amending this Plan or obtaining any further vote of the MHC’s members. For comparison purposes, if a vote of members is required, such persons will be provided with a projection of the pro forma market value of the Common Stock, an Estimated Valuation Range and certain selected pro forma financial data that would result if the Stock Offering were consummated with and without establishment of the Foundation.
12. Market for Common Stock
     If at the close of the Stock Offering the Holding Company has more than 100 shareholders of any class of stock, the Holding Company shall use its best efforts to:
  (i)   encourage and assist a market maker to establish and maintain a market for that class of stock; and

18


 

  (ii)   list that class of stock on a national or regional securities exchange, or on the Nasdaq quotation system.
13. Stock Purchases by Management Persons After the Stock Offering
     For a period of three years after the Stock Offering, no Management Person or his or her Associates may purchase, without the prior written approval of the OTS, any Common Stock, except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC, except that the foregoing shall not apply to:
  A.   Negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding stock in the class of stock; or
 
  B.   Purchases of stock made by and held by any Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan even if such stock is attributable to Management Persons or their Associates.
14. Resales of Stock by Directors and Officers
     Common Stock purchased by Officers, directors and their Associates in the Stock Offering may not be resold for a period of at least one year following the date of purchase, except in the case of death of an Officer, director or the Associate.
15. Stock Certificates
     Each stock certificate shall bear a legend giving appropriate notice of the restrictions set forth in Section 14 above. Appropriate instructions shall be issued to the Holding Company’s transfer agent with respect to applicable restrictions on transfers of such stock. Any shares of stock issued as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to such restricted stock, shall be subject to the same restrictions as apply to the restricted stock.
16. Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases
     The Holding Company and the Bank will not loan funds to any Person to purchase Common Stock in the Stock Offering, and will not knowingly offer or sell any of the Common Stock to any Person whose purchase would be financed by funds loaned to the Person by the Holding Company, the Bank or any Affiliate.
17. Stock Benefit Plans
     The Board of Directors of the Bank and/or the Holding Company intend to adopt one or more stock benefit plans for employees, officers and directors, including an ESOP, stock award plans and stock option plans, which will be authorized to purchase Common Stock and grant options for Common Stock. However, only the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans will be permitted to purchase Common Stock in the Stock Offering, subject to the purchase priorities set forth in this Plan. The Board of Directors of the Bank intends to establish the ESOP and authorize the ESOP and any other Tax-Qualified Employee Plans to purchase in the aggregate up to 4.9% of the shares of Common Stock to be outstanding immediately following the completion of the Stock Offering. The Bank or the Holding Company may make scheduled discretionary

19


 

contributions to one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Plans to purchase Common Stock sold in the Stock Offering, or to purchase issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock in the open market or from authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or treasury shares from the Holding Company subsequent to the completion of the Stock Offering; provided such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet any of its regulatory capital requirements. In addition to shares purchased by one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Plans in this Stock Offering, any subsequent stock offering, and/or from authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares of the Holding Company, this Plan also specifically authorizes the Holding Company to grant awards under one or more stock benefit plans, including stock recognition and award plans and stock option plans, in an amount up to 25% of the shares of Common Stock held by persons other than the MHC.
18. Post-Stock Issuance Filing and Market Making
     If the Holding Company has more than 35 stockholders of any class of stock, the Holding Company shall register its Common Stock with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, and shall undertake not to deregister such Common Stock for a period of three years thereafter.
19. Payment of Dividends and Repurchase of Stock
     The Holding Company may not declare or pay a cash dividend on its Common Stock if the effect thereof would cause the regulatory capital of the Bank to be reduced below the amount required under Section 567.2 of the Regulations. Otherwise, the Holding Company may declare dividends or make other capital distributions in accordance with Section 563b.520 of the Regulations. Following completion of the Stock Offering, the Holding Company may repurchase its Common Stock consistent with Section 563b.510 and Section 563b.515 of the Regulations relating to stock repurchases, as long as such repurchases do not cause the regulatory capital of the Bank to be reduced below the amount required under Section 563b.450 of the Regulations. The MHC may from time to time purchase Common Stock. Subject to any notice or approval requirements of the OTS under the Regulations, the MHC may waive its right to receive dividends declared by the Holding Company.
20. Stock Offering Expenses
     The Regulations require that the expenses of any Stock Offering must be reasonable. The Bank will use its best efforts to assure that the expenses incurred by the Bank and the Holding Company in effecting the Stock Offering will be reasonable.
21. Employment and Other Severance Agreements
     Following or contemporaneously with the Stock Offering, the Bank and/or the Holding Company may enter into employment and/or severance arrangements with one or more executive officers of the Bank and/or the Holding Company. It is anticipated that any employment contracts entered into by the Bank and/or the Holding Company will be for terms not exceeding three years and that such contracts will provide for annual renewals of the term of the contracts, subject to approval by the Board of Directors. The Bank and/or the Holding Company also may enter into severance arrangements with one or more executive officers that provide for the payment of severance compensation in the event of a change in control of the Bank and/or the

20


 

Holding Company. The significant terms of such employment and severance arrangements have not been determined as of this time, but will be described in any prospectus circulated in connection with the Stock Offering and will be subject to and comply with all regulations of the OTS.
22. Residents of Foreign Countries and Certain States
     The Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside. However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights in the Subscription Offering or be permitted to purchase shares of Common Stock if such Person resides in a foreign country or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (A) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (B) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Common Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company, under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer or salesman in such state; or (C) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.
23. Interpretation
     All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.
24. Amendment or Termination of the Plan
     If necessary or desirable, the terms of the Plan may be substantially amended by a majority vote of the Holding Company’s Board of Directors as a result of comments from regulatory authorities or otherwise at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the OTS and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the OTS. The Plan may be terminated by a majority vote of the Board of Directors at any time prior to approval of the Plan by the OTS and may be terminated by a majority vote of the Board of Directors at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the OTS.
Dated: April 4, 2007, as amended June 5, 2007.

21

 

Exhibit 3.1
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
FEDERAL MHC SUBSIDIARY HOLDING COMPANY CHARTER
      Section 1. Corporate Title. The full corporate title of the MHC subsidiary holding company is Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”).
      Section 2. Office. The home office shall be located in                                           .
      Section 3. Duration. The duration of the Company is perpetual.
      Section 4. Purpose and Powers. The purpose of the Company is to pursue any or all of the lawful objectives of a federal mutual holding company chartered under Section 10(o) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1467a(o), and to exercise all of the express, implied, and incidental powers conferred thereby and by all acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, subject to the Constitution and laws of the United States as they are now in effect, or as they may hereafter be amended, and subject to all lawful and applicable rules, regulations, and orders of the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “Office”).
      Section 5. Capital Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of the capital stock which the Company has the authority to issue is 100,000,000, of which 90,000,000 shares shall be common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and of which 10,000,000 shares shall be preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. The shares may be issued from time to time as authorized by the board of directors without the approval of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5 or to the extent that such approval is required by governing law, rule, or regulation. The consideration for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in full before their issuance and shall not be less than the par value. Neither promissory notes nor future services shall constitute payment or part payment for the issuance of shares of the Company. The consideration for the shares shall be cash, tangible or intangible property (to the extent direct investment in such property would be permitted to the Company), labor or services actually performed for the Company, or any combination of the foregoing. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the value of such property, labor, or services, as determined by the board of directors of the Company, shall be conclusive. Upon payment of such consideration, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable. In the case of a stock dividend, that part of the surplus of the Company which is transferred to stated capital upon the issuance of shares as a share dividend shall be deemed to be the consideration for their issuance.
     Except for the initial offering of shares of the Company, no shares of capital stock (including shares issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of other securities) shall be issued, directly or indirectly, to officers, directors, or controlling persons of the Company other than as part of a general public offering or as qualifying shares to a director, unless their issuance or the plan under which they would be issued has been approved by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting.
     Nothing contained in this Section 5 (or in any supplementary sections hereto) shall entitle the holders of any class or series of capital stock to vote as a separate class or series or to more

 


 

than one vote per share; provided, that this restriction on voting separately by class or series shall not apply:
     (i) To any provision which would authorize the holders of preferred stock, voting as a class or series, to elect some members of the board of directors, less than a majority thereof, in the event of default in the payment of dividends on any class or series of preferred stock;
     (ii) To any provision which would require the holders of preferred stock, voting as a class or series, to approve the merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation or the sale, lease or conveyance (other than by mortgage or pledge) of properties or business in exchange for securities of a corporation other than the Company if the preferred stock is exchanged for securities of such other corporation; provided, that no provision may require such approval for transactions undertaken with the assistance or pursuant to the direction of the Office, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
     (iii) To any amendment which would adversely change the specific terms of any class or series of capital stock as set forth in this Section 5 (or in any supplementary sections hereto), including any amendment which would create or enlarge any class or series ranking prior thereto in rights and preferences. An amendment which increases the number of authorized shares of any class or series of capital stock, or substitutes the surviving savings bank in a merger or consolidation for the Company, shall not be considered to be such an adverse change.
     A description of the different classes and series (if any) of the Company’s capital stock and a statement of the designations, and the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class of and series (if any) of capital stock are as follows:
      A. Common Stock. Except as provided in this Section 5 (or in any supplementary sections hereto) the holders of the common stock shall exclusively possess all voting power. Each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder.
     Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class of stock having preference over the common stock as to payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund, retirement fund or other retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the common stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends.
     In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of the common stock (and the holders of any class or series of stock entitled to participate with the common stock in the distribution of assets) shall be entitled to receive, in cash or in kind, the assets of the Company available for distribution remaining after: (i) payment or provision for

2


 

payment of the Company’s debts and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provisions for distributions in settlement of any liquidation account; and (iii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having preference over the common stock in the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company. Each share of common stock shall have the same rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of common stock.
      B. Preferred Stock . The Company may provide in supplementary sections to its charter for one or more classes of preferred stock, which shall be separately identified. The shares of any class may be divided into and issued in series, with each series separately designated so as to distinguish the shares thereof from the shares of all other series and classes. The terms of each series shall be set forth in a supplementary section to the charter. All shares of the same class shall be identical, except as to the following relative rights and preferences, as to which there may be variations between different series:
     (a) The distinctive serial designation and the number of shares constituting such series;
     (b) The dividend rate or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date(s), the payment date(s) for dividends, and the participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;
     (c) The voting powers, full or limited, if any, of shares of such series;
     (d) Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so, the price(s) at which, and the terms and conditions on which, such shares may be redeemed;
     (e) The amount(s) payable upon the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company;
     (f) Whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking or retirement fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares, and if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its application, including the price(s) at which such shares may be redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund;
     (g) Whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock of the Company and, if so, the conversion price(s) or the rate(s) of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;
     (h) The price or other consideration for which the shares of such series shall be issued; and
     (i) Whether the shares of such series which are redeemed or converted shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of serial preferred stock and whether such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other series of serial preferred stock.

3


 

     Each share of each series of serial preferred stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of the same series.
     The board of directors shall have authority to divide, by the adoption of supplementary charter sections, any authorized class of preferred stock into series and, within the limitations set forth in this section and the remainder of this charter, fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of the shares of any series so established.
     Prior to the issuance of any preferred shares of a series established by a supplementary charter section adopted by the board of directors, the Company shall file with the Secretary of the Office a dated copy of that supplementary section of this charter establishing and designating the series and fixing and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof.
      Section 6. Preemptive Rights. Holders of the capital stock of the Company shall not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares of the Company which may be issued.
      Section 7. Directors. The Company shall be under the direction of a board of directors. The authorized number of directors, as stated in the Company’s bylaws, shall not be fewer than five (5) nor more than fifteen (15), except when a lesser or greater number is approved by the Director of the Office. Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes with respect to the election of directors.
      Section 8. Certain Provisions Applicable for Five Years. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Company’s charter or bylaws to the contrary, for a period of five (5) years from the date of this charter, special meetings of stockholders relating to changes in control of the Company or amendments to this Charter shall be called only upon direction of the board of directors.
      Section 9. Amendment of Charter. Except as provided in Section 5, no amendment, addition, alteration, change, or repeal of this charter shall be made, unless such is first approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the Company, approved by at least two-thirds of the votes of stockholders eligible to be cast at a legal meeting, and approved or preapproved by the Office.

4


 

                 
        NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.    
 
               
Attest:
      By:        
 
 
 
Madeline Frank
     
 
John W. Alexander
   
 
  Secretary       President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
               
        OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION    
 
               
Attest:
      By:        
 
 
 
Secretary
     
 
Director
   
 
               
Date:
               

5

 

Exhibit 3.2
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
BYLAWS
ARTICLE I — Home Office
     The home office of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) shall be at                                            , in the City of                      , in the County of                       , in the State of                      .
ARTICLE II — Stockholders
      Section 1. Place of Meetings. All annual and special meetings of stockholders shall be held at the home office of the Company or at such other convenient place as the Board of Directors may determine.
      Section 2. Annual Meeting. A meeting of the stockholders of the Company for the election of directors and for the transaction of any other business of the Company shall be held annually within 150 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year, on the third Tuesday of May of each calendar year, if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next day following which is not a legal holiday, at 10:00 a.m., or at such date and time within such 150-day period as the Board of Directors may determine.
      Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “Office”), may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or by not less than two-thirds of the number of directors authorized under Article III, Section 2 of these Bylaws (the “Whole Board”), and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or the Secretary upon the written request of the holders of not less than 50 percent of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and shall be delivered to the home office of the Company addressed to the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President, or the Secretary.
      Section 4. Conduct of Meetings. Annual and special meetings shall be conducted in accordance with rules established by the Board of Directors and made available for inspection by stockholders at the annual or special meeting. The Board of Directors shall designate, when present, either the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, or President to preside at such meetings.
      Section 5. Notice of Meetings. Written notice stating the place, day, and hour of the meeting and the purpose(s) for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not fewer than twenty (20) nor more than fifty (50) days before the date of the meeting, either personally, electronically or by mail, by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President, or the Secretary, or the Directors calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail, addressed to the stockholder at the address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Company as of the record date prescribed in Section 6 of this Article II with

 


 

postage prepaid. When any stockholders’ meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned for thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time and place of any meeting adjourned for less than thirty (30) days or of the business to be transacted at the meeting, other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.
      Section 6. Fixing of Record Date. For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors shall fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders. Such date in any case shall be not more than sixty (60) days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not fewer than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of stockholders, is to be taken. When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment.
      Section 7. Voting Lists. At least twenty (20) days before each meeting of the stockholders, the officer, or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Company, shall make a complete list of the stockholders of record entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, with the address and the number of shares held by each. This list of stockholders shall be kept on file at the home office of the Company and shall be subject to inspection by any stockholder of record or the stockholder’s agent at any time during usual business hours for a period of twenty (20) days prior to such meeting. Such list also shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to inspection by any stockholder of record or the stockholder’s agent during the entire time of the meeting. The original stock transfer book shall constitute prima facie evidence of the stockholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.
     In lieu of making the stockholder list available for inspection by stockholders as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Board of Directors may elect to follow the procedures described in § 552.6(d) of the Office’s regulations as now or hereafter in effect.
      Section 8. Quorum. A majority of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares is represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If a quorum is present at a meeting of stockholders and the withdrawal of stockholders results in the presence of less than a quorum, the stockholders present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If a quorum is present the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the vote of a greater number of stockholders voting together or voting by classes is required by law or the charter. Directors, however, are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at an election of directors.

2


 

      Section 9. Proxies. At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the stockholder or by his or her duly authorized attorney in fact. Proxies may be given telephonically or electronically as long as the holder uses a procedure for verifying the identity of the stockholder. Proxies solicited on behalf of management shall be voted as directed by the stockholder or, in the absence of such direction, as determined by a majority of the Board of Directors. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven (11) months from the date of its execution except for a proxy coupled with an interest.
      Section 10. Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More Persons. When ownership stands in the name of two or more persons, in the absence of written directions to the Company to the contrary, at any meeting of stockholders of the Company any one or more of such stockholders may cast, in person or by proxy, all votes to which such ownership is entitled. In the event an attempt is made to cast conflicting votes, in person or by proxy, by the several persons in whose names shares of stock stand, the vote or votes to which those persons are entitled shall be cast as directed by a majority of those holding such stock and present in person or by proxy at such meeting, but no votes shall be cast for such stock if a majority cannot agree.
      Section 11. Voting of Shares of Certain Holders. Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by any officer, agent, or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine. Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, or conservator may be voted by him or her, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into his or her name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him or her, either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him or her without a transfer of such shares into his or her name. Shares held in trust or in an IRA or Keogh account, however, may be voted by the Company if no other instructions are received. Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer into his or her name if authority to do so is contained in an appropriate order of the court or other public authority by which such receiver was appointed.
     A stockholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.
     Neither treasury shares of its own stock held by the Company nor shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such other corporation are held by the Company, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.
      Section 12. Cumulative Voting. Stockholders may not cumulate their votes for election of directors.
      Section 13. Inspectors of Election. In advance of any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors may appoint any persons other than nominees for office as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one or three. Any such appointment shall not be altered at the meeting. If inspectors of election are

3


 

not so appointed, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or the President may, or on the request of not fewer than ten percent (10%) of the votes represented at the meeting shall, make such appointment at the meeting. If appointed at the meeting, the majority of the votes present shall determine whether one or three inspectors are to be appointed. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment by the Board of Directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or the President.
     Unless otherwise prescribed by regulations of the Office, the duties of such inspectors shall include: determining the number of shares and the voting power of each share, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies; receiving votes, ballots, or consents; hearing and determining all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the rights to vote; counting and tabulating all votes or consents; determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.
      Section 14. Nominating Committee. The Board of Directors shall appoint a nominating committee for selecting the management nominees for election as directors. Except in the case of a nominee substituted as a result of the death or other incapacity of a management nominee, the nominating committee shall deliver written nominations to the Secretary at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. Upon delivery, such nominations shall be posted in a conspicuous place in each office of the Company. No nominations for directors except those made by the nominating committee shall be voted upon at the annual meeting unless other nominations by stockholders are made in writing and delivered to the Secretary of the Company at least thirty (30) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. Upon delivery, such nominations shall be posted in a conspicuous place in each office of the Company. Ballots bearing the names of all persons nominated by the nominating committee and by stockholders shall be provided for use at the annual meeting. However, if the nominating committee shall fail or refuse to act at least twenty (20) days prior to the annual meeting, nominations for directors may be made at the annual meeting by any stockholder entitled to vote and shall be voted upon.
      Section 15. New Business. Any new business to be taken up at the annual meeting shall be stated in writing and filed with the Secretary of the Company at least thirty (30) days prior to the date of the annual meeting, and all business so stated, proposed, and filed shall be considered at the annual meeting; but no other proposal shall be acted upon at the annual meeting. Any stockholder may make any other proposal at the annual meeting and the same may be discussed and considered, but unless stated in writing and filed with the Secretary at least thirty (30) days before the meeting, such proposal shall be laid over for action at an adjourned, special or annual meeting of the stockholders taking place thirty (30) days or more thereafter. This provision shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at the annual meeting of reports of officers, directors, and committees; but in connection with such reports, no new business shall be acted upon at such annual meeting unless stated and filed as herein provided.
      Section 16. Informal Action by Stockholders. Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be given by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter.

4


 

ARTICLE III — Board of Directors
      Section 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Company shall be under the direction of its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, and a President from among its members and shall designate, when present, either the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer, to preside at its meetings.
      Section 2. Number, Term and Age Limit. The Board of Directors shall consist of ten (10) members (the “Whole Board”) and shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible. The members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years and until their successors are elected and qualified. One class shall be elected by ballot annually. No person 75 years of age is eligible for election, re-election, appointment or reappointment to the Board. No Director shall serve as a Director beyond the annual meeting of the Company immediately following the Director becoming age 75.
      Section 3. Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without notice other than this bylaw following the annual meeting of stockholders. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without notice other than such resolution. Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications device through which all persons participating can hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person for all purposes.
      Section 4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President, or one-third of the directors. The persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place, within the Company’s normal lending territory, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by such persons.
     Members of the Board of Directors may participate in special meetings by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation shall constitute presence in person for all purposes.
      Section 5. Notice. Written notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at least 24 hours prior thereto when delivered personally, or at least 72 hours prior thereto when delivered by electronic mail, or at least five days prior thereto when delivered by mail, at the address at which the director is most likely to be reached. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage prepaid if mailed, or when the Company receives notice of delivery if electronically transmitted. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing filed with the Secretary. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

5


 

      Section 6. Quorum. A majority of the number of directors fixed by Section 2 of this Article III shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors; but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time. Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be given in the same manner as prescribed by Section 5 of this Article III.
      Section 7. Manner of Acting. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater number is prescribed by regulation of the Office or by these bylaws.
      Section 8. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors.
      Section 9. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by sending a written notice of such resignation to the home office of the Company addressed to the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, or the President. Unless otherwise specified, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, or the President. More than three consecutive absences from regular meetings of the Board of Directors, unless excused by resolution of the Board of Directors, shall automatically constitute a resignation, effective when such resignation is accepted by the Board of Directors.
      Section 10. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve only until the next election of directors by the stockholders. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the Whole Board, and the director elected by reason of an increase in the number of directors shall serve for a term of office continuing only until the next election of directors by the stockholders.
      Section 11. Compensation. Directors, as such, may receive a stated salary for their services. By resolution of the Board of Directors, a reasonable fixed sum, and reasonable expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Members of either standing or special committees may be allowed such compensation for attendance at committee meetings as the Board of Directors may determine.
      Section 12. Presumption of Assent. A director of the Company who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent or abstention shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he or she shall file a written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the Secretary of the Company within five days after the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting is received. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

6


 

      Section 13. Removal of Directors. At a meeting of stockholders called expressly for that purpose, any director may be removed only for cause by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Whenever the holders of the shares of any class are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the charter or supplemental sections thereto, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the removal of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.
      Section 14. Integrity of Directors. A person is not qualified to serve as a director if he or she: (1) is under indictment for, or has ever been convicted of, a criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach or trust and the penalty for such offense could be imprisonment for more than one year, or (2) is a person against who a banking agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist order for conduct involving dishonesty or breach of trust and that order is final and not subject to appeal, or (3) has been found either by a regulatory agency whose decision is final and not subject to appeal or by a court to have (i) breached a fiduciary duty involving personal profit or (ii) committed a willful violation of any law, rule or regulation governing banking, securities, commodities or insurance, or any final cease and desist order issued by a banking, securities, commodities or insurance regulatory agency.
ARTICLE IV — Executive and Other Committees
      Section 1. Appointment. The board of directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board, may designate the Chief Executive Officer and two or more of the other directors to constitute an executive committee. The designation of any committee pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of authority shall not operate to relieve the board of directors, or any director, of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.
      Section 2. Authority. The executive committee, when the board of directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the board of directors except to the extent, if any, that such authority shall be limited by the resolution appointing the executive committee; and except also that the executive committee shall not have the authority of the board of directors with reference to: the declaration of dividends; the amendment of the charter or bylaws of the Company; recommending to the stockholders a plan of merger, consolidation, or conversion; the sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company otherwise than in the usual and regular course of its business; a voluntary dissolution of the Company; a revocation of any of the foregoing; or the approval of a transaction in which any member of the executive committee, directly or indirectly, has any material beneficial interest.
      Section 3. Tenure. Subject to the provisions of section 8 of this Article IV, each member of the executive committee shall hold office until the next regular annual meeting of the board of directors following his or her designation and until a successor is designated as a member of the executive committee.
      Section 4. Meetings. Regular meetings of the executive committee may be held without notice at such times and places as the executive committee may fix from time to time by resolution. Special meetings of the executive committee may be called by any member thereof

7


 

upon not less than one day’s notice stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting, which notice may be written or oral. Any member of the executive committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice of any meeting need be given to any member thereof who attends in person. The notice of a meeting of the executive committee need not state the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting.
      Section 5. Quorum. A majority of the members of the executive committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting thereof, and action of the executive committee must be authorized by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present.
      Section 6. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the executive committee at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the members of the executive committee.
      Section 7. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the executive committee may be filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.
      Section 8. Resignations and Removal. Any member of the executive committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors. Any member of the executive committee may resign from the executive committee at any time by giving written notice to the president or secretary of the Company. Unless otherwise specified, such resignation shall take effect upon its receipt; the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
      Section 9. Procedure. The executive committee shall elect a presiding officer from its members and may fix its own rules of procedure which shall not be inconsistent with these bylaws. It shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board of directors for its information at the meeting held next after the proceedings shall have occurred.
      Section 10. Other Committees. The board of directors may by resolution establish an audit, loan, or other committee composed of directors as it may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Company and may prescribe the duties, constitution, and procedures thereof. A majority of the members of each committee shall constitute a quorum, and each committee shall elect a presiding officer from among its members.
ARTICLE V — Officers
      Section 1. Positions. The officers of the Company shall be a Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, a Secretary, and a Chief Financial Officer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors also may designate the Chairman of the Board as an officer. The offices of the Secretary and Chief Financial Officer may be held by the same person and a vice president also may be either the Secretary or the Chief Financial Officer. The Board of Directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president, senior vice president or first vice presidents. The Board of Directors also may elect or authorize the appointment of such other officers as the business of the Company may require. The officers shall have such authority and perform such duties as the

8


 

Board of Directors may from time to time authorize or determine. In the absence of action by the Board of Directors, the officers shall have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices.
      Section 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Company shall be elected annually at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers is not held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as possible. Each officer shall hold office until a successor has been duly elected and qualified or until the officer’s death, resignation, or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Election or appointment of an officer, employee, or agent shall not of itself create contractual rights. The Board of Directors may authorize the Company to enter into an employment contract with any officer in accordance with regulations of the Office; but no such contract shall impair the right of the Board of Directors to remove any officer at any time in accordance with Section 3 of this Article V.
      Section 3. Removal. Any officer may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby, but such removal, other than for cause, shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed.
      Section 4. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.
      Section 5. Remuneration. The remuneration of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE VI — Contracts, Loans, Checks, and Deposits
      Section 1. Contracts. To the extent permitted by regulations of the Office, and except as otherwise prescribed by these bylaws with respect to certificates for shares, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Company to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Company. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
      Section 2. Loans. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Company and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
      Section 3. Checks; Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Company shall be signed by one or more officers, employees, or agents of the Company in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.
      Section 4. Deposits. All funds of the Company not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Company in any duly authorized depositories as the Board of Directors may select.

9


 

ARTICLE VII — Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer
      Section 1. Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares of capital stock of the Company shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and approved by the Office. Such certificates shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer or by any other officer of the Company authorized by the Board of Directors, attested by the Secretary or an assistant secretary, and sealed with the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of such officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar other than the Company itself or one of its employees. Each certificate for shares of capital stock shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the Company. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares has been surrendered and cancelled, except that in the case of a lost or destroyed certificate, a new certificate may be issued upon such terms and indemnity to the Company as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company.
      Section 2. Transfer of Shares. Transfer of shares of capital stock of the Company shall be made only on its stock transfer books. Authority for such transfer shall be given only by the holder of record or by his or her legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of such authority, or by his or her attorney authorized by a duly executed power of attorney and filed with the Company. Such transfer shall be made only on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares. The person in whose name shares of capital stock stand on the books of the Company shall be deemed by the Company to be the owner for all purposes.
ARTICLE VIII — Fiscal Year
     The fiscal year of the Company shall end on the last day of December of each year. The appointment of accountants shall be subject to annual ratification by the stockholders.
ARTICLE IX — Dividends
     Subject to the terms of the Company’s charter and the regulations and orders of the Office, the Board of Directors may, from time to time, declare, and the Company may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock.
ARTICLE X — Corporate Seal
     The Board of Directors shall provide a Company seal which shall be two concentric circles between which shall be the name of the Company. The year of incorporation or an emblem may appear in the center.

10


 

ARTICLE XI — Amendments
     These bylaws may be amended in a manner consistent with regulations of the Office and shall be effective after: (i) approval of the amendment by a two-thirds vote of the Whole Board, or by a two-thirds vote of the votes cast by the stockholders of the Company at any legal meeting, and (ii) receipt of any applicable regulatory approval. When the Company fails to meet its quorum requirements, solely due to vacancies on the board, then the affirmative vote of a majority of the sitting board will be required to amend the bylaws.
ARTICLE XII — Indemnification
     The Company shall indemnify its personnel, including directors, officers and employees, to the fullest extent authorized by applicable law and the Office’s regulations, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

11

 

Exhibit 4
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

No.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.

Shares


         
    FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE
PAR VALUE $0.01 EACH
  CUSIP:                     
     
 
  THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS
 
  CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO
 
  RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE
 
   
THIS CERTIFIES that
  is the owner of
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
a federal corporation
     The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. The capital stock evidenced hereby is not an account of an insurable type and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other Federal or state governmental agency.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.
                     
By
      [SEAL]   By        
 
 
 
MADELINE G. FRANK
         
 
JOHN W. ALEXANDER
   
 
  CORPORATE SECRETARY           CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT    
 
              AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER    

 


 

     The Board of Directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any shareholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.
     The shares represented by this Certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter.
     The Charter provides that, for a period of five years from the date of the Charter, special meetings of stockholders relating to changes in control of the Company or amendments to the Charter shall be called only upon direction of the board of directors.
     The Charter requires that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change, or repeal of the Charter shall be made, unless such is first approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the Company, approved by at least two-thirds of the votes of stockholders eligible to be cast at a legal meeting, and approved or preapproved by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
     The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.
                 
TEN COM   - as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT   -                      Custodian                     
 
          (Cust)   (Minor)
TEN ENT
  - as tenants by the entireties            
            Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
JT TEN
  - as joint tenants with right            
 
     of survivorship and not as            
             
       tenants in common       (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list
For value received,                                                                hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

      
 
(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)
                                                                                                                                                     Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                                          Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated,                     
         
In the presence of
  Signature:    
 
       
 
 
 
   
NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 

 

Exhibit 5
[LETTERHEAD OF LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK, P.C.]
(202) 274-2000
June 7, 2007
The Board of Directors
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
1731 Victory Boulevard
Staten Island, New York 10314
         
 
  Re:   Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”). We have reviewed the Company’s proposed Charter, Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock.
     We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold pursuant to the Company’s prospectus and the Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Issuance Plan, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
     This opinion has been prepared in connection with the Form S-1. We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal and Tax Matters,” and for inclusion of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1.
         
 
  Very truly yours,    
 
       
 
  \s\ Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
 
LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK
   
 
  A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION    

 

 

Exhibit 8
[FORM OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX OPINION]
                     , 2007
Boards of Directors
NSB Holding Corp.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
1731 Victory Boulevard
Staten Island, New York 10314-3598
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     You have asked our opinion regarding certain federal income tax consequences of the proposed stock offering (the “Stock Offering”) by Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federally chartered mid-tier stock holding company (the “Company”), pursuant to a Stock Issuance Plan adopted by the Board of Directors on April 4, 2007 (the “Plan”). All other capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.
     In connection with the opinions expressed below, we have examined and relied upon originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Plan, the Prospectus, and of such corporate records of the parties to the Stock Offering as we have deemed appropriate. We have also relied, without independent verification, upon the factual representations of the Company included in the Representations dated                      , 2007. We have assumed that such representations are true and that the parties to the Stock Offering will act in accordance with the Plan. We express no opinion concerning the effects, if any, of variations from the foregoing.
     In issuing the opinions set forth below, we have referred solely to existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury Regulations thereunder, current administrative rulings, notices, procedures and court decisions. Such laws, regulations, administrative rulings, notices and procedures and court decisions are subject to change at any time. Any such change could affect the continuing validity of the opinions set forth below. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.
     Based on and subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion that for federal income tax purposes, under current tax law:
  (1)   it is more likely than not that the fair market value of the non-transferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock of the Company to be

 


 

Boards of Directors
NSB Holding Corp.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
                     , 2007
Page 2
      issued to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members is zero (the “Subscription Rights”) and, accordingly, that no income will be realized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members upon the issuance of the Subscription Rights (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182);
 
  (2)   it is more likely than not that the tax basis to the holders of shares of Common Stock purchased in the Stock Offering pursuant to the exercise of the Subscription Rights will be the amount paid therefor, and that the holding period for such shares of Common Stock will begin on the date of completion of the Stock Offering (Section 1012 of the Code); and
 
  (3)   the holding period for shares of Common Stock purchase in the Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering will begin on the day after the date of purchase (Section 1223(6) of the Code).
     The opinions set forth in 1 and 2 above are based on the position that the Subscription Rights do not have any market value at the time of distribution or at the time they are exercised. Whether Subscription Rights have a market value for federal income tax purposes is a question of fact, depending upon all relevant facts and circumstances. The Internal Revenue Service will not issue rulings on whether Subscription Rights have a market value. We are unaware of any instance in which the Internal Revenue Service has taken the position that nontransferable subscription rights issued by a converting financial institution have a market value. The Subscription Rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be nontransferable and of short duration, and will afford the recipients the right only to purchase the Company’s Common Stock at a price equal to its estimated fair market value, which will be the same price as the purchase price for the unsubscribed shares of Common Stock. We believe that it is more likely than not (i.e., that there is a more than a 50% likelihood) that the Subscription Rights have no market value for federal income tax purposes.
     This opinion is given solely for the benefit of the Company and Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Other Members and other investors who purchase pursuant to the Plan, and may not be relied upon by any other party or entity or referred to in any document without our express written consent.
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC and the Company’s Form MHC-2 Application for Approval of a Minority Stock Issuance by a Subsidiary of a Mutual Holding Company as filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision. We also consent to the references to our

 


 

Boards of Directors
NSB Holding Corp.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
                     , 2007
Page 3
firm in the Prospectus contained in the Form S-1 and the Form MHC-2 under the caption “Legal and Tax Matters.”
         
 
  Very truly yours,    
 
       
 
 
 
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
   

 

 

Exhibit 10.1
NORTHFIELD BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
(adopted effective January 1, 2007)

 


 

NORTHFIELD BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
     This Employee Stock Ownership Plan, executed on the                      day of                      , 2007, by Northfield Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank (the “Bank”),
W I T N E S S E T H   T H A T
     WHEREAS, the board of trustees of the Bank has resolved to adopt an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees of the Bank and subsidiaries of the Bank, if any, in accordance with the terms and conditions presented set forth herein;
     NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby adopts the following Plan setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to contributions by the Employer and the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has adopted this Plan and caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the above date.
     
                 
ATTEST: 
               
 
               
 
      By:        
 
Secretary
         
 
Authorized Officer
   

 


 

C O N T E N T S
                 
            Page No.  
Section 1.    
Plan Identity
    4  
  1.1    
Name
    4  
  1.2    
Purpose
    4  
  1.3    
Effective Date
    4  
  1.4    
Fiscal Period
    4  
  1.5    
Single Plan for All Employers
    4  
  1.6    
Interpretation of Provisions
    4  
Section 2.    
Definitions
    4  
Section 3.    
Eligibility for Participation
    11  
  3.1    
Initial Eligibility
    11  
  3.2    
Definition of Eligibility Year
    12  
  3.3    
Terminated Employees
    12  
  3.4    
Certain Employees Ineligible
    12  
  3.5    
Participation and Reparticipation
    13  
  3.6    
Omission of Eligible Employee
    13  
  3.7    
Inclusion of Ineligible Employee
    13  
Section 4.    
Contributions and Credits
    13  
  4.1    
Discretionary Contributions
    13  
  4.2    
Contributions for Stock Obligations
    13  
  4.3    
Conditions as to Contributions
    14  
  4.4    
Rollover Contributions
    14  
Section 5.    
Limitations on Contributions and Allocations
    14  
  5.1    
Limitation on Annual Additions
    14  
  5.2    
Effect of Limitations
    16  
  5.3    
Limitations as to Certain Participants
    16  
  5.4    
Erroneous Allocations
    17  
Section 6.    
Trust Fund and Its Investment
    17  
  6.1    
Creation of Trust Fund
    17  
  6.2    
Stock Fund and Investment Fund
    17  
  6.3    
Acquisition of Stock
    17  
  6.4    
Participants’ Option to Diversify
    18  
Section 7.    
Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock
    19  
  7.1    
Voting and Tendering of Stock
    19  
  7.2    
Application of Dividends
    19  
Section 8.    
Adjustments to Accounts
    21  
  8.1    
ESOP Allocations
    21  
  8.2    
Charges to Accounts
    21  
  8.3    
Stock Fund Account
    21  
  8.4    
Investment Fund Account
    22  
  8.5    
Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund
    22  
  8.6    
Participant Statements
    22  
Section 9.    
Vesting of Participants’ Interests
    22  
  9.1    
Deferred Vesting in Accounts
    22  
  9.2    
Computation of Vesting Years
    22  
  9.3    
Full Vesting Upon Certain Events
    23  
  9.4    
Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination
    24  
  9.5    
Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral
    24  
  9.6    
Accounting for Forfeitures
    25  

 


 

                 
  9.7    
Vesting and Nonforfeitability
    25  
Section 10.    
Payment of Benefits
    25  
  10.1    
Benefits for Participants
    25  
  10.2    
Time for Distribution
    26  
  10.3    
Marital Status
    27  
  10.4    
Delay in Benefit Determination
    27  
  10.5    
Accounting for Benefit Payments
    27  
  10.6    
Options to Receive and Sell Stock
    27  
  10.7    
Restrictions on Disposition of Stock
    28  
  10.8    
Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights
    28  
  10.9    
Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution
    28  
  10.10    
Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution
    29  
Section 11.    
Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals
    29  
  11.1    
Claim for Benefits
    29  
  11.2    
Notification by Committee
    29  
  11.3    
Claims Review Procedure
    30  
Section 12.    
The Committee and its Functions
    30  
  12.1    
Authority of Committee
    30  
  12.2    
Identity of Committee
    30  
  12.3    
Duties of Committee
    30  
  12.4    
Valuation of Stock.
    31  
  12.5    
Compliance with ERISA
    31  
  12.6    
Action by Committee
    31  
  12.7    
Execution of Documents
    31  
  12.8    
Adoption of Rules
    31  
  12.9    
Responsibilities to Participants
    31  
  12.10    
Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity
    31  
  12.11    
Indemnification by Employers
    32  
  12.12    
Nonparticipation by Interested Member
    32  
Section 13.    
Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan
    32  
  13.1    
Adoption of Plan by Other Employers
    32  
  13.2    
Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification
    32  
  13.3    
Right to Amend or Terminate
    32  
Section 14.    
Miscellaneous Provisions
    33  
  14.1    
Plan Creates No Employment Rights
    33  
  14.2    
Nonassignability of Benefits
    33  
  14.3    
Limit of Employer Liability
    33  
  14.4    
Treatment of Expenses
    33  
  14.5    
Number and Gender
    33  
  14.6    
Nondiversion of Assets
    33  
  14.7    
Separability of Provisions
    34  
  14.8    
Service of Process
    34  
  14.9    
Governing State Law
    34  
  14.10    
Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility
    34  
  14.11    
Unclaimed Accounts
    34  
  14.12    
Qualified Domestic Relations Order
    34  
Section 15.    
Top-Heavy Provisions
    35  
  15.1    
Top-Heavy Plan
    35  
  15.2    
Super Top-Heavy Plan
    35  
  15.3    
Definitions
    36  
  15.4    
Top-Heavy Rules of Application
    37  

(ii) 


 

                 
  15.5    
Minimum Contributions
    38  
  15.6    
Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan
    38  

(iii) 


 

NORTHFIELD BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Section 1. Plan Identity .
     1.1 Name . The name of this Plan is “Northfield Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan.”
     1.2 Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.
     1.3 Effective Date . The Effective Date of this Plan is January 1, 2007.
     1.4 Fiscal Period . This Plan shall be operated on the basis of a January 1 to December 31 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plan’s books and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.
     1.5 Single Plan for All Employers . This Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers for the purpose of crediting contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits, determining whether there has been any termination of Service, and applying the limitations set forth in Section 5.
     1.6 Interpretation of Provisions . The Employers intend this Plan and the Trust Agreement to be a qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is intended to have its assets invested primarily in qualifying employer securities of one or more Employers within the meaning of Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan.
     Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.
Section 2. Definitions .
     The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
      “Account” means a Participant’s interest in the assets accumulated under this Plan as expressed in terms of a separate account balance which is periodically adjusted to reflect his Employer’s contributions, the Plan’s investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.
      “Active Participant” means a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Section 3 and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the current Plan Year. However, a Participant shall not qualify as an Active Participant unless (i) he is in active Service with an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, or (ii) he is on a Recognized Absence as of that date, or (iii) his Service terminated during the Plan Year by reason of Disability, death, or Normal Retirement.
      “Affiliated Employer” means a member of an affiliated service group within the purview of section 414(b), (c) or (m) and 415(h) of the Code, any other corporation, partnership, or proprietorship

(4)


 

which adopts this Plan with the Bank’s consent pursuant to Section 13.1, and any entity which succeeds to the business of any Employer and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.2.
      “Bank” means Northfield Bank and any entity which succeeds to the business of Northfield Bank and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan.
      “Beneficiary” means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan on the Participant’s death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated Beneficiaries shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been paid, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his surviving Spouse, if any, or his estate if he is not survived by a Spouse. The Committee may rely upon the advice of the Participant’s executor or administrator as to the identity of the Participant’s Spouse.
      “Break in Service” means any Plan Year, or, for the initial eligibility computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day of which an Employee has an Hour of Service, in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service. Solely for this purpose, an Employee shall be considered employed for his normal hours of paid employment during a Recognized Absence (said Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of Service to avoid a Break in Service), unless he does not resume his Service at the end of the Recognized Absence. Further, if an Employee is absent for any period (i) by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employee’s child, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee’s adoption of the child, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately after such birth or placement, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service.
      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      “Committee” means the committee responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with Section 12.
      “Company” means Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the holding company of the Bank, and any successor entity which succeeds to the business of the Company.
      “Compensation” means with respect to a Plan Year, the base compensation receivable by an Eligible Employee from the Employer for the calendar year prior to any reduction pursuant to a salary deferral agreement under a 401(k) Plan. Base compensation shall include salary, before-tax contributions, wages and wage continuation payments to an Employee who is absent due to illness or disability of a short-term nature, the amount of any Employer contributions under a flexible benefits program maintained by the Employer under Code Section 125 pursuant to a salary reduction agreement entered into by the Participant under Code Section 125, or elective amounts that are not includable in the gross income of the Eligible Employee by reason of Code Section 132(f)(4), and exclude overtime, commissions, expense allowances, severance pay, fees, bonuses, contributions made by the Employer to any pension, insurance, welfare or other employee benefit plan other than a Code Section 125 plan. Compensation shall not exceed $225,000 for the 2007 Plan Year and thereafter shall be adjusted in multiples of $5,000 for increases in the cost-of-living as prescribed under Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). For purposes of this definition, if the Plan Year is less than 12 calendar months, the amount of Compensation taken into account for such Plan Year shall be adjusted by multiplying such Compensation by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in such Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12.

(5)


 

      “Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. An individual shall not be considered to be permanently and totally disabled unless he furnishes proof of the existence thereof in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Committee may require.
      “Effective Date” means January 1, 2007.
      “Eligible Employee ” means an Employee, other than an Employee identified in Section 3.4, who has both (i) satisfied the age requirement of Section 3.1(ii) and (ii) has performed 1,000 Hours of Service in the applicable Eligibility Year in accordance with Section 3.2. “Employee” means any individual who is or has been employed or self-employed by an Employer. “Employee” also means an individual employed by a leasing organization who, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and the leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for more than one year, if such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. However, such a “leased employee” shall not be considered an Employee if (i) he participates in a money purchase pension plan sponsored by the leasing organization which provides for immediate participation, immediate full vesting, and an annual contribution of at least 10 percent of the Employee’s 415 Compensation, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s total work force (including leased employees, but excluding Highly Compensated Employees and any other Employees who have not performed services for the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year).
      “Employer” means the Bank or any Affiliated Employer.
      “Entry Date” means the Effective Date of the Plan and each January 1 and July 1 of each Plan Year after the Effective Date.
      “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406, as amended).
      “415 Compensation”
     (a) shall mean a Participant’s remuneration as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.415-2(d)(2), (3) and (6).
     (b) shall also mean any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) (any Employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant to the extent not includible in gross income and any Employer contributions to purchase an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section 125 (Cafeteria Plan), Code Section 457 or 132(f)(4) shall also be included in the definition of 415 Compensation.
     (c) 415 Compensation in excess of $225,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. For purposes of this sub-section, the $225,000 limit shall be referred to as the “applicable limit” for the Plan Year in question. The $225,000 limit shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code, effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the applicable limit, 415 Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years in the same manner as Compensation.

(6)


 

      “Highly Compensated Employee” for any Plan Year means an Employee who, during either that or the immediately preceding Plan Year was at any time a five percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) or, during the immediately preceding Plan Year, had 415 Compensation exceeding $100,000 (the $100,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d)). The applicable year for which a determination is being made is called a “determination year” and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year.
      “Hours of Service” means hours to be credited to an Employee under the following rules:
     (a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid or is entitled to be paid for services to an Employer is an Hour of Service.
     (b) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or is entitled to be paid for a period of vacation, holidays, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, or leave of absence is an Hour of Service. However, except as otherwise specifically provided, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period which an Employee performs no duties. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Further, no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee for medical expenses.
     (c) Each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer is an Hour of Service. However, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee would not have performed any duties. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours will be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.
     (d) Hours of Service shall be credited in any one period only under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may not get double credit for the same period.
     (e) If an Employer finds it impractical to count the actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each weekly pay period in which he has at least one Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited only for his normal working hours during a paid absence.
     (f) Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to an Employee (including back pay) shall be recorded in the period of Service for which the payment was made. If the period overlaps two or more Plan Years, the Hours of Service credit shall be allocated in proportion to the respective portions of the period included in the several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less, the Administrator may apply a uniform policy of crediting the Hours of Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.
     (g) In all respects an Employee’s Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor’s regulations under Title I of ERISA.

(7)


 

      “Investment Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of assets other than Stock. Notwithstanding the above, assets from the Investment Fund may be used to purchase Stock in the open market or otherwise, or used to pay on the Stock Obligation, and shares so purchased will be allocated to a Participant’s Stock Fund.
      “Normal Retirement” means retirement on or after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
      “Normal Retirement Date” means the date on which the Participant attains his 65 th birthday and has completed five years of Service.
      “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who is an Active Participant participating in the Plan, or Eligible Employee or former Employee who was previously an Active Participant and still has a balance credited to his Account.
      “Period of Uniformed Service” means the length of time that an Employee serves in the Uniformed Services.
      “Plan Year” means the twelve-month period commencing January 1, 2007 and ending December 31, 2007, and each period of 12 consecutive months beginning on January 1 of each succeeding year.
      “Recognized Absence” means a period for which —
     (a) an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period, but only if an Employer grants such leave on a nondiscriminatory basis; or
     (b) an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in business conditions; or
     (c) an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).
      “Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service”
          (a) “Reemployment (or Reemployed) After a Period of Uniformed Service” means that an Employee returned to employment with a Participating Employer, within the time frame set forth in subparagraph (b) below, after a Period of Uniformed Service in the Uniformed Services and the following rules corresponding to provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”) apply: (i) he or she gives sufficient notice of leave to the Participating Employer prior to commencing a Period of Uniformed Service, or is excused from providing such notice; (ii) his or her employment with the Participating Employer prior to a Period of Uniformed Service was not of a brief, nonrecurrent nature that would preclude a reasonable expectation that such employment would continue indefinitely or for a significant period; (iii) the Participating Employer’s circumstances have not changed so that reemployment is unreasonable or an undue hardship to the Participating Employer; and (iv) the applicable cumulative Periods of Uniformed Service under USERRA equals five years or less, unless service in the Uniformed Services:
          (1) in excess of five years is required to complete an initial Period of Uniformed Service;

(8)


 

          (2) prevents the Participant from obtaining orders releasing him or her from such Period of Uniformed Service prior to the expiration of a five-year period (through no fault of the Participant);
          (3) is required in the National Guard for drill and instruction, field exercises or active duty training, or to fulfill necessary additional training, or to fulfill necessary additional training requirements certified in writing by the Secretary of the branch of Uniformed Services concerned; or
          (4) for a Participant is
          (A) required other than for training under any provisions of law during a war or national agency declared by the President or Congress;
          (B) required (other than for training) in support of an operational mission for which personnel have been ordered to active duty other than during war or national emergency;
          (C) required in support of a critical mission or requirement of the Uniformed Services; or
          (D) the result of being called into service as a member of the National Guard by the President in the case of rebellion or danger of rebellion against the authority of the United States Government or if the President is unable to execute the laws of the United States with the regular forces.
          (b) The applicable statutory time frames within which an Employee must report to a Participating Employer after a Period of Uniformed Service are as follows:
          (1) If the Period of Uniformed Service was less than 31 days,
          (A) not later than the beginning of the first full regularly scheduled work period on the first full calendar day following the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service and the expiration of eight hours after a period of time allowing for the safe transportation of the Employee from the place of service in the Uniformed Services to the Employee’s residence; or
          (B) as soon as possible after the expiration of the eight-hour period of time referred to in Clause (A), if reporting within the period referred to in such clause is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee.
          (2) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 30 days but less than 181 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 14 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service or, if submitting such application within such period is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee, the next first full calendar day when submission of such application becomes reasonable.
          (3) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 180 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 90 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service.

(9)


 

          (4) In the case of an Employee who is hospitalized for, or convalescing from, an illness or injury related to the Period of Uniformed Service the Employee shall apply for reemployment with a Participating Employer at the end of the period that is necessary for the Employee to recover. Such period of recovery shall not exceed two years, unless circumstances beyond the Employee’s control make reporting as above unreasonable or impossible.
          (c) Notwithstanding subparagraph (a), Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following:
          (1) a dishonorable or bad conduct discharge from the Uniformed Services;
          (2) any other discharge from the Uniformed Services under circumstances other than an honorable condition;
          (3) a discharge of a commissioned officer from the Uniformed Services by court martial, by commutation of sentence by court martial, or, in time of war, by the President; or
          (4) a demotion of a commissioned officer in the Uniformed Services for absence without authorized leave of at least 3 months confinement under a sentence by court martial, or confinement in a federal or state penitentiary after being found guilty of a crime under a final sentence.
      “Service” means an Employee’s period(s) of employment or self-employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any period in which the individual was a nonresident alien and did not receive from an Employer any earned income which constituted income from sources within the United States. An Employee’s Service shall include any Service which constitutes Service with a predecessor Employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the Code, provided, however, that Service with an acquired entity shall not be considered Service under the Plan unless required by applicable law or agreed to by the parties to such transaction. An Employee’s Service shall also include any Service with an entity which is not an Employer, but only either (i) in which the other entity is a member of a controlled group of corporations or is under common control with other trades and businesses within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the trades and businesses is an Employer, (ii) in which the other entity is a member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer, or (iii) all Employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not until the proposed Treasury Regulations under Section 414(o) become effective). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
      “Spouse” means the individual, if any, to whom a Participant is lawfully married on the date benefit payments to the Participant are to begin, or on the date of the Participant’s death, if earlier. A former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.
      “Stock” means shares of the Company’s voting common stock or preferred stock meeting the requirements of Section 409(e)(3) of the Code issued by an Employer which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Code Section 414(b). The term “Stock” shall include fractional shares, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
      “Stock Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Stock.

(10)


 

      “Stock Obligation” means an indebtedness arising from any extension of credit to the Plan or the Trust which satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:
  (i)   to acquire qualifying Employer securities as defined in Treasury Regulations § 54.4975-12;
 
  (ii)   to repay such Stock Obligation; or
 
  (iii)   to repay a prior exempt loan.
      “Trust” or “Trust Fund” means the trust fund created under this Plan.
      “Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Bank and the Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified retirement plans, “Trust Agreement” shall be deemed to include the trust agreement governing that co-mingled trust fund. With respect to the allocation of investment responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Article II of the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.
      “Trustee” means one or more corporate persons or individuals selected from time to time by the Bank to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the Trust Fund.
      “Unallocated Stock Fund” means that portion of the Stock Fund consisting of the Plan’s holding of Stock which have been acquired in exchange for one or more Stock Obligations and which have not yet been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2.
      “Uniformed Service” means the performance of duty on a voluntary or involuntary basis in the uniformed service of the United States, including the U.S. Public Health Services, under competent authority and includes active duty, active duty for training, initial activity duty for training, inactive duty training, full-time National Guard duty, and the period for which a person is absent from a position of employment for purposes of an examination to determine the fitness of the person to perform any such duty.
      “Valuation Date” means for so long as there is a generally recognized market for the Stock each business day. If at any time there shall be no generally recognized market for the Stock, then “Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Investment Fund and adjust the Participants’ Accounts accordingly.
      “Valuation Period” means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.
      “Vesting Year” means a unit of Service credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Account.
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation .
     3.1 Initial Eligibility . An Eligible Employee shall enter the Plan as of the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of the following dates:
     (i) the last day of the Eligible Employee’s first Eligibility Year, and

(11)


 

     (ii) the Eligible Employee’s 21 st birthday. However, if an Eligible Employee is not in active Service with an Employer on the date he would otherwise first enter the Plan, his entry shall be deferred until the next day he is in Service.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, an employee of Liberty Bank who became an Employee of the Bank on the effective date of the merger of Liberty Bank with the Bank shall receive credit for eligibility purposes for all periods of service while employed at Liberty Bank.
     3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year . “Eligibility Year” means an applicable eligibility period (as defined below) in which the Eligible Employee has completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For this purpose:
  (i)  
an Eligible Employee’s first “eligibility period” is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which he has an Hour of Service, and
 
  (ii)  
his subsequent eligibility periods will be 12-consecutive month periods beginning on the first anniversary of the date on which the Eligible Employee first completed an Hour of Service for the Employer.
     3.3 Terminated Employees . No Employee shall have any interest or rights under this Plan if he is never in active Service with an Employer on or after the Effective Date.
     3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible .
     3.4-1. No Employee shall participate in the Plan while his Service is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and the Employee’s collective bargaining representative if (i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative and (ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for the Employee’s participation in the Plan.
     3.4-2. Leased Employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan.
     3.4-3. Employees who are nonresident aliens with no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).
     3.4-4. Hourly Employees, i.e., Employees paid on an hourly basis, are not eligible to participate in the Plan.
     3.4-5. An Eligible Employee may elect not to participate in the Plan, provided, however, such election is made solely to meet the requirements of Code Section 409(n). For an election to be effective for a particular Plan Year, the Eligible Employee or Participant must file the election in writing with the Plan Administrator no later than the last day of the Plan Year for which the election is to be effective. The Employer may not make a contribution under the Plan for the Eligible Employee or for the Participant for the Plan Year for which the election is effective, nor for any succeeding Plan Year, unless the Eligible Employee or Participant re-elects to participate in the Plan. The Eligible Employee or Participant may elect again not to participate, but not earlier than the first Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the re-election was first effective.

(12)


 

     3.5 Participation and Reparticipation . Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, an Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan during each period of his Service from the date on which he first becomes eligible until his termination. For this purpose, an Eligible Employee who returns before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements or who returns after five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service with a vested Account balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his return to Service with an Employer.
     3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any Eligible Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Eligible Employee in the amount which the said Employer would have contributed regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.
     3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a forfeiture for the fiscal year in which the discovery is made. Any person who, after the close of a Plan Year, is retroactively treated by the Company, an affiliated company or any other party as an Employee for such prior Plan Year shall not, for purposes of the Plan, be considered an Employee for such prior Plan Year unless expressly so treated as such by the Company.
Section 4. Contributions and Credits.
     4.1 Discretionary Contributions.
     4.1-1. The Employer shall from time to time contribute, with respect to a Plan Year, such amounts as it may determine from time to time. The Employer shall have no obligation to contribute any amount under this Plan except as so determined in its sole discretion. The Employer’s contributions and available forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of the last day of the year to the Accounts of the Active Participants in the manner set forth in Section 8.1-2.
     4.1-2. Upon a Participant’s Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service, the Employer shall make an additional contribution on behalf of such Participant that would have been made on his or her behalf during the Plan Year or Years corresponding to the Participant’s Period of Uniformed Service.
     4.2 Contributions for Stock Obligations . If the Trustee, upon instructions from the Committee, incurs any Stock Obligation upon the purchase of Stock, the Employer may contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of the Stock Obligation. If there is more than one Stock Obligation, the Employer shall designate the one to which any contribution is to be applied. Investment earnings realized on Employer contributions and any dividends paid by the Employer on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, shall be applied to the Stock Obligation related to that Stock, subject to Section 7.2.
     In each Plan Year in which Employer contributions, earnings on contributions, or dividends on Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund are used as payments under a Stock Obligation, a certain number of shares of the Stock acquired with that Stock Obligation which is then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund

(13)


 

shall be released for allocation among the Participants. The number of shares released shall bear the same ratio to the total number of those shares then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest payments made on the Stock Obligation in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the sum of (i) above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Stock Obligation.
     At the direction of the Committee, the current and projected payments of interest under a Stock Obligation may be ignored in calculating the number of shares to be released in each year if (i) the Stock Obligation provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years, (ii) the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (iii) the term of the Stock Obligation, by reason of renewal, extension, or refinancing, has not exceeded 10 years from the original acquisition of the Stock.
     4.3 Conditions as to Contributions . Employers’ contributions shall in all events be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5. Contributions may be made in the form of cash, or securities and other property to the extent permissible under ERISA, including Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement. In addition to the provisions of Section 13.3 for the return of an Employer’s contributions in connection with a failure of the Plan to qualify initially under the Code, any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date on which the contribution was originally made, or within one year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account of any adverse investment experience within the Trust Fund in order that the balance credited to each Participant’s Account is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made.
     4.4 Rollover Contributions . This Plan shall not accept a direct rollover or rollover contribution of an “eligible rollover distribution” as such term is defined in Section 10.9-1 of the Plan.
Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations .
     5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, allocation of Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be subject to the following:
     5.1-1 If allocation of Employer contributions in accordance with Sections 4.1 and 8.1-2 will result in an allocation of more than one-third of the total contributions for a Plan Year to the Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees then, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the allocation of such amount shall be adjusted so that such excess will not occur. If the Employer deems such adjustment necessary or desirable in order to take advantage of the provisions of Section 5.1-4 hereof, then the Employer shall, in a non-discriminatory manner (as among Highly Compensated Employees), cause the Compensation taken into consideration under Section 8.1-2 and attributable to such Highly Compensated Employees to be deemed to be reduced so as to constitute no more than one-third of the aggregate Compensation of all Eligible Employees on which the Employer contributions and forfeitures, if any, for such Plan Year are allocated.
     5.1-2 After adjustment, if any, required by the preceding paragraph, the annual additions during any Plan Year to any Participant’s Account under this and any other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of Section 414(b), (c) and (m) and Section 415(h) of the Code, which affiliate shall be deemed the Employer

(14)


 

for this purpose) shall not exceed the lesser of $45,000 (or such other dollar amount which results from cost-of-living adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code) (the “dollar limitation”) or 100 percent of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for such limitation year (the “percentage limitation”). The percentage limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. If, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the availability of the rules set forth in this paragraph, the annual additions under the terms of the Plan for a particular Participant would cause the limitations of Code Section 415 applicable to that Participant for the limitation year to be exceeded, the excess amounts shall not be deemed annual additions in that limitation year if they are treated in accordance with any one of the following:
     (i) Any excess amount at the end of the Plan Year that cannot be allocated to the Participant’s Account shall be reallocated to the remaining Participants who are eligible for an allocation of Employer contributions for the Plan Year. The reallocation shall be made in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Plan as if the Participant whose Account otherwise would receive the excess amount is not eligible for an allocation of Employer contributions.
     (ii) If the allocation or reallocation of the excess amounts causes the limitations of Code section 415 to be exceeded with respect to each Participant for the limitation year, then the excess amount will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions for all remaining Participants in the next limitation year and each succeeding limitation year if necessary.
     (iii) If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a limitation year, it will not participate in any allocation of investment gains and losses. All amounts held in suspense accounts must be allocated to Participants’ Accounts before any contributions may be made to the Plan for the limitation year.
     (iv) If a suspense account established under this Section 5.1-2 exists at the time of Plan termination, amounts held in the suspense account that cannot be allocated shall revert to the Employer.
     5.1-3 For purposes of this Section 5.1, the “annual addition” to a Participant’s Accounts means the sum of (i) Employer contributions, (ii) Employee contributions, if any, and (iii) forfeitures. For these purposes, annual additions to a defined contribution plan shall not include the allocation of the excess amounts remaining in the Unallocated Stock Fund subsequent to a sale of stock from such fund in accordance with a transaction described in Section 8.1 of the Plan.
     5.1-4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for a year which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), the limitations imposed herein shall not apply to:
     (i) forfeitures of Employer securities (within the meaning of Section 409 of the Code) under the Plan if such securities were acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9)(A) of the Code), or

(15)


 

     (ii) Employer contributions to the Plan which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participant’s Account.
     5.1-5 If the Employer contributes amounts, on behalf of Eligible Employees covered by this Plan, to other “defined contribution plans” as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, the limitation on annual additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions in the aggregate to this Plan and to such other plans. Reduction of annual additions, where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other plan pursuant to the directions of the named fiduciary for administration of such other plans or under priorities, if any, established under the terms of such other plans and then by allocating any remaining excess for this Plan in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.
     5.1-6 A limitation year shall mean each 12 consecutive month period ending on December 31.
     5.2 Effect of Limitations . The Committee shall take whatever action may be necessary from time to time to assure compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 5.1. Specifically, the Committee shall see that each Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to the Participants consistent with those limitations. Where the limitations would otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant shall be curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations. Where an excessive amount is contributed on account of a mistake as to one or more Participants’ compensation, or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available, the amount shall be corrected in accordance with Section 5.1-2 of the Plan. If it is determined at any time that the Committee and/or Trustee has erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating net gain or loss pursuant to Sections 8.2 and 8.3, then the Committee, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.
     5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants . Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, if the Plan acquires any Stock in a transaction as to which a selling shareholder or the estate of a deceased shareholder is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code, the Committee shall see that none of such Stock, and no other assets in lieu of such Stock, are allocated to the Accounts of certain Participants in order to comply with Section 409(n) of the Code.
     This restriction shall apply at all times to a Participant who owns (taking into account the attribution rules under Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the exception for employee plan trusts in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i) more than 25 percent of any class of stock of a corporation which issued the Stock acquired by the Plan, or another corporation within the same controlled group, as defined in Section 409(l)(4) of the Code (any such class of stock hereafter called a “Related Class”). For this purpose, a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class at any time within the one year preceding the Plan’s purchase of the Stock shall be subject to the restriction as to all allocations of the Stock, but any other Participant shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.
     Further, this restriction shall apply to the selling shareholder claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to such a shareholder within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of (1) the date that is ten

(16)


 

years after the date of sale, or (2) the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the sale.
     This restriction shall not apply to any Participant who is a lineal descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the Plan for the benefit of all such descendants do not exceed five percent of the Stock acquired from the shareholder.
     5.4 Erroneous Allocations . No Participant shall be entitled to any annual additions or other allocations to his Account in excess of those permitted under Section 5. If it is determined at any time that the administrator and/or Trustee have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating investment adjustments, or in excluding or including any person as a Participant, then the administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected, after taking into consideration Sections 3.6 and 3.7, if applicable, and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.
      Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment .
     6.1 Creation of Trust Fund . All amounts received under the Plan from Employers and investments shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Bank and the Trustee. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund, and none of the Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.
     6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund . The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into the Stock Fund, consisting entirely of Stock, and the Investment Fund, consisting of all assets of the Trust other than Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the Stock Fund, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee. The Trustee shall have full responsibility for the investment of the Investment Fund, except to the extent such responsibility may be delegated from time to time to one or more investment managers pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Trust Agreement, or to the extent the Committee directs the Trustee to purchase Stock with the assets in the Investment Fund.
     6.3 Acquisition of Stock . From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.4. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which indebtedness shall be called a “Stock Obligation.” The term “Stock Obligation” shall refer to a loan made to the Plan by a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a loan to the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. A Stock Obligation includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of an obligation of a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code (“ESOP”). For these purposes, the term “guarantee” shall include an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law. An amendment of a Stock Obligation in order to qualify as an “exempt loan” is not a refinancing of the Stock Obligation or the making of another Stock Obligation. The term “exempt loan” refers to a loan that

(17)


 

satisfies the provisions of this paragraph. A “non-exempt loan” fails to satisfy this paragraph. Any Stock Obligation shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:
     6.3-1 A Stock Obligation shall be for a specific term, shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest.
     6.3-2 A Stock Obligation may, but need not, be secured by a collateral pledge of either the Stock acquired in exchange for the Stock Obligation, or the Stock previously pledged in connection with a prior Stock Obligation which is being repaid with the proceeds of the current Stock Obligation. No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be used as collateral for a Stock Obligation, and no creditor under a Stock Obligation shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust assets other than Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.
     6.3-3 Any pledge of Stock to secure a Stock Obligation must provide for the release of pledged Stock in connection with payments on the Stock obligations in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.
     6.3-4 Repayments of principal and interest on any Stock Obligation shall be made by the Trustee only from Employer cash contributions designated for such payments, from earnings on such contributions, and from cash dividends received on Stock, in the last case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2.
     6.3-5 In the event of default of a Stock Obligation, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Stock Obligation must not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, a Stock Obligation must provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of said Stock Obligation. For purposes of this paragraph, the making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.
     6.4 Participants’ Option to Diversify . The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the qualified election period, elect to “diversify” a portion of the Employer Stock allocated to his Account, as provided in Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. An election to diversify must be made on the prescribed form and filed with the Committee within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to diversify an amount which does not exceed 25% of the number of shares allocated to his Account since the inception of the Plan, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. For the last year of the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50 percent of the value of his Account committed to other investments, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. The term “qualified election period” shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the first Plan Year in which a Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan. A Participant’s election to diversify his Account may be made within each year of the qualified election period and shall continue for the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each year in the qualified election period. Once a Participant makes such election, the Plan must complete diversification in accordance with such election within 90 days after the end of the period during which the election could be made for the Plan Year. In the discretion of the Committee, the Plan may satisfy the diversification requirement by any of the following methods:
     6.4-1 The Plan may distribute all or part of the amount subject to the diversification election.

(18)


 

     6.4-2 The Plan may offer the Participant at least three other distinct investment options, if available under the Plan. The other investment options shall satisfy the requirements of regulations under Section 404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
     6.4-3 The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participant’s Account subject to the diversification election to another qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer that offers at least three investment options satisfying the requirements of the regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.
Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock .
     7.1 Voting and Tendering of Stock .
     7.1-1. The Trustee generally shall vote all shares of Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written instructions of the Committee. However, if any Employer has registration-type class of securities within the meaning of Section 409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter submitted to the holders of the Stock involves a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of an entity, then (i) the shares of Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants’ written instructions, and (ii) the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Stock, allocated Stock for which it has received no voting instructions, and Stock for which Participants vote to “abstain,” in the same proportions as it votes the allocated Stock for which it has received instructions from Participants; provided, however, that if an exempt loan, as defined in Section 4975(d) of the Code, is outstanding and the Plan is in default on such exempt loan, as default is defined in the loan documents, then to the extent that such loan documents require the lender to exercise voting rights with respect to the unallocated shares, the loan documents will prevail. In the event no shares of Stock have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts at the time Stock is to be voted and any exempt loan which may be outstanding is not in default, each Participant shall be deemed to have one share of Stock allocated to his or her Account for the sole purpose of providing the Trustee with voting instructions.
     Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, all unallocated shares of Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries. Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers shall provide the Trustee, in a timely manner, with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Stock, which the Trustee shall distribute to the Participants. The Participants shall be provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Stock allocated to their Accounts. The instructions of the Participants’ with respect to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.
     7.1-2 In the event of a tender offer, Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner as set forth above with respect to the voting of Stock. Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.
     7.2 Application of Dividends .
     7.2-1 Stock Dividends . Dividends on Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and shall be allocated among the

(19)


 

Participants’ Accounts and the Unallocated Stock Fund in accordance with their holdings of the Stock on which the dividends are paid.
     7.2-2 Cash Dividends . The treatment of dividends paid in cash shall be determined after consideration to whether the cash dividends are paid on Stock held in Participants’ Accounts or the Unallocated Stock Fund.
          (i) On Stock in Participants’ Accounts . (A) Employer Exercises Discretion . Dividends on Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall, at the direction of the Employer paying the dividends, either (i) be credited to the Accounts in accordance with Section 8.4(c) and invested as part of the Investment Fund, (ii) be distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance (iii) be distributed to the Participants within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance or (iv) be used to make payments on the Stock Obligation. If dividends on Stock allocated to a Participant’s Account are used to repay the Stock Obligation, Stock with a fair market value equal to the dividends so used must be allocated to such Participant’s Account in lieu of the dividends.
          (B) Participant Exercises Discretion over Dividend . In addition, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the Employer may grant Participants the right to elect: (I) to have cash dividends paid on shares of Stock credited to such Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts distributed to the Participant, or (II) to leave the cash dividends allocated to the Participant’s Account in the Plan, to be credited to the Stock Fund Account and invested in shares of Stock. Dividends on which such election may be made will be fully vested in the Participant (even if not otherwise vested, absent the ability to make such election). Accordingly, the Employer may choose to offer this election only to Participants who are fully vested in their Account. In the event the Employer elects to give Participants the right to determine the treatment of such dividends, the Participant’s election shall be made by filing with the Committee the appropriate written direction as provided by the Committee at such time and in accordance with such procedures and limitations which the Committee may from time to time establish; provided, however, that the procedures established by the Committee shall provide a reasonable opportunity to change the election at least annually, may establish a default election if a Participant fails to make an affirmative election within the time established for making elections, may provide that the election is applicable for the Plan Year and cannot be revoked with respect to such Plan Year, shall otherwise be implemented in a manner such that the dividends paid or reinvested will constitute “applicable dividends” which may be deducted under Code Section 404(k), and are in accordance with applicable guidance issued or to be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. If the Employer elects to give Participants the right to exercise the discretion in this Paragraph 7.2-2(i)(B), the ability to make such election shall be available to the Participant with respect to dividends paid for the entire Plan Year.
          (ii) On Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund . Dividends received on shares of Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be applied to the repayment of principal and interest then due on the Stock Obligation used to acquire such shares. If the amount of dividends exceeds the amount needed to repay such principal and interest (including any prepayments of principal and interest deemed advisable by the Employer), then in the sole discretion of the Committee, the excess shall: (A) be allocated to Active Participants on a non-discriminatory basis, consistent with Section 7.2-2(i) above, and in the discretion of the Committee, treated as a dividend described in such Section, or (B) be deemed to be general earnings of the Trust Fund and used for paying appropriate Plan or Trust related expenditures for the Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends paid on a share of Stock may not be used to make

(20)


 

payments on a particular Stock Obligation unless the share was acquired with the proceeds of such loan or a refinancing of such loan.
Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts .
     8.1 ESOP Allocations . Amounts available for allocation for a particular Plan Year will be divided into two categories. The first category relates to shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund attributable to using cash dividends to make Stock Obligation payments. The second category relates to contributions made by the Employer, shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions (or on the basis of the complete repayment of the Stock Obligation through the sale or other disposition of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund) and amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts pursuant to Section 9.5.
     8.1-1. Shares of Stock attributable to the first category will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts of eligible Participants as follows:
     (i) first, if dividends paid on shares of Stock held in Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts are used to make payments on an Stock Obligation, there shall be allocated to each such account a number of shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund with a fair market value (determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the loan payment date) that at least equals the amount of dividends so used,
     (ii) second, if necessary, any remaining shares of Stock shall be applied to reinstate amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts of former employees who are entitled to a reinstatement under Section 9.5, and
     (iii) finally, any remaining shares of Stock shall be allocated as a general investment gain in proportion to the number of shares held in the Active Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts as of the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which they are allocated in the same manner as described in Section 7.2-2(i).
     8.1-2. Shares of Stock or cash attributable to the second category (i.e., Employer contributions, Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions, and amounts forfeited) will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts or Investment Fund Accounts, as the case may be, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each Active Participant that was earned by such Participant for the portion of the calendar year during which he or she was a Participant compared to total Compensation for all Active Participants.
     8.1-3. Shares of Stock or cash attributable to contributions made under Section 4.1-2 shall be allocated specifically to the Participants on whose behalf such contributions were made.
     8.2 Charges to Accounts. When a Valuation Date occurs, any distributions made to or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary since the last preceding Valuation Date shall be charged to the proper Accounts maintained for that Participant or Beneficiary.
     8.3 Stock Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Stock Fund Account: (a) the Participant’s allocable share of Stock purchased by the Trustee or contributed by the Employer to the Trust Fund for that year; (b) the Participant’s allocable share of the Stock that is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund for that year; (c) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures of Stock arising under the Plan

(21)


 

during that year; and (d) any stock dividends declared and paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account.
     If, in any Plan Year during which an outstanding Stock Obligation exists, the Employer directs the Trustee to sell or otherwise dispose of a number of shares of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund sufficient to repay, in its entirety, the Stock Obligations, and following such repayment, there remains Stock or other assets in the Unallocated Stock Fund, such Stock or other assets shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the repayment occurred as earnings of the Plan to Active Participants, in proportion to the number of shares held in Active Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts.
     8.4 Investment Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1 as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Investment Fund Account: (a) the Participant’s allocable share of any contribution for that year made by the Employer in cash or in property other than Stock that is not used by the Trustee to purchase Employer Stock or to make payments due under a Stock Obligation; (b) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures from the Investment Fund Accounts of other Participants arising under the Plan during that year; (c) any cash dividends paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account, other than dividends which are paid directly to the Participant and other than dividends which are used to repay Stock Obligation; and (d) the share of the net income or loss of the Trust Fund properly allocable to that Participant’s Investment Fund Account, as provided in Section 8.5.
     8.5 Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall determine: (i) the net worth of that portion of the Trust Fund which consists of properties other than Stock (the “Investment Fund”); and (ii) the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund since the last day of the preceding Plan Year. The net worth of the Investment Fund shall be the fair market value of all properties held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement other than Stock, net of liabilities other than liabilities to Participants and their beneficiaries. The Trustee shall allocate to the Investment Fund Account of each Participant that percentage of the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund equal to the ratio which the balances credited to the Participant’s Investment Fund Account bear to the total amount credited to all Participants’ Investments Fund Accounts. This allocation shall be made after application of Section 7.2, but before application of Sections 8.1, 8.4 and 5.1.
     8.6 Participant Statements . Each Plan Year, the Trustee will provide each Participant with a statement of his or her Account balances as of the last day of the Plan Year.
Section 9. Vesting of Participants’ Interests .
     9.1 Vesting in Accounts . A Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be based on his Vesting Years in accordance with the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:
         
Vesting   Percentage of
Years   Interest Vested
Fewer than 2
    0 %
2
    20 %
3
    40 %
4
    60 %
5
    80 %
6 or more
    100 %
     9.2 Computation of Vesting Years . For purposes of this Plan, a “Vesting Year” means generally a Plan Year in which an Eligible Employee has performed at least 1,000 Hours of Service,

(22)


 

beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Eligible Employee has completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other Employers as provided in the definition of “Service.” Notwithstanding the above, an Eligible Employee who was employed with the Bank, prior to the Effective Date shall receive credit for vesting purposes for up to six calendar years of continuous employment with the Bank, in which such Eligible Employee completed 1,000 Hours of Service (such years shall also be referred to as “Vesting Years”). An employee of Liberty Bank who became an employee of the Bank on the effective date of the merger of Liberty Bank with the Bank shall receive credit for purposes of determining Vesting Years under the Plan for each calendar year in which such person completed 1,000 Hours of Service with Liberty Bank prior to the effective time of said merger, up to a maximum of six Vesting Years. However, a Participant’s Vesting Years shall be computed subject to the following conditions and qualifications:
     9.2-1 A Participant’s Vesting Years shall not include any Service prior to the date on which an Employee attains age 18.
     9.2-2 To the extent applicable, a Participant’s vested interest in his Account accumulated before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service shall be determined without regard to any Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service. Further, if a Participant has five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service before his interest in his Account has become vested to some extent, pre-Break in Service years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining his post-Break in Service vested percentage.
     9.2-3 To the extent applicable, in the case of a Participant who has five (5) or more consecutive one year Breaks in Service, the Participant’s pre-Break in Service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived post-Break in Service accrued benefit only if either:
     (i) such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the accrued benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of separation from Service, or
     (ii) upon returning to Service the number of consecutive one year Breaks in Service is less than the number of years of Service.
     9.2-4 Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, calculation of service for determining Vesting Years with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
     9.2-5 To the extent applicable, if any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, any Participant with three (3) or more Vesting Years may, by filing a written request with the Employer, elect to have his vested percentage computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. The election period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective, or the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Committee.
     9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain Events .
     9.3-1 Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. The Participant’s interest shall also fully vest in the event that his Service is terminated by Disability or by death.

(23)


 

     9.3-2 The Participant’s interest in his Account shall also fully vest in the event of a “Change in Control” of the Bank, or the Company. For these purposes, “Change in Control” shall mean an event of a nature that (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the Current Report on Form 8K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as in effect at the time of the Change in Control (collectively, the “HOLA”); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “Person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or the Company representing 25% or more of the Bank’s or the Company’s outstanding securities except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided , however , that this sub-section (b) shall not apply if the Incumbent Board is replaced by the appointment by a Federal banking agency of a conservator or receiver for the Bank and, provided further that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company, or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs; or (d) a proxy statement is distributed soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the Plan are to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Company; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reorganization of the Company by way of a second step conversion shall not be considered a “Change in Control.”
     9.3-3 Upon a Change in Control described in 9.3-2, the Plan shall be terminated and the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to sell a sufficient amount of Stock from the Unallocated Stock Fund to repay any outstanding Stock Obligation in full. The proceeds of such sale shall be used to repay such Stock Obligation. After repayment of the Stock Obligation, all remaining shares in the Unallocated Stock Fund (or the proceeds thereof, if applicable) shall be deemed to be earnings and shall be allocated in accordance with the requirements of Section 8.3.
     9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest upon termination of this Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by his Employer. In the event of a partial termination, the interest of each affected Participant shall fully vest with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated.
     9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . If a Participant’s Service terminates before his interest in his Account is fully vested, that portion which has not vested shall be forfeited if he either (i) receives a distribution of his entire vested interest pursuant to Section 10.1, or (ii) incurs a one-year Break

(24)


 

in Service. If a Participant’s Service terminates prior to having any portion of his Account become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest immediately upon his termination of Service.
     If a Participant who has suffered a forfeiture of the nonvested portion of his Account returns to Service before he has five (5) consecutive one-year Break in Service, the nonvested portion shall be restored, provided that, if the Participant had received a distribution of his vested Account balance, the amount distributed shall be repaid prior to such restoral. The Participant may repay such amount at any time within five years after he has returned to Service. The amount repaid shall be credited to his Account at the time it is repaid; an additional amount equal to that portion of his Account which was previously forfeited shall be restored to his Account at the same time from other Employees’ forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, then from amounts allocated in accordance with Section 8.1-1(ii), and if insufficient, then from a special contribution by his Employer for that year. If the Participant did not receive a distribution of his vested Account balance, any forfeiture restored shall include earnings that would have been credited to the Account but for the forfeiture. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest in the Plan shall have his Account restored as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his return.
     9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures . If a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated to said Participant’s Account shall be forfeited only after other assets are forfeited. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each class of Stock. A forfeiture shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 9.5. Except as otherwise provided in that Section, a forfeiture shall be added to the contributions of the terminated Participant’s Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.
     9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability . A Participant’s interest in his Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.
Section 10. Payment of Benefits .
     10.1 Benefits for Participants . For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum, in accordance with Section 10.2. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance at the time of any distribution does not exceed $1,000, then such Participant’s vested Account shall be distributed in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates without the Participant’s consent. If the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance is in excess of $5,000, then his benefits shall not be paid prior to his Normal Retirement Date unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee. Failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution prior his Normal Retirement Date shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit under this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a Participant elects to receive a distribution, the Plan administrator shall transfer accounts of $1,000 or more, but not in excess of $5,000, in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan administrator in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All distributions of $5,000 or less that are made pursuant to this Section without the Participant’s consent shall be made in cash.

(25)


 

     10.2 Time for Distribution .
     10.2-1 If the Participant and, if applicable, with the consent of the Participant’s spouse, elects the distribution of the Participant’s Account balance in the Plan, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following his termination of Service, but no later than one year after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant separates from service by reason of attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, Disability, or death. In the event the Participant separates from service for reasons other than Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, Disability or death, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following his termination of Service, but no later than five years after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant separates from Service.
     10.2-2 Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the balance of a Participant’s Account shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which -
     (i) the Participant attains the age of 65;
     (ii) occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or
     (iii) the Participant terminates his Service with the Employer.
     10.2-3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 , and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participant’s benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 702, or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires. A Participant’s benefit from that portion of his Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.
     10.2-4 Distribution of a Participant’s Account balance after his death shall comply with the following requirements:
     (i) If a Participant dies before his distributions have commenced, distribution of his Account to his Beneficiary shall commence not later than one year after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died; however, if the Participant’s Beneficiary is his surviving Spouse, distributions may commence on the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 . In either case, distributions shall be completed within five years after they commence.
     (ii) If the Participant dies after distribution has commenced pursuant to Section 10.1 but before his entire interest in the Plan has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of that interest shall, in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 10.1 at the date of his death.
     (iii) If a married Participant dies before his benefit payments begin, then the Committee shall cause the balance in his Account to be paid to his Beneficiary, provided, however, that no election by a married Participant of a different Beneficiary than his surviving Spouse shall be valid unless the election is accompanied by the Spouse’s written consent, which

(26)


 

(i) must acknowledge the effect of the election, (ii) must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the Spouse’s further consent, or that it may be changed without such consent, and (iii) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public. This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committee’s satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.
     10.2-5 All distributions under this section shall be determined and made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and final Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). These provisions override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).
     10.3 Marital Status . The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committee’s good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant and his Employer as to his marital status.
     10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination . If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.
     10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments . Any benefit payment shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the payment is made.
     10.6 Options to Receive Stock . Unless ownership of virtually all Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant’s entire vested interest in his Account in the form of Stock. In that event, the Committee shall apply the Participant’s vested interest in the Investment Fund to purchase sufficient Stock from the Stock Fund or from any owner of Stock to make the required distribution. In all other cases, other than as specifically set forth in Section 10.1, the Participant’s vested interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares of Stock, and his vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash.
     Any Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Stock to purchase the Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the “put right”). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Stock’s current fair market value. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, may be sold on an established market in accordance with federal and state securities laws and regulations. Similarly, the put option shall not apply with respect to the portion of a Participant’s Account which the Employee elected to have reinvested under Code Section 401(a)(28)(B). If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employer’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of a plan established by a bank (as defined in

(27)


 

Code Section 581), the put option shall not apply if prohibited by a federal or state law and Participants are entitled to elect their benefits be distributed in cash.
     The Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put right and not exceeding five years, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.
     Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Stock. The put right described herein may only be exercised by a person described in the second preceding paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Stock to any other person. As to all Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Stock Obligation, the put right shall be nonterminable. The put right for Stock acquired through a Stock Obligation shall continue with respect to such Stock after the Stock Obligation is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan.
     10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock . Except in the case of Stock which is traded on an established market, a Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Stock to any other person, first offer the Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current fair market value, or (ii) the purchase price offered in good faith by an independent third party purchaser. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 10.7, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.
     10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.6 and 10.7 and this Section, no shares of Employer Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell arrangement. The provisions of this Section shall continue to be applicable to such Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.
     10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . A Participant or distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustee or the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or distributee in a direct rollover.
     10.9-1 An “eligible rollover” is any distribution that does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such

(28)


 

portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
     10.9-2 An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. An eligible retirement plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. In the case of an eligible rollover distribution to a surviving Spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.
     10.9-3 A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
     10.9-4 The term “distributee” shall refer to a deceased Participant’s Spouse or a Participant’s former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).
     10.10 Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution . If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that:
     (i) the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular option), and
     (ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals .
     11.1 Claim for Benefits . Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for his benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participant’s benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2.
     11.2 Notification by Committee . Within 90 days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:

(29)


 

     (i) each specific reason for the denial;
     (ii) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
     (iii) a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and
     (iv) an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 11.3.
     11.3 Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committee’s determination. In connection with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants’ and Beneficiaries’ rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative, if any, a written statement of the Committee’s final decision with respect to his claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.
Section 12. The Committee and its Functions .
     12.1 Authority of Committee . The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (i) allocated to the Bank, the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement, (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employers, the Committee, or the Trustee, or (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement. In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.
     12.2 Identity of Committee . The Committee shall consist of three or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon 10 days written notice, and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time upon 10 days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.
     12.3 Duties of Committee . The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Bank. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required of the Plan under ERISA and other laws.

(30)


 

     Further, the Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plan’s holdings of Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Stock and the creation and satisfaction of Stock Obligations. The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Bank’s long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Stock. Subject to the direction of the board as to the application of Employer contributions to Stock Obligations, and subject to the provisions of Sections 6.4 and 10.6 as to Participants’ rights under certain circumstances to have their Accounts invested in Stock or in assets other than Stock, the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion the extent to which assets of the Trust shall be used to repay Stock Obligations, to purchase Stock, or to invest in other assets to be selected by the Trustee or an investment manager. No provision of the Plan relating to the allocation or vesting of any interests in the Stock Fund or the Investment Fund shall restrict the Committee from changing any holdings of the Trust, whether the changes involve an increase or a decrease in the Stock or other assets credited to Participants’ Accounts. In determining the proper extent of the Trust’s investment in Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.
     12.4 Valuation of Stock . If the valuation of any Stock is not established by reported trading on a generally recognized public market, the valuation of such Stock shall be determined by an independent appraiser. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “independent appraiser” means any appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Section 170(a)(1) of the Code.
     12.5 Compliance with ERISA . The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to comply with ERISA. Each individual member or employee of the Committee shall discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA.
     12.6 Action by Committee . All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a number of members which is a majority of the total number of members currently appointed, including vacancies.
     12.7 Execution of Documents . Any instrument executed by the Committee shall be signed by any member or employee of the Committee.
     12.8 Adoption of Rules . The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.
     12.9 Responsibilities to Participants . The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each Eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Sections 6 and 10, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent consistent with applicable law and the best interests of the individuals concerned.
     12.10 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian, or a custodian for him

(31)


 

under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his spouse, or his legal guardian, the payments to be used for the individual’s benefit. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 12.10, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.
     12.11 Indemnification by Employers . Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA, and subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121, to the extent applicable, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or in which it or he may be involved by reason of its or his being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.
     12.12 Nonparticipation by Interested Member . Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits, unless his abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.
Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan .
     13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by (i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan, (ii) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity’s Employees.
     13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a), the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as originally adopted or as amended, each Employer’s contributions to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a), the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a).
     13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate . The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer’s Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of each Employer. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict, either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment, or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund

(32)


 

to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan as amended from time to time and the Committee’s instructions.
Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions .
     14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an Employer, or as limiting or affecting the rights of an Employer to control its Employees or to terminate the Service of any Employee at any time and for any reason, subject to any applicable employment or collective bargaining agreements.
     14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits . No assignment, pledge, or other anticipation of benefits from the Plan will be permitted or recognized by the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover, benefits from the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for debts or liabilities of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by law. This prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law, unless the judgment, decree, or order is determined by the Committee to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully set forth in Section 14.12 hereof.
     14.3 Limit of Employer Liability . The liability of the Employer with respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.
     14.4 Treatment of Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Committee and the Trustee in connection with administering this Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee. The Committee may determine that, and shall inform the Trustee when, reasonable expenses may be charged directly to the Account or Accounts of a Participant or group of Participants to whom or for whose benefit such expenses are allocable, subject to the guidelines set forth in Field Assistance Bulletin 2003-03, to the extent not superseded, or any successor directive issued by the Department of Labor.
     14.5 Number and Gender . Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to include the plural, and the plural the singular. Any use of the masculine, feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context shall require.
     14.6 Nondiversion of Assets . Except as provided in Sections 5.2 and 14.12, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.

(33)


 

     14.7 Separability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.
     14.8 Service of Process . The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Bank, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.
     14.9 Governing State Law . This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York to the extent those laws are applicable under the provisions of ERISA.
     14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility . Employer Contributions to the Plan are conditioned on deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that all or any portion of an Employer Contribution is not deductible under that Section, the nondeductible portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction.
     14.11 Unclaimed Accounts . Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall be under any obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer or the Trustees, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees within seven (7) calendar years after the date of notification, the benefits of the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:
     (i) If the whereabouts of the Participant is unknown but the whereabouts of the Participant’s Beneficiary is known to the Trustees, distribution will be made to the Beneficiary.
     (ii) If the whereabouts of the Participant and his Beneficiary are unknown to the Trustees, the Plan will forfeit the benefit, provided that the benefit is subject to a claim for reinstatement if the Participant or Beneficiary make a claim for the forfeited benefit.
     Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Trustees shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.
     14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Section 14.2 shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and such other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order,” a former Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.
In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:
     (i) The Employer or the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and
     (ii) Within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Employer or the Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Committee

(34)


 

shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.
     During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the Employer or Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Employer or the Committee shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen (18) months it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied prospectively only. The term “alternate payee” means any Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefit payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.
Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions .
     15.1 Top-Heavy Plan . This Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:
     (i) If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group;
     (ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or
     (iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).
     15.2 Super Top-Heavy Plan. This Plan will be a super top-heavy Plan if any of the following conditions exist:
     (i) If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds ninety percent (90%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group.
     (ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds ninety percent (90%), or
     (iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds ninety percent (90%).

(35)


 

     15.3 Definitions .
     In making this determination, the Committee shall use the following definitions and principles:
     15.3-1 The “Determination Date,” with respect to the first Plan Year of any plan, means the last day of that Plan Year, and with respect to each subsequent Plan Year, means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a Determination Date which differs from this Plan’s Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plan’s Determination Date falling within the same calendar years as this Plan’s Determination Date.
     15.3-2 A “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $145,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
     15.3-3 A “Non-key Employee” means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and who has never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.
     15.3-4 A “required aggregation group” includes (a) each qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and (b) any other qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a Plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified Plan of the Employer includes a terminated Plan maintained by the Employer within the period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a required aggregation group, each Plan in the group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy group. No Plan in the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. All Employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) or (o) (but only after the Code Section 414(o) regulations become effective) are considered a single Employer.
     15.3-5 A “permissive aggregation group” includes the required aggregation group of Plans plus any other qualified Plan(s) of the Employer that are not required to be aggregated but which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to the Plans in the required aggregation group. No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.

(36)


 

     15.4 Top-Heavy Rules of Application .
          For purposes of determining the value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits the following provisions shall apply:
     15.4-1 The value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.
     15.4-2 For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy, the present value of an individual’s accrued benefits and an individual’s Account balances is counted only once each year.
     15.4-3 The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not presently a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1984 will be disregarded.
     15.4-4 Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement will be taken into account. Employer matching contributions also shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.
     15.4-5 When aggregating Plans, the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.
     15.4-6 The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five (5) year period” for “one (1) year period.”
     15.4-7 Accrued benefits and Account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has performed no services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.
     15.4-8 The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the Account balances of any Employee participating in this Plan shall not include any rollover contributions or other transfers voluntarily initiated by the Employee except as described below. If this Plan transfers or rolls over funds to another Plan in a transaction voluntarily initiated by the Employee, then this Plan shall count the distribution for purposes of determining Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits. A transfer incident to a merger or consolidation of two or more Plans of the Employer (including Plans of related Employers treated as a single Employer under Code Section 414), or a transfer or rollover between Plans of the Employer, shall not be considered as voluntarily initiated by the Employee.

(37)


 

     15.5 Minimum Contributions . For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the total allocations to his Account pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser of:
     (i) three percent of his 415 Compensation for that year, or
     (ii) the highest ratio of such allocation to 415 Compensation received by any Key Employee for that year. For purposes of the special contribution of this Section 15.2, a Key Employee’s 415 Compensation shall include amounts the Key Employee elected to defer under a qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of his Hours of Service, and shall be allocated to his Account.
     If the Employer maintains a qualified plan in addition to this Plan and more than one such plan is determined to be Top-Heavy, a minimum contribution or a minimum benefit shall be provided in one of such other plans, including a plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met. If the Employer has both a Top-Heavy defined benefit plan and a Top-Heavy defined contribution plan and a minimum contribution is to be provided only in the defined contribution plan, then the sum of the Employer contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Account of each Non-key Employee shall be equal to at least five percent (5%) of such Non-key Employee’s 415 Compensation for that year.
     15.6 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . In the event this Plan becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy provisions herein set forth and the remaining provisions set forth in this Plan, the top-heavy provisions shall control.

(38)

 

Exhibit 10.2
NORTHFIELD SAVINGS BANK
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of the 1st day of July, 2006 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Northfield Savings Bank (the “Bank”), a New York-chartered savings bank with its principal offices at 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York 10314-3598, and John W. Alexander (“Executive”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, the Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield Holdings Corp., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York (the “Company”). The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of NSB Holding Corp., a New York-chartered mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”). The Bank wishes to assure itself of the services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and
     WHEREAS, Executive is willing to serve in the employ of the Bank on a full-time basis as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
     During the term of Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive agrees to serve as the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank. Executive shall perform administrative and management services for the Bank which are customarily performed by persons in a similar executive officer capacity. Executive shall be responsible for the overall management of the Company and the Bank and shall be responsible for establishing the business objectives, policies and strategic plan of the Company and the Bank. Executive shall also be responsible for providing leadership and direction to all departments or divisions of the Company and the Bank, and shall be the primary contact between the Board of Directors and the staff of the Company and the Bank. During said period, Executive also agrees to serve as a director of the Company and the Bank and, if elected, as an officer and director of any subsidiary of the Bank or the Company. Executive’s principal place of employment shall be at the Bank’s principal executive offices. The Bank shall provide Executive, at his principal place of employment, with support services and facilities suitable to his position with the Bank and necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement.
2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.
     (a) The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter for a period of three (3) years. Commencing on the first anniversary date of this Agreement (the “Anniversary Date”) and continuing on each Anniversary Date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term of this Agreement is always three (3) years, unless written notice of

 


 

non-renewal (a “Non-Renewal Notice”) is provided to Executive at least thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to such Anniversary Date, in which case the term of this Agreement shall become fixed and shall end three (3) years following such Anniversary Date. The disinterested members of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Bank will conduct a performance evaluation and review of Executive annually for purposes of determining whether to give notice not to extend the term of this Agreement, and the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting.
     (b) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, either Executive or the Bank may terminate Executive’s employment with the Bank at any time during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
3. COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.
     (a) The compensation specified under this Agreement shall constitute consideration paid by the Bank in exchange for duties described in Section 1 of this Agreement. The Bank shall pay Executive, as compensation, a salary of not less than $ 676,000 per year (“Base Salary”). Base Salary shall include any amounts of compensation deferred by Executive under any employee benefit plan or deferred compensation arrangement maintained by the Bank. Such Base Salary shall be payable bi-weekly or, if different, in accordance with the Bank’s customary payroll practices. During the term of this Agreement, Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the 31 st day of each January. Such review shall be conducted by the Board or by a committee designated by the Board. The committee or the Board may increase (but not decrease) Executive’s Base Salary at any time. Any increase in Base Salary shall become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement. The Board may engage the services of an independent consultant to determine the appropriate Base Salary. In addition to the Base Salary provided in this Section, the Bank shall also provide Executive with all such other benefits as are provided uniformly to full-time employees of the Bank, on the same basis (including cost) that such benefits are provided to other senior officers of the Bank.
     (b) In addition to the Base Salary provided for in Section 3(a), the Bank will provide Executive with the opportunity to participate in employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in which Executive was participating or otherwise deriving a benefit from immediately prior to the beginning of the term of this Agreement, and any other employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites suitable for the Bank’s senior executives adopted by the Bank subsequent to the Effective Date, and the Bank will not, without Executive’s prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites which would adversely affect Executive’s rights or benefits thereunder, without separately providing for an arrangement that ensures Executive receives or will receive the economic value that Executive would otherwise lose as a result of such adverse effect, unless such changes apply equally to all other employees or senior officers of the Bank. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(b), Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any employee benefit plans, whether tax-qualified or otherwise, including, but not limited to, retirement plans, supplemental retirement plans, deferred compensation plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, employee stock ownership plans, stock award or stock option plans, health-and-accident plans, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to its senior executives and key

2


 

management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements (including designation by the Board of eligibility to participate, if applicable). Executive shall also be entitled to incentive compensation and bonuses as provided in any plan or arrangement of the Bank in which Executive is eligible to participate (and he shall be entitled to a pro rata distribution under any incentive compensation or bonus plan as to any year in which a termination of employment occurs, other than Termination for Just Cause). Nothing paid to Executive under any such plans or arrangements will be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.
     (c) In addition to the Base Salary provided for by Section 3(a) and other compensation and benefits provided for by Section 3(b), the Bank shall pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in performing his obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the Bank’s reimbursement policies.
     (d) The Bank shall continue to sponsor and pay for the non-qualified supplemental retirement income plan(s) in effect on the date hereof for the benefit of Executive and shall provide Executive with a life insurance policy owned by Executive or a family trust for which the Bank pays all premiums, provided that Executive shall recognize income on such coverage at the rates determined pursuant to applicable federal and state tax laws. The Bank shall also pay or reimburse Executive for the annual dues associated with Executive’s membership in a country club of Executive’s choice located in the market area served by the Bank. In addition, during the term of this Agreement the Bank shall reimburse Executive for the expense of leasing an automobile for use by Executive under a 36-39 month lease provided the monthly lease payment does not exceed $1,500, and provided further that the monthly lease allowance shall be reviewed by the Board at the end of each three-year lease term. The Bank shall also reimburse Executive for the reasonable expenses associated with the use of such automobile, including gasoline, maintenance expenses and insurance.
     (e) Executive shall be entitled to paid time off in accordance with the standard policies of the Bank for senior executive officers, but in no event less than thirty (30) days paid time off during each year of employment. Executive shall receive his Base Salary and other benefits during periods of paid time off. Executive shall also be entitled to paid legal holidays in accordance with the policies of the Bank. Executive shall also be entitled to sick leave in accordance with the policies of the Bank, but in no event less than the number of days of sick leave per year to which Executive was entitled at the Effective Date of this Agreement.
4. OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES
     During the term of his employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods and reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board, Executive shall devote substantially all his business time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder. Executive also may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, trade association, community and charitable organizations subject to the annual approval of the Board; provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement or present any conflict of interest. Executive shall provide to the Board annually a list of all organizations for which

3


 

Executive serves as a director or in a similar capacity for purposes of obtaining the Board’s approval of Executive’s service on the boards of such organizations. Such service to and participation in outside organizations shall be presumed for these purposes to be for the benefit of the Bank, and the Bank shall reimburse Executive his reasonable expenses associated therewith, except for such items that are tax deductible by the Executive as charitable contributions.
5. PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.
     (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during Executive’s term of employment under this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 5 shall apply. As used in this Agreement, an “Event of Termination” shall mean and include any of the following:
  (i)   the termination by the Bank of Executive’s full-time employment hereunder for any reason other than termination governed by Section 6 (Termination for Just Cause) or termination governed by Section 7 (termination due to Disability or death); or
 
  (ii)   Executive’s resignation from the Bank’s employ for any of the following reasons:
  (A)   the failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint Executive to the position set forth under Section 1, or the failure to nominate or renominate Executive as a Director of the Bank or the Company;
 
  (B)   a material change in Executive’s functions, duties, or responsibilities with the Bank, which change would cause Executive’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope from the position and attributes thereof described in Section 1, above;
 
  (C)   a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 30 miles from the main office of the Bank on Staten Island and the Rahway branch of the Bank in Rahway, New Jersey;
 
  (D)   a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites to Executive from those being provided as of the Effective Date of this Agreement, other than a reduction that is part of a Bank-wide reduction in pay or benefits;
 
  (E)   a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Bank, other than a liquidation or dissolution that is caused by a reorganization or a mutual-to-stock conversion of the Mutual Holding Company which does not affect the status of Executive; or
 
  (F)   a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

4


 

      Upon the occurrence of any event described in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D), (E) or (F), above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment under this Agreement by resignation upon not less than sixty (60) days prior written Notice of Termination, as defined in Section 9(a), given within six (6) full calendar months after the event giving rise to said right to elect. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event of a continuing breach of this Agreement by the Bank, Executive, after giving due notice within the prescribed time frame of an initial event specified above, shall not waive any of his rights under this Agreement and this Section solely by virtue of the fact that Executive has submitted his resignation, provided Executive has remained in the employment of the Bank and is engaged in good faith discussions to resolve any occurrence of an event described in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) or (F) above.
 
  (iii)   Executive’s voluntary resignation from the Bank’s employ on the effective date of, or at any time following, a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company during the term of this Agreement. For these purposes, a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company shall mean a change in control of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Mutual Holding Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of Company’s outstanding securities except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board of Directors of the Company on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs; or (d) a proxy statement is distributed soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more corporations or financial institutions, and as a result of such proxy solicitation, a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company is approved by the requisite vote of the Company’s stockholders; or (e) a tender offer is

5


 

      made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred in the event that (i) the Company sells less than 50% of its outstanding common stock in one or more stock offerings, or (ii) the Company or the Mutual Holding Company converts to stock form by reorganizing into the stock holding company structure.
     (b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, on the Date of Termination, as defined in Section 9(b), the Bank shall be obligated to pay Executive, or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) his earned but unpaid salary as of the date of his termination of employment with the Bank; (ii) the benefits, if any, to which he is entitled as a former employee under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs maintained for the benefit of the Bank’s or Company’s officers and employees; (iii) the remaining payments that Executive would have earned, in accordance with Sections 3(a) and 3(b), if he had continued his employment with the Bank for a thirty-six (36) month period following his termination of employment, and had earned a bonus and/or incentive award in each year equal in amount to the average bonus and/or incentive award earned by him over the three calendar years preceding the year in which the termination occurs in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(ii), or the highest annual bonus and/or incentive award earned by him in any of the three calendar years preceding the year in which the termination occurs in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii); and (iv) the annual contributions or payments that would have been made on Executive’s behalf to any employee benefit plans of the Bank or the Company as if Executive had continued his employment with the Bank for a thirty-six (36) month period following his termination of employment, based on contributions or payments made (on an annualized basis) at the Date of Termination. Any payments hereunder shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination, or in the event that Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) applies, no later than the first day of the seventh month following the Date of Termination. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment.
     (c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank will cause to be continued life, medical, dental and disability coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his family prior to Executive’s termination. Such coverage shall continue at the Bank’s expense for a period of thirty-six (36) months from the Date of Termination.
     (d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under this Section constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Executive’s benefits hereunder shall be reduced, if necessary, to an amount, the value of which is one dollar

6


 

($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive’s “base amount,” as determined in accordance with Section 280G. The allocation of the reduction required hereby shall be determined by Executive.
6. TERMINATION FOR JUST CAUSE.
     (a) The term “Termination for Just Cause” shall mean termination because of: (i) Executive’s being convicted of a felony or of any lesser criminal offense involving moral turpitude; (ii) the willful commission by the Executive of a criminal or other act that, in the judgment of the Board, would likely cause substantial economic damage to the Company or the Bank or substantial injury to the business reputation of the Company or Bank; (iii) the commission by the Executive of any act of fraud in the performance of his duties on behalf of the Company or Bank or a material violation of the Company’s or the Bank’s code of ethics; (iv) the continuing willful failure of the Executive to perform his duties to the Company or the Bank (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after written notice thereof has been given to Executive by the Board (specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail) and Executive has been given a reasonable opportunity to be heard and cure such failure; or (v) an order of a federal or state regulatory agency or a court of competent jurisdiction requiring the termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or the Bank. For purposes of this Section, no act, or the failure to act, on Executive’s part shall be “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, in bad faith and without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank or its affiliates.
     (b) Notwithstanding Section 6(a), the Bank may not terminate Executive for Just Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a Notice of Termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose, finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying Termination for Just Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Just Cause. During the period beginning on the date of the Notice of Termination for Just Cause pursuant to Section 6 hereof through the Date of Termination, any unvested stock options and related limited rights granted to Executive under any stock option plan shall not be exercisable nor shall any unvested awards granted to Executive under any stock benefit plan of the Bank, the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, vest. At the Date of Termination, any such unvested stock options and related limited rights and any such unvested awards shall become null and void and shall not be exercisable by or delivered to Executive at any time subsequent to such Termination for Just Cause. In the Event of Executive’s Termination for Just Cause, Executive shall resign as a director of the Company and the Bank, and as a director and/or officer of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company and/or the Bank.
7. TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY OR DEATH.
     (a) The Bank or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment after having established Executive’s Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means a physical or mental infirmity that impairs Executive’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement and that results in Executive’s becoming eligible for long-term disability

7


 

benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or the Bank (or, if the Company or the Bank has no such plan in effect, that impairs Executive’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days). The Board shall determine in good faith, based upon competent medical advice and other factors that they reasonably believe to be relevant, whether or not Executive is and continues to be disabled for purposes of this Agreement. As a condition to any benefits, the Board may require Executive to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as its deems reasonably appropriate, at the Bank’s expense.
     (b) In the event of such Disability, Executive’s obligation to perform services under this Agreement will terminate. In the event of such termination, Executive shall receive the benefits provided under any disability program sponsored by the Company or the Bank. To the extent such benefits are less than Executive’s Base Salary, as defined in Section 3(a) on the effective Date of Termination and less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of Executive’s Base Salary after the first year following termination, Executive shall receive as a supplement to such disability benefit the difference between the benefits provided under any disability program sponsored by the Company or the Bank and (x) his Base Salary, as defined in Section 3(a), at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination for period of one (1) year following the Date of Termination by reason of Disability, and (y) sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of Executive’s Base Salary after the first year following termination through the earliest to occur of the date of Executive’s death, recovery from such Disability, or the date Executive attains age 65. In calculating the payments due Executive under the Section 6(b), if the disability insurance payments are excludable from Executive’s income for federal income tax purposes, such amounts shall be tax adjusted, assuming a combined federal, state and city tax rate of 38%, for purposes of determining the reduction in the payments due under this Agreement to reflect the tax-free nature of the disability insurance payment – by way of illustration, a $100 tax-free disability insurance payment shall reduce the payment due under this Agreement by $161.30. In addition, in the event of termination due to Executive’s Disability, Executive and his dependents shall, to the greatest extent possible, continue to be covered, at no cost to them, under all benefit plans (including, without limitation, retirement plans and medical, dental and life insurance plans) of the Company or the Bank in which Executive participated prior to the occurrence of Executive’s Disability and on the same terms as if Executive were actively employed by the Company or the Bank, and said coverage shall continue through the earliest to occur of (i) Executive’s recovery from such Disability, or (ii) Executive’s attaining age 65.
     (c) In the event of Executive’s death during the term of this Agreement, his estate, legal representatives or named beneficiary or beneficiaries (as directed by Executive in writing) shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary, as defined in Section 3(a), at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death for a period of one (1) year from the date of Executive’s death, and the Bank will continue to provide Executive’s family the same medical, dental, and other health benefits that were provided by the Bank to Executive’s family immediately prior to Executive’s death, on the same terms, including cost, as if Executive were actively employed by the Bank, except to the extent the terms (including cost) of such benefits are changed in their application to all continuing employees of the Bank, such coverage to continue for a period of one (1) year after the date of Executive’s death.

8


 

8. TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT
     Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Retirement” shall mean termination of Executive’s employment on or after age 65 and in accordance with a retirement policy established by the Board with Executive’s consent with respect to him. Upon termination of Executive based on Retirement, no amounts or benefits shall be due Executive under this Agreement, and Executive shall be entitled to all benefits under any retirement plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party.
9. NOTICE.
     (a) Any notice required under this Agreement shall be in writing and hand-delivered to the other party. Any termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.
     (b) “Date of Termination” shall mean (A) if Executive’s employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after a Notice of Termination is given (provided that he shall not have returned to the performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), and (B) if his employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination.
     (c) If the party receiving a Notice of Termination desires to dispute or contest the basis or reasons for termination, the party receiving the Notice of Termination must notify the other party within thirty (30) days after receiving the Notice of Termination that such a dispute exists, and shall pursue the resolution of such dispute in good faith and with reasonable diligence pursuant to Section 20 of this Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, neither the Company nor the Bank shall be obligated to pay Executive compensation or other payments beyond the Date of Termination.
10. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.
     Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance honestly and in good faith to the Bank or the Company as may reasonably be required by the Bank or the Company in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party. All payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section for one (1) full year after the earlier of the expiration of this Agreement or termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank.
11. NON-COMPETITION AND NON-DISCLOSURE.
     (a) As a material inducement for the Bank to enter into this Agreement, upon any termination of Executive’s employment hereunder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, other than a termination of Executive’s employment under Sections 5(a)(iii) or 6 of this Agreement,

9


 

Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank for a period of two(2) years following such termination in any city, town or county in which Executive’s normal business office is located and the Bank has an office or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office, determined as of the effective date of such termination, except as agreed to pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board. Executive agrees that during such period and within said cities, towns and counties, Executive shall not work for or advise, consult or otherwise serve with, directly or indirectly, any entity whose business materially competes with the depository, lending or other business activities of the Bank. Executive further agrees that for a period of two (2) years following any termination of employment, he shall not directly or indirectly, solicit, hire, or entice any of the following to cease, terminate, or reduce any relationship with the Bank or the Company or to divert any business from the Bank or the Company: (i) any person who was an employee of the Bank or the Company during the term of this Agreement; or (ii) any customer or client of the Bank or the Company. Further, Executive will not directly or indirectly disclose the names, addresses, telephone numbers, compensation, or other arrangements between the Bank or the Company and any individual or entity described in Sections (i) and (ii) of this Section. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Subsection agree that in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive, Executive’s partners, agents, servants, employees and all persons acting for or under the direction of Executive. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
     (b) Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Bank or the Company as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Bank or the Company. Executive will not, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank or the Company to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board of Directors or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank or the Company. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank or the Company to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Bank or the Company, pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank or the Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or the Company, or any other similar proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

10


 

12. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.
     All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive and, if such amounts and benefits due from the Bank are not timely paid or provided by the Bank, such amounts and benefits shall be paid or provided by the Company.
13. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.
     This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit, compensation, tax indemnification or other provision inuring to the benefit of Executive under any agreement between Executive, the Bank or the Company. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.
14. NO ATTACHMENT.
     (a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.
     (b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.
15. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.
     (a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
     (b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.
16. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.
     Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k) and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including 12 C.F.R. Part 359, and to the extent applicable, 12 C.F.R. §563.39.

11


 

17. SEVERABILITY.
     If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
18. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
     The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
19. GOVERNING LAW.
     This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of law principles, unless superceded by federal law or otherwise specified herein.
20. ARBITRATION.
     Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive and the Bank within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (“National Rules”) then in effect. One arbitrator shall be selected by Executive, one arbitrator shall be selected by the Bank and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the arbitrators selected by the parties. If the arbitrators are unable to agree within fifteen (15) days upon a third arbitrator, the arbitrator shall be appointed for them from a panel of arbitrators selected in accordance with the National Rules. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.
21. PAYMENT OF COSTS AND LEGAL FEES AND REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS.
     In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with Executive’s termination is resolved in favor of Executive, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement, Executive shall be entitled to the payment of: (1) all legal fees incurred by Executive in resolving such dispute or controversy; (2) any back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due Executive under this Agreement; and (3) any other compensation otherwise due Executive as a result of a breach of this Agreement by the Bank.
22. INDEMNIFICATION.
     The Bank and the Company shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense. The Bank shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators)

12


 

to the fullest extent permitted under New York or applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, advancement of legal fees and expenses, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.
23. SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK.
     The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.
24. NON WAIVER.
     The failure of one party to insist upon or enforce strict performance by the others of any provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right, remedy or provision of this Agreement will not be interpreted or construed as a waiver or relinquishment to any extent of such party’s right to enforce or rely upon same in that or any other instance.

13


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Bank and Executive have signed (or caused to be signed) this Agreement this 29 th day of June, 2006.
                 
        Northfield Savings Bank    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
\s\ Madeline Frank
 
Secretary
      By:
Title:
  \s\ Annette Catino
 
Director, Chairperson, Compensation Committee
   
 
               
Attest:       Executive    
 
               
\s\ Madeline Frank       \s\ John W. Alexander    
             
Secretary       John W. Alexander, Chairman of the Board    
        and Chief Executive Officer    
 
               
        Northfield Holdings Corp.    
        (The Company is executing this Agreement only for    
        purposes of acknowledging the obligations of the    
        Company hereunder.)    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
\s\ Madeline Frank
      By:   \s\ Annette Catino    
 
               
Secretary       Title: Director    

14

 

Exhibit 10.3
NORTHFIELD SAVINGS BANK
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of the 1st day of July, 2006 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Northfield Savings Bank (the “Bank”), a New York-chartered savings bank with its principal offices at 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York 10314-3598, and Kenneth J. Doherty (“Executive”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, the Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield Holdings Corp., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York (the “Company”). The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of NSB Holding Corp., a New York-chartered mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”). The Bank wishes to assure itself of the services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and
     WHEREAS, Executive is willing to serve in the employ of the Bank on a full-time basis as its Executive Vice President and Senior Lending Officer on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
     During the term of Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive agrees to serve as the Executive Vice President and Senior Lending Officer of the Bank. Executive shall perform administrative and management services for the Bank which are customarily performed by persons in a similar executive officer capacity. During said period, Executive also agrees to serve as an officer and director of any subsidiary of the Bank or the Company, if elected.
2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.
     (a) The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter for a period of three (3) years. Commencing on the first anniversary date of this Agreement (the “Anniversary Date”) and continuing on each Anniversary Date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term of this Agreement is always three (3) years, unless written notice of non-renewal (a “Non-Renewal Notice”) is provided to Executive at least thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to such Anniversary Date, in which case the term of this Agreement shall become fixed and shall end three (3) years following such Anniversary Date. The disinterested members of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Bank will conduct a performance evaluation and review of Executive annually for purposes of determining whether to give notice not to extend the term of this Agreement, and the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting.

 


 

     (b) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, either Executive or the Bank may terminate Executive’s employment with the Bank at any time during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
3. COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.
     (a) The compensation specified under this Agreement shall constitute consideration paid by the Bank in exchange for duties described in Section 1 of this Agreement. The Bank shall pay Executive, as compensation, a salary of not less than $212,000 per year (“Base Salary”). Base Salary shall include any amounts of compensation deferred by Executive under any employee benefit plan or deferred compensation arrangement maintained by the Bank. Such Base Salary shall be payable bi-weekly or, if different, in accordance with the Bank’s customary payroll practices. During the term of this Agreement, Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the 31 st day of each January. Such review shall be conducted by the Board or by a committee designated by the Board. The committee or the Board may increase (but not decrease) Executive’s Base Salary at any time. Any increase in Base Salary shall become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement. The Board may engage the services of an independent consultant to determine the appropriate Base Salary. In addition to the Base Salary provided in this Section, the Bank shall also provide Executive with all such other benefits as are provided uniformly to full-time employees of the Bank, on the same basis (including cost) that such benefits are provided to other senior officers of the Bank.
     (b) In addition to the Base Salary provided for in Section 3(a), the Bank will provide Executive with the opportunity to participate in employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in which Executive was participating or otherwise deriving a benefit from immediately prior to the beginning of the term of this Agreement, and any other employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites suitable for the Bank’s senior executives adopted by the Bank subsequent to the Effective Date, and the Bank will not, without Executive’s prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites which would adversely affect Executive’s rights or benefits thereunder, without separately providing for an arrangement that ensures Executive receives or will receive the economic value that Executive would otherwise lose as a result of such adverse effect, unless such changes apply equally to all other employees or senior officers of the Bank. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(b), Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any employee benefit plans, whether tax-qualified or otherwise, including, but not limited to, retirement plans, supplemental retirement plans, deferred compensation plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, employee stock ownership plans, stock award or stock option plans, health-and-accident plans, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to its senior executives and key management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements (including designation by the Board of eligibility to participate, if applicable). Executive shall also be entitled to incentive compensation and bonuses as provided in any plan or arrangement of the Bank in which Executive is eligible to participate (and he shall be entitled to a pro rata distribution under any incentive compensation or bonus plan as to any year in which a termination of employment occurs, other than Termination for Just Cause). Nothing paid to Executive under any such plans

2


 

or arrangements will be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.
     (c) In addition to the Base Salary provided for by Section 3(a) and other compensation and benefits provided for by Section 3(b), the Bank shall pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in performing his obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the Bank’s reimbursement policies.
     (d) Executive shall be entitled to paid time off in accordance with the standard policies of the Bank for senior executive officers, but in no event less than thirty (30) days paid time off during each year of employment. Executive shall receive his Base Salary and other benefits during periods of paid time off. Executive shall also be entitled to paid legal holidays in accordance with the policies of the Bank.
4. OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES.
     During the term of his employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods and reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board, Executive shall devote substantially all his business time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder. Executive also may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, trade association, community and charitable organizations subject to the annual approval of the Board; provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement or present any conflict of interest. Executive shall provide to the Board annually a list of all organizations for which Executive serves as a director or in a similar capacity for purposes of obtaining the Board’s approval of Executive’s service on the boards of such organizations. Such service to and participation in outside organizations shall be presumed for these purposes to be for the benefit of the Bank, and the Bank shall reimburse Executive his reasonable expenses associated therewith, except for such items that are tax deductible by the Executive as charitable contributions.
5. PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.
     (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during Executive’s term of employment under this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 5 shall apply. As used in this Agreement, an “Event of Termination” shall mean and include any of the following:
  (i)   the termination by the Bank of Executive’s full-time employment hereunder for any reason other than termination governed by Section 6 (Termination for Just Cause) or termination governed by Section 7 (termination due to Disability or death); or
 
  (ii)   Executive’s resignation from the Bank’s employ for any of the following reasons:
  (A)   the failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint Executive to the position set forth under Section 1,;

3


 

  (B)   a material change in Executive’s functions, duties, or responsibilities with the Bank, which change would cause Executive’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope from the position and attributes thereof described in Section 1, above;
 
  (C)   a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 30 miles from the main office of the Bank on Staten Island and the Rahway branch of the Bank in Rahway, New Jersey;
 
  (D)   a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites to Executive from those being provided as of the Effective Date of this Agreement, other than a reduction that is part of a Bank-wide reduction in pay or benefits;
 
  (E)   a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Bank, other than a liquidation or dissolution that is caused by a reorganization or a mutual-to-stock conversion of the Mutual Holding Company which does not affect the status of Executive; or
 
  (F)   a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.
      Upon the occurrence of any event described in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D), (E) or (F), above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment under this Agreement by resignation upon not less than sixty (60) days prior written Notice of Termination, as defined in Section 9(a), given within six (6) full calendar months after the event giving rise to said right to elect. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event of a continuing breach of this Agreement by the Bank, Executive, after giving due notice within the prescribed time frame of an initial event specified above, shall not waive any of his rights under this Agreement and this Section solely by virtue of the fact that Executive has submitted his resignation, provided Executive has remained in the employment of the Bank and is engaged in good faith discussions to resolve any occurrence of an event described in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) or (F) above.
 
  (iii)   Executive’s voluntary resignation from the Bank’s employ on the effective date of, or at any time following, a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company during the term of this Agreement. For these purposes, a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company shall mean a change in control of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act),

4


 

      other than the Mutual Holding Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of Company’s outstanding securities except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board of Directors of the Company on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs; or (d) a proxy statement is distributed soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more corporations or financial institutions, and as a result of such proxy solicitation, a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company is approved by the requisite vote of the Company’s stockholders; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred in the event that (i) the Company sells less than 50% of its outstanding common stock in one or more stock offerings, or (ii) the Company or the Mutual Holding Company converts to stock form by reorganizing into the stock holding company structure.
     (b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, on the Date of Termination, as defined in Section 9(b), the Bank shall be obligated to pay Executive, or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) his earned but unpaid salary as of the date of his termination of employment with the Bank; (ii) the benefits, if any, to which he is entitled as a former employee under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs maintained for the benefit of the Bank’s or Company’s officers and employees; (iii) the remaining payments that Executive would have earned, in accordance with Sections 3(a) and 3(b), if he had continued his employment with the Bank for a thirty-six (36) month period following his termination of employment, and had earned a bonus and/or incentive award in each year equal in amount to the average bonus and/or incentive award earned by him over the three calendar years preceding the year in which the termination occurs in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(ii), or the highest annual bonus and/or incentive award earned by him in any of the three calendar years preceding the year in

5


 

which the termination occurs in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii); and (iv) the annual contributions or payments that would have been made on Executive’s behalf to any employee benefit plans of the Bank or the Company as if Executive had continued his employment with the Bank for a thirty-six (36) month period following his termination of employment, based on contributions or payments made (on an annualized basis) at the Date of Termination. Any payments hereunder shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination, or in the event that Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) applies, no later than the first day of the seventh month following the Date of Termination. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment.
     (c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank will cause to be continued life, medical, dental and disability coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his family prior to Executive’s termination. Such coverage shall continue at the Bank’s expense for a period of thirty-six (36) months from the Date of Termination.
     (d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under this Section constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Executive’s benefits hereunder shall be reduced, if necessary, to an amount, the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive’s “base amount,” as determined in accordance with Section 280G. The allocation of the reduction required hereby shall be determined by Executive.
6. TERMINATION FOR JUST CAUSE.
     (a) The term “Termination for Just Cause” shall mean termination because of: (i) Executive’s being convicted of a felony or of any lesser criminal offense involving moral turpitude; (ii) the willful commission by the Executive of a criminal or other act that, in the judgment of the Board, would likely cause substantial economic damage to the Company or the Bank or substantial injury to the business reputation of the Company or Bank; (iii) the commission by the Executive of any act of fraud in the performance of his duties on behalf of the Company or Bank or a material violation of the Company’s or the Bank’s code of ethics; (iv) the continuing willful failure of the Executive to perform his duties to the Company or the Bank (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after written notice thereof has been given to Executive by the Board (specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail) and Executive has been given a reasonable opportunity to be heard and cure such failure; or (v) an order of a federal or state regulatory agency or a court of competent jurisdiction requiring the termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or the Bank. For purposes of this Section, no act, or the failure to act, on Executive’s part shall be “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, in bad faith and without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank or its affiliates.
     (b) Notwithstanding Section 6(a), the Bank may not terminate Executive for Just Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a Notice of Termination which shall

6


 

include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose, finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying Termination for Just Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Just Cause. During the period beginning on the date of the Notice of Termination for Just Cause pursuant to Section 6 hereof through the Date of Termination, any unvested stock options and related limited rights granted to Executive under any stock option plan shall not be exercisable nor shall any unvested awards granted to Executive under any stock benefit plan of the Bank, the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, vest. At the Date of Termination, any such unvested stock options and related limited rights and any such unvested awards shall become null and void and shall not be exercisable by or delivered to Executive at any time subsequent to such Termination for Just Cause. In the Event of Executive’s Termination for Just Cause, Executive shall resign as a director of the Company and the Bank, and as a director and/or officer of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company and/or the Bank.
7. TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY OR DEATH.
     (a) The Bank or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment after having established Executive’s Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means a physical or mental infirmity that impairs Executive’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement and that results in Executive’s becoming eligible for long-term disability benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or the Bank (or, if the Company or the Bank has no such plan in effect, that impairs Executive’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days). The Board shall determine in good faith, based upon competent medical advice and other factors that they reasonably believe to be relevant, whether or not Executive is and continues to be disabled for purposes of this Agreement. As a condition to any benefits, the Board may require Executive to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as its deems reasonably appropriate, at the Bank’s expense.
     (b) In the event of such Disability, Executive’s obligation to perform services under this Agreement will terminate. In the event of such termination, Executive shall continue to receive his Base Salary, as defined in Section 3(a), at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination for a period of one (1) year following the Date of Termination by reason of Disability. Such payments shall be reduced by the amount of any short- or long-term disability benefits payable to Executive under any disability program sponsored by the Company or the Bank (and if the disability insurance payments are excludable from Executive’s income for federal income tax purposes, such amounts due Executive under Section 6(b), shall be tax adjusted, assuming a combined federal, state and city tax rate of 38%, for purposes of determining the reduction in the payments due under this Agreement to reflect the tax-free nature of the disability insurance payment — by way of illustration, a $100 tax-free disability insurance payment shall reduce the payment due under this Agreement by $161.30). In addition, in the event of termination due to Executive’s Disability, the Bank will continue to provide to Executive and his dependents for a period of one (1) year, the medical, dental and other health benefits that were provided by the Bank to Executive and Executive’s family prior to the occurrence of Executive’s Disability, on the same terms (including cost to Executive) that were being provided to Executive immediately

7


 

prior to the termination (except to the extent such benefits are changed in their application to all continuing employees of the Bank).
     (c) In the event of Executive’s death during the term of this Agreement, his estate, legal representatives or named beneficiary or beneficiaries (as directed by Executive in writing) shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary, as defined in Section 3(a), at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death for a period of one (1) year from the date of Executive’s death, and the Bank will continue to provide, for one (1) year after Executive’s death, the same medical, dental, and other health benefits that were provided by the Bank to Executive’s family immediately prior to the Executive’s death, on the same terms, including cost, as if Executive were actively employed by the Bank, except to the extent the terms (including cost) of such benefits are changed in their application to all continuing employees of the Bank.
8. TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT.
     Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Retirement” shall mean termination of Executive’s employment on or after age 65 and in accordance with a retirement policy established by the Board. Upon termination of Executive based on Retirement, no amounts or benefits shall be due Executive under this Agreement, and Executive shall be entitled to all benefits under any retirement plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party.
9. NOTICE.
     (a) Any notice required under this Agreement shall be in writing and hand-delivered to the other party. Any termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.
     (b) “Date of Termination” shall mean (A) if Executive’s employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after a Notice of Termination is given (provided that he shall not have returned to the performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), and (B) if his employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination.
     (c) If the party receiving a Notice of Termination desires to dispute or contest the basis or reasons for termination, the party receiving the Notice of Termination must notify the other party within thirty (30) days after receiving the Notice of Termination that such a dispute exists, and shall pursue the resolution of such dispute in good faith and with reasonable diligence pursuant to Section 20 of this Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, neither the Company nor the Bank shall be obligated to pay Executive compensation or other payments beyond the Date of Termination.

8


 

10. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.
     Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance honestly and in good faith to the Bank or the Company as may reasonably be required by the Bank or the Company in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party. All payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section for one (1) full year after the earlier of the expiration of this Agreement or termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank.
11. NON-COMPETITION AND NON-DISCLOSURE.
     (a) As a material inducement for the Bank to enter into this Agreement, upon any termination of Executive’s employment hereunder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, other than a termination of Executive’s employment under Sections 5(a)(iii) or 6 of this Agreement, Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank for a period of two (2) years following such termination in any city, town or county in which Executive’s normal business office is located and the Bank has an office or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office, determined as of the effective date of such termination, except as agreed to pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board. Executive agrees that during such period and within said cities, towns and counties, Executive shall not work for or advise, consult or otherwise serve with, directly or indirectly, any entity whose business materially competes with the depository, lending or other business activities of the Bank. Executive further agrees that for a period of two (2) years following any termination of employment, he shall not directly or indirectly, solicit, hire, or entice any of the following to cease, terminate, or reduce any relationship with the Bank or the Company or to divert any business from the Bank or the Company: (i) any person who was an employee of the Bank or the Company during the term of this Agreement; or (ii) any customer or client of the Bank or the Company. Further, Executive will not directly or indirectly disclose the names, addresses, telephone numbers, compensation, or other arrangements between the Bank or the Company and any individual or entity described in Sections (i) and (ii) of this Section. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Subsection agree that in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive, Executive’s partners, agents, servants, employees and all persons acting for or under the direction of Executive. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
     (b) Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Bank or the Company as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Bank or the Company. Executive will not, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank or the Company to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board of Directors or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not

9


 

solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank or the Company. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank or the Company to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Bank or the Company, pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank or the Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or the Company, or any other similar proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
12. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.
     All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive and, if such amounts and benefits due from the Bank are not timely paid or provided by the Bank, such amounts and benefits shall be paid or provided by the Company.
13. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.
     This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit, compensation, tax indemnification or other provision inuring to the benefit of Executive under any agreement between Executive, the Bank or the Company. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.
14. NO ATTACHMENT.
     (a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.
     (b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.
15. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.
     (a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

10


 

     (b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.
16. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.
     Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k) and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including 12 C.F.R. Part 359, and to the extent applicable, 12 C.F.R. §563.39.
17. SEVERABILITY.
     If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
18. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
     The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
19. GOVERNING LAW.
     This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of law principles, unless superceded by federal law or otherwise specified herein.
20. ARBITRATION.
     Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator selected by mutual agreement of Executive and the Bank, sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (“National Rules”) then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.
21. PAYMENT OF COSTS AND LEGAL FEES AND REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS.
     In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with Executive’s termination is resolved in favor of Executive, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement,

11


 

Executive shall be entitled to the payment of: (1) all legal fees incurred by Executive in resolving such dispute or controversy; (2) any back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due Executive under this Agreement; and (3) any other compensation otherwise due Executive as a result of a breach of this Agreement by the Bank.
22. INDEMNIFICATION.
     The Bank and the Company shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense. The Bank shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under New York or applicable federal law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, advancement of legal fees and expenses, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.
23. SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK.
     The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.
24. NON WAIVER.
     The failure of one party to insist upon or enforce strict performance by the others of any provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right, remedy or provision of this Agreement will not be interpreted or construed as a waiver or relinquishment to any extent of such party’s right to enforce or rely upon same in that or any other instance.

12


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Bank and Executive have signed (or caused to be signed) this Agreement this 18 th day of July, 2006.
                 
        Northfield Savings Bank    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
\s\ Madeline Frank
 
Secretary
      By:
Title:
  \s\ John W. Alexander
 
CEO
   
 
               
Attest:       Executive    
 
               
\s\ Madeline Frank       \s\ Kenneth J. Doherty    
             
Secretary       Kenneth J. Doherty, Executive Vice President and Senior    
        Lending Officer    
 
               
        Northfield Holdings Corp.
(The Company is executing this Agreement only for
   
        purposes of acknowledging the obligations of the    
        Company hereunder.)    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
\s\ Madeline Frank
      By:   \s\ John W. Alexander    
 
               
Secretary
      Title:   CEO    

13

 

Exhibit 10.4
NORTHFIELD BANK
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of the 4th day of January, 2007 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Northfield Bank (the “Bank”), a New York-chartered savings bank with its principal offices at 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York 10314-3598, and Michael J. Widmer (“Executive”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, the Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York (the “Company”). The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of NSB Holding Corp., a New York-chartered mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”). The Bank wishes to assure itself of the services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and
     WHEREAS, Executive is willing to serve in the employ of the Bank on a full-time basis as its Executive Vice President on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
     During the term of Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive agrees to serve as the Executive Vice President of the Bank. Executive shall perform administrative and management services for the Bank which are customarily performed by persons in a similar executive officer capacity. During said period, Executive also agrees to serve as an officer and director of any subsidiary of the Bank or the Company, if elected.
2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.
     (a) The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter for a period of three (3) years. Commencing on the first anniversary date of this Agreement (the “Anniversary Date”) and continuing on each Anniversary Date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term of this Agreement is always three (3) years, unless written notice of non-renewal (a “Non-Renewal Notice”) is provided to Executive at least thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to such Anniversary Date, in which case the term of this Agreement shall become fixed and shall end three (3) years following such Anniversary Date. The disinterested members of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Bank will conduct a performance evaluation and review of Executive annually for purposes of determining whether to give notice not to extend the term of this Agreement, and the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting.

1


 

     (b) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, either Executive or the Bank may terminate Executive’s employment with the Bank at any time during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
3. COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.
     (a) The compensation specified under this Agreement shall constitute consideration paid by the Bank in exchange for duties described in Section 1 of this Agreement. The Bank shall pay Executive, as compensation, a salary of not less than $220,000 per year (“Base Salary”). Base Salary shall include any amounts of compensation deferred by Executive under any employee benefit plan or deferred compensation arrangement maintained by the Bank. Such Base Salary shall be payable bi-weekly or, if different, in accordance with the Bank’s customary payroll practices. During the term of this Agreement, Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the 31st day of each January. Such review shall be conducted by the Board or by a committee designated by the Board. The committee or the Board may increase (but not decrease) Executive’s Base Salary at any time. Any increase in Base Salary shall become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement. The Board may engage the services of an independent consultant to determine the appropriate Base Salary. In addition to the Base Salary provided in this Section, the Bank shall also provide Executive with all such other benefits as are provided uniformly to full-time employees of the Bank, on the same basis (including cost) that such benefits are provided to other senior officers of the Bank.
     (b) In addition to the Base Salary provided for in Section 3(a), the Bank will provide Executive with the opportunity to participate in employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in which Executive was participating or otherwise deriving a benefit from immediately prior to the beginning of the term of this Agreement, and any other employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites suitable for the Bank’s senior executives adopted by the Bank subsequent to the Effective Date, and the Bank will not, without Executive’s prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites which would adversely affect Executive’s rights or benefits thereunder, without separately providing for an arrangement that ensures Executive receives or will receive the economic value that Executive would otherwise lose as a result of such adverse effect, unless such changes apply equally to all other employees or senior officers of the Bank. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(b), Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any employee benefit plans, whether tax-qualified or otherwise, including, but not limited to, retirement plans, supplemental retirement plans, deferred compensation plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, employee stock ownership plans, stock award or stock option plans, health-and-accident plans, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to its senior executives and key management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements (including designation by the Board of eligibility to participate, if applicable). Executive shall also be entitled to incentive compensation and bonuses as provided in any plan or arrangement of the Bank in which Executive is eligible to participate (and he shall be entitled to a pro rata distribution under any incentive compensation or bonus plan as to any year in which a termination of employment occurs, other than Termination for Just Cause). Nothing paid to Executive under any such plans

2


 

or arrangements will be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.
     (c) In addition to the Base Salary provided for by Section 3(a) and other compensation and benefits provided for by Section 3(b), the Bank shall pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in performing his obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the Bank’s reimbursement policies.
     (d) Executive shall be entitled to paid time off in accordance with the standard policies of the Bank for senior executive officers, but in no event less than thirty (30) days paid time off during each year of employment. Executive shall receive his Base Salary and other benefits during periods of paid time off. Executive shall also be entitled to paid legal holidays in accordance with the policies of the Bank.
4. OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES.
     During the term of his employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods and reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board, Executive shall devote substantially all his business time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder. Executive also may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, trade association, community and charitable organizations subject to the annual approval of the Board; provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement or present any conflict of interest. Executive shall provide to the Board annually a list of all organizations for which Executive serves as a director or in a similar capacity for purposes of obtaining the Board’s approval of Executive’s service on the boards of such organizations. Such service to and participation in outside organizations shall be presumed for these purposes to be for the benefit of the Bank, and the Bank shall reimburse Executive his reasonable expenses associated therewith, except for such items that are tax deductible by the Executive as charitable contributions.
5. PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.
     (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during Executive’s term of employment under this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 5 shall apply. As used in this Agreement, an “Event of Termination” shall mean and include any of the following:
  (i)   the termination by the Bank of Executive’s full-time employment hereunder for any reason other than termination governed by Section 6 (Termination for Just Cause) or termination governed by Section 7 (termination due to Disability or death); or
 
  (ii)   Executive’s resignation from the Bank’s employ for any of the following reasons:
  (A)   the failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint Executive to the position set forth under Section 1;

3


 

  (B)   a material change in Executive’s functions, duties, or responsibilities with the Bank, which change would cause Executive’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope from the position and attributes thereof described in Section 1, above;
 
  (C)   a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 30 miles from the main office of the Bank on Staten Island and the Rahway branch of the Bank in Rahway, New Jersey;
 
  (D)   a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites to Executive from those being provided as of the Effective Date of this Agreement, other than a reduction that is part of a Bank-wide reduction in pay or benefits;
 
  (E)   a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Bank, other than a liquidation or dissolution that is caused by a reorganization or a mutual-to-stock conversion of the Mutual Holding Company which does not affect the status of Executive; or
 
  (F)   a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.
      Upon the occurrence of any event described in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D), (E) or (F), above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment under this Agreement by resignation upon not less than sixty (60) days prior written Notice of Termination, as defined in Section 9(a), given within six (6) full calendar months after the event giving rise to said right to elect. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event of a continuing breach of this Agreement by the Bank, Executive, after giving due notice within the prescribed time frame of an initial event specified above, shall not waive any of his rights under this Agreement and this Section solely by virtue of the fact that Executive has submitted his resignation, provided Executive has remained in the employment of the Bank and is engaged in good faith discussions to resolve any occurrence of an event described in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) or (F) above.
 
  (iii)   Executive’s voluntary resignation from the Bank’s employ on the effective date of, or at any time following, a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company during the term of this Agreement. For these purposes, a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company shall mean a change in control of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act),

4


 

      other than the Mutual Holding Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of Company’s outstanding securities except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board of Directors of the Company on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs; or (d) a proxy statement is distributed soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more corporations or financial institutions, and as a result of such proxy solicitation, a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company is approved by the requisite vote of the Company’s stockholders; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred in the event that (i) the Company sells less than 50% of its outstanding common stock in one or more stock offerings, or (ii) the Company or the Mutual Holding Company converts to stock form by reorganizing into the stock holding company structure.
     (b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, on the Date of Termination, as defined in Section 9(b), the Bank shall be obligated to pay Executive, or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) his earned but unpaid salary as of the date of his termination of employment with the Bank; (ii) the benefits, if any, to which he is entitled as a former employee under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs maintained for the benefit of the Bank’s or Company’s officers and employees; (iii) the remaining payments that Executive would have earned, in accordance with Sections 3(a) and 3(b), if he had continued his employment with the Bank for a thirty-six (36) month period following his termination of employment, and had earned a bonus and/or incentive award in each year equal in amount to the average bonus and/or incentive award earned by him (excluding bonus and/or incentive awards paid in accordance with the employment contract entered into by the Bank and the Executive dated December 31, 2002) over the three calendar years preceding the year in which the termination occurs in the case of a

5


 

termination pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(ii), or the highest annual bonus and/or incentive award earned by him (excluding bonus and/or incentive awards paid in accordance with the employment contract entered into by the Bank and the Executive dated December 31, 2002) in any of the three calendar years preceding the year in which the termination occurs in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii); and (iv) the annual contributions or payments that would have been made on Executive’s behalf to any employee benefit plans of the Bank or the Company as if Executive had continued his employment with the Bank for a thirty-six (36) month period following his termination of employment, based on contributions or payments made (on an annualized basis) at the Date of Termination. Any payments hereunder shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination, or in the event that Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) applies, no later than the first day of the seventh month following the Date of Termination. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment.
     (c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank will cause to be continued life, medical, dental and disability coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his family prior to Executive’s termination. Such coverage shall continue at the Bank’s expense for a period of thirty-six (36) months from the Date of Termination.
     (d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under this Section constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Executive’s benefits hereunder shall be reduced, if necessary, to an amount, the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive’s “base amount,” as determined in accordance with Section 280G. The allocation of the reduction required hereby shall be determined by Executive.
6. TERMINATION FOR JUST CAUSE.
     (a) The term “Termination for Just Cause” shall mean termination because of: (i) Executive’s being convicted of a felony or of any lesser criminal offense involving moral turpitude; (ii) the willful commission by the Executive of a criminal or other act that, in the judgment of the Board, would likely cause substantial economic damage to the Company or the Bank or substantial injury to the business reputation of the Company or Bank; (iii) the commission by the Executive of any act of fraud in the performance of his duties on behalf of the Company or Bank or a material violation of the Company’s or the Bank’s code of ethics; (iv) the continuing willful failure of the Executive to perform his duties to the Company or the Bank (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after written notice thereof has been given to Executive by the Board (specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail) and Executive has been given a reasonable opportunity to be heard and cure such failure; or (v) an order of a federal or state regulatory agency or a court of competent jurisdiction requiring the termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or the Bank. For purposes of this Section, no act, or the failure to act, on Executive’s part shall

6


 

be “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, in bad faith and without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank or its affiliates.
     (b) Notwithstanding Section 6(a), the Bank may not terminate Executive for Just Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a Notice of Termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose, finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying Termination for Just Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Just Cause. During the period beginning on the date of the Notice of Termination for Just Cause pursuant to Section 6 hereof through the Date of Termination, any unvested stock options and related limited rights granted to Executive under any stock option plan shall not be exercisable nor shall any unvested awards granted to Executive under any stock benefit plan of the Bank, the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, vest. At the Date of Termination, any such unvested stock options and related limited rights and any such unvested awards shall become null and void and shall not be exercisable by or delivered to Executive at any time subsequent to such Termination for Just Cause. In the Event of Executive’s Termination for Just Cause, Executive shall resign as a director of the Company and the Bank, and as a director and/or officer of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company and/or the Bank.
7. TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY OR DEATH.
     (a) The Bank or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment after having established Executive’s Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means a physical or mental infirmity that impairs Executive’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement and that results in Executive’s becoming eligible for long-term disability benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or the Bank (or, if the Company or the Bank has no such plan in effect, that impairs Executive’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days). The Board shall determine in good faith, based upon competent medical advice and other factors that they reasonably believe to be relevant, whether or not Executive is and continues to be disabled for purposes of this Agreement. As a condition to any benefits, the Board may require Executive to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as it deems reasonably appropriate, at the Bank’s expense.
     (b) In the event of such Disability, Executive’s obligation to perform services under this Agreement will terminate. In the event of such termination, Executive shall continue to receive his Base Salary, as defined in Section 3(a), at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination for a period of one (1) year following the Date of Termination by reason of Disability. Such payments shall be reduced by the amount of any short- or long-term disability benefits payable to Executive under any disability program sponsored by the Company or the Bank (and if the disability insurance payments are excludable from Executive’s income for federal income tax purposes, such amounts due Executive under Section 6(b), shall be tax adjusted, assuming a combined federal, state and city tax rate of 38%, for purposes of determining the reduction in the payments due under this Agreement to reflect the tax-free nature of the disability insurance payment – by way of illustration, a $100 tax-free disability insurance payment shall reduce the

7


 

payment due under this Agreement by $161.30). In addition, in the event of termination due to Executive’s Disability, the Bank will continue to provide to Executive and his dependents for a period of one (1) year, the medical, dental and other health benefits that were provided by the Bank to Executive and Executive’s family prior to the occurrence of Executive’s Disability, on the same terms (including cost to Executive) that were being provided to Executive immediately prior to the termination (except to the extent such benefits are changed in their application to all continuing employees of the Bank).
     (c) In the event of Executive’s death during the term of this Agreement, his estate, legal representatives or named beneficiary or beneficiaries (as directed by Executive in writing) shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary, as defined in Section 3(a), at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death for a period of one (1) year from the date of Executive’s death, and the Bank will continue to provide, for one (1) year after Executive’s death, the same medical, dental, and other health benefits that were provided by the Bank to Executive’s family immediately prior to the Executive’s death, on the same terms, including cost, as if Executive were actively employed by the Bank, except to the extent the terms (including cost) of such benefits are changed in their application to all continuing employees of the Bank.
8. TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT.
     Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Retirement” shall mean termination of Executive’s employment on or after age 65 and in accordance with a retirement policy established by the Board. Upon termination of Executive based on Retirement, no amounts or benefits shall be due Executive under this Agreement, and Executive shall be entitled to all benefits under any retirement plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party.
9. NOTICE.
     (a) Any notice required under this Agreement shall be in writing and hand-delivered to the other party. Any termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.
     (b) “Date of Termination” shall mean (A) if Executive’s employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after a Notice of Termination is given (provided that he shall not have returned to the performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), and (B) if his employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination.
     (c) If the party receiving a Notice of Termination desires to dispute or contest the basis or reasons for termination, the party receiving the Notice of Termination must notify the other party within thirty (30) days after receiving the Notice of Termination that such a dispute exists, and shall pursue the resolution of such dispute in good faith and with reasonable diligence pursuant to Section 20 of this Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, neither the Company

8


 

nor the Bank shall be obligated to pay Executive compensation or other payments beyond the Date of Termination.
10. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.
     Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance honestly and in good faith to the Bank or the Company as may reasonably be required by the Bank or the Company in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party. All payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section for one (1) full year after the earlier of the expiration of this Agreement or termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank.
11. NON-COMPETITION AND NON-DISCLOSURE.
     (a) As a material inducement for the Bank to enter into this Agreement, upon any termination of Executive’s employment hereunder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, other than a termination of Executive’s employment under Sections 5(a)(iii) or 6 of this Agreement, Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank for a period of two (2) years following such termination in any city, town or county in which Executive’s normal business office is located and the Bank has an office or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office, determined as of the effective date of such termination, except as agreed to pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board. Executive agrees that during such period and within said cities, towns and counties, Executive shall not work for or advise, consult or otherwise serve with, directly or indirectly, any entity whose business materially competes with the depository, lending or other business activities of the Bank. Executive further agrees that for a period of two (2) years following any termination of employment, he shall not directly or indirectly, solicit, hire, or entice any of the following to cease, terminate, or reduce any relationship with the Bank or the Company or to divert any business from the Bank or the Company: (i) any person who was an employee of the Bank or the Company during the term of this Agreement; or (ii) any customer or client of the Bank or the Company. Further, Executive will not directly or indirectly disclose the names, addresses, telephone numbers, compensation, or other arrangements between the Bank or the Company and any individual or entity described in Sections (i) and (ii) of this Section. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Subsection agree that in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive, Executive’s partners, agents, servants, employees and all persons acting for or under the direction of Executive. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
     (b) Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Bank or the Company as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Bank or the Company. Executive will not, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank or the Company to any person, firm, corporation, or other

9


 

entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board of Directors or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank or the Company. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank or the Company to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Bank or the Company, pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank or the Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or the Company, or any other similar proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
12. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.
     All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive and, if such amounts and benefits due from the Bank are not timely paid or provided by the Bank, such amounts and benefits shall be paid or provided by the Company.
13. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.
     This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, including that certain employment agreement between executive and bank dated January 3, 2007. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.
14. NO ATTACHMENT.
     (a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.
     (b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.
15. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.
     (a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

10


 

     (b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.
16. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.
     Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k) and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including 12 C.F.R. Part 359, and to the extent applicable, 12 C.F.R. §563.39.
17. SEVERABILITY.
     If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
18. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
     The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
19. GOVERNING LAW.
     This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of law principles, unless superceded by federal law or otherwise specified herein.
20. ARBITRATION.
     Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator selected by mutual agreement of Executive and the Bank, sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (“National Rules”) then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.
21. PAYMENT OF COSTS AND LEGAL FEES AND REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS.
     In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with Executive’s termination is resolved in favor of Executive, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement,

11


 

Executive shall be entitled to the payment of: (1) all legal fees incurred by Executive in resolving such dispute or controversy; (2) any back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due Executive under this Agreement; and (3) any other compensation otherwise due Executive as a result of a breach of this Agreement by the Bank.
22. INDEMNIFICATION.
     The Bank and the Company shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense. The Bank shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under New York or applicable federal law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, advancement of legal fees and expenses, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.
23. SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK.
     The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.
24. NON WAIVER.
     The failure of one party to insist upon or enforce strict performance by the others of any provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right, remedy or provision of this Agreement will not be interpreted or construed as a waiver or relinquishment to any extent of such party’s right to enforce or rely upon same in that or any other instance.

12


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Bank and Executive have signed (or caused to be signed) this Agreement effective as of the 4 th day of January, 2007.
           
    Northfield Bank    
 
         
Attest:
         
 
         
\s\ Madeline Frank
  By: \s\ John Alexander    
 
         
Secretary
  Title:  CEO    
 
         
Attest:   Executive    
 
         
\s\ Madeline Frank   \s\ Michael J. Widmer    
         
Secretary   Michael J. Widmer, Executive Vice President    
 
         
    Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
(The Company is executing this Agreement only for
purposes of acknowledging the obligations of the
Company hereunder.)
   
Attest:
         
 
\s\ Madeline Frank
  By: \s\ John Alexander    
 
         
Secretary
  Title:  CEO    

13

 

Exhibit 10.5
NORTHFIELD SAVINGS BANK
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of the 1st day of July, 2006 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Northfield Savings Bank (the “Bank”), a New York-chartered savings bank with its principal offices at 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York 10314-3598, and Steven M. Klein (“Executive”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, the Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield Holdings Corp., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York (the “Company”). The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of NSB Holding Corp., a New York-chartered mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”). The Bank wishes to assure itself of the services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and
     WHEREAS, Executive is willing to serve in the employ of the Bank on a full-time basis as its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
     During the term of Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive agrees to serve as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank. Executive shall perform administrative and management services for the Bank which are customarily performed by persons in a similar executive officer capacity. During said period, Executive also agrees to serve as an officer and director of any subsidiary of the Bank or the Company, if elected.
2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.
     (a) The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter for a period of three (3) years. Commencing on the first anniversary date of this Agreement (the “Anniversary Date”) and continuing on each Anniversary Date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term of this Agreement is always three (3) years, unless written notice of non-renewal (a “Non-Renewal Notice”) is provided to Executive at least thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to such Anniversary Date, in which case the term of this Agreement shall become fixed and shall end three (3) years following such Anniversary Date. The disinterested members of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Bank will conduct a performance evaluation and review of Executive annually for purposes of determining whether to give notice not to extend the term of this Agreement, and the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting.


 

     (b) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, either Executive or the Bank may terminate Executive’s employment with the Bank at any time during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
3. COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.
     (a) The compensation specified under this Agreement shall constitute consideration paid by the Bank in exchange for duties described in Section 1 of this Agreement. The Bank shall pay Executive, as compensation, a salary of not less than $206,700 per year (“Base Salary”). Base Salary shall include any amounts of compensation deferred by Executive under any employee benefit plan or deferred compensation arrangement maintained by the Bank. Such Base Salary shall be payable bi-weekly or, if different, in accordance with the Bank’s customary payroll practices. During the term of this Agreement, Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the 31 st day of each January. Such review shall be conducted by the Board or by a committee designated by the Board. The committee or the Board may increase (but not decrease) Executive’s Base Salary at any time. Any increase in Base Salary shall become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement. The Board may engage the services of an independent consultant to determine the appropriate Base Salary. In addition to the Base Salary provided in this Section, the Bank shall also provide Executive with all such other benefits as are provided uniformly to full-time employees of the Bank, on the same basis (including cost) that such benefits are provided to other senior officers of the Bank.
     (b) In addition to the Base Salary provided for in Section 3(a), the Bank will provide Executive with the opportunity to participate in employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in which Executive was participating or otherwise deriving a benefit from immediately prior to the beginning of the term of this Agreement, and any other employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites suitable for the Bank’s senior executives adopted by the Bank subsequent to the Effective Date, and the Bank will not, without Executive’s prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites which would adversely affect Executive’s rights or benefits thereunder, without separately providing for an arrangement that ensures Executive receives or will receive the economic value that Executive would otherwise lose as a result of such adverse effect, unless such changes apply equally to all other employees or senior officers of the Bank. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(b), Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any employee benefit plans, whether tax-qualified or otherwise, including, but not limited to, retirement plans, supplemental retirement plans, deferred compensation plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, employee stock ownership plans, stock award or stock option plans, health-and-accident plans, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to its senior executives and key management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements (including designation by the Board of eligibility to participate, if applicable). Executive shall also be entitled to incentive compensation and bonuses as provided in any plan or arrangement of the Bank in which Executive is eligible to participate (and he shall be entitled to a pro rata distribution under any incentive compensation or bonus plan as to any year in which a termination of employment occurs, other than Termination for Just Cause). Nothing paid to Executive under any such plans

2


 

or arrangements will be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.
     (c) In addition to the Base Salary provided for by Section 3(a) and other compensation and benefits provided for by Section 3(b), the Bank shall pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in performing his obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the Bank’s reimbursement policies.
     (d) Executive shall be entitled to paid time off in accordance with the standard policies of the Bank for senior executive officers, but in no event less than thirty (30) days paid time off during each year of employment. Executive shall receive his Base Salary and other benefits during periods of paid time off. Executive shall also be entitled to paid legal holidays in accordance with the policies of the Bank.
4. OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES.
     During the term of his employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods and reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board, Executive shall devote substantially all his business time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder. Executive also may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, trade association, community and charitable organizations subject to the annual approval of the Board; provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement or present any conflict of interest. Executive shall provide to the Board annually a list of all organizations for which Executive serves as a director or in a similar capacity for purposes of obtaining the Board’s approval of Executive’s service on the boards of such organizations. Such service to and participation in outside organizations shall be presumed for these purposes to be for the benefit of the Bank, and the Bank shall reimburse Executive his reasonable expenses associated therewith, except for such items that are tax deductible by the Executive as charitable contributions.
5. PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.
     (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during Executive’s term of employment under this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 5 shall apply. As used in this Agreement, an “Event of Termination” shall mean and include any of the following:
  (i)   the termination by the Bank of Executive’s full-time employment hereunder for any reason other than termination governed by Section 6 (Termination for Just Cause) or termination governed by Section 7 (termination due to Disability or death); or
 
  (ii)   Executive’s resignation from the Bank’s employ for any of the following reasons:
  (A)   the failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint Executive to the position set forth under Section 1;

3


 

  (B)   a material change in Executive’s functions, duties, or responsibilities with the Bank, which change would cause Executive’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope from the position and attributes thereof described in Section 1, above;
 
  (C)   a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 30 miles from the main office of the Bank on Staten Island and the Rahway branch of the Bank in Rahway, New Jersey;
 
  (D)   a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites to Executive from those being provided as of the Effective Date of this Agreement, other than a reduction that is part of a Bank-wide reduction in pay or benefits;
 
  (E)   a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Bank, other than a liquidation or dissolution that is caused by a reorganization or a mutual-to-stock conversion of the Mutual Holding Company which does not affect the status of Executive; or
 
  (F)   a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.
      Upon the occurrence of any event described in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D), (E) or (F), above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment under this Agreement by resignation upon not less than sixty (60) days prior written Notice of Termination, as defined in Section 9(a), given within six (6) full calendar months after the event giving rise to said right to elect. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event of a continuing breach of this Agreement by the Bank, Executive, after giving due notice within the prescribed time frame of an initial event specified above, shall not waive any of his rights under this Agreement and this Section solely by virtue of the fact that Executive has submitted his resignation, provided Executive has remained in the employment of the Bank and is engaged in good faith discussions to resolve any occurrence of an event described in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) or (F) above.
 
  (iii)   Executive’s voluntary resignation from the Bank’s employ on the effective date of, or at any time following, a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company during the term of this Agreement. For these purposes, a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company shall mean a change in control of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act),

4


 

      other than the Mutual Holding Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of Company’s outstanding securities except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board of Directors of the Company on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs; or (d) a proxy statement is distributed soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more corporations or financial institutions, and as a result of such proxy solicitation, a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company is approved by the requisite vote of the Company’s stockholders; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred in the event that (i) the Company sells less than 50% of its outstanding common stock in one or more stock offerings, or (ii) the Company or the Mutual Holding Company converts to stock form by reorganizing into the stock holding company structure.
     (b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, on the Date of Termination, as defined in Section 9(b), the Bank shall be obligated to pay Executive, or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) his earned but unpaid salary as of the date of his termination of employment with the Bank; (ii) the benefits, if any, to which he is entitled as a former employee under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs maintained for the benefit of the Bank’s or Company’s officers and employees; (iii) the remaining payments that Executive would have earned, in accordance with Sections 3(a) and 3(b), if he had continued his employment with the Bank for a thirty-six (36) month period following his termination of employment, and had earned a bonus and/or incentive award in each year equal in amount to the average bonus and/or incentive award earned by him over the three calendar years preceding the year in which the termination occurs in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(ii), or the highest annual bonus and/or incentive award earned by him in any of the three calendar years preceding the year in

5


 

which the termination occurs in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii); and (iv) the annual contributions or payments that would have been made on Executive’s behalf to any employee benefit plans of the Bank or the Company as if Executive had continued his employment with the Bank for a thirty-six (36) month period following his termination of employment, based on contributions or payments made (on an annualized basis) at the Date of Termination. Any payments hereunder shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination, or in the event that Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) applies, no later than the first day of the seventh month following the Date of Termination. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment.
     (c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank will cause to be continued life, medical, dental and disability coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his family prior to Executive’s termination. Such coverage shall continue at the Bank’s expense for a period of thirty-six (36) months from the Date of Termination.
     (d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under this Section constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Executive’s benefits hereunder shall be reduced, if necessary, to an amount, the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive’s “base amount,” as determined in accordance with Section 280G. The allocation of the reduction required hereby shall be determined by Executive.
6. TERMINATION FOR JUST CAUSE.
     (a) The term “Termination for Just Cause” shall mean termination because of: (i) Executive’s being convicted of a felony or of any lesser criminal offense involving moral turpitude; (ii) the willful commission by the Executive of a criminal or other act that, in the judgment of the Board, would likely cause substantial economic damage to the Company or the Bank or substantial injury to the business reputation of the Company or Bank; (iii) the commission by the Executive of any act of fraud in the performance of his duties on behalf of the Company or Bank or a material violation of the Company’s or the Bank’s code of ethics; (iv) the continuing willful failure of the Executive to perform his duties to the Company or the Bank (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after written notice thereof has been given to Executive by the Board (specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail) and Executive has been given a reasonable opportunity to be heard and cure such failure; or (v) an order of a federal or state regulatory agency or a court of competent jurisdiction requiring the termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or the Bank. For purposes of this Section, no act, or the failure to act, on Executive’s part shall be “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, in bad faith and without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank or its affiliates.
     (b) Notwithstanding Section 6(a), the Bank may not terminate Executive for Just Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a Notice of Termination which shall

6


 

include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose, finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying Termination for Just Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Just Cause. During the period beginning on the date of the Notice of Termination for Just Cause pursuant to Section 6 hereof through the Date of Termination, any unvested stock options and related limited rights granted to Executive under any stock option plan shall not be exercisable nor shall any unvested awards granted to Executive under any stock benefit plan of the Bank, the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, vest. At the Date of Termination, any such unvested stock options and related limited rights and any such unvested awards shall become null and void and shall not be exercisable by or delivered to Executive at any time subsequent to such Termination for Just Cause. In the Event of Executive’s Termination for Just Cause, Executive shall resign as a director of the Company and the Bank, and as a director and/or officer of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company and/or the Bank.
7. TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY OR DEATH.
     (a) The Bank or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment after having established Executive’s Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means a physical or mental infirmity that impairs Executive’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement and that results in Executive’s becoming eligible for long-term disability benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or the Bank (or, if the Company or the Bank has no such plan in effect, that impairs Executive’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days). The Board shall determine in good faith, based upon competent medical advice and other factors that they reasonably believe to be relevant, whether or not Executive is and continues to be disabled for purposes of this Agreement. As a condition to any benefits, the Board may require Executive to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as it deems reasonably appropriate, at the Bank’s expense.
     (b) In the event of such Disability, Executive’s obligation to perform services under this Agreement will terminate. In the event of such termination, Executive shall continue to receive his Base Salary, as defined in Section 3(a), at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination for a period of one (1) year following the Date of Termination by reason of Disability. Such payments shall be reduced by the amount of any short- or long-term disability benefits payable to Executive under any disability program sponsored by the Company or the Bank (and if the disability insurance payments are excludable from Executive’s income for federal income tax purposes, such amounts due Executive under Section 6(b), shall be tax adjusted, assuming a combined federal, state and city tax rate of 38%, for purposes of determining the reduction in the payments due under this Agreement to reflect the tax-free nature of the disability insurance payment – by way of illustration, a $100 tax-free disability insurance payment shall reduce the payment due under this Agreement by $161.30). In addition, in the event of termination due to Executive’s Disability, the Bank will continue to provide to Executive and his dependents for a period of one (1) year, the medical, dental and other health benefits that were provided by the Bank to Executive and Executive’s family prior to the occurrence of Executive’s Disability, on the same terms (including cost to Executive) that were being provided to Executive immediately

7


 

prior to the termination (except to the extent such benefits are changed in their application to all continuing employees of the Bank).
     (c) In the event of Executive’s death during the term of this Agreement, his estate, legal representatives or named beneficiary or beneficiaries (as directed by Executive in writing) shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary, as defined in Section 3(a), at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death for a period of one (1) year from the date of Executive’s death, and the Bank will continue to provide, for one (1) year after Executive’s death, the same medical, dental, and other health benefits that were provided by the Bank to Executive’s family immediately prior to the Executive’s death, on the same terms, including cost, as if Executive were actively employed by the Bank, except to the extent the terms (including cost) of such benefits are changed in their application to all continuing employees of the Bank.
8. TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT.
     Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Retirement” shall mean termination of Executive’s employment on or after age 65 and in accordance with a retirement policy established by the Board. Upon termination of Executive based on Retirement, no amounts or benefits shall be due Executive under this Agreement, and Executive shall be entitled to all benefits under any retirement plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party.
9. NOTICE.
     (a) Any notice required under this Agreement shall be in writing and hand-delivered to the other party. Any termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.
     (b) “Date of Termination” shall mean (A) if Executive’s employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after a Notice of Termination is given (provided that he shall not have returned to the performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), and (B) if his employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination.
     (c) If the party receiving a Notice of Termination desires to dispute or contest the basis or reasons for termination, the party receiving the Notice of Termination must notify the other party within thirty (30) days after receiving the Notice of Termination that such a dispute exists, and shall pursue the resolution of such dispute in good faith and with reasonable diligence pursuant to Section 20 of this Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, neither the Company nor the Bank shall be obligated to pay Executive compensation or other payments beyond the Date of Termination.

8


 

10. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.
     Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance honestly and in good faith to the Bank or the Company as may reasonably be required by the Bank or the Company in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party. All payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section for one (1) full year after the earlier of the expiration of this Agreement or termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank.
11. NON-COMPETITION AND NON-DISCLOSURE.
     (a) As a material inducement for the Bank to enter into this Agreement, upon any termination of Executive’s employment hereunder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, other than a termination of Executive’s employment under Sections 5(a)(iii) or 6 of this Agreement, Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank for a period of two (2) years following such termination in any city, town or county in which Executive’s normal business office is located and the Bank has an office or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office, determined as of the effective date of such termination, except as agreed to pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board. Executive agrees that during such period and within said cities, towns and counties, Executive shall not work for or advise, consult or otherwise serve with, directly or indirectly, any entity whose business materially competes with the depository, lending or other business activities of the Bank. Executive further agrees that for a period of two (2) years following any termination of employment, he shall not directly or indirectly, solicit, hire, or entice any of the following to cease, terminate, or reduce any relationship with the Bank or the Company or to divert any business from the Bank or the Company: (i) any person who was an employee of the Bank or the Company during the term of this Agreement; or (ii) any customer or client of the Bank or the Company. Further, Executive will not directly or indirectly disclose the names, addresses, telephone numbers, compensation, or other arrangements between the Bank or the Company and any individual or entity described in Sections (i) and (ii) of this Section. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Subsection agree that in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive, Executive’s partners, agents, servants, employees and all persons acting for or under the direction of Executive. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
     (b) Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Bank or the Company as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Bank or the Company. Executive will not, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank or the Company to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board of Directors or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not

9


 

solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank or the Company. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank or the Company to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Bank or the Company, pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank or the Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or the Company, or any other similar proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
12. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.
     All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive and, if such amounts and benefits due from the Bank are not timely paid or provided by the Bank, such amounts and benefits shall be paid or provided by the Company.
13. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.
     This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit, compensation, tax indemnification or other provision inuring to the benefit of Executive under any agreement between Executive, the Bank or the Company. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.
14. NO ATTACHMENT.
     (a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.
     (b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.
15. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.
     (a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

10


 

     (b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.
16. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.
     Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k) and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including 12 C.F.R. Part 359, and to the extent applicable, 12 C.F.R. §563.39.
17. SEVERABILITY.
     If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
18. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
     The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
19. GOVERNING LAW.
     This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of law principles, unless superceded by federal law or otherwise specified herein.
20. ARBITRATION.
     Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator selected by mutual agreement of Executive and the Bank, sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (“National Rules”) then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.
21. PAYMENT OF COSTS AND LEGAL FEES AND REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS.
     In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with Executive’s termination is resolved in favor of Executive, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement,

11


 

Executive shall be entitled to the payment of: (1) all legal fees incurred by Executive in resolving such dispute or controversy; (2) any back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due Executive under this Agreement; and (3) any other compensation otherwise due Executive as a result of a breach of this Agreement by the Bank.
22. INDEMNIFICATION.
     The Bank and the Company shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense. The Bank shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under New York or applicable federal law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, advancement of legal fees and expenses, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.
23. SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK.
     The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.
24. NON WAIVER.
     The failure of one party to insist upon or enforce strict performance by the others of any provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right, remedy or provision of this Agreement will not be interpreted or construed as a waiver or relinquishment to any extent of such party’s right to enforce or rely upon same in that or any other instance.

12


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Bank and Executive have signed (or caused to be signed) this Agreement this 18 th day of July, 2006.
             
    Northfield Savings Bank    
Attest:
           
 
           
\s\ Madeline Frank
  By:   \s\ John W. Alexander    
 
           
Secretary
  Title:   CEO    
 
           
Attest:
  Executive    
 
           
\s\ Madeline Frank
  \s\ Steven M. Klein    
 
       
Secretary   Steven M. Klein, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    Northfield Holdings Corp. (The Company is executing this Agreement only for purposes of acknowledging the obligations of the Company hereunder.)    
Attest:
           
 
\s\ Madeline Frank
  By:   \s\ John W. Alexander    
 
           
Secretary
  Title:   CEO    

13

 

Exhibit 10.6
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT AGREEMENT
      THIS SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is dated July 18, 2006, by and between NORTHFIELD SAVINGS BANK (the “Bank”), a New York chartered savings bank (the “Bank”), and ALBERT J. REGEN, the President of the Bank (the “Executive”).
RECITALS
     1. The Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield Holdings Corp., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York (the “Company”). The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of NSB Holding Corp., a New York-chartered mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”).
     2. Executive has served as the President of the Bank for 16 years and the Bank wishes to enter into this Agreement in recognition of Executive’s past services to the Bank and future services that Executive may be asked to perform hereunder.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   Definitions . In this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
  (a)   Benefit Commencement Date shall mean the first business day of the calendar month following the earliest of (i) Executive’s Separation from Service or (iii) Executive’s death.
 
  (b)   Monthly Benefit shall mean $17,450.00, payable on the first calendar day of each month, starting on the Benefit Commencement Date and ending 120 months later.
 
  (c)   Separation from Service shall mean September 30, 2006, the date of cessation of the employment relationship between Executive and the Bank, the Company, the Mutual Holding Company and any affiliates and subsidiaries, and shall be construed to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) and Proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h).
 
  (d)   Change in Control . A “Change in Control” shall mean (i) a change in the ownership of the Company or Bank, (ii) a change in the effective control of the Company or Bank, or (iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company or Bank, as described below.
 
      A change in the ownership of a corporation occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in 2005 Proposed Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(g)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Company or Bank that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock

 


 

      of such corporation. For these purposes, a change in ownership will not be deemed to have occurred if no stock of the Company or Bank is outstanding.
 
      A change in the effective control of the Company or Bank occurs on the date that either (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in 2005 Proposed Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(g)(5)(vi)(D)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company or Bank possessing 35 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or Bank, or (ii) a majority of the members of the Company’s or Bank’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s or Bank’s board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection “(ii)” is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Company or Bank is another corporation.
 
      A change in a substantial portion of the Company’s or Bank’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in 2005 Proposed Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(g)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company or Bank that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of (i) all of the assets of the Company or Bank, or (ii) the value of the assets being disposed of, either of which is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of 2005 Proposed Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(g)(5), except to the extent that such proposed regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.
2.   Payment of Benefits .
  (a)   Normal Benefit . On the Benefit Commencement Date, the Bank shall begin paying Executive the Monthly Benefit, which shall thereafter be paid on the first business day of each calendar month for a total of 120 months (i.e., monthly payments for 10 years). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and he has experienced a Separation from Service, then, to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A, such payments shall not commence until the first day of the seventh month following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service.
 
  (b)   Death Benefit .
 
      (i) Death During Service . If Executive dies prior to the Separation from Service, the Bank shall pay to Executive’s surviving spouse the Monthly Benefit commencing

2


 

      on the first business day of the month following Executive’s death and continuing on the first business day of each calendar month thereafter for a period of 120 months.
 
      (ii) Death During Benefit Period . If Executive dies on or after the Separation from Service, the Bank shall continue to make the remaining monthly payments due to Executive under this Agreement to Executive’s surviving spouse.
3.   Claims and Arbitration .
  (a)   Claims . In the event a claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied under this Agreement, Executive or any other person claiming benefits under this Agreement (a “Claimant”) shall be given notice in writing within 30 calendar days after the Bank’s receipt of the claim. For good cause shown, the Bank may extend this period for an additional 30 calendar days. Any denial must specifically set forth the reasons for the denial and any additional information necessary to rescind such denial. The Claimant shall have the right to seek a review of the denial by filing a written request with the Bank within 60 calendar days of receipt of the denial. Such request may be supported by such documentation and evidence deemed relevant by the Claimant. Following receipt of this information, the Bank shall make a final determination and notify the Claimant in writing within 60 calendar days of the Bank’s receipt of the request for review together with the specific reasons for the decision.
 
  (b)   Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator selected by mutual agreement of Executive and the Bank, sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (“National Rules”) then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.
4.   General Assets and Funding . The amounts payable under this Agreement are payable from the general assets of the Bank and no special fund or arrangement is intended to be established hereby nor shall the Bank be required to earmark, place in trust or otherwise segregate assets with respect to this Agreement or any benefits hereunder. The Bank reserves the right to determine how the Bank will fund its obligations under this Agreement. If the Bank elects to purchase assets relating to this Agreement, in whole or in part, through the medium of life insurance or annuities, or both, the Bank shall be the owner and beneficiary of each such policy unless otherwise provided by this Agreement. The Bank reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to terminate such life insurance or annuities, as well as any other investment program, at any time, in whole or in part unless otherwise provided by this Agreement. Such termination shall in no way affect the Bank’s obligation to pay the Executive the benefits as provided in this Agreement. At no time shall

3


 

    Executive be deemed to have any right, title, or interest in or to any specific asset or assets of the Bank, including but not by way of restriction, any insurance or annuity contract and contracts or the proceeds therefrom.
 
    The rights of Executive or any other person claiming through Executive under this Agreement shall be solely those of an unsecured general creditor of the Bank. Executive or any other person claiming through Executive, shall only have the right to receive from the Bank those payments as specified under this Agreement. Executive agrees that he, or any other person claiming through him, shall have no rights or interests whatsoever in any asset of the Bank, including any insurance policies or contracts that the Bank may possess or obtain to informally fund this Agreement. Any asset used or acquired by the Bank in connection with the liabilities it has assumed under this Agreement, except as expressly provided, shall not be deemed to be held under any trust for the benefit of Executive or his spouse nor shall it be considered security for the performance of the obligations of the Bank. It shall be, and remain, a general, unpledged and unrestricted asset of the Bank.
5.   Non-Competition And Non-Disclosure .
  (a)   Non-Competition . So long as benefits are being paid under this Agreement, Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank or the Company in any city, town or county in which the Bank has an office or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office, except as agreed to pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board. The Executive agrees that during such period and within said cities, towns and counties, the Executive shall not work for or advise, consult or otherwise serve with, directly or indirectly, any entity whose business materially competes with the depository, lending or other business activities of the Bank or the Company. So long as benefits are being paid under this Agreement, Executive also shall not directly or indirectly, solicit, hire, or entice any person who was an employee of the Bank or the Company or any customer or client of the Bank or the Company to cease, terminate, or reduce any relationship with the Bank or the Company or to divert any business from the Bank or the Company. Further, Executive will not directly or indirectly disclose the names, addresses, telephone numbers, compensation, or other arrangements between the Bank or the Company and any individual or entity described in Section 5(a). The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section agree that in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available: (i) to immediately cease payment of any amount that would otherwise be payable under this Agreement; and (ii) to obtain an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive, Executive’s partners, agents, servants, employees and all persons acting for or under the direction of Executive. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank or the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank or the Company for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

4


 

    To the extent any part of this Section 5(a) is found to be unenforceable, Executive and the Bank agree that a court of competent jurisdiction shall have authority to reform this Section 5(a) to the extent necessary to provide the maximum period and geographic area of non-competition that is enforceable under applicable law, in consideration for the benefits paid and payable to Executive hereunder.
  (b)   Non-Disclosure . Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Bank and the Company as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Bank and the Company. Executive will not, during the period when benefits are being paid under this Agreement, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank or the Company to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Company or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank or the Company. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank to the Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York, the New York Banking Department, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or other appropriate bank regulator, pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank or the Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or the Company, or any other similar proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank or the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank or the Company for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
6.   Amendment and Termination.
  (a)   Amendment . The Bank and Executive may amend this Agreement at any time, in whole or in part pursuant a mutual written agreement.
 
  (b)   Termination . The Bank may partially or completely terminate the Agreement at any time, if, in its judgment, the tax, accounting, or other effects of the continuance of the Agreement, or potential payments thereunder, would not be in the best interests of the Bank; provided, however, that the termination shall not decrease the amount payable to the Executive. Subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A, in the event of termination, the Agreement shall cease to operate and the Bank shall pay the Executive a lump sum equal to the present value of the remaining amount due under this Agreement (discounted to present value using comparable Treasury yields for the

5


 

      remaining number of months of payments that would otherwise be owed under the Agreement) as of the effective date of the complete termination.
7.   Miscellaneous .
  (a)   Withholding .
 
      (i) Income Taxes . To the extent amounts payable under this Agreement are determined by the Bank, in good faith, to be subject to federal, state or local income tax, the Bank may withhold from each such payment an amount necessary to meet the Bank’s obligation to withhold amounts under the applicable federal, state or local law.
 
      (ii) Employment Taxes . The parties agree that the entire amount payable under this Agreement shall be “taken into account” for federal employment tax purposes under Code Section 3121(v)(2) as of the effective date of this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, except to the extent that federal law applies.
 
  (c)   Future Employment . This Agreement shall not be construed as providing the Executive the right to be continued in the employ of the Bank or its affiliates or subsidiaries.
 
  (d)   No Pledge or Attachment . No benefit which is or may become payable under this Agreement shall be subject to any anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation or subject to any attachment, levy or similar process and any attempt to effect any such action shall be null and void.
 
  (e)   Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and the obligations of the Bank herein shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Bank. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event of a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company, the Bank shall pay the Executive a lump sum equal to the present value of the remaining amount due under this Agreement (discounted to present value using comparable Treasury yields for the remaining number of months of payments that would otherwise be owed under the Agreement) as of the effective date of the Change in Control.
 
  (f)   Notices . Any notices under this Agreement shall be provided to the Executive at his last address on file with the Bank.
 
  (g)   Headings . Headings of sections herein are inserted for convenience of reference. They are not to be considered in the construction of this Agreement.
 
  (h)   Savings Clause . If any provision of this Agreement shall be for any reason invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall be carried into effect.

6


 

  (i)   Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than as specifically set forth herein.
 
  (j)   Top Hat Agreement. For purposes of the Internal Revenue Code, the Bank intends this Agreement to be an unfunded, unsecured promise to pay on the part of the Bank. For purposes of ERISA, the Bank intends this Agreement to be an unfunded obligation solely for the benefit of the Executive for the purpose of qualifying this Agreement for the “top hat” exception under sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a) of ERISA.
     The parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
 
      NORTHFIELD SAVINGS BANK
 
       
     7/18/06
  By:   \s\ John W. Alexander
 
       
Date
      John W. Alexander
 
      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 
      EXECUTIVE
 
       
 
      \s\ Albert J. Regen
 
       
      7/18/06
      Albert J. Regen
Date
       
 
 
 
      Witness
 
     
 
 
      \s\ Madeline Frank           7/18/06

7

 

Exhibit 10.7
NORTHFIELD SAVINGS BANK
2006 EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION
Northfield Savings Bank (the Bank) has adopted the following guidelines for the 2006 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the Plan).
(1)   An amount equal to 10 percent of the excess of before tax profits over one percent of average assets will be available for base awards and individual awards under the program. Bank’s executives (senior vice president and above) are eligible for base awards based upon the guidelines detailed in items two and three below. In addition, employees at the level of executive vice president and above will be eligible for an additional award based upon individual goals and performance (individual awards). Before tax profits will be calculated on a tax-equivalent basis and adjustments will be made to the calculation of before tax profits and average assets if an arbitrage program is implemented.
(2)   The Bank’s performance, for purposes of determining base awards, will be benchmarked against peer group averages for the following eight categories:
  (a)   Return on average assets before tax
 
  (b)   Return on average equity before tax
 
  (c)   Tier one capital as a percentage of assets
 
  (d)   Net interest margin
 
  (e)   Operating expense as a percentage of average earning assets
 
  (f)   Cost of funding
 
  (g)   Non-performing loans as a percentage of total assets
 
  (h)   Efficiency ratio
    In the event Northfield does not perform equal to or better than peer group averages for at least five of the eight categories, the pool will be equal to 20 percent of the amount available for distribution under (1) times the number of categories for which the Bank performed equaled to or better than the peer group average.
 
(3)   The maximum base award is 25 percent of an individual executive’s salary.
(4)   Based upon specific goals and performance, an additional individual award may be granted (unless prohibited or limited by law or regulation).
(5)   The Compensation Committee will review performance and recommend all base and individual awards for approval by the Board of Directors.
(6)   Payment of amounts awarded under the Plan will be deferred while the Bank is under the Memorandum of Understanding dated June 27, 2005.

 

 

Exhibit 10.8
Northfield Bank
Senior Management Supplemental Benefit Plans
January 2007
Disability Program
Short Term Disability (STD)
In lieu of participation in the PTO Bank, senior management (as defined for Reg. O purposes) will be paid their full salary for the duration of their short-term disability but not to exceed the state laws of 26 weeks or after which long-term disability benefits becomes available. Any payments under the Group STD Policy will be reimbursed to the Bank.
Long Term Disability (LTD)
The Bank maintains a LTD policy for all full time employees and pays the premiums thereon. Senior management (as defined for Reg. O purposes) will be responsible for payment of their share of the cost of the Group LTD Policy premium. (When premiums on a LTD policy are paid by the insured, the benefits received are exempt from income taxes.) The Bank will make a bonus payment to senior management in recognition of their payment of their own LTD premiums in an amount determined solely by the Bank.
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
The bank maintains a Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for senior management (prior to formalization of this plan certain executives were included in the plan as part of the consideration of their employment and will be grandfathered). The plan encompasses both a voluntary compensation deferral plan, and a “make-up” payment plan to compensate for benefits that would otherwise be limited due to IRS qualified plan limitations (SERP).
Under the voluntary deferred compensation portion of the plan, eligible executives may voluntarily defer a portion of their salary or bonus on a pre-tax basis. The SERP portion of the plan “makes up” benefits that would have been paid under the IRS qualified plans but were limited as a result of qualified plan compensation limitations, time in service issues, or other eligibility reasons. (Please see a copy of the plan for details.)
Approved by Compensation Committee 11/20/2006

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
     The following is a list of the material subsidiaries of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. following the charter conversion of Northfield Bank to a federal charter:
     
Name   State of Incorporation
Northfield Bank
  Federal*
NSB Insurance Agency
  New York**
NSB Services Corp.
  Delaware**
NSB Realty Trust
  Maryland ***
 
*   Subsidiary of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
**   Subsidiary of Northfield Bank
 
***   Subsidiary of NSB Services Corp.

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.:
We consent to the use in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission of our report dated March 20, 2007 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholder’s equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “EXPERTS” in the prospectus.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Short Hills, New Jersey
June 7, 2007

 

 

Exhibit 23.3
(FINPRO LOGO)
June 6, 2007
Board of Directors
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Northfield Bank
1731 Victory Boulevard
Staten Island, NY 10314
Dear Board Members:
We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name, FinPro, Inc. (“FinPro”) and the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report and the valuation of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. provided by FinPro in the Form MHC-2 and Registration Statement on Form S-1 (“Registration Statement”), including the prospectus filed by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and any amendments thereto and our letter regarding subscription rights filed as an exhibit to the Form MHC-2 and the Registration Statement referenced above.
Very Truly Yours,
\s\ FinPro, Inc.
FinPro, Inc.
20 Church Street • P.O. Box 323 • Liberty Corner, NJ 07938-0323 • Tel: 908.604.9336 • Fax: 908.604.5951
finpro@finpronj.com • www.finpronj.com

 

Exhibit 99.1
(FINPRO LOGO)
April 13, 2007
Mr. John Alexander
Chairman and CEO
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Northfield Savings Bank
1731 Victory Blvd.
Staten Island, NY 10314
RE: Conversion Appraisal Services
Dear Mr. Alexander:
FinPro, Inc. (“FinPro”) would be pleased to assist Northfield Savings Bank, (“the Bank”) and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (“the Company”) in providing appraisal services for the planned minority stock offering.
Section 1: Services to be Rendered
As part of the appraisal valuation, the following major tasks will be included:
  conduct financial due diligence, including interviews of senior management and reviews of financial and other records;
  gather an understanding of the Bank’s current and projected financial condition, profitability, risk characteristics, operations and external factors that might influence or impact the Bank;
  prepare a detailed written valuation report of the Bank and the Company, that is consistent with applicable regulatory guidelines and standard valuation practices;
  prepare and deliver an opinion, in form and substance acceptable to legal and tax counsel of the Bank and the Company, to the effect that the subscription rights granted to eligible account holders, the applicable stock benefit plans and others in connection with the stock offering, have no value.
The valuation report will:
  include an in-depth analysis of the operating results and financial condition of the Bank and the Company;
  assess the interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk;
  describe the business strategies of the Bank and the Company, the market area, competition and potential for the future;
20 Church Street • P.O. Box 323 • Liberty Corner, NJ 07938-0323 • Tel: 908.604.9336 • Fax: 908.604.5951
finpro@finpronj.com • www.finpronj.com

 


 

  include a detailed peer analysis of publicly traded savings institutions for use in determining appropriate valuation adjustments based upon multiple factors;
  include a midpoint pro forma valuation along with a range of value around the midpoint value;
  comply, in form and substance to all applicable requirements of regulatory authorities for purposes of its use to establish the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock of the Company following the Conversion and Stock Offering.
The valuation report may be periodically updated throughout the Conversion process and will be updated at the time of the closing of the Stock Offering.
FinPro will perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and will respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation appraisal and any subsequent updates.
Section 2: Information Requirements of the Bank
To accomplish the tasks set forth in Section 1 of this proposal, the following information and work effort is expected of the Bank and the Company:
    provide FinPro with all financial and other information, whether or not publicly available, necessary to familiarize FinPro with the business and operations of the Bank and the Company;
 
    allow FinPro the opportunity, from time to time, to discuss the operations of the Bank and the Company with Bank and Company personnel;
 
    promptly advise FinPro of any material or contemplated material transactions that may have an effect on the day-to-day operations of the Bank and the Company;
 
    provide FinPro with all support schedules required to compile Regulatory, Board and Management reports; and
 
    provide FinPro with offering circular, prospectus and all other materials relevant to the appraisal function for the Conversion.
Section 3: Project Deliverables
The following is a list of deliverables that will result from FinPro’s effort:
1.   Appraisal document
 
2.   Final Appraisal document
Section 4: Term of the Agreement and Staffing
It is anticipated that it will take approximately six months of elapsed time to complete all of the tasks outlined in this proposal.

2.


 

Section 5: Fees and Expenses
FinPro’s fees for providing the services outlined in this Agreement will be:
    $65,000 for the initial appraisal; and
 
    $10,000 for appraisal updates, (this fee is only applicable in the event that the transaction structure changes or the financial figures go stale).
This fee is payable according to the following schedule:
    A non-refundable retainer of $10,000;
 
    upon submission of the appraisal to the regulators, a non-refundable fee of $20,000; plus
 
    upon completion of the Stock Offering, a non-refundable fee equal to the remainder; and
 
    if appraisal updates are necessary, they will be payable upon delivery.
In addition to any fees that may be payable to FinPro hereunder, the Bank and the Company hereby agrees to reimburse FinPro for all of FinPro’s travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with FinPro’s engagement. Such out-of-pocket expenses will consist of travel to and from the Bank’s facilities from FinPro’s offices, normal delivery charges such as Federal Express, and costs associated with the Valuation documents such as copying. It is FinPro policy to provide you with an itemized accounting of the out-of-pocket expenditures so that you can control them.
In the event that the Bank and the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed Conversion prior to delivery of the completed documents set forth above, the Bank and Company agrees to compensate FinPro according to FinPro’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated time and expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above. FinPro’s standard hourly rates are as follows:
         
                  Director Level and Above
  $ 300  
                  Staff Consultant Level
  $ 150  
If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Bank, the Company and FinPro. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, major changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal or processing procedures as they relate to conversion appraisals, major changes in management or procedures, operating policies or guidelines, excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators.
FinPro agrees to execute a suitable confidentiality agreement with the Bank and the Company. The Bank and Company acknowledges that all opinions, valuations and advice (written or oral) given by FinPro to the Bank and Company in connection with FinPro’s engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Bank and Company (and their directors, management, and attorneys) in connection with the matters contemplated hereby, and the Bank and Company agree that no such opinion, valuation, or advice shall be

3.


 

used for any other purpose, except with respect to the opinion and valuation which may be used for the proper corporate purposes of the client, or reproduced, or disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to FinPro be made by the Bank and Company (or such persons), without the prior written consent of FinPro, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Section 6: Representations and Warranties
FinPro, the Bank and the Company agree to the following:
1.) The Bank and the Company agree to make available or to supply to FinPro the information set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement.
2.) The Bank and the Company hereby represent and warrant to FinPro that any information provided to FinPro does not and will not, to the best of the Bank’s and Company’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to FinPro, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.
3.) (a) The Bank and the Company shall: indemnify FinPro and hold it harmless against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which FinPro may become subject arising in any manner out of or in connection with the rendering of services by FinPro hereunder (including any services rendered prior to the date hereof) or the rendering of additional services by FinPro as requested by the Company or the Bank that are related to the services rendered hereunder, unless it is finally judicially determined that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities resulted directly from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of FinPro; and
     (b) reimburse FinPro promptly for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending, or providing evidence in or preparing to serve or serving as a witness with respect to, any lawsuits, investigations, claims or other proceedings arising in any manner out of or in connection with the rendering of services by FinPro hereunder or the rendering of additional services by FinPro as requested by the Company or the Bank that are related to the services rendered hereunder (including, without limitation, in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the indemnification obligations set forth herein); provided, however, that in the event a final judicial determination is made to the effect specified in subparagraph 3(a) above, FinPro will remit to the Company or the Bank any amounts reimbursed under this subparagraph 3(b).
The Company and the Bank agree that the indemnification and reimbursement commitments set forth in this paragraph 3 shall apply whether or not FinPro is a formal party to any such lawsuits, investigations, claims or other proceedings and that such commitments shall extend upon the terms set forth in this paragraph to any controlling person, affiliate, director, officer, employee or consultant of FinPro (each, with FinPro, an “Indemnified Person”).

4.


 

This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Bank, the Company and FinPro concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey. This Agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.
The Bank, the Company and FinPro are not affiliated, and neither the Bank, the Company nor FinPro has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other.
Please confirm that the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding and agreement with FinPro by signing and returning to FinPro the duplicate of the letter enclosed herewith.
Accepted subject to execution of acceptable confidentiality agreement          
Sincerely:
     
\s\ Dennis E. Gibney
  \s\ Steven M. Klein
 
   
Dennis E. Gibney, CFA
  Steven M. Klein
Managing Director
  EVP & CFO
FinPro, Inc.
  Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
  Northfield Savings Bank
 
   
4/27/07
  4/27/07
 
   
Date
  Date

5.

 

Exhibit 99.2
KELLER & COMPANY, INC.
FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CONSULTANTS
555 METRO PLACE NORTH
SUITE 524
DUBLIN, OHIO 43017
(614) 766-1426
(614) 766-1459 FAX
April 19, 2007
Mr. John W. Alexander
Chairman
Northfield Bank
1731 Victory Boulevard
Staten Island, New York 10314
Re: Business Plan Proposal
Dear Mr. Alexander:
This letter represents our proposal to prepare a complete three-year Business Plan (“Plan”) for Northfield Bank (“Northfield” or the “Bank”) to fulfill all regulatory requirements relating to the Bank’s minority stock offering (the “stock offering”). The Plan will focus on Northfield’s new three-year pro formas, the minority stock offering impact on Northfield and the planned use of proceeds, recognizing the Bank’s plan to use its proceeds.
Keller & Company (“Keller”) is experienced in preparing business plans for filing with and approval by all regulatory agencies. Keller prepared thirty-two in 2004, thirty-three in 2005 and thirty-five in 2006, and all were approved. Northfield’ s Plan will be based on the format provided in the attached Exhibit A. Keller will prepare the three-year pro formas and each discussion section in accordance with regulatory requirements and based on the Bank’s input. Keller’s objective is to ensure that the Bank’s Plan is in compliance with all applicable requirements, and that management and directorate are knowledgeable of and comfortable with the assumptions, commitments and projections contained in the Plan, making the Plan useful for the future. Keller has filed numerous Plans with the OTS and the FDIC and is familiar with the pre-filing requirements of the OTS for business plans.
Exhibit B provides a sample set of pro formas. Northfield’s pro formas will incorporate the most current interest rate projections available. Keller’s procedure in preparing the Plan and three-year projections is to request key financial information, including the most recent Call Report as of March 31, 2007, investment portfolio mix, recent lending activity, interest rate risk report, savings activity, costs and yields and other data from Northfield. Based on a review of this information, Keller will then schedule a time to meet with senior management to discuss the Bank’s plans and expectations for 2007, 2008 and 2009, focusing on such items as use of proceeds, deposit growth expectations, loan origination projections, new products and services, increases in general valuation allowance, capital expenditures, increases in fixed assets, investment strategy, expansion plans, overhead expenses, board fees, fee income, total compensation, etc. We will then prepare financial projections tying the beginning figures to Northfield’s March 31, 2007, Call Report balances. Assets and liabilities will be repriced based

 


 

Mr. John W. Alexander
April 19, 2007
Page 2
on their maturity period, with such items tied to rate indices and their yields and costs adjusting based on interest rate trends. The projections will be based somewhat on Northfield’s actual performance in 2006 in conjunction with the input from discussions with management. We can introduce numerous scenarios for internal use as part of the preparation of the Plan to show the impact of alternative strategies and the impact of proceeds at any other levels rather than the midpoint as required by the regulator.
With each set of pro formas, we will send Northfield a discussion summary of the assumptions for easy review and comments (Exhibit C). After your review of the pro formas, we will make any adjustments that are desired. When the pro formas are complete, we will provide the final pro forma financial statements, as well as pro formas for the mid-tier holding company (Exhibit D).
With regard to the text of the Plan, we will complete each section in draft form for your review, and revise each section based on management’s comments and requests. We will also send a copy to the conversion counsel for their input and comments. The Plan will be in full compliance with all regulatory requirements. We will also prepare a quarterly comparison chart each quarter after the minority offering for presentation to the board, showing the quarterly variance in actual performance relative to projections and provide comments on the variance, at no charge.
Our fee for the preparation of the Business Plan text and pro formas is a fee of $36,000, plus out-of-pocket expenses not to exceed $2,500. The fee includes a retainer fee of $3,000 to be paid at the time of signing this agreement and deducted from the total fee at the time of completion of the Business Plan.
I look forward to possibly working with the Bank and its management and would be pleased to discuss our proposal or answer any questions.
Sincerely,
KELLER and COMPANY, INC.
\s\ Michael R. Keller
     
Michael R. Keller
   
President
  Accepted subject to execution of an acceptable
 
  confidentiality agreement.
 
   
MRK: jmm
   
enclosure
   
 
   
Accepted this 27 day of April , 2007.
   
 
\s\ Steven M. Klein
   
 
Steven M. Klein
   
EVP & CFO
   

 

 

(FINPRO LOGO)
June 6, 2007
Board of Directors
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Northfield Bank
1731 Victory Boulevard
Staten Island, NY 10314
Dear Board Members:
All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s (the “Company”) Plan of Stock Issuance (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company. As part of the Plan, the Company will issue 43% of its outstanding common stock to the public and 2.00% of its outstanding common stock plus $3.0 million in cash to a charitable foundation. The remaining common stock of the Company will be owned by Northfield Bancorp, MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company.
We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of the common stock are to be issued to (i) Eligible Account Holders; (ii) Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, including the employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”); (iii) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (iv) Other Members (together collectively referred to as the “Recipients”). Based solely on our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such Recipients without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford the Recipients the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the Community Offering, if any, but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that:
  (1)   the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and
 
  (2)   the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.
Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the Subscription Offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the Subscription Offering.
Very Truly Yours,
\s\ FinPro, Inc.
FinPro, Inc.
20 Church Street • P.O. Box 323 • Liberty Corner, NJ 07938-0323 • Tel: 908.604.9336 • Fax: 908.604.5951
finpro@finpronj.com • www.finpronj.com

 

 

Exhibit 99.4
Table of Contents
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Staten Island, New York
         
TABLE OF CONTENTS
    I  
 
 
       
INTRODUCTION
    1  
 
 
       
1. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    4  
 
 
       
General Overview
    4  
History and Overview
    5  
Strategic Direction
    6  
Balance Sheet Trends
    7  
Loan Portfolio
    8  
Investments
    11  
Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities
    12  
Asset Quality
    13  
Funding Composition
    16  
Asset/Liability Management
    18  
Net Worth and Capital
    19  
Profitability Trends
    20  
Legal Proceedings
    26  
Informal Regulatory Agreement
    26  
Subsidiaries
    27  
 
       
2. MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    28  
 
 
       
3. COMPARISONS WITH PUBLICLY TRADED THRIFTS
    30  
 
 
       
Introduction
    30  
Selection Criteria
    30  
Basis for Comparison
    32  
Overview of the Comparables
    32  
 
       
4. MARKET VALUE DETERMINATION
    35  
 
Market Value Adjustments
    35  
Financial Condition
    36  
Balance Sheet Growth
    40  

 


 

         
Earnings Quality, Predictability and Growth
    42  
Market area
    47  
Cash Dividends
    50  
Liquidity of the Issue
    52  
Recent Regulatory Matters
    53  
 
       
5. OTHER FACTORS
    54  
 
 
       
Management
    54  
Subscription Interest
    55  
Valuation Adjustments
    57  
 
       
6. VALUATION
    58  
 
 
       
Discussion of Weight Given to Valuation Multiples
    58  
Full Offering Value in Relation to Comparables
    60  
Comparison to Recent MHC Conversions
    63  
Valuation Conclusion
    64  

 


 

List of Figures
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Staten Island, New York
         
FIGURE 1 - KEY BALANCE SHEET DATA
    4  
FIGURE 2 - KEY RATIOS
    4  
FIGURE 3 - ASSET AND RETAINED EARNINGS CHART
    7  
FIGURE 4 - NET LOANS RECEIVABLE CHART
    8  
FIGURE 5 - LOAN MIX AS OF MARCH 31, 2007
    9  
FIGURE 6 - LOAN MIX AT MARCH 31, 2007
    10  
FIGURE 7 - SECURITIES CHART
    11  
FIGURE 8 - INVESTMENT MIX
    12  
FIGURE 9 - ASSET QUALITY CHART
    13  
FIGURE 10 - NONPERFORMING LOANS
    14  
FIGURE 11 - ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES CHART
    15  
FIGURE 12 - DEPOSIT AND BORROWING TREND CHART
    16  
FIGURE 13 - DEPOSIT MIX
    17  
FIGURE 14 - INTEREST RATE RISK
    18  
FIGURE 15 - CAPITAL ANALYSIS
    19  
FIGURE 16 - NET INCOME CHART
    20  
FIGURE 17 - CORE NET INCOME CALCULATION
    21  
FIGURE 18 - AVERAGE YIELDS AND COSTS
    22  
FIGURE 19 - SPREAD AND MARGIN CHART
    23  
FIGURE 20 - INCOME STATEMENT TRENDS
    24  
FIGURE 21 - PROFITABILITY TREND CHART
    25  
FIGURE 22 - DEPOSIT AND DEMOGRAPHIC DATA FOR RICHMOND COUNTY
    28  
FIGURE 23 - DEPOSIT AND DEMOGRAPHIC DATA FOR KINGS COUNTY
    28  
FIGURE 24 - DEPOSIT AND DEMOGRAPHIC DATA FOR MIDDLESEX COUNTY
    29  
FIGURE 25 - DEPOSIT AND DEMOGRAPHIC DATA FOR UNION COUNTY
    29  
FIGURE 26 - COMPARABLE GROUP
    31  
FIGURE 27 - KEY FINANCIAL INDICATORS
    34  
FIGURE 28 - KEY BALANCE SHEET DATA
    36  
FIGURE 29 - CAPITAL DATA
    37  
FIGURE 30 - ASSET QUALITY TABLE
    38  
FIGURE 31 - BALANCE SHEET GROWTH DATA
    40  
FIGURE 32 - NET INCOME CHART
    43  
FIGURE 33 - PROFITABILITY DATA
    44  
FIGURE 34 - INCOME STATEMENT DATA
    45  
FIGURE 35 - MARKET AREA DATA
    48  
FIGURE 36 - DIVIDEND DATA
    50  
FIGURE 37 - MARKET CAPITALIZATION DATA
    52  
FIGURE 38 - MHC REORGANIZATIONS (SINCE 1/1/05) PRO FORMA DATA
    55  
FIGURE 39 - MHC REORGANIZATIONS PRICE APPRECIATION
    56  
FIGURE 40 - VALUE RANGE — FULL OFFERING
    60  
FIGURE 41 - AS IF FULLY CONVERTED OFFERING PRICING MULTIPLES
    61  
FIGURE 42 - COMPARABLE AS IF FULLY CONVERTED PRICING MULTIPLES TO THE BANK’S PRO FORMA MIDPOINT
    61  
FIGURE 43 - COMPARABLE AS IF FULLY CONVERTED PRICING MULTIPLES TO THE BANK’S PRO FORMA SUPER MAXIMUM
    61  
FIGURE 44 - VALUE RANGE MHC OFFERING DATA
    62  
FIGURE 45 - COMPARABLE MHC PRICING MULTIPLES TO THE BANK’S PRO FORMA MIDPOINT
    62  
FIGURE 46 - COMPARABLE MHC PRICING MULTIPLES TO THE BANK’S PRO FORMA SUPER MAXIMUM
    62  
FIGURE 47 - COMPARISON TO FILED AND PENDING MHC OFFERINGS
    63  

 


 

List of Exhibits
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Staten Island, New York
     
Exhibit
   
 
1.  
Profile of FinPro, Inc. and the Author of the Appraisal
   
 
2.  
Consolidated Balance Sheets
   
 
3.  
Consolidated Statements of Income
   
 
4.  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity
   
 
5.  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
   
 
6.  
Net Income Reconciliation
   
 
7.  
Comparable Group Selection Screens
   
 
8.  
Selected Financial Data
   
 
9.  
Industry Fully Converted Pricing Multiples
   
 
10.  
MHC Conversions 2006 to Date
   
 
11.  
Full Offering No Foundation Appraisal Pro Forma March 31, 2007 – 12 Months
   
 
12.  
Full Offering With Foundation Appraisal Pro Forma March 31, 2007 – 12 Months
   
 
13.  
MHC Appraisal Pro Forma March 31, 2007 – 12 Months
   
 
14.  
MHC Fiscal Year Offering Circular Pro Forma December 31, 2006 – 12 Months
   
 
15.  
MHC Stub Period Offering Circular Pro Forma March 31, 2007 – 3 Months

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 1
Introduction
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Mid-tier”), is offering for sale shares of its common stock. The shares being offered represent 43.00% of the shares of common stock of the Mid-tier that will be outstanding following the reorganization. The Mid-tier also intends to contribute 2.0% of the shares of the Mid-tier that will be outstanding following the reorganization to a charitable foundation. Additionally, the Mid-tier will contribute $3.0 million in cash to the charitable foundation. After the stock offering, over 50.0% of the Mid-tier outstanding shares of common stock will be owned by Northfield Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”), the mutual holding company parent. This report represents FinPro, Inc.’s (“FinPro”) independent appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (hereafter referred to on a consolidated basis as the “Bank”).
In compiling the pro formas, FinPro relied upon the assumptions provided by the Bank and its agents. The pro forma assumptions are as follows:
    43.00% of the total shares will be sold to the depositors and public,
 
    2.00% of the total shares will be contributed to a charitable foundation,
 
    cash equal to $3.0 million will be contributed to a charitable foundation,
 
    the stock will be issued at $10.00 per share,
 
    the conversion expenses will be $2.8 million at the midpoint,
 
    there will be an ESOP equal to 3.92% of the total shares outstanding funded internally, amortized over 30 years straight-line,
 
    there will be an MRP equal to 1.96% of the total shares outstanding, amortized over 5 years straight-line,
 
    there will be a Stock Option Plan equal to 4.90% of the total shares outstanding, expensed at $3.20 per option over 5 years straight-line,
 
    the tax rate is assumed at 40.00%, and
 
    the net proceeds will be invested at the one-year treasury rate of 4.90%, pre-tax.
It is our understanding that the Bank will offer its stock in a subscription and community offering to Eligible Account Holders, to the Employee Plans and to Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the Bank. This appraisal has been prepared in accordance with Regulation 563b.7 and the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) which have been adopted in practice by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), including the most recent revisions as of October 21, 1994, and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 2
In the course of preparing our report, we reviewed the Bank’s audited financials for the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006 and the unaudited financials for the three months ended March 31, 2007. We also reviewed the registration statement on Form S-1 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have conducted due diligence analysis of the Bank and held due diligence related discussions with the Bank’s Management and Board, Sandler O’Neill + Partners L.P. (the Bank’s underwriter), and Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (the Bank’s special counsel). The valuation parameters set forth in the appraisal were predicated on these discussions but all conclusions related to the valuation were reached and made independent of such discussions.
Where appropriate, we considered information based upon other publicly available sources, which we believe to be reliable; however, we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. We visited the Bank’s primary market area and reviewed the market area’s economic condition. We also reviewed the competitive environment in which the Bank operates and its relative strengths and weaknesses. We compared the Bank’s performance with selected publicly traded thrift institutions. We reviewed conditions in the securities markets in general and in the market for savings institutions in particular. Our analysis included a review of the estimated effects of the Conversion of the Bank on the operations and expected financial performance as they related to the Bank’s estimated pro forma value.
In preparing our valuation, we relied upon and assumed the accuracy and completeness of financial and other information provided to us by the Bank and its independent accountants. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by the Bank and its independent accountants, nor did we independently value any of the Bank’s assets or liabilities. This estimated valuation considers the Bank only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of its liquidation value.
Our valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, to be a recommendation of any kind as the advisability of purchasing shares of Common Stock in the stock issuance. Moreover, because such valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of Common Stock in the stock issuance will thereafter be able to sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the pro forma market value thereof. FinPro is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal or state securities laws. Any report prepared by FinPro shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities.

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 3
The estimated valuation herein will be updated as appropriate. These updates will consider, among other factors, any developments or changes in the Bank’s financial condition, operating performance, management policies and procedures and current conditions in the securities market for thrift institution common stock. Should any such developments or changes, in our opinion, be material to the estimated pro forma market value of the Bank, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained at that time.

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 4
1. Overview and Financial Analysis
      General Overview
As of March 31, 2007, the Bank had $1.3 billion in total assets, $966.5 million in deposits, $421.8 million in net loans and $171.0 million in equity.
Figure 1 — Key Balance Sheet Data
[Statistical Information Omitted]
Figure 2 — Key Ratios
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 5
      History and Overview
The Bank was organized in 1887, and in 1995, the Bank reorganized into the mutual holding company structure. The Bank changed its name to Northfield Bank from Northfield Savings Bank in 2006, and began using the new name on January 1, 2007 for trade purposes. The Bank formed Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (then named Northfield Holdings Corp.) as the mid-tier stock holding company in 2002 to facilitate the acquisition of Liberty Bank, discussed below. The Bank’s principal business consists of offering accepting deposits, investing in mortgage-backed securities held as available for sale, originating commercial mortgage loans, construction and land loans and multifamily residential real estate mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent, originating commercial and industrial loans, one- to four-family residential real estate mortgage loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. The Bank operates from its main office in Staten Island, New York and its 17 additional branch offices located in New York and New Jersey.
From 1887 until 2002, the Bank’s operations were focused on markets in Staten Island, New York. In 2002, the Bank acquired Liberty Bank, which operated from seven offices in Middlesex and Union Counties, New Jersey. In 2006, the Bank established a loan production office in Brooklyn, New York, which was subsequently converted to a full-service branch office in April 2007.

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 6
      Strategic Direction
The highlights of the Bank’s business strategy are:
    Remaining a community-oriented financial institution;
 
    Continuing its focus on commercial real estate lending and construction and land lending;
 
    Expanding its branch network;
 
    Increasing its origination of home equity and second mortgage loans;
 
    Maintaining high asset quality; and
 
    Purchasing investment securities.

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 7
      Balance Sheet Trends
The Bank’s balance sheet decreased by $1.8 million, or 0.14%, from December 31, 2006 to March 31, 2007. Total assets have trended downward since December 31, 2004.
Equity increased $7.0 million from $164.0 million at December 31, 2006 to $171.0 million at March 31, 2007. The equity to assets ratio was 13.23% at March 31, 2007.
Figure 3 — Asset and Retained Earnings Chart
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 8
      Loan Portfolio
The Bank’s loan portfolio has increased by $17.7 million from December 31, 2006 to March 31, 2007, and as a percent of assets, the loan portfolio has increased from 31.22% to 32.63%, respectively.
Figure 4 — Net Loans Receivable Chart
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 9
The loan portfolio has grown between December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2007. The mix shifted away from residential mortgages and towards commercial mortgages and construction loans.
Figure 5 — Loan Mix as of March 31, 2007
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 10
The largest component of the loan portfolio is commercial mortgages, accounting for 53.6% of total loans.
Figure 6 — Loan Mix at March 31, 2007
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 11
      Investments
The investment portfolio has had a downward trend since December 31, 2004. Between December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2007 the portfolio declined $362.5 thousand, or 33.84%.
Figure 7 — Securities Chart
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 12
      Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities
The following table provides the Bank’s investment portfolio.
Figure 8 — Investment Mix
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 13
      Asset Quality
The Bank’s level of nonperforming assets has trended upward since December 31, 2005. Between December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007, nonperforming assets increased $1.7 million. At March 31, 2007, nonperforming assets were $8.9 million, or 0.69% of total assets.
Figure 9 — Asset Quality Chart
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 14
At March 31, 2007, the Bank’s nonperforming loans to total loan ratio was 2.07% and the nonperforming assets to total assets ratio was 0.69%.
Figure 10 — Nonperforming Loans
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 15
The ALLL increased $426 thousand from December 31, 2006 to March 31, 2007. The Bank’s ALLL to loans ratio increased from 1.23% at December 31, 2006 to 1.28% at March 31, 2007.
Figure 11 — Allowance for Possible Loan and Lease Losses Chart
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 16
      Funding Composition
Both deposits and borrowings have trended downward since December 31, 2004.
From December 31, 2006 to March 31, 2007, deposits decreased $23.3 million. The decrease was entirely attributable to the sale of $26.6 million in deposits and two branches. Borrowings increased by $11.0 million between December 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007.
Figure 12 — Deposit and Borrowing Trend Chart
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 17
The following chart illustrates the Bank’s deposit mix as of March 31, 2007. The largest portion of the deposit mix is certificates of deposit which account for 50.4% of the portfolio.
Figure 13 — Deposit Mix
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 18
      Asset/Liability Management
The following chart provides the net portfolio value sensitivity in various interest rate shock scenarios.
Figure 14 — Interest Rate Risk
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 19
      Net Worth and Capital
At March 31, 2007 the Bank had capital in excess of the minimum requirements for all capital ratios.
Figure 15 — Capital analysis
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 20
      Profitability Trends
The Bank’s annual net income has trended downward from the year ended December 31, 2004 through the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease was primarily attributable to declining net interest income and rising noninterest expense.
Net income increased from March 31, 2006 to March 31, 2007 by $1.5 million. The primary reason for the increase is the gain on sale of the two branches with deposits which was consummated in the first quarter of 2007. The sale of the branches and deposits resulted in a pre-tax gain of $4.3 million.
Figure 16 — Net Income Chart
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 21
The following table provides FinPro’s calculation of the Bank’s core net income for the twelve months ended March 31, 2007.
Figure 17 — Core Net Income Calculation
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 22
The net interest spread and margin decreased between the three months ended March 31, 2006 and the three months ended March 31, 2007. The decline was a function a larger increase in the cost of average interest bearing liabilities relative to the increase in the yield on average earning assets.
Figure 18 — Average Yields and Costs
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 23
Spread and margin declined between the twelve month period ended December 31, 2005 and the twelve month period ended December 31, 2006. Spread and margin both decreased between the three months ended March 31, 2006, and the three months ended March 31, 2007. The decline was a function a larger increase in the cost of average interest bearing liabilities relative to the increase in the yield on average earning assets.
Figure 19 — Spread and Margin Chart
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 24
The Bank’s annual net income has trended downward from the year ended December 31, 2004 through the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease was primarily attributable to declining net interest income and rising noninterest expense.
Net income increased from March 31, 2006 to March 31, 2007 by $1.5 million. The primary reason for the increase is the gain on sale of the two branches with deposits which was consummated in the first quarter of 2007. The sale of the branches and deposits resulted in a pre-tax gain of $4.3 million.
Figure 20 — Income Statement Trends
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 25
Between the fiscal years ended 2004 and 2006 ROAA and ROAE decreased.
The Bank’s ROAA and ROAE for the three month period ended March 31, 2007 were 1.48% and 11.53%, respectively.
Figure 21 — Profitability Trend chart
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 26
      Legal Proceedings
In the normal course of business, the Bank may be party to various outstanding legal proceedings and claims. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements will not be materially affected by the outcome of such legal proceedings and claims as of March 31, 2007.
      Informal Regulatory Agreement
Effective June 27, 2005, the Bank entered into an informal agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New York State Department of Banking, relating to supervisory issues in connection with the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act and related anti-money laundering laws. The Bank will be subject to the conditions of this agreement with the Office of Thrift Supervision following the completion of the stock offering and conversion to a federal charter. The agreement required, among other things, that the Bank take actions to correct violations of rules and regulations related to the Bank Secrecy Act, establish a comprehensive Bank Secrecy Act program and amend Bank Secrecy Act policies, analyze and implement plans to ensure adequate Bank Secrecy Act staff and training, implement new policies, procedures and systems with respect to wire transfers and suspicious activities, improve filing procedures for currency transaction reports, and, on a quarterly basis, furnish written reports to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New York State Department of Banking detailing actions taken in connection with and compliance with the informal agreement.
Following the charter conversion, compliance with the conditions of this agreement ultimately will be determined by the Office of Thrift Supervision during its future examinations. There can be no assurances that the Office of Thrift Supervision will deem the Bank to be in compliance with the agreement, that the agreement will be removed in the foreseeable future, or that the Bank will not be subject to additional supervisory actions. Although existence of this agreement could restrict the Bank’s ability to receive regulatory approvals to establish branch offices or consummate acquisitions of other financial institutions, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New York State Department of Banking recently permitted the Bank to establish a new branch office. Management believes that they have taken all appropriate actions to remedy deficiencies in the Bank’s anti-money laundering program, and that the Bank is in substantial compliance with requirements of the informal agreement.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 27
      Subsidiaries
Northfield Bank owns 100% of the common stock of NSB Services, which in turn owns 100% of the voting common stock of NSB Realty Trust. NSB Services is a Delaware corporation that holds investment securities. NSB Realty Trust is a Maryland real estate investment trust that holds mortgage loans, securities and other investments. NSB Insurance Agency receives nominal commissions from the sale of life insurance by employees of Northfield Bank. Northfield Bank also owns all or a portion of three additional, inactive corporations.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 28
2. Market Area Analysis
The following tables provide deposit and demographic data for Richmond, Kings, Middlesex and Union Counties.
Figure 22 — Deposit and Demographic Data for Richmond County
[Statistical Information Omitted]
Figure 23 — Deposit and Demographic Data for Kings County
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 29
Figure 24 — Deposit and Demographic Data for Middlesex County
[Statistical Information Omitted]
Figure 25 — Deposit and Demographic Data for Union County
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 30
3. Comparisons with Publicly Traded Thrifts
      Introduction
This section presents an analysis of the Bank’s operations against a selected group (“Comparable Group”) of publicly traded Mutual Holding Companies (“MHCs”). The Comparable Group was selected based upon similarity of characteristics to the Bank. The Comparable Group multiples provide the basis for the valuation of the Bank.
Factors that influence the Bank’s value such as balance sheet structure and size, profitability, income and expense trends, capital levels, credit risk, and recent operating results can be measured against the Comparable Group. The Comparable Group’s current market pricing, coupled with the appropriate aggregate adjustment for differences between the Bank and the Comparable Group, will then be utilized as the basis for the pro forma valuation of the Bank’s to-be-issued common stock.
      Selection Criteria
The goal of the selection criteria process is to find those institutions with characteristics that most closely match those of the Bank. In an ideal world, all of the Comparable Group would contain the exact characteristics of the Bank. However, none of the Comparables selected will be exact clones of the Bank.
Based upon our experience, FinPro has determined that MHCs trade at materially different levels relative to fully converted thrifts due to the unique ownership structure. The primary differences between MHCs and fully converted institutions are that MHCs contain a minority interest and have the potential for a second step. MHCs also have the potential for a remutualization transaction. Due to these differences, MHC trading multiples are substantially different from fully converted trading multiples. FinPro concluded that the appropriate Comparable Group should be comprised of liquidly traded MHCs.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 31
As of the date of this appraisal, there are a total of 71 MHCs nationally, of these, 42 traded on the NYSE, NASDAQ or AMEX. FinPro limited the Comparable Group to institutions whose common stock is listed on a major exchange, since these companies tend to trade regularly. FinPro believes that thrifts that trade over-the-counter or as pink sheets are inappropriate for the Comparable Group, due to irregular trading activity and wide bid/ask spreads, which may skew the trading value and make trading multiples less reliable as an indicator of value.
FinPro excluded institutions that have recently converted, as the earnings of newly converted institutions do not reflect a full year’s benefit from the reinvestment of proceeds, and thus the price/earnings multiples and return on equity measures for these institutions tend to be skewed upward and downward, respectively. As such, the 9 institutions that converted after May 29, 2006 were eliminated.
Of the remaining 33, FinPro then eliminated 14 of the institutions with assets less than $450 million in assets as they have less financial and managerial resources and a smaller branch network. FinPro also eliminated Capital Federal and Northwest as they have over $6.0 billion in total assets. Abington, Atlantic Coast, BCSB, Home Federal and United were eliminated as they have announced second step conversions.
This results in a total of 12 Comparables. FinPro review the recent performance and news releases of these 12 companies and determined that all 12 were acceptable Comparables.
Figure 26 — Comparable Group
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 32
      Basis for Comparison
MHCs have different percentages of minority ownership. In order to adjust for this factor, all of the Comparables’ pricing multiples are represented as if the MHC undertook a second step, based upon standardized assumptions. These multiples will be referred to as “fully converted” pricing multiples.
      Overview of the Comparables
The members of the Comparable Group were reviewed against the Bank to ensure comparability based upon the following criteria:
  1.   Asset Size
 
  2.   Profitability
 
  3.   Capital Level
 
  4.   Balance Sheet Mix
 
  5.   Operating Strategy
 
  6.   Date of Conversion
1. Asset Size The Comparable Group should have a similar asset size to the Bank. The Comparable Group ranged in size from $455.0 million to $5.5 billion in total assets with a median of $779.4 million. The Bank’s asset size was $1.3 billion as of March 31, 2007. On a pro forma basis, the Bank’s assets are projected to be $1.4 billion at the midpoint of the estimated value range.
2. Profitability The Comparable Group had a median core ROAA of 0.50% and a median core ROAE of 3.40% for the last twelve months. The Comparable Group profitability measures had a dispersion about the mean for the core ROAA measure ranging from a low of 0.18% to a high of 0.80%, while the core ROAE measure ranged from a low of 0.73% to a high of 6.28%. The Bank had a core ROAA of 0.80% and a core ROAE of 6.74% for the twelve months ended March 31, 2007. On a pro forma basis, the Bank’s core ROAA and core ROAE are 0.84% and 4.13%, respectively.
3. Capital Level The Comparable Group had a median tangible equity to tangible assets ratio of 11.74% with a high of 22.93% and a low of 8.85%. At March 31, 2007 the Bank had a

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 33
tangible equity to tangible assets ratio of 12.04%. On a pro forma basis, at the midpoint, the Bank would have an equity to assets ratio of 20.64%.
4. Balance Sheet Mix At March 31, 2007, the Bank had a net loan to asset ratio of 32.63%. The median loan to asset ratio for the Comparables was 69.35%, ranging from a low of 41.02% to a high of 85.17%. On the liability side, the Bank’s deposit to asset ratio was 74.75% at March 31, 2007 while the Comparable median was 71.27%, ranging from 59.83% to 76.04%. The Bank’s borrowing to asset ratio of 10.79% is below the Comparable median of 14.97%.
5. Operating Strategy An institution’s operating characteristics are important because they determine future performance. Operational strategy also affects expected rates of return and investor’s general perception of the quality, risk and attractiveness of a given company. Specific operating characteristics include profitability, balance sheet growth, asset quality, capitalization and non-financial factors such as management strategies and lines of business.
6. Date of Conversion Recent conversions, those completed on or after May 29, 2006, were excluded since the earnings of a newly converted institution do not reflect the reinvestment of conversion proceeds. Additionally, new issues tend to trade at a discount to the market averages.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 34
The following table represents key financial indicators for the Bank and the Comparable Group.
Figure 27 — Key Financial Indicators
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 35
4. Market Value Determination
      Market Value Adjustments
The estimated pro forma market value of the Bank, along with certain adjustments to its value relative to market values for the Comparable Group are delineated in this section. The adjustments are made from potential investors’ viewpoint and are adjustments necessary when comparing the Bank to the Comparable Group. The adjustment factors are subjectively assessed using the appraiser’s knowledge and expertise and an aggregate adjustment is determined. Potential investors include depositors holding subscription rights and unrelated parties who may purchase stock in the community offering and who are assumed to be aware of all relevant and necessary facts as they pertain to the value of the Bank relative to other publicly traded thrift institutions and relative to alternative investment opportunities.
There are numerous criteria on which the market value adjustments are based. The major criteria utilized for purposes of this report include:
Adjustments Relative to the Comparable Group:
    Financial Condition
 
    Balance Sheet Growth
 
    Earnings Quality, Predictability and Growth
 
    Market Area
 
    Cash Dividends
 
    Liquidity of the Issue
 
    Recent Regulatory Matters
Adjustments for Other Factors:
    Management
 
    Subscription Interest
To ascertain the market value of the Bank, the median trading multiple values for the Comparable Group are utilized as the starting point. The adjustment, up or down, to the Comparable Group median multiple values is made based on the comparison of the Bank to the Comparable Group.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 36
      Financial Condition
The balance sheet strength of an institution is an important market value determinant, as the investment community considers such factors as cash liquidity, capitalization, asset composition, funding mix, intangible levels and interest rate risk in assessing the attractiveness of investing in the common stock of a thrift. The following figures summarize the key financial elements of the Bank measured against the Comparable Group.
Figure 28 — Key Balance Sheet Data
[Statistical Information Omitted]
Asset Size — The Bank, at $1.3 billion, is larger than the Comparable Group median of $779.4 million. At the pro forma midpoint of the offering range, the Bank is expected to have assets of $1.4 billion.
Asset Composition — The Bank’s net loans to assets ratio of 32.63% is below the Comparable Group median of 69.35%. The Bank has a higher level of securities as a percentage of assets.
Funding Mix — The Bank funds itself through deposits, 74.75% of assets and borrowings, 10.79% of assets. The Comparable Group has a deposits to assets ratio of 71.27% and a borrowings to assets ratio of 14.97%.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 37
Cash Liquidity — The Bank’s loan to asset ratio is below the Comparable Group’s median ratio which would indicate a higher level of liquidity. Additionally, the Bank utilizes a lower level of borrowings.
Interest Rate Risk — The Bank’s interest rate risk position is illustrated on page 18. The Bank’s profile appears to be within acceptable regulatory parameters. No similar data is available for the Comparable Group.
Figure 29 — Capital Data
[Statistical Information Omitted]
Capitalization — The Bank’s tangible equity to tangible assets ratio of 12.04% is slightly above the Comparable Group median ratio of 11.74%. The Bank’s pro forma tangible equity to tangible assets ratio is projected to be 20.64% at the midpoint of the valuation range.
Intangible Levels — An important factor influencing market values is the level of intangibles that an institution carries on its books. Four of the Comparables have material levels of intangible assets. The Bank’s level of intangible assets is above 9 of the 12 Comparables.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 38
The asset quality of an institution is an important determinant of market value. The investment community considers levels of nonperforming loans, Real Estate Owned (“REO”) and levels of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (“ALLL”) in assessing the attractiveness of investing in the common stock of an institution.
Figure 30 — Asset Quality Table
[Statistical Information Omitted]
The Bank’s level of nonperforming loans (“NPL”) to total loans, of 2.07%, is well above the Comparable Group median of 0.17%. The Bank has a nonperforming assets to assets ratio of 0.69%, which is above the Comparable median of 0.15%. The Bank’s reserve level, 1.28% of loans, is more than double the Comparable median of 0.62% of loans. The Bank’s ratio of reserves to NPAs is approximately half the Comparable median.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 39
         
Positive   Neutral   Negative
 
Larger Asset Base
  Similar Tangible Capital   Lower Loan Levels
 
       
Higher Deposit Levels
      Higher NPLs
 
       
Lower Borrowing Levels
      Higher NPAs
 
       
Higher Pro forma Tangible Capital
      Lower ALLL to NPAs
 
       
Higher ALLL to Loans
       
The Bank has a substantially lower level of loans relative to the Comparable median. The liability mix is more favorable than the Comparable Group’s mix. The Bank has a similar level of tangible capital, but is projected to have a substantially higher level of tangible capital following the offering. The Bank has a higher level of NPLs and NPAs. The Bank’s reserves as a percentage of loans is above the Comparable median, however as a percentage of NPLs, ALLL is below the Comparable median. Taken collectively, a modest upward adjustment is warranted for financial condition.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 40
      Balance Sheet Growth
The Bank’s assets and deposits have decreased, while the Comparable Group experienced growth over the last twelve months. The decline in deposit and assets was partially attributable to the branch sale. After adjusting for the branch sale, the Bank’s asset and deposit growth rates of (4.16%) and (1.31%), respectively, are lower than the Comparable medians. The Bank’s loan growth rate is below the Comparable medians.
Figure 31 — Balance Sheet Growth Data
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 41
         
Positive   Neutral   Negative
 
 
      Lower Adjusted
 
      Asset Growth
 
       
 
      Lower Adjusted
 
      Deposit Growth
 
       
 
      Lower Loan Growth
A moderate downward adjustment is warranted.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 42
      Earnings Quality, Predictability and Growth
The earnings quality, predictability and growth are critical components in the establishment of market values for thrifts. Thrift earnings are primarily a function of:
    net interest income
 
    loan loss provision
 
    non-interest income
 
    non-interest expense
The quality and predictability of earnings is dependent on both internal and external factors. Some internal factors include the mix of the balance sheet, the interest rate sensitivity of the balance sheet, the asset quality, and the infrastructure in place to deliver the assets and liabilities to the public. External factors include the competitive market for both assets and liabilities, the global interest rate scenario, local economic factors and regulatory issues.
Investors are focusing on earnings sustainability as interest rate volatility has caused a wide variation in income levels. With the intense competition for both assets and deposits, banks cannot easily replace lost spread and margin with balance sheet growth.
Each of these factors can influence the earnings of an institution, and each of these factors is volatile. Investors prefer stability and consistency. As such, solid, consistent earnings are preferred to high but risky earnings. Investors also prefer earnings to be diversified and not entirely dependent on interest income.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 43
The Bank’s annual net income has trended downward from the year ended December 31, 2004 through the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease was primarily attributable to declining net interest income and rising noninterest expense.
Net income increased from March 31, 2006 to March 31, 2007 by $1.5 million. The primary reason for the increase is the gain on sale of the two branches with deposits which was consummated in the first quarter of 2007. The sale of the branches and deposits resulted in a pre-tax gain of $4.3 million.
Figure 32 — Net Income Chart
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 44
The Bank’s core ROAA and core ROAE are above the Comparable Group medians. The Bank’s higher capitalization following the offering is expected to reduce return on equity for the near term. On a pro forma basis , the Bank’s core ROAA and core ROAE are 0.84% and 4.13%, respectively.
Figure 33 — Profitability Data
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 45
Figure 34 — Income Statement Data
[Statistical Information Omitted]
The Bank has a 10 basis point advantage in net margin relative to the Comparable median. The Bank’s noninterest income to average assets ratio is 4 basis points below the Comparable Group median, while noninterest expense is 44 basis points below the Comparable Group median.
The Bank’s efficiency ratio of 57.00% is well below the Comparable median of 75.30%.
On a forward looking basis, after the conversion the Bank’s operating expenses are expected to rise as a result of the stock benefit plans and additional costs of being a public company. At the same time, the Bank will have additional capital to deploy and leverage.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 46
         
Positive   Neutral   Negative
 
Higher Core ROAA
      Lower Noninterest Income
 
       
Higher Core ROAE
       
 
       
Lower Noninterest Expense
       
 
       
Higher Net Interest Margin
       
 
       
Higher Pro Forma Core ROAE
       
The Bank is more profitable than the Comparables on a core ROAA and core ROAE basis. The higher earnings levels are predominately due to a lower level of noninterest expense. Relative to the Comparable Group, the Bank’s level of noninterest income is lower, while net interest margin is higher. Taken collectively, an upward adjustment is warranted for this factor.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 47
      Market area
The market area that an institution serves has a significant impact on value, as future success is interrelated with the economic, demographic and competitive aspects of the market. The location of an institution will have an impact on the trading value of an institution, as many analysts compare the pricing of institutions relative to a state or regional multiples in investor presentations. The following figure compares the demographic and competitive data for the counties serviced by the Bank, to the county data of the Comparable Group members.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 48
Figure 35 — Market Area Data
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 49
         
Positive   Neutral   Negative
 
Higher Population Growth
       
 
       
Higher Population Per Branch
       
 
       
Higher Household Income
       
 
       
Higher Income Growth
       
 
       
Lower Unemployment
       
The Bank’s market area has grown at a quicker rate over the past five years and is projected to grow at a quicker rate over the next five years relative to the Comparable Group’s markets. Unemployment levels are lower in the Bank’s markets. Household income levels are higher in the Bank’s markets and are projected to grow at a rate above the Comparable median. The Bank’s market area has a higher ratio of population per branch relative to the Comparable Group, which indicates a lower level of competition. Based upon these factors, an upward adjustment is warranted for market area.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 50
      Cash Dividends
The last few years have seen yet another shift away from dividend policies concurrent with conversion. Recent issues have been fully or oversubscribing without the need for the additional enticement of dividends. After the conversion is another issue, however. Pressures on ROAE and on internal rate of returns to investors prompted the industry toward cash dividends. This trend is exacerbated by the lack of growth potential. Typically, when institutions are in a growth mode, they issue stock dividends or do not declare a dividend. When growth is stunted, these institutions shift toward reducing equity levels and thus utilize cash dividends as a tool in managing equity. Recent tax code changes have made cash dividends more attractive to investors.
Figure 36 — Dividend Data
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 51
Eight of the twelve Comparable institutions have declared cash dividends. The median dividend payout ratio for the Comparable Group was 65.52%, ranging from a high of 400.00% to a low of 0.00%. The Bank, on a pro forma basis at the midpoint of the value range, is project to have a tangible equity to tangible assets ratio of 20.64% and a core return on pro forma equity of 4.13%. As such, the Bank will have adequate capital and profits to pay cash dividends.
As such, no adjustment is warranted for this factor.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 52
      Liquidity of the Issue
The Comparable Group is by definition composed only of companies that trade in the public markets with all of the Comparables trading on NASDAQ. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and the market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a given stock. The actual liquidity can be measured by volume traded over a given period of time.
Figure 37 — Market Capitalization Data
[Statistical Information Omitted]
The market capitalization values of the Comparable Group range from a low of $72.7 million to a high of $1.6 billion with a median market capitalization of $210.2 million. The Bank expects to have $376.5 million of market capital at the midpoint on a pro forma basis. It is expected that the Bank will trade on NASDAQ along with all of the Comparables.
A modest upward adjustment for this factor appears warranted. The Bank is expected to enjoy a modestly higher level of trading liquidity relative to the Comparable Group.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 53
      Recent Regulatory Matters
Regulatory matters influence the market for thrift conversions. The Bank will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Comparable Group.
While the Bank is operating under an informal regulatory agreement, management believes that the Bank is in substantial compliance with the requirements of the informal agreement. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New York State Department of Banking recently permitted the Bank to establish a new branch office.
As such, no adjustment for this factor is warranted as both the Bank and the Comparables will operate in the same ownership structure and will be supervised in the same regulatory environment. FinPro does not believe that the informal regulatory agreement will substantially impede the Bank’s ability to execute its strategic plan.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 54
5. Other Factors
      Management
The Bank has developed a good management team with considerable banking experience. The Bank’s organizational chart is reasonable for an institution of its size and complexity. The Board is active and oversees and advises on all key strategic and policy decisions and holds the management to high performance standards.
As such, no adjustment appears to be warranted for this factor.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 55
      Subscription Interest
The pro forma price to fully converted book multiple of large MHC conversions has trended upward from 2006 to 2007 year-to-date.
Figure 38 — MHC Reorganizations (Since 1/1/05) Pro Forma Data
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 56
The first day “pop” increased between 2006 and the first quarter of 2007. Two of the MHC conversions that closed since January 1, 2006 are currently trading below their IPO price. Larger conversions have outperformed smaller ones.
Figure 39 — MHC Reorganizations Price Appreciation
[Statistical Information Omitted]
An upward adjustment is warranted as investor interest and recent aftermarket performance has been solid for large conversions.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 57
      Valuation Adjustments
Relative to the Comparables the following adjustments need to be made to the Bank’s pro forma market value.
     
Valuation Factor   Valuation Adjustment
 
Financial Condition
  Modest Upward
 
   
Balance Sheet Growth
  Moderate Downward
 
   
Earnings Quality, Predictability and Growth
  Upward
 
   
Market Area
  Upward
 
   
Dividends
  No Adjustment
 
   
Liquidity of the Issue
  Modest Upward
 
   
Recent Regulatory Matters
  No Adjustment
Additionally, the following adjustment should be made to the Bank’s market value.
     
Valuation Factor   Valuation Adjustment
 
Management
  No Adjustment
 
   
Subscription Interest
  Upward

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 58
6. Valuation
In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the regulators, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, three key pricing multiples were considered. The four multiples include:
Price to core earnings (“P/E”)
Price to book value (“P/B”) / Price to tangible book value (“P/TB”)
Price to assets (“P/A”)
All of the approaches were calculated on a pro forma basis including the effects of the conversion proceeds. All of the assumptions utilized are presented in Exhibits 11 through 15.
      Discussion of Weight Given to Valuation Multiples
To ascertain the pro forma estimated market value of the Bank, the market multiples for the Comparable Group were utilized. As a secondary check, all New York/New Jersey public thrifts, all publicly traded thrifts and the recent (2006 to date) and historical MHC conversions were assessed. The multiples for the Comparable Group, all publicly traded MHC, and New York/New Jersey MHC thrifts are shown in Exhibit 9.
Price to Earnings — According to the Appraisal Guidelines: “When both the converting institution and the comparable companies are recording “normal” earnings. A P/E approach may be the simplest and most direct method of valuation. When earnings are low or negative, however, this approach may not be appropriate and the greater consideration should be given to the P/BV approach.” In this particular case, the Bank’s earnings are “normal”. As a basis for comparison, the price to core earnings was utilized for both the Bank and the Comparable Group to eliminate any nonrecurring items. As such, this approach was considered in this appraisal.
In the pro forma figures for the Bank, FinPro incorporated the impact of SFAS 123, which requires the expensing of stock options. In preparing the fully converted pro forma figures for the Comparable Group, FinPro also incorporated the impact of SFAS 123.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 59
Price to Book/Price to Tangible Book — According to the Appraisal Guidelines: “The P/BV approach works best when the converting institution and the Comparables have a normal amount of book value. The P/BV approach could seriously understate the value of an institution that has almost no book value but has an outstanding future earnings potential. For converting institutions with high net worth, the appraiser may have difficulty in arriving at a pro forma market value because of pressure placed on the P/E multiple as higher P/BV levels are required to reflect a similar P/BV ratio as the peer group average. The P/BV approach also suffers from the use of historical cost accounting data.”
Since thrift earnings in general have had a high degree of volatility over the past decade, the P/B is utilized frequently as the benchmark for market value. A better approach is the P/TB approach. In general, investors tend to price financial institutions on a tangible book basis, because it incorporates the P/B approach adjusted for intangibles. Initially following conversion, FinPro believes that thrifts often trade on a price to tangible book basis.
Price to Assets — According to the Appraisal Guidelines: “This approach remedies the problems of a small base that can occur with the P/BV approach, but the approach has many of the other limitations of the latter approach (the P/BV approach).” FinPro places little weight on this valuation approach due to the lack of consideration of asset and funding mixes and the resulting earnings impact.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 60
      Full Offering Value in Relation to Comparables
Based upon the adjustments defined in the previous section, the Bank is pricing at the midpoint as if fully converted is estimated to be $368,950,400. Based upon a range below and above the midpoint value, the relative values are $313,607,840 at the minimum and $424,292,960 at the maximum, respectively. At the super maximum of the range, the offering value would be $487,936,900. It is assumed that the foundation shares will be issued out of authorized but unissued shares.
At the various levels of the estimated value range, the full offering would result in the following offering data:
Figure 40 — Value Range — Full Offering
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 61
Figure 41 — As If Fully Converted Offering Pricing Multiples
[Statistical Information Omitted]
Figure 42 — Comparable as If Fully Converted Pricing Multiples to the Bank’s Pro
Forma Midpoint
[Statistical Information Omitted]
As Figure 42 demonstrates, at the midpoint of the estimated valuation range the Bank is priced at a discount of 35.53% on a fully converted core earnings basis. On a price to fully converted tangible book basis, the Bank is priced at an 18.46% discount to the Comparable Group.
Figure 43 — Comparable as If Fully Converted Pricing Multiples to the Bank’s Pro
Forma Super Maximum
[Statistical Information Omitted]
As Figure 43 demonstrates, at the super maximum of the estimated valuation range the Bank is priced at a discount of 21.21% on a fully converted core earnings basis. On a price to fully converted tangible book basis, the Bank is priced at an 11.67% discount to the Comparable Group.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 62
The Bank pricing at the midpoint for a MHC conversion assuming an issuance of 43.00%, is $161,886,400. Based upon a range below and above the midpoint value, the relative values are $137,603,440 at the minimum and $186,169,360 at the maximum, respectively. At the super maximum of the range, the offering value would be $214,094,760.
Figure 44 — Value Range MHC Offering Data
[Statistical Information Omitted]
Figure 45 — Comparable MHC Pricing Multiples to the Bank’s Pro Forma Midpoint
[Statistical Information Omitted]
As Figure 45 demonstrates, at the midpoint of the estimated valuation range the Bank is priced at a discount of 44.40% on a MHC core earnings basis. On a price to MHC tangible book basis, the Bank is priced at a 32.32% discount to the Comparable Group.
Figure 46 — Comparable MHC Pricing Multiples to the Bank’s Pro Forma Super Maximum
[Statistical Information Omitted]
As Figure 46 demonstrates, at the super maximum of the estimated valuation range the Bank is priced at a discount of 29.98% on a MHC core earnings basis. On a price to MHC tangible book basis, the Bank is priced at a 22.64% discount to the Comparable Group.

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 63
      Comparison to Recent MHC Conversions
As a secondary check, to verify and validate that the range created on a comparable basis is appropriate, FinPro compared the pricing of this deal relative to other MHC conversions.
Figure 47 — Comparison to Filed and Pending MHC Offerings
[Statistical Information Omitted]

 


 

     
Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report   Page: 64
      Valuation Conclusion
We believe that the discounts on an earnings and a tangible book basis are appropriate relative to the Comparable Group. This range was confirmed by our analysis of other filed and pending MHC offerings as a secondary check.
It is, therefore, FinPro’s opinion that as of May 29, 2007, the estimated pro forma market value of the Bank in a full offering including a foundation was $376,480,000 at the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $320,008,000 to a maximum of $432,952,000 at 15% below and 15% above the midpoint of the range respectively. Assuming an adjusted maximum value of 15% above the maximum value, the adjusted maximum value or super maximum value in a full offering is $497,894,790. The shares issued to the foundation will be funded using authorized be unissued shares.
Using the pro forma market values for a full offering shown above, the amount of stock publicly offered as part of the MHC reorganization issuing up to 43.00% will equal 13,760,344 shares, 16,188,640 shares, 18,616,936 shares and 21,409,476 shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and super maximum, respectively. Additionally, the Bank will issue 2% of the total appraised value, plus $3.0 million in cash to the charitable foundation.
The document represents an initial valuation for the Bank. Due to the duration of time that passes between the time this document is compiled and the time the offering closes, numerous factors could lead FinPro to update or revise the appraised value of the Bank. Some factors that could lead FinPro to adjust the appraised value include: (1) changes in the Bank’s operations and financial condition; (2) changes in the market valuation or financial condition of the Comparable Group; (3) changes in the broader market; and (4) changes in the market for thrift conversions. Should there be material changes to any of these factors, FinPro will prepare an appraisal update to appropriately adjust the value of the Bank. At the time of closing, FinPro will prepare a final appraisal to determine if the valuation range is still appropriate and determine the exact valuation amount appropriate for the Bank.

 


 

 
Profile of FinPro and the Author 20 Church Street ? Liberty Corner, NJ 07938 ? P: (908) 604-9336 ? F: (908) 604-5951 ? finpro@finpronj.com ? www.finpronj.com Exhibit 1.


 

About the Firm . . . FinPro, Inc. was established in 1987 as a full service financial advisory and management consulting firm specializing in providing advisory services to the financial institutions industry. FinPro is not a transaction oriented firm. This approach uniquely positions FinPro as an objective third party willing to explore all strategic alternatives rather than focus solely on transaction oriented strategies. FinPro believes that a client deserves to be presented with all alternatives. Careful consideration is given to the associated benefits and drawbacks of each alternative so decisions can be made on the merits of these alternatives. FinPro principals are frequent speakers and presenters at financial institution trade association functions. FinPro teaches: strategic planning and mergers and acquisitions at the Stonier School of Banking; strategic planning to examiners from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Office of Thrift Supervision and several State Banking Departments; various capital market and finance courses at the Graduate School of Bank Investments and Financial Management at the University of South Carolina; and an online mergers and acquisitions course for the American Bankers Association. FinPro maintains a library of databases encompassing bank and thrift capital markets data, census data, branch deposit data, national peer data, market research data along with many other related topics. As such, FinPro can provide quick, current and precise analytical assessments based on timely data. In addition, FinPro's geographic mapping capabilities give it a unique capability to thematically illustrate multiple issues and to provide targeted marketing opportunities to its clients. HEADQUARTERS FinPro, Inc. 20 Church Street P.O. Box 323 Liberty Corner, NJ 07938 Phone: (908) 604-9336 Fax: (908) 604-5951 NEW ENGLAND REGIONAL OFFICE FinPro, Inc. 831 Beacon Street Newton Centre, MA 02459 Phone: (617) 852-5290 Fax: (617) 795-2416 NEW YORK REGIONAL OFFICE FinPro, Inc. P.O. Box 780 East Aurora, NY 14052 Phone: (716) 652-5177 Fax: (716) 652-5177


 

About the Author . . . Dennis joined FinPro in June of 1996. Dennis manages all of the firm's capital markets engagements including mergers and acquisitions, stock valuations and fairness opinions. Competitive analysis, strategic analysis and branch divestitures/acquisitions are other areas of expertise. Dennis has worked on the appraisal of over $3.0 billion in thrift conversion IPOs, the most notable being that of Roslyn Bancorp, Inc. He has also prepared expert witness testimony for litigation involving corporate appraisal methodology. In 2003, Dennis taught the American Bankers Association's Merger and Acquisition Course. Prior to joining the firm, Dennis received broad-based experience in the securities industry. He worked as an Allocations Specialist for Merrill Lynch & Company, supporting their mortgage-backed securities trading desk in New York and for Sandler O'Neill & Partners. Dennis graduated Magna Cum Laude from Babson College with a triple-major in Finance, Investments and Economics. He is a CFA Charterholder and a member of the New York Society of Security Analysts. Dennis E. Gibney, CFA Managing Director
 

Exhibit 99.5
Northfield Bank
(Northfield Bancorp, Inc.)
06/05/2007

PROPOSED MAILING AND INFORMATIONAL MATERIALS
INDEX
1.   Dear Depositor Letter*
 
2.   Dear Friend Letter — Eligible Account Holders who are no longer Depositors*
 
3.   Dear Potential Investor Letter*
 
4.   Dear Customer Letter — Used as a Cover Letter for States Requiring “Agent” Mailing*
 
5.   Stock Q&A ( page 1 of 4 )*
 
6.   Stock Q&A ( page 2 of 4 )*
 
7.   Stock Q&A ( page 3 of 4 )*
 
8.   Stock Q&A ( page 4 of 4 )*
 
9.   Stock Order Form (page 1 of 2) *
 
10.   Stock Order Form Certification (page 2 of 2)*
 
11.   Stock Order Form Guidelines*
 
12.   OTS Guidance Letter*
 
13.   Invitation Letter — Informational Meetings
 
14.   Dear Subscriber/Acknowledgment Letter — Initial Response to Stock Order Received
 
15.   Dear Shareholder — Confirmation Letter
 
16.   Dear Interested Investor — No Shares Available Letter
 
17.   Welcome Shareholder Letter — For Initial Certificate Mailing
 
18.   Dear Interested Subscriber Letter — Subscription Rejection
 
19.   Letter for Sandler O’Neill Mailing to Clients*

    *Accompanied by a Prospectus
 
    1 through 12: Produced by the Financial Printer
    13 through 19: Produced by the Conversion Center
 


 

[Northfield Bancorp, Inc.]
Dear Member:
In 1995, Northfield Bank reorganized into the mutual holding company structure, becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield Bancorp, MHC. In 2002, Northfield Bank formed Northfield Bancorp, Inc. as its mid-tier stock holding company. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is now offering approximately 43% of its shares of common stock for sale in a minority stock offering. We are raising capital to support Northfield Bank’s future growth. The leadership of our company will remain with our current management, and customers will see few if any changes in the way we do business.
As a qualifying account holder, you may take advantage of your nontransferable rights to subscribe for shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock on a priority basis, before any potential offering to the remainder of the general public. The enclosed prospectus describes the stock offering and the operations of Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC. If you wish to subscribe for shares of common stock, please complete the enclosed stock order and certification form and mail it, along with full payment for the shares (or appropriate instructions authorizing withdrawal from a deposit account with Northfield Bank) to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. in the enclosed postage-paid envelope marked “STOCK ORDER RETURN,” or return it to the Stock Information Center of Northfield Bank located at xxxxxxxxxx. Stock order forms will not be accepted at any of our branch offices . Your order must be physically received (not postmarked) by Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s Stock Information Center no later than XX:00 x.m., Eastern time, on XXXday, September XX, 2007. Please read the prospectus carefully before making an investment decision.
If you wish to use funds in your IRA at Northfield Bank to subscribe for shares of common stock, please be aware that federal law requires that such funds first be transferred to a self-directed retirement account with a trustee other than Northfield Bank. However, if you intend to use other funds to subscribe for shares of common stock due to your eligibility as an IRA account holder, you need not close and transfer the IRA account. The transfer of such funds to a new trustee takes time, so please make arrangements as soon as possible.
If you have any questions after reading the enclosed material, please call our stock information center at (XXX) XXX-XXXX, Monday through Friday, between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. Please note that the stock information center will open on Xxxday, August xxth.
     
 
  Sincerely,
 
   
 
  John W. Alexander
 
  Chairman, President and
 
  Chief Executive Officer
The shares of common stock being offered are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.

1


 

[Northfield Bancorp, Inc.]
Dear Friend of Northfield Bank:
In 1995, Northfield Bank reorganized into the mutual holding company structure, becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northfield Bancorp, MHC. In 2002, Northfield Bank formed Northfield Bancorp, Inc. as its mid-tier stock holding company. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is now offering approximately 43% of its shares of common stock for sale in a minority stock offering. We are raising capital to support Northfield Bank’s future growth. The leadership of our company will remain with our current management, and customers will see few if any changes in the way we do business.
As a former account holder, you may take advantage of your nontransferable rights to subscribe for shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock on a priority basis, before any potential offering to the remainder of the general public. The enclosed prospectus describes the stock offering and the operations of Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC. If you wish to subscribe for shares of common stock, please complete the stock order and certification form and mail it, along with full payment for the shares (or appropriate instructions authorizing withdrawal from a deposit account with Northfield Bank) to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. in the enclosed postage-paid envelope marked “STOCK ORDER RETURN,” or return it to the Stock Information Center of Northfield Bank located at xxxxxxxxxx. Stock order forms will not be accepted at any of our branch offices . Your order must be physically received (not postmarked) by Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s Stock Information Center no later than XX:00 x.m., Eastern time, on XXXday, September XX, 2007. Please read the prospectus carefully before making an investment decision.
If you have any questions after reading the enclosed material, please call our stock information center at (XXX) XXX-XXXX, Monday through Friday, between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. Please note that the stock information center will open on Xxxday, August xxth.
     
 
  Sincerely,
 
   
 
  John W. Alexander
 
  Chairman, President and
 
  Chief Executive Officer
The shares of common stock being offered are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.

2


 

[Northfield Bancorp, Inc.]
Dear Potential Investor:
We are pleased to provide you with the enclosed material in connection with the stock offering by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. We are raising capital to support Northfield Bank’s future growth.
This information packet includes the following:
PROSPECTUS : This document provides detailed information about the operations of Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC and the proposed stock offering by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Please read it carefully before making an investment decision.
STOCK ORDER & CERTIFICATION FORM: Use this form to subscribe for common stock and mail it, along with full payment for the shares (or appropriate instructions authorizing withdrawal from a deposit account with Northfield Bank), to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. in the enclosed postage-paid envelope marked “STOCK ORDER RETURN,” or return it to the Stock Information Center of Northfield Bank located at xxxxxxxxxx. Stock order forms will not be accepted at any of our branch offices . Your order must be physically received (not postmarked) by Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s Stock Information Center no later than XX:00 x.m., Eastern time, on XXXday, September XX, 2007.
We are pleased to offer you this opportunity to become one of our shareholders. If you have any questions regarding the stock offering or the prospectus, please call our stock information center at (XXX) XXX-XXXX, Monday through Friday, between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. Please note that the stock information center will open on Xxxday, August xxth.
     
 
  Sincerely,
 
   
 
  John W. Alexander
 
  Chairman, President and
 
  Chief Executive Officer
The shares of common stock being offered are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.

3


 

[Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.]
Dear Customer of Northfield Bank:
At the request of Northfield Bank and its holding company, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., we have enclosed material regarding the offering of shares of common stock by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. These materials include a prospectus and a stock order and certification form, which offer you the opportunity to subscribe for shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Please read the prospectus carefully before making an investment decision. If you decide to subscribe for shares, you must return the properly completed and signed stock order and certification form, along with full payment for the shares (or appropriate instructions authorizing withdrawal from a deposit account with Northfield Bank) to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. in the accompanying postage-paid envelope marked “STOCK ORDER RETURN,” or return it to the Stock Information Center of Northfield Bank located at xxxxxxxxxx. Stock order forms will not be accepted at any of our branch offices . Your order must be physically received (not postmarked) by Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s Stock Information Center no later than XX:00 x.m., Eastern time, on XXXday, September XX, 2007. If you have any questions after reading the enclosed material, please call the stock information center at (XXX) XXX-XXXX, Monday through Friday, between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and XX:00 x.m., Eastern time and ask for a Sandler O’Neill representative. Please note that the stock information center will open on Xxxday, August xxth.
We have been asked to forward these documents to you in view of certain requirements of the securities laws of your jurisdiction. We should not be understood as recommending or soliciting in any way any action by you with regard to the enclosed material.
     
 
  Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.
The shares of common stock being offered are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
Enclosures

4


 

Questions & Answers About the Stock Issuance
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Questions & Answers
About the Stock Offering
Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the holding company for Northfield Bank, is offering shares of its common stock for sale in a minority stock offering. A majority of our shares will be held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC. We are raising capital to support Northfield Bank’s future growth. In addition, as part of the stock offering and in furtherance of our long-standing commitment to our local community, we intend to establish and fund, through a contribution of cash and shares of our common stock, a charitable foundation to be known as Northfield Bank Foundation. The foundation will be dedicated to the promotion of charitable causes within the communities in which we operate.
Effect on Deposits and Loans
Q.   Will the offering affect any of my deposit accounts or loans?
A.   No. The offering will have no effect on the balance or terms of any deposit account. Your deposits will continue to be federally insured to the fullest extent permissible by law. The terms, including interest rate, of your loans with us will also be unaffected by the offering.
About The Shares of Common Stock
Investment in our shares of common stock involves certain risks. For a discussion of these risks and other factors, investors are urged to read the accompanying prospectus, particularly the section entitled “Risk Factors.”
Q.   Who can purchase shares of common stock?
A.   The shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. will be offered in the Subscription Offering in the following order of priority:
  1.   Eligible Account Holders — depositors of Northfield Bank with accounts totaling $50.00 or more on the close of business on March 31, 2006;
 
  2.   Tax-qualified benefit plans of Northfield Bank, including the employee stock ownership plan;
 
  3.   Supplemental Eligible Account Holders — depositors of Northfield Bank with accounts totaling $50.00 or more on the close of business on June 30, 2007.
 
  4.   Other Members — depositors who had accounts at Northfield Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 as of the close of business on July 31, 2007.

5


 

    Upon completion of the subscription offering, shares of common stock that are not sold in the subscription offering, if any, will be offered first to certain members of the general public in a community offering and then, to the extent any shares remain, to the general public in a syndicated community offering and/or an underwritten public offering.
Q.   Am I guaranteed to receive shares of common stock by placing an order?
 
A.   No. It is possible that orders received during the offering period will exceed the number of shares of common stock being sold. Such an oversubscription would result in shares of common stock being allocated among subscribers starting with subscribers who are Eligible Account Holders. If the offering is oversubscribed in the subscription offering, no orders received in the community offering will be filled.
 
Q.   Will any account I hold with Northfield Bank be converted into stock?
 
A.   No. All accounts remain as they were prior to the offering.
 
Q.   How many shares of common stock are being offered, and at what price?
 
A.   Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is offering for sale up to 18,616,936 shares of common stock at a subscription price of $10 per share. Under certain circumstances, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. may increase the maximum and sell up to 21,409,476 shares.
 
Q.   How much common stock can I purchase?
 
A.   The minimum purchase is $250 (25 shares). As more fully discussed in the stock issuance plan and the prospectus, the maximum purchase by any person in the subscription or community offering is $250,000 (25,000 shares); no person by himself or herself, with an associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than $500,000 (50,000 shares) of common stock in the offering.
 
Q.   How do I order shares of common stock?
 
A.   You may subscribe for shares of common stock by completing and returning the stock order and certification form, together with your payment, either in person to the Stock Information Center of Northfield Bank or by mail in the postage-paid envelope marked “STOCK ORDER RETURN.” Stock order forms will only be accepted at the Stock Information Center located at xxxxxxxxxx. Stock order forms will not be accepted at any branch offices .
 
Q.   How can I pay for my shares of common stock?
 
A.   You can pay for the common stock by check, cash, money order, or withdrawal from your deposit account or certificate of deposit at Northfield Bank. Checks and money orders should be made payable to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Withdrawals from a deposit account or a certificate of deposit at Northfield Bank to buy shares of common stock may be made without penalty. If you choose to pay by cash, you must deliver the stock order and certification form and payment in person to the main office of Northfield Bank and it will be exchanged for a bank check or money order. Please do not send cash in the mail.

6


 

Q.   When is the deadline to subscribe for shares of common stock?
 
A.   An executed stock order and certification form with the required full payment must be physically received (not postmarked) by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. no later than XX:00 x.m., Eastern time, on XXXday, September XX, 2007.
 
Q.   Can I subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in my IRA at Northfield Bank?
 
A.   Federal regulations do not permit the purchase of common stock with your existing IRA account at Northfield Bank. To use such funds to subscribe for shares of common stock, you need to establish a “self directed” trust account with an unaffiliated trustee. The transfer of such funds takes time, so please make arrangements as soon as possible. However, if you intend to use other funds to subscribe for common stock due to your eligibility as an IRA account holder, you need not close and transfer the IRA account. Please call our stock information center if you require additional information.
 
Q.   Can I subscribe for shares of common stock and add someone else who is not on my account to my stock registration?
 
A.   No. Federal law prohibits the transfer of subscription rights. With the exception of certain orders by depositors who are natural persons through IRA, Keogh or 401(k) plans, adding the names of other persons who are not owners of your qualifying account(s) will result in the loss of your subscription rights and could result in legal action against you. We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights and we will not honor orders known by us to involve the transfer of these rights.
 
Q.   Can I subscribe for shares of common stock in my name alone if I have a joint account?
 
A.   No. With the exception of certain orders placed through an IRA, Keogh or 401(k) plan, a name can be deleted only in the event of the death of a named eligible depositor.
 
Q.   Can I use my Northfield Bank home equity line of credit to subscribe for shares of common stock?
 
A.   No. Northfield Bank cannot knowingly lend funds to anyone for them to subscribe for shares. This includes the use of funds available through a Northfield Bank home equity line of credit.
 
Q.   Will payments for shares of common stock earn interest until the stock offering closes?
 
A.   Yes. Any payment made in cash or by check or money order will earn interest at Northfield Bank’s passbook savings rate from the date of receipt to the completion or termination of the stock offering. Depositors who elect to pay for their shares of common stock by a withdrawal authorization will receive interest at the contractual rate on the account until the completion or termination of the stock offering.
 
Q.   Will dividends be paid on the shares of common stock?

7


 

A.   Northfield Bancorp, Inc. has not yet established a cash dividend policy or determined the amount that may be paid or when payments may begin.
 
Q.   Will my shares of common stock be covered by deposit insurance?
 
A.   No.
 
Q.   Where will the shares of common stock be traded?
 
A.   Following the completion of the stock offering, our shares of common stock are expected to trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NFBK.”
 
Q.   Can I change my mind after I place an order to subscribe for shares of common stock?
 
A.   No. After receipt, your order may not be modified or withdrawn.
 
    About The Charitable Foundation
 
Q.   What is the Northfield Bank Foundation and why is it being established?
 
A.   In keeping with our long-standing commitment to our community, the stock issuance plan provides for the establishment and funding of a charitable foundation to be known as Northfield Bank Foundation. The foundation’s primary function will be to support inner city education and redevelopment.
 
    Additional Information
 
Q.   What if I have additional questions or require more information?
 
A.   Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s prospectus that accompanies this brochure describes the stock offering in detail. Please read the prospectus carefully before subscribing for stock. If you have any questions after reading the enclosed material, you may call our stock information center at (XXX) XXX-XXXX, Monday through Friday, between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. Please note that the stock information center will open on Xxxday, August xxth. Additional material may only be obtained from the stock information center.
To ensure that each purchaser in the subscription and community offering receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the applicable expiration date, in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or hand delivered any later than two days prior to such date.
The shares of common stock offered in the stock offering are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.

8


 

(FORM)
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. [logo]
Subscription & Community Offering Stock Order Form Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Expiration Date
Stock Information Center            for Stock Order Forms:
xxxxxxxxxx            XXXday, September XX, 2007 Xxx, New York xxxxx            XX:00 x.m., Eastern time (XXX) XXX-XXXX (received not postmarked) IMPORTANT: A properly completed original stock order form must be used to subscribe for common stock. Copies of this form are not required
to be accepted. Please read the Stock Ownership Guide and Stock Order Form Instructions as you complete this form. (1) Number of Shares Subscription (2) Total Payment Due Minimum number of shares: 25 shares ($250)
Price Maximum number of shares: 25,000 shares ($250,000) X 10.00 = Maximum number of shares for associates or group acting in concert: 50,000 shares ($500,000)
See Instructions. $ (3) Employee/Officer/Director Information
Check here if you are an employee, officer or director of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or a member of such person’s immediate family living in the same household. (4) Method of Payment by Check
Enclosed is a check, bank draft or money order payable to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Total Check Amount $ .
in the amount indicated in this box. (5) Method of Payment by Withdrawal — The undersigned authorizes withdrawal from the following account(s) at Northfield Bank. There is no early withdrawal penalty for this form of payment. Funds in an Individual Retirement Account maintained at Northfield Bank cannot be used unless special transfer arrangements are made.
Bank Use            Account Number(s) To Withdraw $ Withdrawal Amount $ .
$ .
(6) Purchaser Information
Subscription Offering — Check here and list account(s) below if you had :
a. A deposit account(s) totaling $50.00 or more on the close of business March 31, 2006 (“Eligible Account Holder”).
b. A deposit account(s) totaling $50.00 or more on the close of business June 30, 2007 but you are not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”).
c. A deposit account(s) totaling $50.00 or more on the close of business July 31, 2007 but you are not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Member”). Community Offering — Check here if you are:
d. A community member (Indicate county of residence in #9 below). PLEASE NOTE: FAILURE TO LIST ALL YOUR ACCOUNTS MAY RESULT IN THE LOSS OF PART OR ALL OF YOUR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS. SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR ADDITIONAL SPACE.
Bank Use            Account Number(s) Account Title (Name(s) on Account) (7) Form of Stock Ownership & SS# or Tax ID#: SS#/Tax ID#
Individual            Joint Tenants            Tenants in Common            Fiduciary (i.e., trust, estate) Uniform Transfers to Minors Act            Company/Corporation/ IRA or other qualified plan (Indicate SS# of Minor only) Partnership (Both Tax ID# & SS# for IRAs) SS#/Tax ID# (8) Stock Registration & Address:
Name and address to appear on stock certificate.
Shares must be registered as reflected on your qualifying account. Adding or deleting a name or otherwise altering the form of beneficial ownership of a qualifying account will result in a loss of your subscription rights (with certain exceptions for IRA and Keogh purchases). Name:
Name Continued:
Mail to-
Street:
City: State: Zip Code:
(9) Telephone County of
Daytime/Evening ( ) — ( ) — Residence
(10) NASD Affiliation - Check here if you are a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”), a person affiliated, or associated, with a (11) Associates/Acting in Concert - Check here and complete the reverse side of this form if you or any associates or persons acting in concert with you have submitted other
NASD member, (continued on reverse side) orders for shares.
(12) Acknowledgement — To be effective, this stock order form and certification form on the reverse side must be properly completed and physically received (not postmarked) by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. no later than XX:00 x,m. Eastern time, on XXXday, September XX, 2007, unless extended; otherwise this stock order form and all subscription rights will be void. The
undersigned agrees that after receipt by Northfield Bancorp, Inc., this stock order form may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled without Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s consent and if authorization to withdraw from deposit accounts at Northfield Bank has been given as payment for shares, the amount authorized for withdrawal shall not otherwise be available for withdrawal by the undersigned. Under penalty of perjury, I hereby certify that the Social Security or Tax ID Number and the information provided on this stock order form are true, correct and complete and that I am not subject to back-up withholding. It is understood that this stock order form will be accepted in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of the stock issuance plan of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. described in the accompanying prospectus. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the prospectus at least 48 hours prior to execution and delivery of this stock order form to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Federal regulations prohibit any person from transferring, or entering into any agreement, directly or indirectly, to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of subscription rights or the underlying securities to the account of another. Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event they become aware of the transfer of subscription rights and will not honor orders known by them to involve such transfer. Under penalty of perjury, I certify that I am purchasing shares solely for my account and that there is no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares, or my right to subscribe for shares. SIGNATURE REQUIRED ON REVERSE SIDE ALSO Bank Use Signature Date Signature Date

9


 

(FORM)
Item (6) Purchaser Account Information continued:
Bank Use            Account Number(s) Account Title (Name(s) on Account)
Item (10) NASD continued:
a member of the immediate family of any such person to whose support such person contributes, directly or indirectly, or the holder of an account in which a NASD member or person associated with a NASD member has a beneficial interest. You agree, if you have checked the NASD Affiliation box, to report this subscription in writing to the applicable NASD member within one day of payment therefor.
Item (11) Associates/Acting In Concert continued:
If you checked the box in item #11 on the reverse side of this form, list below all other orders submitted by you or associates (as defined below) or by persons acting in concert with you (also defined below). Name(s) listed on other stock order forms            Number of shares ordered
Associate - The term “associate” of a particular person means: (1) any corporation or organization, other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC, NSB Holding Corp., Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, NSB Holding Corp., Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank, of which a person is a senior officer or partner, or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization;
(2) any trust or other estate if the person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the estate. For purposes of Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations Sections 563b.370, 563b.380, 563b.385, 563b.390 and 563b.505, a person who has a substantial beneficial interest in one of our tax-qualified or non-tax-qualified employee plans, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of the plan is not an associate of the plan. For purposes of Section 563b.370 of the Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations, our tax-qualified employee plans are not associates of a person;
(3) any person who is related by blood or marriage to such person and (i) who lives in the same house as the person; or (ii) who is a director or senior officer of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or Northfield Bank or a subsidiary thereof; and
(4) any person acting in concert with the persons or entities specified above.
Acting in concert – The term “acting in concert” means: (1) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or
(2) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.
A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any of our tax-qualified employee plans will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated. We may presume that certain persons are acting in concert based upon various facts, among other things, joint account relationships and the fact that persons may have filed joint Schedules 13D or 13G with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to other companies.
YOU MUST SIGN THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATION IN ORDER TO PURCHASE STOCK
CERTIFICATION FORM
I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SECURITY IS NOT A DEPOSIT OR ACCOUNT AND IS NOT FEDERALLY INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY NORTHFIELD BANCORP, MHC, NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC., NORTHFIELD BANK, THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT OR BY ANY GOVERNMENT AGENCY. THE ENTIRE AMOUNT OF AN INVESTOR’S PRINCIPAL IS SUBJECT TO LOSS.
If anyone asserts that this security is federally insured or guaranteed, or is as safe as an insured deposit, I should call Robert C. Albanese, Regional Director of the Northeast Regional Office of the Office of Thrift Supervision at (201) 413-1000.
I further certify that, before purchasing the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), the holding company for Northfield Bank, I received a prospectus of the Company dated August xx, 2007 relating to such offer of common stock.
The prospectus that I received contains disclosure concerning the nature of the common stock being offered by the Company and describes in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page ___, the risks involved in the investment in this common stock, including but not limited to the following: (By Executing this Certification Form the Investor is Not Waiving Any Rights Under the Federal Securities Laws, Including the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)
Signature Date Signature Date
Print Name            Print Name
THIS CERTIFICATION MUST BE SIGNED IN ORDER TO PURCHASE STOCK

10


 

(FORM)
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. [LOGO]
Stock Ownership Guide
Individual
Include the first name, middle initial and last name of the shareholder. Avoid the use of two initials. Please omit words that do not affect ownership rights, such as “Mrs.”, “Mr.”, “Dr.”, “special account”, “single person”, etc.
Joint Tenants
Joint tenants with right of survivorship may be specified to identify two or more owners. When stock is held by joint tenants with right of survivorship, ownership is intended to pass automatically to the surviving joint tenant(s) upon the death of any joint tenant. All parties must agree to the transfer or sale of shares held by joint tenants.
Tenants in Common
Tenants in common may also be specified to identify two or more owners. When stock is held by tenants in common, upon the death of one co-tenant, ownership of the stock will be held by the surviving co-tenant(s) and by the heirs of the deceased co-tenant. All parties must agree to the transfer or sale of shares held by tenants in common.
Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (“UTMA”)
Stock may be held in the name of a custodian for a minor under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act of each state. There may be only one custodian and one minor designated on a stock certificate. The standard abbreviation for Custodian is “CUST”, while the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act is “UTMA”. Standard U.S. Postal Service state abbreviations should be used to describe the appropriate state. For example, stock held by John Doe as custodian for Susan Doe under the New York Uniform Transfers to Minors Act will be abbreviated John Doe, CUST Susan Doe UTMA NY (use minor’s social security number).
Fiduciaries
Information provided with respect to stock to be held in a fiduciary capacity must contain the following:
· The name(s) of the fiduciary. If an individual, list the first name, middle initial and last name. If a corporation, list the full corporate title (name). If an individual and a corporation, list the corporation’s title before the individual.
· The fiduciary capacity, such as administrator, executor, personal representative, conservator, trustee, committee, etc.
· A description of the document governing the fiduciary relationship, such as a trust agreement or court order. Documentation establishing a fiduciary relationship may be required to register your stock in a fiduciary capacity.
· The date of the document governing the relationship, except that the date of a trust created by a will need not be included in the description.
· The name of the maker, donor or testator and the name of the beneficiary.
An example of fiduciary ownership of stock in the case of a trust is: John Doe, Trustee Under Agreement Dated 10-1-93 for Susan Doe.
Stock Order Form Instructions
Items 1 and 2 — Number of Shares and Total Payment Due
Fill in the number of shares that you wish to purchase and the total payment due. The amount due is determined by multiplying the number of shares by the subscription price of $10 per share. The minimum purchase in the subscription offering is $250 (25 shares) of common stock. As more fully described in the stock issuance plan outlined in the prospectus, the maximum purchase in any category of the subscription offering is $250,000 (25,000 shares) of common stock, and the maximum purchase in the community offering (if held) by any person, is $250,000 (25,000 shares) of common stock. However, no person, together with associates and persons acting in concert with such person, may purchase in the aggregate more than $500,000 (50,000 shares) of common stock.
Item 3 — Employee/Officer/Director Information
Check this box to indicate whether you are an employee, officer or director of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. or a member of such person’s immediate family living in the same household.
Item 4 — Method of Payment by Check
If you pay for your stock by check, bank draft or money order, indicate the total amount in this box. Payment for shares may be made by check, bank draft or money order payable to Northfield Bank. Payment in cash may be made only if delivered in person. Your funds will earn interest at Northfield Bank ’s passbook savings rate of interest until the stock offering is completed.
Item 5 — Method of Payment by Withdrawal
If you pay for your stock by a withdrawal from a deposit account at Northfield Bank, indicate the account number(s) and the amount of your withdrawal authorization for each account. The total amount withdrawn should equal the amount of your stock purchase. There will be no penalty assessed for early withdrawals from certificate accounts used for stock purchases. This form of payment may not be used if your account is an Individual Retirement Account.
Item 6 – Purchaser Information
Subscription Offering
a. Check this box if you had a deposit account(s) totaling $50.00 or more on the close of business March 31, 2006 (“Eligible Account Holder”).
b. Check this box if you had a deposit account(s) totaling $50.00 or more on the close of business June 30, 2007 but you are not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”).
c. Check this box if you had a deposit account(s) totaling $50.00 or more on the close of business July 31, 2007 but you are not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Account Holder (“Other Member”).
Please list all account numbers and all names on accounts you had on these dates in order to insure proper identification of your purchase rights.
Note: Failure to list all your accounts may result in the loss of part or all of your subscription rights. Community Offering
c. Check this box if you are a community member (Indicate county of residence in item 9).
Items 7 and 8 — Form of Stock Ownership, SS# or Tax ID#, Stock Registration and Mailing Address
Check the box that applies to your requested form of stock ownership and indicate your social security or tax ID number(s) in item 7. Complete the requested stock certificate registration, mailing address in item 8. The stock transfer industry has developed a uniform system of shareholder registrations that will be used in the issuance of your common stock. If you have any questions regarding the registration of your stock, please consult your legal advisor. Stock ownership must be registered in one of the ways described above under “Stock Ownership Guide.” Shares must be registered as reflected on your qualifying account. Adding or deleting a name or otherwise altering the form of beneficial ownership of a qualifying account will result in a loss of your subscription rights. (With certain exceptions for certain IRA, Keogh and 401(k) plan purchases).
Item 9 – Telephone Number(s) and County
Indicate your daytime and evening telephone number(s) and county. We may need to call you if we have any questions regarding your order or we cannot execute your order as given.
Item 10 — NASD Affiliation
Check this box if you are a member of the NASD or if this item otherwise applies to you.
Item 11 – Associates/Acting in Concert
Check this box if you or any associate or person acting in concert with you (as defined on the reverse side of the stock order form) has submitted another order for shares and complete the reverse side of the stock form.
Item 12 – Acknowledgement
Sign and date the stock order form and certification form where indicated. Before you sign, review the stock order and certification form, including the acknowledgement. Normally, one signature is required. An additional signature is required only when payment is to be made by withdrawal from a deposit account that requires multiple signatures to withdraw funds.
Your properly completed, signed stock order form and certification form and payment in full (or withdrawal authorization) at the subscription price must be physically received (not postmarked) by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. no later than XX:00 x.m., Eastern time, on XXXday, September XX, 2007 or it will become void. Delivery Instructions: You may deliver your stock order form by mail using the enclosed stock order return envelope, or by overnight delivery or hand delivery to the stock information center address indicated on the front of the stock order form.
Stock order forms will not be accepted at any of our branch offices.
If you have any remaining questions, or if you would like assistance in completing your stock order form, you may call our stock information center at (XXX) XXX-XXXX,
Monday through Friday, between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., New York, time. Please note that the stock information center will open on ___, August xxth.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Stock Information Center xxxxxxxxxx Xxx, NY xxxxx

11


 

Read This First
Office of Thrift Supervision Guidance for Accountholders
Your financial institution is in the process of selling stock to the public, in either a mutual-to-stock conversion or a stock issuance by a subsidiary of a mutual holding company. As an accountholder at this institution, you have certain priority subscription rights to purchase stock in the offering. These priority subscription rights are non-transferable. If you subscribe for stock, you will be asked to sign a statement that the purchase is for your own account, and that you have no agreement or understanding regarding the subsequent sale or transfer of any shares you receive.
On occasion, unscrupulous people attempt to persuade accountholders to transfer subscription rights, or to purchase shares in the offering based on the understanding that the shares will subsequently be transferred to others. Such arrangements violate federal regulations. If you participate in these schemes, you are breaking the law and may be subject to prosecution. If someone attempts to persuade you to participate in such a scheme, please contact the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) at (202) 906-6202. The OTS is very interested in ensuring that the prohibitions on transfer of subscription rights are not violated.
How will you know if you are being approached illegally? Typically, a fraudulent opportunist will approach you and offer to “loan” you money to purchase a significant amount of stock in the offering. In exchange for that “loan” you most likely will be asked either to transfer control of any stock purchased with that money to an account the other person controls, or sell the stock and give the majority of the profits to the other person. You may be told, untruthfully, that there is no risk to you, that the practice is common, and even if you are caught, that your legal expenses will be covered.
Below is a list of some key concepts that you should keep in mind when considering whether to participate in a mutual-to-stock conversion or stock issuance by a mutual holding company subsidiary. If you have questions, please contact the stock information center listed elsewhere in the literature you are receiving. Alternatively, you can contact us at: ombudsman@ots.treas.gov.
What Investors Need to Know
Key concepts for investors to bear in mind when considering whether to participate in a conversion offering, or a stock offering by a subsidiary of a mutual holding company, include the following:
    Know the Rules — By law, accountholders cannot sell or transfer their priority subscription rights, or the stock itself, prior to the completion of a financial institution’s conversion. Moreover, accountholders cannot enter into agreements or arrangements to sell or transfer either their subscription rights or the underlying conversion stock.
 
    “Neither a Borrower nor a Lender Be” — If someone offers to lend you money so that you can participate — or participate more fully — in a conversion, be extremely wary. Be even more wary if the source of the money is someone you do not know. The loan agreement may make you unable to certify truthfully that you are the true holder of the subscription rights and the true purchaser of the stock and that you have no agreements regarding the sale or transfer of the stock.
 
    Watch Out for Opportunists — The opportunist may tell you that he or she is a lawyer — or a consultant or a professional investor or some similarly impressive tale — who has experience with similar mutual conversion transactions. The opportunist may go to extreme lengths to assure you that the arrangement you are entering into is legitimate. They might tell you that they have done scores of these transactions and that this is simply how they work. Or they might downplay the warnings or restrictions in the prospectus or order form, telling you that “everyone” enters into such agreements or that the deal they are offering is legitimate. They may also tell you that you have no risk in the transaction. The cold, hard truth is that these are lies, and if you participate, you are breaking the law.
 
    Get the Facts from the Source — If you have any questions about the securities offering, ask the savings bank or savings association for more information. If you have any doubts about a transaction proposed to you by someone else, ask the financial institution whether the proposed arrangement is proper. You may be able to find helpful resources on the institution’s website or by visiting a branch office.
 
      The bottom line for investors is always to remember that if an opportunity sounds too good to be true, it probably is too good to be true.

12


 

[Northfield Bancorp, Inc.]
                     , 2007
Dear                      :
Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the holding company for Northfield Bank, is offering shares of common stock in a minority stock offering. We are raising capital to support Northfield Bank’s future growth.
To learn more about the stock offering you are cordially invited to join members of our senior management team at a community meeting to be held on___at ___:00 _._.
A member of our staff will be calling to confirm your interest in attending the meeting.
If you would like additional information regarding the meeting or our stock offering, please call our stock information center at (___) ___-___, Monday through Friday, between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. Please note that the stock information center will open on Xxxday, August xxth.
Sincerely,
John W. Alexander
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
The shares of common stock being offered are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
This correspondence is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
(Printed by Stock Information Center)

13


 

[Northfield Bancorp, Inc.]
                     , 2007
Dear Subscriber:
We hereby acknowledge receipt of your order for shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock.
At this time, we cannot confirm the number of shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock that will be issued to you. Following completion of the stock offering, shares will be allocated in accordance with the stock issuance plan.
If you have any questions, please call our stock information center at (XXX) XXX-XXXX.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Stock Information Center
The shares of common stock being offered are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
(Printed by Stock Information Center)

14


 

[Northfield Bancorp, Inc.]
                     , 2007
Dear Shareholder:
Our subscription offering has been completed and we are pleased to confirm your subscription for shares at a price of $10.00 per share. If your subscription was paid for by check, interest and any refund due to you will be mailed promptly.
The closing of the transaction occurred on ___, 2007; this is your stock purchase date. Trading will commence on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NFBK” on ___, 2007.
Thank you for supporting our stock offering. We appreciate your confidence in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Your stock certificate will be mailed to you shortly.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Stock Information Center
The shares of common stock being offered are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
(Printed by Stock Information Center)

15


 

[Northfield Bancorp, Inc.]
                     , 2007
Dear Interested Investor:
We recently completed our subscription offering. Unfortunately, due to the response from our Eligible Account Holders, stock was not available for our Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Other Members, or community friends. If your subscription was paid for by check, a refund of any balance due to you with interest will be mailed promptly.
We appreciate your interest in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and hope you become an owner of our stock in the future. The stock has been approved for trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NFBK.”
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Stock Information Center
The shares of common stock being offered are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
(Printed by Stock Information Center)

16


 

[Northfield Bancorp, Inc.]
                     , 2007
Welcome Shareholder:
We are pleased to enclose your stock certificate representing your shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Please examine your stock certificate to be certain that it is properly registered. If you have any questions about your certificate, you should contact the Transfer Agent immediately at the following address:
xxxxxxxxxx
Investor Relations Department
Xx xxxxxx
Xxxxxxx xx xxxxx
1 (800) xxx-xxxx
email: info@xxxx.com
Please remember that your certificate is a negotiable security that should be stored in a secure place, such as a safe deposit box, or deposited into your brokerage account.
On behalf of the Board of Directors, officers and employees of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., thank you for your confidence and willingness to share in the future of our organization.
Sincerely,
John W. Alexander
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
The shares of common stock being offered are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
(Printed by Stock Information Center)

17


 

[Northfield Bancorp, Inc.]
                     , 2007
Dear Interested Subscriber:
We regret to inform you that Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the holding company for Northfield Bank, did not accept your order for shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock in its community offering. This action is in accordance with our stock issuance plan, which gives Northfield Bancorp, Inc. the absolute right to reject the order of any person, in whole or in part, in the community offering.
If your subscription was paid for by check, enclosed is your original check.
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Stock Information Center
The shares of common stock being offered are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
(Printed by Stock Information Center)

18


 

[Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L. P.]
                     , 2007
To Our Friends:
We are enclosing materials in connection with the stock offering by Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the holding company for Northfield Bank. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is raising capital to support Northfield Bank’s future growth.
Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. is acting as financial and marketing advisor in connection with the subscription offering, which will conclude at XX:00 X.M., Eastern time, on September xx, 2007. In the event that all the stock is not sold in the subscription and community offering, Sandler O’Neill may form and manage a syndicated community offering to sell the remaining stock.
Members of the general public are eligible to participate. If you have any questions about this transaction, please do not hesitate to call.
Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.
The shares of common stock being offered are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
This correspondence is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
(Printed by Sandler O’Neill)

19